Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College Academic Calendar 2008-2009

6100 Leslie Street, Toronto, Ontario M2H 3J1 Telephone: 416 482 2340 Admissions Fax: 416 646 1114 Admissions: 800 463 2923 [email protected] www.cmcc.ca The Chiropractic Oath

I do hereby swear before God and these assembled witnesses, both corporeal and spiritual, that I will do my utmost to keep this my sacred, trusted oath, as a graduate of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College, that henceforth:

I will esteem those who taught me this Art, Science and Philosophy of Chiropractic, and with this torch of knowledge, fashioned by Hippocrates, I will light the way to the understanding of those natural laws which preserve the human body as a fitting temple of the soul.

I will keep the physical, mental and spiritual needs of the sick as my foremost duty, ever searching for and correcting the cause of their disease to the best of my ability, insofar as my science is in the highest precepts of my Alma Mater and harmonious with the Vis Medicatrix Naturae.

I will at all times stand ready to serve humanity, without distinction of race, creed or colour, in my lifelong vocation of preventing and alleviating human suffering, wherever it may be found, by exemplifying in my own life a pattern of living in harmony with the laws of nature.

I will refrain from any act of wrongdoing and will regard the keeping of a patient’s confidence as a moral obligation, using any such information only in his or her best interests.

May God so direct the skilful use of my hands that I may bring strength to the sick, relief to the suffering, peace of mind to the anxious, and inspiration to all humanity to attain bountiful health that we may live this life to the fullest expression of its innate endowments.

I therefore solemnly swear to uphold these principles and precepts to the best of my ability, so help me God. Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Table of Contents Welcome...... 1

About CMCC...... 2 Our History...... 2 Institutional Status...... 2 Chiropractic Program...... 3 Statement of Purpose...... 3 Education...... 4 Clinical Care...... 4 Research...... 5 Student Performance Indicators...... 5 Career Information...... 5 Equal Opportunity...... 6 Disclaimer...... 6

CMCC Significant Dates...... 7

Admissions...... 12 Admission Requirements...... 12 Application Process...... 13 Admission Process...... 15 Notification of Outcome...... 15 Registration...... 16 Application Process for Transfer Students...... 17

Fees and Financial Information...... 18 CMCC Funding Structure...... 18 2008-2009 Tuition & Fees...... 18 2008-2009 Fee Payment Due Dates...... 18 Undergraduate Fees (In Canadian funds)...... 21

Financial Assistance...... 21

Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries...... 23 Undergraduate Awards...... 23 Graduation Citizenship Awards...... 33 Graduation Academic Awards...... 36 Additional Awards not exclusive to CMCC students...... 37 Graduate Awards...... 39 Faculty Awards...... 40 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Services...... 41 Student Services ...... 41 Supply Centre and Bookstore...... 42 Health Services...... 42 Alumni Affairs...... 43

Educational Facilities...... 44 Clinical Facilities...... 44 Laboratory Facilities...... 45 Health Sciences Library...... 46

Students’ Council...... 47

Undergraduate Education Program...... 48 General Information...... 48 Introduction...... 48 Educational Approach ...... 49 Overview of the CMCC Undergraduate Curriculum...... 49 Grand Rounds...... 50 The Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE)...... 51

Doctor of Chiropractic Degree Program...... 52 Course Requirements...... 52

Academic Departments and Course Descriptions...... 56 Department of Anatomy...... 56 Department of Applied Chiropractic...... 57 Department of Physiology and Biochemistry...... 61 Department of Chiropractic Principles and Practice...... 63 Department of Clinical Diagnosis...... 65 Division of Clinical Education...... 69 Department of Pathology and Microbiology...... 72 Department of Radiology...... 75 Division of Undergraduate Research...... 77

Laboratory Regulations...... 80 Safety Regulations...... 80 Biochemistry Laboratory...... 80 Clinical Diagnosis Laboratory...... 80 Histology Laboratory...... 80 Human Gross Anatomy Laboratory...... 81 Laboratory Diagnosis...... 81 Microbiology Laboratory...... 82 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Pathology Laboratory...... 82 Psychomotor Skills Laboratory...... 82 Radiology Laboratory...... 83

Graduate Education and Research Programs...... 84 Programs...... 84 Division of Graduate Studies...... 85 Graduate Application and Admission...... 86 Fees and Financial Information...... 89 Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries...... 90 Program...... 91 Graduate Student Services...... 93 Graduation...... 96 Programs of Study ...... 97 Core Graduate Courses required by all Graduate Students...... 97 External Clinical and Research Practica ...... 99 Research Thesis Requirements...... 101 Specialty Programs...... 101 Teaching Assistant Opportunities and Responsibilities...... 106

Division of Continuing Education...... 107

Division of Research...... 111

Administrative Structure...... 113

Administration...... 114

Faculty...... 115

Boards and Licensure...... 124 Boards ...... 124 Examining Boards...... 124 Provincial Licensure ...... 124

The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College (CMCC) is a unique institution – founded, in 1945, by chiropractors for chiropractors. Our founders had a strong vision of a Canadian institution that would offer an excellent education, serve as a catalyst for the development of a unified profession, conduct research to further the scientific basis of the profession, become the home for knowledge related to chiropractic, and be the “face” of the profession to governments, third party payers, and the general public. We have achieved this vision and more!

Our curriculum, combined with clinical training, surpasses the requirements for board certification and meets the highest standards for educating health professionals, and results in excellent pass rates in both Canadian and American licensing exams. In 2007, 94 per cent of CMCC graduates passed the written and clinical Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board exams on the first attempt and performed equally well on the National Board of Chiropractic Examinations.

Our teaching clinics across the GTA provide Year IV students with practical experience. Each intern assumes patient care during two six month rotations, each with a different supervising clinician with his/her own specialty, assuring a broad range of experience and exposure to diverse patient populations. The large majority of interns complete one rotation at an external clinic.

We attract students from across Canada and around the world with a wide variety of backgrounds including health sciences, physical education, nursing, teaching, and performing arts. The majority of our students hold undergraduate degrees and approximately seven per cent have graduate degrees.

Our Graduate Program offers opportunities in Clinical Sciences, Radiology, and Sports Sciences in preparation to sit Fellowship Exams with the respective specialty colleges.

Our research program pushes the boundaries of chiropractic with the goal of significantly improving the patients’ quality of life. We have received international recognition for our pioneering work in models of health care and recently announced our intention to introduce a Research Chair for the Centre for the Study of Mechanobiology, Injury and Health. Our students benefit by the swift integration of new findings into their program.

We continue to benefit from the highest percentage of alumni support among Colleges and Universities across Canada, according to the most recent Guide to Canadian Universities Survey, published in Maclean’s magazine. With this strong support, CMCC will continue to be a leader in the field of chiropractic, in Canada and around the world.

Jean A. Moss, DC, MBA, President 2 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 About CMCC

Our History Chiropractic was founded in 1895 by Canadian Daniel David Palmer; in fact, the “Memo- rial” in our name is in his honour. Since Palmer’s first adjustment, chiropractic has grown and developed to become one of the largest primary contact health care professions in North America. CMCC opened its doors on September 18, 1945, welcoming a large class of veterans returning from World War II. CMCC’s founders had a vision of the institution establishing a high standard of chiropractic education and becoming a catalyst for the cohesive development of chiropractic in Canada. For the next 50 years, CMCC served the entire country as the sole provider of chiropractic education. As a result, the majority of today’s practicing chiropractors in Canada are graduates of this institution. In addition, our evidence based and patient centred approach attracts students from around the world.

Institutional Status CMCC is accredited by the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Education- al Accrediting Boards (CFCREAB) which is incorporated under the laws of Canada. CFCRE- AB is a member of the Council on Chiropractic Education International (CCEI), whose other members are the Council on Chiropractic Education–US, the Australian Council on Chiropractic Education Ltd., and the European Council on Chiropractic Education. CCEI has established core Model Standards which comprise the essential elements necessary for chiropractic accrediting agencies around the world to ensure that each program they accredit provides quality education so that their graduates can serve as competent and qualified chiropractic practitioners. CMCC’s undergraduate program meets the education requirements established for the practice of chiropractic and is recognized by all provincial regulatory bodies in Canada, all state regulatory boards in the United States, and many other jurisdictions around the world. In 2005, CMCC became the first private institution to offer a professional health care degree under the Government of Ontario’s Post-Secondary Education Choice and Excellence Act 2000. This program is offered under the written consent of the Ontario Minister of Training, Colleges and Universities for the period from March 23, 2005 to March 23, 2010. Prior to the expiry date of this consent, CMCC will apply to the Postsecondary Education Quality Assessment Board for renewal of degree granting status. Prospective students are responsible for satisfying themselves that the program and the degree will be appropriate to their needs, e.g. acceptable to potential employers, professional licensing bodies or other educational institutions. About CMCC: Chiropractic Program 3

A not-for-profit, charitable organization, CMCC receives no direct government funding and relies on membership, tuition and donations for support.

Chiropractic Program The aim of CMCC’s educational program is to graduate primary contact, health care practitioners who are: • knowledgeable in the art, science, and philosophy of chiropractic; • competent in clinical skills; • committed to educating and caring for their patients and community; and • who reflect the common attitudes, values and ethics of health care professionals, emphasizing the cooperative nature of the chiropractor-patient relationship. Patient care is paramount. CMCC strives to improve patient care through the pursuit of knowledge and the education of chiropractors so that they may share this expertise with all health care professions.

Statement of Purpose A Doctor of Chiropractic is concerned, as a member of the healing arts, with the health needs of the public. The chiropractor gives particular attention to the relationship of the structural and neurological aspects of the body in health and disease. He/she is educated in the biological and clinical sciences as well as in related health subjects. The chiropractic programs approved by the Commission on Accreditation of the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards (CFCREAB) are dedicated to the purpose of educating competent practitioners. The CFCREAB approved mission and goals of each chiropractic program or solitary purpose institution must include: • preparation of the Doctor of Chiropractic graduate as a primary health care clinician; • conduct of research in the field of chiropractic; and • provision of service related to chiropractic practice and its improvement. 4 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Education CMCC emphasizes critical thinking and the use of the scientific method throughout its educational programs. The curriculum draws from the biological sciences necessary to understand the body in health and disease; the clinical sciences necessary for diagnosis and the practice of chiropractic; and the philosophy and skills that make chiropractic unique. The CMCC undergraduate curriculum is a comprehensive, integrative, outcomes based program, which is guided by three principles: • the course content is relevant to professional practice; • the knowledge, skills, and attitudes discussed are integrated across courses and years; and • the four-year curriculum is based on the biological and chiropractic clinical competencies developed by CMCC, in accordance with the clinical standards outlined by the CFCREAB. CMCC’s Graduate Studies Program is designed to further develop the chiropractor in the fields of Clinical Sciences, Sports Sciences, and Radiology. Advances in chiropractic occur through the continuation of scholarly research and publication. Our faculty are leaders in their fields and are widely known for their active contribution to the enhancement of patient care, service to professional organizations and regulatory boards, and the advancement of knowledge through scholarly publications and presentations. The aims of chiropractic education can be expressed as the development of the qualities, attributes, capabilities, and maturity of the graduate. These characteristics should enable the graduate to dispense the services defined by the scope of practice, and to serve the public in the complex interrelationships of health disciplines. Additionally, chiropractic education aims to produce chiropractors capable of maintaining and improving the quality of practice, education, and the chiropractic paradigm.

Clinical Care Chiropractic care is directed toward restoring, enhancing or maintaining health through the use of manipulation and related therapies. Such therapies are applied primarily to the musculoskeletal system to affect the neural regulation of the body. During our clinical education program in Year IV, our interns provide chiropractic care through our outpatient and rehabilitation clinics, as well as through a range of community based clinics and health care facilities. Interns have the opportunity to educate the general public about chiropractic through our Community Outreach Program. About CMCC: Research 5

Research CMCC is recognized as one of the most innovative chiropractic research institutes in North America. Research at CMCC focuses on basic and applied research related to neuromusculoskeletal interactions and the study of chiropractic’s role in integrated care and health promotion. Faculty conduct research projects, many in collaboration with researchers from other disciplines and institutions of higher learning. This knowledge is integrated into our program to benefit students and to enhance patient care. In order to ensure that the tradition of excellence in research is continued by our students, the completion of a research related literature search is a requirement of graduation. An optional research project is available to those students who may be interested. Students at CMCC have achieved outstanding success in their research endeavours, receiving awards in several international competitions.

Student Performance Indicators CMCC is proud of the quality of its students, the reputation of its faculty and staff, and the innovative design of its curriculum. These qualities reflect directly upon the high percentage of students who graduate and the ratio of those who enter active practice. Over the past 15 years CMCC students have had an average pass rate of 95 per cent on Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board (CCEB) examinations. Our students are well prepared for practice. In surveys completed on behalf of the Ontario government, over 95 per cent had begun practicing within six months of graduation.

Career Information There is an abundance of opportunity for chiropractors in health care today. CMCC has alumni practicing in 35 countries. The most common environment is private practice, as sole proprietor or as an associate; and, an increase in the number of multidisciplinary health care facilities in Canada has led to new opportunities for health care professionals to collaborate in providing interprofessional care. There are also a small number of chiropractors working in hospitals and other health care related institutions. CMCC Alumni Affairs maintains a comprehensive online database for members and students that contains up-to-date information on a variety of practice opportunities, such as associateships, practices for sale, and locum positions. Early each year an annual Practice Opportunties event is held for students to meet industry suppliers and chiropractors wishing to hire an associate or sell their practice. 6 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Equal Opportunity The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College promotes a safe and productive work, educational, and clinical environment. CMCC respects the dignity and worth of every person and prohibits discrimination within the institution and/or its clinics. CMCC offers equal opportunity to all persons without regard to race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, family, or disability. This policy, subject to appropriate exceptions, applies to all matters, including: admission and education of students; availability of student loans, grants, scholarships, and job opportunities; and employment and promotion of teaching and non- teaching personnel.

Disclaimer The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College assumes no liability whatsoever for direct or indirect loss or damage suffered or incurred by any student or third party as a result of matters beyond its control, including but not limited to delays, interruption, suspension or cancellation of services, courses or classes, or other academic and clinical activities where the interruption or cancellation is caused by natural disasters, fire, water, theft, strike, lockout, protest, government action, civil unrest or disobedience, financial exigency, inability to procure materials or trades, utility interruptions, or damage to CMCC property. CMCC reserves the right to change its institutional rules and regulations from time to time without notice. CMCC Significant Dates 7 CMCC Significant Dates

August 2008 4 Monday • Civic Holiday – CMCC closed 25 Monday • Orientation Week (Year I only) • President’s Welcome Lunch September 2008 1 Monday • Labour Day – CMCC Closed 2 Tuesday • Fall term classes begin (Years I, II & III) • Year I Module 1 • Year II Module 6 • Year III Module 11 12 - 14 Friday - Sunday • NBCE Written Examinations 20 - 21 Saturday - Sunday • CCEB Written Examinations 24 Wednesday • BackSwing Golf Tournament October 2008 13 Monday • Thanksgiving – CMCC Closed 14 Tuesday • Theory Paper 1 • Year I • Year II • Year III 16 Thursday • Theory Paper 2 • Year I • Year II • Year III 20 Monday • New Modules begin • Year I Module 2 • Year II Module 7 • Year III Module 12 23 Thursday • Undergraduate Awards Ceremony – CCPA HALL 24 Friday • Annual Board of Governors Meeting 25 Saturday • CMCC Annual General Meeting 31 Friday • Deadline for application for CMCC Undergraduate Education Program of 2009/10 8 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

November 2008 8 Saturday • Clinic Midterm Exam 11 Tuesday • Remembrance Day Ceremony December 2008 1 Monday • OSPE - Year I 5 Friday • OSPE - Year II 8 Monday • Theory Paper 1 • Year I • Year II • Year III 10 Wednesday • Theory Paper 2 • Year I • Year II • Year III 25 Thursday • Christmas Day – CMCC Closed 26 Friday • Boxing Day – CMCC Closed 29 - 31 Monday - • CMCC holidays – CMCC Closed Wednesday (Clinic and Library open holiday hours) January 2009 1 Thursday • New Year’s Day – CMCC Closed 2 Friday • CMCC holiday - CMCC Closed 5 Monday • New Modules begin • Year I Module 3 • Year II Module 8 • Year III Module 13 7 Wednesday • President’s Welcome Back 12 Monday • Applicant Interviews in Manitoba 13 Tuesday • Applicant Interviews in Saskatchewan 15 Thursday • Applicant Interviews in Alberta 17 Saturday • Applicant Interviews in British Columbia 24 - 25 Saturday - Sunday • Applicant Interviews in Ontario 30 Friday • Deadline for application to CMCC Graduate Programs February 2009 2 Monday • Applicant Interviews in Quebec 3 Tuesday • Applicant Interviews in New Brunswick 5 Thursday • Applicant Interviews in Nova Scotia 7 Saturday • Applicant Interviews in Newfoundland CMCC Significant Dates 9

February 2009 16 Monday • Family Day – CMCC Closed 17 Tuesday • Theory Paper 1 • Year I • Year II • Year III 19 Thursday • Theory Paper 2 • Year I • Year II • Year III 23 - 27 Monday - Friday • Spring Break March 2009 2 Monday • New Modules begin • Year I Module 4 • Year II Module 9 • Year III Module 14 13 - 15 Friday - Sunday • NBCE Written Examinations 27 Friday • Practice OpportUnity 2009 30 Monday • Theory Paper 1 - Year III April 2009 2 Thursday • Theory Paper 2 - Year III 4 Saturday • Clinic Exit Exam 8 Wednesday • OSCE Entrance - Year III 10 Friday • Good Friday – CMCC Closed 13 Monday • Easter Monday – CMCC Closed 14 Tuesday • Theory Paper 1 • Year I • Year II • New Module begins - Year III Module 15 16 Thursday • Theory Paper 2 • Year I • Year II 17 Friday • Board of Governors Semi-Annual Meeting • Board of Governors Provincial Lunch • Board of Governors Class of 2009 Graduate Reception 19 Sunday • Backs in Motion 2009 – 10K-5K Run/Walk 20 Monday • New Modules begin • Year I Module 5 • Year II Module 10 10 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

May 2009 11 Monday • Theory Paper 1 - Year III 14 Thursday • Theory Paper 2 - Year III 18 Monday • Victoria Day – CMCC Closed 25 Monday • OSPE - Year I • Theory Paper 1 - Year II 27 Wednesday • Theory Paper 1 - Year I 29 Friday • OSPE - Year II 19 - 30 Tuesday - Saturday • Clinic Orientation - Year III 30 Saturday • Clinic Ends - Year IV June 2009 1 Monday • Theory Paper 2 - Year I • Theory Paper 2 - Year II 3 Wednesday • OSCE - Year I 4 Thursday • OSCE - Year II 5 - 6 Friday - Saturday • Homecoming 19 Friday • 64th Annual Convocation July 2009 1 Wednesday • Canada Day – CMCC Closed 13 - 17 Monday - Friday • Supplemental Examination Week • Year I • Year II

12 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Admissions Telephone: 416 482 2344 or 800 463 2923 Fax: 416 646 1114 Email: [email protected]

Admission Requirements Applicants from Canada • The minimum academic requirement for consideration for admission is a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 on a 4.00 grade point scale from at least three full years (15 full year courses or 90 credit hours) of undergraduate university study in Canada. • Marks obtained from graduate work are not calculated into the cumulative GPA. • Applicants from the province of Québec must complete two years of appropriate study in a CEGEP program, with successful completion of the Diplome d’études collegiales (DEC), and at least two full years (10 full year courses or 60 credit hours) of undergraduate university study in Canada. • Applicants who study in a university transfer program at a college, must subsequently complete one full year of undergraduate study (30 credit hours) at a university in Canada prior to entering CMCC. • Although not mandatory, it is recommended that applicants have completed one full course with labs in organic chemistry and biology, one half course in introductory psychology and at least one and one half courses in humanities and/or social sciences. • All academic requirements must be completed no later than May 31 of the year of registration at CMCC. • It is the student’s responsibility to enquire of the licensing body for the jurisdiction in which they wish to practice, to ensure that CMCC entrance requirements meet the eligibility requirements for pertinent board examinations.

Applicants from outside Canada (International Students) International students who are interested in the profession of chiropractic are encouraged to consider applying to CMCC. The strength of its academic, clinical, and professional standards are recognized world wide. International applicants follow the same admission process as all other applicants to CMCC. However, to ensure that all students are assessed on an equal basis, international students are required to provide the following additional information: • the endorsement of the chiropractic organization of his/her home country if such an organization exists; Admissions: Application Process 13

• proof of proficiency in English, if English is not his/her first language (refer to proficiency in English section for details); • evidence of having the financial resources, or funding commitment, to complete a minimum of one year of education; • the equivalent educational requirements to students matriculating in Canada. • Transcripts from institutions outside Canada must be evaluated on a course-by- course basis by the following agency: World Education Services, Inc. 45 Charles Street East, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario M4Y 1S2 Canada Telephone: 416 972 0070 866 343 0070 Fax: 416 972 9004 Email: [email protected] Official copies of transcript evaluations must be forwarded directly by the agency to CMCC. All transcripts and translations are due in the Office of Admissions by the application deadline. • Notarized English translations of documents and certified true photocopies of the originals of all documents which are in a language other than English, and • Compliance with the Canadian Department of Employment and Immigration (under the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development) regulations governing the entrance of foreign students. Applicants are advised to contact their nearest Canadian government representative to ensure compliance with such regulations. Proficiency in English • All courses at CMCC are conducted in the English language. All students for whom English is not their first language are required to submit evidence of their proficiency in English by obtaining a minimum score of 88 on the Internet-based Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • This test may be taken at www.ets.org/toefl. • Institutional code is 8866. • Proficiency in English may also be demonstrated through successful completion of an English proficiency admission test at a Canadian university.

Application Process Application Method • An application can be completed on the Internet at www.cmcc.ca. Application Deadline • October 31, 2008, 5:00 p.m. is the deadline for receipt of applications and all the required documentation to begin studies in the 2009-2010 academic year. Due to the nature of the selection process, the deadline for receipt applies to all documentation and cannot be extended. 14 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Application Fee • All applications must be accompanied by a non refundable fee in Canadian funds by credit card, certified cheque or money order payable to CMCC Admissions. • Up to October 31, $85. Submission of Documentation The following documentation is required in the Office of Admissions by the published deadline: • application form; • application fee payable to CMCC Admissions; • official academic transcripts from all post-secondary institutions at which the applicant has been registered. (Failure to report courses, programs or grades will result in cancellation of the application or removal from the program); • for international applicants all additional documentation as outlined in the section “Applicants from outside Canada.” Provisos • Failure by the applicant to comply with the application instructions or to meet the deadline of October 31 for all documentation will result in cancellation of the application. • Failure to report courses, programs or grades will result in cancellation of the application or, in cases where the applicant has been accepted into the program, he/she will be required to withdraw from the program. • An applicant supplying documentation or information which is found to be falsified or misleading at the time of presentation, or subsequently, will be withdrawn from consideration. (Any student admitted to the program having submitted incorrect information will be required to withdraw). • CMCC reserves the right to make changes to admission requirements at any time without notice. • Please access the Admissions web site for any changes to requirements subsequent to this publication. Admissions: Admission Process 15

Admission Process The admission evaluation is derived from an academic assessment and interview. All information resulting from the admission process is considered by the Admissions Commit- tee in making its final selection. Candidates are rank ordered and close to 200 are offered admission. A set number of applicants are placed on a waiting list. • Enrolment is limited. CMCC will select the most qualified candidates for admission. • Possession of the minimum requirements does not guarantee admission. Academic Assessment The academic component is based on all completed qualifying post-secondary study reported at the application deadline. All qualifying post-secondary study is converted to a 4.00 grade point scale. Interview Interviews are granted if the applicant meets the required undergraduate cumulative GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale. The personal interview lasts approximately 20 minutes. • Qualified candidates are notified by mail of an interview date, time, and location. Ap- plicants who have not been granted an interview will also be notified. • The interview fee of $185 (in Canadian funds), made payable to CMCC Admissions, is due in advance of the interview. Please refer to the CMCC significant dates at the front of this calendar for the scheduled interview dates. Applicants must notify the Admissions Office well in advance if there is a conflict with the scheduled date. • On the interview date, applicants must provide proof of identity with an official government document that has a photograph, e.g. drivers licence or passport. • The interview team considers: motivation, problem solving ability, self directed learning experience, past chiropractic experience, personal qualities, leadership qualities, and interest in wellness and health promotion. • All interviews are conducted in the English language. • Telephone interviews may be granted in cases where applicants are residing outside Canada.

Notification of Outcome All applicants will be notified of their application outcome by mid March. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to reapply are required to complete a new application form and resubmit supporting documentation. Applicants applying for readmission are required to meet the submission deadline for the next application cycle. Deferred Admission Deferred registration for a maximum one year period is granted only under exceptional circumstances. The applicant must direct the request in writing to the Registrar within two weeks of the offer of admission. 16 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Deferral may be granted with the following provisions: • The applicant must submit a letter, with supporting documentation, outlining the exceptional circumstances for the deferral; • If the deferral is granted, the applicant must pay a $500 non-refundable confirmation of acceptance fee in Canadian funds made payable to CMCC Admissions, in the form of a certified cheque or money order; • The applicant must notify the Registrar by January 31 of the following year in order to confirm intent to attend CMCC; • If a deferral is granted, any subsequent changes in the admission requirements must be satisfied by the applicant.

Registration Applicants receiving an admission offer must confirm their intention to attend CMCC by submitting: • an information form; • a non-refundable acceptance fee of $500 in Canadian funds, made payable to CMCC Admissions. $250 of this fee will be credited to Year I tuition. No student is considered to be registered until the required fees are paid. Some applicants may be given conditional offers of admission pending the successful completion of CMCC’s academic entrance requirements. All courses must be successfully completed by the end of the winter term prior to admission, or the offer of admission will be withdrawn. Documentation Required Health Evaluation: • A note signed by a health practitioner indicating that the applicant has no health impediment to entering into the program. • Results of a tuberculin test (within last six months) and/or chest X ray (within last 12 months). A positive test result must be reported to the Admissions Office. Standard First Aid Certificate and Basic Rescuer (CPR) Certificate: • Such courses can be completed with St. John’s Ambulance (www.sja.ca), the Red Cross (www.redcross.ca), the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (www.wsib.ca), or the Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada (www.heartandstroke.ca). Admissions: Application Process for Transfer Students 17

Application Process for Transfer Students Students from other chiropractic programs are welcome to request a transfer to CMCC. In order to be considered for transfer, students must send a request letter to the Regis- trar by March 1. CMCC may accept transfer of credits from institutions accredited by the Council on Accreditation (COA) of the CFCREAB or institutions accredited by agencies that are members of the Council of Chiropractic Education International (CCEI). The institution from which the student is transferring must be acceptable to the Admissions Committee. The credit hours being transferred must be for course work that is equivalent in credit hours, content and quality. Only credits with a grade of “C” (or its equivalent on a grade point scale) or better are considered for transfer. Transfer credits must be earned within 5 years of the date of admission to CMCC. Not more than two years of credit may be granted for course work in another chiropractic program. The last two years of study must be completed at CMCC to qualify for graduation from CMCC. Transfer applicants are required to: • pay a non-refundable transfer application fee of $250 (in Canadian funds). An application for transfer will not be considered until the fee is received; • provide transcripts from all post-secondary institutions and chiropractic programs at which the applicant has been enrolled; • meet the current academic entrance requirements and be compliant with all entrance regulations; • demonstrate a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.70 on a 4.00 scale from previously attended chiropractic programs; and • supply an official letter of recommendation from the institution from which the transfer is requested. Applicants must be eligible to return to the last institution attended. Unfortunately, as there are a limited number of places available for transfer students, possession of the minimum requirements does not guarantee admission or transfer to CMCC. (Refer to Admission provisos for further admission stipulations.) All students who have requested a transfer will be notified of the outcome of their request by late August. 18 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Fees and Financial Information

CMCC Funding Structure CMCC is a not-for-profit, charitable, educational institution which receives no direct government funding. The chiropractic profession continues to support CMCC, and members pay an annual fee which helps to subsidize the cost of the students’ education. Additional sources of funding are actively sought and include generous support from annual donors. CMCC students are eligible to apply for government funding, a process for which we offer assistance.

2008-2009 Tuition & Fees Student Student Tuition Activity SCCA Insurance Total Year I - III Canadian $21,231 $200 $25 $350 $21,806 International $25,477 $200 $25 $25,702 Year IV Canadian $21,026 $200 $25 $350 $21,601 International $25,231 $200 $25 $25,456 Note: All fees are subject to change and subject to an annual increase.

2008-2009 Fee Payment Due Dates Canadian International Deadline Students Students Year I Students $250* $250* Friday, April 18, 2008 $11,000 $13,050 Friday, June 20, 2008 $10,556 $12,402 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,806 $25,702 Years II & III Students $11,186 $12,959 Wednesday, September 3, 2008 $10,620 $12,743 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,806 $25,702 Year IV Students $ 6,878 $ 7,789 Friday, June 20, 2008 $ 7,359 $ 8,831 Wednesday, September 3, 2008 $ 7,364 $ 8,836 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,601 $25,456 Fees and Financial Information 19

Student Activity Fee A student activity fee is due from all students at the time of registration. This fee is collected on behalf of the Students’ Council to fund the cost of Students’ Council social events, athletic programs (including the weight-room, gym equipment, pool and intramural sports), orientation, CMCC clubs, participation in other student activities, as well as costs associated with Convocation. Student Canadian Chiropractic Association (SCCA) A membership fee for the Student Canadian Chiropractic Association is due from all students at the time of registration. As members of the SCCA students may attend CCA and SCCA sponsored conventions and seminars, and receive a subscription to the Journal of the Canadian Chiropractic Association and discounts at various retailers in Toronto. Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan All Canadian students are assessed a fee for the Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan ($350 for 2008-2009). This does not include international students. The Plan provides coverage for 12 months, from September 1 through August 31. If a student is already covered by an equivalent extended health and dental plan, he or she may opt out of the Plan, online, during the Change-of-Coverage Period (typically within the first three weeks of classes). The Plan also provides the option to enrol a spouse and/or dependants by paying an additional fee. For more information, call 1 877 795 4422 or visit ihaveaplan.ca. Fee Payment Due Dates Students are reminded that they are responsible for their tuition fees. CMCC cannot be responsible for loans that arrive after the tuition due date. Interest charges related to delays in processing and advancing of loan proceeds are the responsibility of the student. Late Payment • A service charge will be applied against all unpaid balances. At the end of business day every Friday, the service charge is calculated and compounded at a rate of 12% per annum. The service charge is subject to change without notice. • Students with tuition fees that are outstanding could be subject to the following: de-registration, denial of clinic treating privileges, denial of examination writing privileges, denial of future enrolment, withholding of transcripts, and/or termination of library services. • Students will not receive their final grades or transcripts, or be permitted to graduate until all financial obligations to CMCC have been met. • Provincial and state regulatory boards will be notified of any student who remains indebted to CMCC at the completion of Year IV. 20 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Withdrawal and Refund Policy Students who wish to withdraw must notify the Registrar in writing, by registered mail or personal delivery. Notification of withdrawal by telephone will not be accepted. Ceasing to attend classes does not constitute withdrawal. The date of withdrawal will be determined by the date of receipt of notification by the Registrar. The refund policy is as follows: 1. A full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected will be made if a student rescinds the enrollment contract by providing notice to CMCC within two (2) days of signing the enrollment contract as part of annual registration. 2. A full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected less an administrative fee of $500 will be made if: • the student gives the institution written notice, at least 21 days before the program start date, that the student does not intend to start the program; • the student is contracted for the program less than 21 days before the start date, the student then gives the institution written notice that he/she does not intend to start the program; or • the student does not attend the first five consecutive days of the program. 3. A refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected for services not yet provided, less an administrative fee of $500, is given to the student if: • he/she gives the institution written notice of intent to withdraw after the program start date but before two-thirds of the program has been delivered; • the program is discontinued or suspended for any reason. All other fees (Students' Council, SCCA, Parking) are neither refundable nor transferable. If a student is dismissed from CMCC for any reason, there will be no refund of fees and any outstanding accounts with CMCC become immediately due and payable. Financial Assistance 21

Undergraduate Fees (In Canadian funds) Admissions Online Applications (non-refundable) $ 85 Interview (non-refundable) $ 185 Application for transfer (non-refundable) $ 250 Confirmation of acceptance* (non-refundable) $ 500 *$250 of which will be applied to the Year I tuition when the student starts the program

Administrative Parking Pass (non-refundable) $ 575 Parking Card (refundable upon return) $ 25 Returned cheques (each) $ 40 Supplies Diagnostic equipment (approx.) $ 750 Spinal Column model (approx.) $ 190 Textbooks Year I (approx.) $1,500 All supplies are available from the CMCC Supply Centre and Bookstore. Contact the Bookstore at 416 482 1532 or Toll Free 1 800 268 8940

Financial Assistance Telephone: 416 482 2340, ext. 103 Fax: 416 646 1114 Email: [email protected]

Canada Student Loans Program The Government of Canada directly finances loans made available to students in financial need who are registered in academic programs at post-secondary institutions. Please note that applicants must meet all eligibility and residency requirements. Further details are available on respective provincial student loan web sites. Provincial Student Assistance Programs The provincial student assistance programs are intended to supplement students who lack adequate financial resources to pursue post-secondary education. Determination of the amount of the assistance is based on criteria developed jointly by federal and provincial governments for the Canada Student Loans Program. Students are advised to apply early for government loans. Loans can take up to 12 weeks to process following receipt of the application. For further information, contact the appropriate Provincial Student Loans 22 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Office or the Financial Aid Administrator in CMCC’s Division of Student Services. For your convenience, the addresses and contact numbers for Provincial Student Loan Offices are available on the CMCC web site www.cmcc.ca and at the Office of Student Services. Bank Loans All major financial institutions have student loan programs available to CMCC students. Bank loans are available to students in all years; however, bank loans and/or lines of credit have yearly and overall maximums and students should be aware of these maximums which impact their long term financial budgets for the four year CMCC program. We encourage all students to contact their bank and/or bank representative for detailed information on professional student lines of credit/loans such as eligibility requirements, interest rates and applications. Emergency Loan Fund An emergency loan fund is maintained by CMCC. The maximum emergency loan available is $500 which must be repaid within 30 days. Students are required to submit written proof to substantiate the status of the emergency. Emergency loan application forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Services. Students’ Council Emergency Fund The Students' Council maintains an emergency loan fund. The maximum emergency loan available is $500 which must be repaid within 60 days. The Students’ Council loan fund is intended to be a means of interim financing for students in an emergency situation. Students in financial need are required to submit written proof to substantiate the status of the emergency. Emergency loan application forms may be obtained from the Students’ Council Office. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Undergraduate Awards 23 Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries

Thanks to the generous support of groups, organizations, and individuals an extensive breadth and variety of awards, scholarships and bursaries are available to CMCC students. This recognition enables us to honour academic and clinical excellence, as well as the dedicated service of deserving students. The term “awards” refers to bursaries, scholarships, awards and prizes. Awards are based on varying criteria as defined by each award. Academic excellence, financial need, essay submissions, character and leadership, are among the more common criteria used in determining award eligibility. The awards are categorized into the following sections: • Undergraduate Awards; • Faculty Awards; • Graduation Awards; • Graduate Awards; • Additional awards not exclusive to CMCC students. Please note that the value of the awards will depend on prevailing interest rates. Students may search for individual awards at www.studentawards.com maintained by Studentawards Inc. Awards requiring application forms and the year of study are clearly identified for eligibility consideration. All applications will be available online by mid-summer. Application forms must be submitted directly to Student Services.

Undergraduate Awards

Admissions Awards Eligibility: Year I Application Required Year I students who submit an essay (up to 1,000 words) entitled “Why I Chose Chiropractic as a Career” will be considered for a CMCC Admissions Award. The authors of the three top essays receive a credit which is applied to tuition fees. 24 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

DAVID W. ARTIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required This scholarship is a tribute to the memory of Dr. David W. Artis and is awarded to a student who has demonstrated an understanding of what it means to be a chiropractor. This scholarship is open to students in all years who submit an autobiographical sketch and an essay (250‑700 words) on the topic, “What it means to be a principled chiropractor in the historical context and in present day practice.”

EVA BARTLETT ESTATE SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Years II III IV BC Application Required The Eva Bartlett Estate Scholarship is given to a Year II, III or IV student from British Columbia with a good academic record, who has displayed service to the profession and CMCC. Official transcripts and a completed BC award application must be submitted to Student Services.

BC CMCC ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year III BC Application Required This scholarship is presented by the BC CMCC Alumni Association to a Year III student from British Columbia who had the highest academic standing in Year II. Official transcripts and a completed BC award application must be submitted to Student Services.

DOUGLAS BROWN MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required Dr. Douglas Brown, former Chair of the Board of Governors and a very active supporter of CMCC, gives this award in memory of his father, Douglas Brown, a well-known Toronto educator. The Awards Committee selects a Year IV student who demonstrates an altruistic attitude toward fellow students and CMCC, has attained a high academic standing, and shows evidence of financial need.

CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The Canadian Chiropractic Association Award is presented annually to the Student Cana- dian Chiropractic Association (SCCA) member who demonstrates exceptional dedication to chiropractic through the SCCA. Selection of the recipient is made by the SCCA President. Applications should be sent to: President SCCA, c/o CMCC, 6100 Leslie Street, Toronto, Ontario M2H 3J1.

CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION PRESIDENT’S AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required This award is presented to a Year IV student. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based upon the following criteria: academic performance; leadership qualities; participation in student organizations; and volunteer service outside of CMCC either prior to or during attendance at this institution. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Undergraduate Awards 25

CANADIAN CHIROPRACTOR MAGAZINE AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required The Canadian Chiropractor Magazine Award was created to recognize a student who shows commitment of his/her time and energies toward the functions and activities of their Grad Fund over the four years.

ROBERT J. CANNON PERFORMING ARTS AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The Robert J. Cannon Performing Arts Award was established in recognition of Dr. Can- non’s long term dedication to the care of the performing arts community. The recipient will have demonstrated a passion for the performing arts and a desire to provide ongoing care and preventive programs for the artist. An essay describing the applicant’s artistic involvement and professional philosophy is to be submitted with the award application.

CHIROPRACTIC AUXILIARY AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required The Chiropractic Auxiliary presents an award to a Year IV student from Ontario who has a high academic standing and who has shown an interest in student activities.

CLASS OF 2002 AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required The Class of 2002 Award was established through a generous donation from the Grad Fund of the Class of 2002. The Awards Committee selects, as the recipient, a Year I student who has demonstrated strong initiative in improving student life at CMCC or a previous institution.

CLASS OF 1984 SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year II Application Required On the occasion of their tenth anniversary, the Grad Fund of the Class of ’84 established this scholarship. It is awarded to a Year II student who has benefited her/his classmates or other students at CMCC through participation in a range of extra curricular activities. The award will be in the form of a tuition credit to be applied to the semester following receipt of the scholarship.

CMCC ABORIGINAL, INUIT, AND METIS STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year I Application Required This four year renewable tuition scholarship, established by CMCC, is for an Aboriginal, Inuit or Metis status student who has demonstrated financial need and who has contributed, and intends to continue to contribute to his/her community after graduation. Proof of Aboriginal, Inuit or Metis status is required with the application. The scholarship will be in the form of a 50% tuition credit and is renewable each year providing the student maintains a minimum sessional GPA of 2.50 (on a 4.00 point scale) in the preceding year. Application for this award is due within two weeks of the offer of admission. 26 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

CMCC WORLD OLYMPIAN SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year I Application Required This four year renewable tuition scholarship, established by CMCC, is for a former Olympian, recognized by the World Olympians Association, who has fulfilled the criteria for admission to CMCC and who has demonstrated financial need. The recipient must demonstrate that he/she intends to contribute to his/her community after graduation. The scholarship will be in the form of a 50% tuition credit and is renewable each year providing the student maintains a minimum sessional GPA of 2.50 (on a 4.00 point scale) in the preceding year. Application for this award is due within two weeks of the offer of admission.

TERRY CRILLY MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Years III IV Application Required A trust fund instituted by the classmates of the late Dr. Terry Crilly, Class of ’79, makes this award possible. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a Year III or IV student who has a good academic record, and has given ‘service above self’ to CMCC, fellow students or the community.

GIACOMO D’AMBROSIO MEMORIAL BURSARY Eligibility: Year II Application Required This award is presented in memory of Giacomo d’Ambrosio, Class of ’81, by his family and friends. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a Year II student who has achieved a high academic standing and demonstrates need of financial assistance.

JOHN W. A. DUCKWORTH MEMORIAL AWARD IN ANATOMY Eligibility: Year III In recognition and appreciation of Dr. Duckworth’s outstanding ability as a teacher, this award is presented to a Year III student who has obtained the highest academic standing in the Anatomy courses in Year I and II.

ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Year I This award was established by CMCC to reward outstanding academic credentials. It is granted to the three students with the highest CGPA in the entering class.

STANLEY GDANSKI MEMORIAL FUNd This fund is given by the family, friends, patients and colleagues of Dr. Gdanski to honour his many contributions to chiropractic. The purpose of the fund is to support the student community by contributing to the celebration that follows the Undergraduate Awards Ceremony. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Undergraduate Awards 27

STEVEN GODREY SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year III Application Required On the occasion of their tenth anniversary, the Grad Fund of the Class of ’84 established this scholarship. The Steven Godrey Scholarship is in memory of Dr. Steven Godrey, who was the Class Representative to Students’ Council for three years. It is awarded to a Year III student who has benefitted his or her classmates or other students at CMCC through participation in a range of extra curricular activities. The award will be in the form of a tuition credit to be applied to the semester following receipt of the scholarship.

GOVERNORS’ CLUB AWARD Eligibility: Years III IV Application Required The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a Year III or IV student who has maintained an above average academic record, and contributed significantly to student life and extra curricular activities both at CMCC and in the community.

GOVERNORS’ CLUB CORPORATE MEMBERS AWARDS Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required Corporate members of the Governors’ Club generously sponsor awards which are available to Year II, III, and IV students. The Awards Committee selects the recipients based on leadership and service. The corporate members who sponsor these awards are: First Financial Corporation; Konica Minolta Photo Imaging Canada, Inc.; Naturpharm Inc.; North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society; Seroyal Canada Inc.; Canadian Chiropractor Magazine; Sleep Products International Ltd.; and Professional Health Products.

COLIN A. GREENSHIELDS AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required This award was established to honour the dedication to chiropractic of Dr. Colin Greenshields. Through his many contributions via committee work, involvement with CMCC and over 40 years of practice, he greatly assisted in the growth of chiropractic in Canada. The award is presented to a student in financial need who has successfully completed Year I at CMCC and demonstrates a high degree of commitment to the chiropractic profession and a dedication to others, either through volunteer service or other altruistic endeavours.

L.R.W. HAMILTON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Year III Application Required These awards are presented in memory of Dr. L.R.W. Hamilton, Class of 1950, by the Chiropractors’ Association of Saskatchewan (CAS). Dr. Hamilton devoted his life to the chiropractic profession in Saskatchewan and Canada serving as President of the CAS from 1958-61 and 1963-67 and President of the CCA from 1967-69. The Awards Committee selects two Year III students in good academic standing who are from Saskatchewan. 28 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

BIRDIE HOOD HICKEY ESTATE AWARDS Eligibility: Years III IV Application Required Dr. Birdie Hood Hickey was a fiercely independent woman who practised chiropractic for 28 years until she retired in 1975. From a trust fund created by Dr. Hood Hickey, a number of awards are given to Year III or IV students with a good academic record, who attend regularly and are in financial need.

A. EARL HOMEWOOD MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required Friends of the late Dr. Homewood established this award in appreciation of his many years of outstanding service as a teacher, author, business administrator and President of this institution. The Awards Committee selects a Year II student who has completed a research project either at CMCC or elsewhere. An abstract of the research project must accompany the application.

HUGGINS LEGACY AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The chiropractic profession has been a part of the Huggins family since 1949 when Dr. Ernest C. Huggins graduated from CMCC’s inaugural class. His son, Dr. Brian Huggins, followed in his footsteps, graduating in 1980 and currently in practice in Oakville, Ontario. Dr. Brian Huggins’ daughter, the third generation to attend CMCC, is currently enrolled in the Class of 2010. In the spirit of family, this award is presented to a student who has a parent, grandparent, or sibling who attended CMCC. Applicants are required to submit a one page essay about the role of chiropractic in the applicant’s life and his/her decision to join the profession.

VLADIMIR JANDA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Janda Application Required This award is presented in memory of Professor Vladimir Janda - a clinician, teacher, and researcher in the field of physical and manual medicine. He was known as the “Father of Czech Rehabilitation” and was an acknowledged pioneer in his field. For this scholarship, the Awards Committee selects a Year IV student who has demonstrated exceptional commitment and dedication to clinical competency, has exhibited a keen interest in chiropractic rehabilitation, has successfully prescribed rehab protocols in a clinical setting and has the potential and motivation to continue in rehabilitation teaching or research. A completed Janda application must be submitted to Student Services.

MARK A. KING MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Years II III The family of Dr. Mark King, a successful chiropractor and CMCC graduate who was keenly interested in X‑ray, established a trust fund for this award in his memory. The award is presented to a Year II or III student who has shown outstanding proficiency and interest in the field of radiology. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Undergraduate Awards 29

DEE ISTRATI KRISTIANSON MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required This award was established by the family, friends and patients of the late Dr. Dee Istrati Kristianson. The Awards Committee selects a Year II student on the basis of satisfactory academic record, volunteer service and leadership.

LYDIA KUTRA MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required This award is given by the family, classmates and friends of Lydia Kutra and is presented to a Year II student who participates in extra curricular activities reflecting a strong interest and a profound love for the outdoors.

Jane Mannington MEMORIAL Award Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required This award was established by the family and friends of Dr. Jane Mannington in recognition of her many contributions to CMCC. In order to encourage female students to strive for excellence, it is given to a female student who has maintained a good academic record and given outstanding service to CMCC and the profession.

THOMAS MERCER MEMORIAL BURSARY Eligibility: Year III Application Required The late Dr. Mercer, who represented British Columbia on the Board of Governors for several years, established a trust fund. The award is presented to a British Columbia resident in Year III at CMCC who has not received another major award in the year. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: academic record, leadership qualities, and interest in student affairs.

RAYMOND MOSS AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The award was established by the family and friends of Mr. Raymond Moss otherwise known as “Mossy”. This award is to honour his character, particularly his unique ability to work with a wide variety of people, using humour and leadership skills, which were equally effective with all age groups and generated a working environment which created extraordinary results. This award is given to a student who demonstrates these qualities and who has contributed in a significant way to the class spirit.

NEWFOUNDLAND AND LABRADOR CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required An award is presented to a Year II, III or IV student who was a resident of Newfoundland and Labrador at the time of application and acceptance to CMCC. The Awards Committee will select as the recipient a student with good academic standing who has demonstrated outstanding leadership and a contribution to the chiropractic profession. 30 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

NORTH VANCOUVER ISLAND CHIROPRACTIC SOCIETY BURSARY Eligibility: Year IV BC Application Required The North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society established this award to assist a Year IV student who is a resident of British Columbia, preferably North Vancouver Island. The selection of the recipient is based on academic standing, student involvement and financial need. Official transcripts and applications will be forwarded to the North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society.

NOVA SCOTIA CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Years II III IV An award is presented to a Year II, III or IV student who has been a non‑scholastic resident of Nova Scotia, (i.e. not a resident for the sole purpose of education), having lived in that province full time for four years and who applied to CMCC through Nova Scotia. The recipient must have attained the highest academic standing of all Nova Scotia residents in his or her previous year with an average of at least 75%.

ONTARIO CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required An award is presented to a Year II, III or IV student from Ontario. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a student with a good academic record who has demonstrated outstanding leadership and service to CMCC and the student body.

The Orthotic Group Excellence in Biomechanics Scholarship Eligibility: Year III The Orthotic Group offers five scholarships annually to the top five students in the Year II Biomechanics class. Recipients will be chosen on the basis of final grades in Clinical Biomechanics (AC2203).

R. LLOYD PENNINGTON MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year I This fund was established in 1985 in memory of Dr. Pennington. He was a founding member of the Governors’ Club and was involved in interviewing prospective students for many years. It is given to the Year I student who achieved the highest overall admissions score.

DONNA JEAN RICHTER MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Vote by Year II Class This award was established by the family and friends of Donna Jean Richter, wife of CMCC alumnus Dr. Marty Richter. The Year II class selects a student who displays Donna’s compassion, generosity, zest for life and spirit of always helping others. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Undergraduate Awards 31

FRED SOLODUKA MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year III This award is presented in memory of Dr. Fred Soloduka, Class of 1958, by his family and friends. Dr. Soloduka was a CMCC Board Member from 1969 -1973, a long time supporter of CMCC, and maintained a keen interest in nutrition during his studies and in his practice. This award is presented to the Year III student who obtained the highest grade in the Year II Nutrition course.

STUDENT BURSARY FUND Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The Fund was established by CMCC in 1992 to recognize contributions of time and effort of students to support recognized CMCC activities. CMCC allocates a percentage of receipts (percentage to be determined annually) from specified fundraising events to the Student Bursary Fund. Qualified applicants will receive a credit (to be determined annually) which will be applied to tuition fees for the subsequent term.

STUDENT CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION MICHAEL BRICKMAN AWARD Eligibility: Year II Vote by Year II Class The SCCA established this award in memory of Dr. Michael Brickman, who contributed significantly to the chiropractic profession and had a keen interest in student life at CMCC. The recipient is chosen by the class and the award is presented to a Year II student who contributes most to a positive classroom environment and is involved in activities which contribute to the betterment of the chiropractic profession.

STUDENT CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION CITIZENSHIP AWARD Eligibility: Years III IV Nomination by Year III & IV Class This award was established in 2002 through a generous donation from the Student Cana- dian Chiropractic Association. The recipient, who has made a significant contribution to student life in an unassuming and altruistic manner, is nominated from the Year III or IV class.

STUDENT CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION FINANCIAL NEEDS AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required In 2002, the Student Canadian Chiropractic Association established this award. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a Year II student who demonstrates financial need that is significantly greater than that of most students.

STUDENTS’ COUNCIL AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required This award is presented to a student who has contributed to student life at CMCC through his/her initiative in developing a new student club. 32 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

STUDENTS’ COUNCIL LEADERSHIP AWARDS Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The Awards Committee will select two students from each of the Year II, III and IV classes as recipients of this award. It recognizes those individuals who have sought to enhance the collegial atmosphere of their classes by exemplifying a congenial attitude and have demonstrated peer leadership in order to benefit the entire class.

BC WALTER STURDY AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV BC Application Required The BC Walter Sturdy Award is given to a British Columbia student who has displayed service to the profession and CMCC while maintaining a good academic record. Official transcripts and a completed BC award application must be submitted to Student Services.

DON AUGUSTIN TANCO MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year I Application Required The Don Augustin Tanco Memorial Award was established by Dr. John and Mrs. Christine Hui in memory of her father. This award is given to a Year I student who has demonstrated excellence in sports either through participation or coaching and who has submitted a 250 word essay entitled “The Role of Chiropractic in Sports.” The essay is to be submitted to the Awards Committee, c/o Student Services.

NICOLA TANTALO MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The family of Mr. Nicola Tantalo have donated this award in his memory. Mr. Tantalo was actively involved in his community of Villavallelonga, Italy. This award is given to a student who has contributed significantly to his or her local community or the community at CMCC through volunteer services. The recipient should also have maintained a good academic record.

WATERLOO WELLINGTON CHIROPRACTIC AUXILIARY Award Eligibility: Year III Application Required This award is given to a Year III student from the Waterloo‑Wellington area who has maintained satisfactory academic standing. The recipient will have provided exemplary service primarily in the area of chiropractic technique clubs.

KENNETH S. WOOD MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required The family, friends, patients and colleagues of Dr. Wood, present this award to a Year IV student. The student must have achieved an above average academic standing and must also submit a 1,000 ‑ 1,500 word essay on chiropractic philosophy entitled “Health Care in Canada: The Role of Chiropractic.” Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Graduation Citizenship Awards 33

GILBERT H. YOUNG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Years II III IV Dr. Young was an outstanding leader in the profession for many years in his native province of British Columbia and across Canada. He served on the CMCC Board of Governors for a number of years including a term as Chair. A trust fund was established from his estate for an award to be presented to the Year II, III and IV student with the highest academic standing.

Graduation Citizenship Awards

DAVID W. ARTIS MEMORIAL GRADUATION AWARD Application Required This award in honour of Dr. David Artis is open to all graduating students who submit an autobiographical sketch and an essay (250‑700 words) on the topic “What it means to be a principled chiropractor in the historical context and in present day practice.”

MICHAEL BRICKMAN MEMORIAL GRADUATION AWARD This award was established by the Ontario Chiropractic Association to recognize Dr. Michael Brickman’s dedication to students. The award is to be presented annually to the graduating student identified by his/her peers as best exemplifying the traits of passion, dedication and enthusiasm for the chiropractic profession as well as outstanding proficiency in adjusting technique. The award includes a one year membership in the Ontario Chiropractic Association.

CLASS OF 2000 SCHOLARSHIP The Grad Fund of the Class of 2000 established this scholarship to recognize the perseverance of a graduating student who, over the course of his/her education at CMCC, has overcome exceptional personal adversity, and continued to be an active member of his/her class. The recipient is chosen by the graduating class.

CLASS OF 2003 PIONEER AWARD The Class of 2003 Pioneer Award was established by the Class of 2003 at the time of their graduation from CMCC. The Class of 2003 will be remembered for being the first graduating class to complete the integrated curriculum. The recipient is chosen by the graduating class and the award is given to a student who has taken a leadership role in creating a new initiative that has benefited or will benefit the students at CMCC. The ideal candidate is a person who leads the way for others in a selfless manner and may be viewed as the "unsung hero" of the class. 34 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

THE COLLEGE OF CHIROPRACTIC SCIENCES EXTERNAL CLINIC AWARD This award is given to the graduating student who, during his/her participation in the external clinics, has demonstrated an outstanding commitment to the clinic, good clinical competency, leadership skills, has been a good team player and an excellent ambassador for CMCC.

Foot Levelers, Inc., SCHOLARSHIPS Application Required Foot Levelers, Inc., provides scholarships to graduating students who have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00 and who have completed a case study on the topic of the enhanced treatment results from the use of Foot Levelers Inc. orthotics for patients with a spinal condition, lower extremity condition or for rehabilitation treatment.

STÉPHANE JULIEN MEMORIAL AWARD Grad Fund ’91 has established a trust fund in memory of their classmate, Dr. Stéphane Julien. An award is presented to the graduating student who, during the course of study at CMCC, has demonstrated great dedication to helping other students in academics or technique. The recipient will be chosen by the graduating class.

ROBERT KILGANNON MEMORIAL AWARD This award was established through donations from the Students’ Council, faculty, and staff of CMCC in memory of Dr. Robert Kilgannon. The recipient will be in good academic standing and exhibit the following qualities: good rapport, including a capacity to instill confidence in the patient, and a commitment to education.

JUDY LADELL MEMORIAL AWARD The valedictorian is awarded this scholarship, established by the family and friends of the late Judy Ladell.

HERBERT K. LEE AWARD Application Required This award is given in recognition of the long standing devotion of Dr. Herbert Lee as evidenced by his academic, clinical, voluntary and altruistic contributions to CMCC for over 55 years. It is given to a graduating student who has consistently demonstrated dedication to the CMCC community through involvement in a variety of endeavours.

JANE MANNINGTON AWARD Established by Dorothy Mannington, this award honours the memory of Dr. Jane Man- nington, a valued faculty member whose enthusiasm and encouragement helped female students strive for excellence. A female graduating student who has maintained a good academic standing and who has given outstanding service to CMCC and the profession is chosen by the graduating class. Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Graduation Citizenship Awards 35

JAMES K. MORRISON AWARD Application Required This award is given in recognition of the significant contribution made by Mr. Jim Morrison to the educational experience of students at CMCC during his 20 years as Registrar. The Awards Committee selects a student who has made a significant contribution to student life in an unassuming, altruistic and diligent manner.

ONTARIO CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Application Required An award including a one (1) year membership in the Ontario Chiropractic Association is presented to a graduating Ontario student. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: successful completion of Year IV with a good academic record, as well as demonstration of outstanding leadership and service to CMCC and the student body.

DAVID PERCIVAL MEMORIAL AWARD Application Required The Class of ’79 presents an award in memory of their highly respected former classmate. It is presented to a graduate with good academic standing who participated in student activities, and shows organizational and leadership qualities.

MARILYN PHILLIPS AWARD Application Required This award is given in recognition of the valuable services rendered by the support staff of CMCC, as exemplified by Marilyn Phillips, a former employee in the Accounting Depart- ment. It was made possible through generous donations by administration, staff, and faculty. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a student who has shown leadership and service to the student body and CMCC.

DONALD C. SUTHERLAND STUDENTS’ COUNCIL AWARD Application Required The Students’ Council grants this award in appreciation of Dr. Sutherland’s dedication and contribution to the advancement of CMCC during his term as President. The Awards Com- mittee selects as the recipient a student who has maintained a high academic average during the four years, while being active in student affairs demonstrating leadership and initiative.

JAMES L. WATKINS MEMORIAL AWARD Application Required Dr. Watkins served the chiropractic profession faithfully and honourably for more than 33 years. Following a successful career as a caring practitioner, Dr. Watkins has the distinction of having held office as Executive Director for The Canadian Chiropractic Association (CCA) and the Canadian Chiropractic Protective Association (CCPA). The CCA and CCPA have created this award to honour his distinguished service to the profession. Candidates will be graduates with strong academic standing who have demonstrated an interest in the Students' Council and/or Student Canadian Chiropractic Association. The recipient will receive complimentary membership in both the CCA and the CCPA for the first year of his or her practice. 36 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

YORK‑PEEL CHIROPRACTIC AWARD Application Required This award is presented to a graduate who plans to establish a practice in the Toronto/ York‑Peel region. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: a good academic record, an altruistic attitude, good rapport with patients, and evidence of volunteer service.

Graduation Academic Awards

BOARD OF GOVERNORS CHAIR’S AWARD The Board of Governors Chair’s Award is presented to a graduating student who has represented the student body in discussions and dealings with the Administration and the Board of Governors while maintaining a satisfactory academic record.

DONALD BRAMHAM MEMORIAL AWARD Dr. Donald Bramham of Regina, Saskatchewan was a long-time Board Member of the Canadian Chiropractic Protective Association (CCPA) and was instrumental in the creation of the CCPA. The CCPA has created this award to honour his prominent service to the profession. The recipient of this award will have achieved the second highest academic standing in the fourth year of study and will receive a complementary membership in the CCPA for the first year of his/her practice.

CCR CLINICAL RADIOLOGICAL PROFICIENCY AWARD The Chiropractic College of Radiologists (Canada) give this award to recognize a student who has demonstrated a thorough understanding of clinical and radiological entities as demonstrated by having the greatest number of correct submissions in the X‑Ray Case of the Week Contest.

CMCC PRESIDENT’S AWARD The President’s Award is presented to a graduating student who, in addition to having obtained a high academic and clinical standing, has made an outstanding contribution to CMCC life over the four years.

ISTRATI FAMILY MEMORIAL AWARDS This scholarship has been established in memory of Konrad C. and Aurelia M. Istrati and their daughter, Dr. Delilah J. Istrati. It is awarded annually to the two graduating students from the Province of Saskatchewan who attain the first and second highest cumulative grade point average.

DOUGLAS V. HOSKINS AND SAMUEL F. SOMMACAL CLINIC PROFICIENCY AWARD Dr. Hoskins was a founding member and Secretary of the Board of Governors of CMCC. Dr. Sommacal was a founding member and Chair of the Board of Governors. In appreciation of Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Additional Awards not exclusive to CMCC students 37 their contributions, this award is presented by CMCC to an intern from the Campus Clinic who has shown outstanding proficiency in Clinical Education.

MARK A. KING MEMORIAL AWARD The family of Dr. Mark King, a successful chiropractor and CMCC graduate who was keenly interested in X‑ray, established a trust fund for this award in his memory. The award is presented to a Year IV student who has shown outstanding proficiency and interest in the field of radiology.

RONALD KING AWARDS The Class of ’83 has established two awards in appreciation of the leadership and inspiration imparted by Dr. Ron King, a faculty member and former Clinic Director. Awards are given on the basis of outstanding excellence in clinical chiropractic diagnostic skills.

WALTER STURDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP The Canadian Chiropractic Association presents this scholarship in memory of Dr. Sturdy, its first President and one of the founding members of CMCC. It is given to the student who has achieved the highest overall academic standing during the four year program.

VERN WELSH MEMORIAL AWARD The late Dr. Vern Welsh was an active member of the Board of Directors of the Ontario Chiropractic Association (OCA) and a loyal supporter of CMCC. The award includes a one year membership in the OCA. The recipient must be an Ontario resident who has achieved academic excellence in the subject area of radiology.

GILBERT H. YOUNG MEMORIAL AWARD Dr. Gilbert H. Young was an outstanding leader in the profession in his native British Co- lumbia and across Canada, served on the CMCC Board of Governors and was its Chair for a two‑year term. The award, from a trust fund established from his estate, is given to the student with the highest academic standing in Year IV.

Additional Awards not exclusive to CMCC students

ALBERTA COLLEGE AND ASSOCIATION OF CHIROPRACTORS SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship is awarded to a student who has completed Year III in a CCE accredited chiropractic program, who qualifies as an Alberta resident, and who demonstrates a high rating in clinical competency, service to his or her chiropractic institution and the community, and GPA. Completed applications must be sent before August 15 to: ACAC Stu- dents Scholarship Fund, 11203 - 70 Street NW Edmonton, Alberta T5B 1T1. The successful candidate and the institution will be notified by October 1. 38 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

CHANEY‑ENSIGN FUND BURSARY AWARD The Hamilton Community Foundation provides modest financial assistance to post‑secondary students who: can demonstrate serious financial need; have graduated from publicly‑funded secondary schools in the Hamilton‑Wentworth area; are registered/in attendance at an approved college and are engaged in full-time undergraduate studies. In special circumstances, part‑time or postgraduate studies may be considered.

CHIROPRACTIC ACADEMIC & RESEARCH EXCELLENCE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS These scholarships are designed to recognize and reward a variety of activities, including academic excellence, innovation in research, dedication to the science and philosophy of chiropractic, and participation in non‑academic extra‑curricular activities. The recipient must: be enrolled full-time in an accredited Doctor of Chiropractic Program at the time of application, have a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, be involved in extra-curricular activities at the chiropractic institution currently attending, and have at least one academic year remaining until program completion at the time of application.

THE CHIROPRACTIC EDUCATION FOUNDATION OF NEW YORK (CEFNY), INC. In order to qualify for this award, you must be a permanent resident of New York State preceding enrollment in a chiropractic program recognized for licensure in New York State and have plans to practice there. You must have completed one year of chiropractic education by the time the award is given. Scholarships are paid directly to the program in the recipient’s name and are announced at the CEFNY annual meeting in May of each year.

EMMA GOODRICH ESTATE SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Years II III IV BC Application Required A number of awards from this fund are given to Year II, III or IV students from British Columbia with good academic records. Official transcripts and a completed BC award application must be submitted to Student Services.

HAROLD BEASLEY AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN JURISPRUDENCE This award was established in 1995 to honour the memory of Dr. Harold Beasley, a former Chair of the Board of Directors of Chiropractic (BDC), now the College of Chiropractors of Ontario (CCO). As Chair of the BDC, Dr. Beasley worked tirelessly to ensure that chiropractic was given “fair recognition under legislation.” This annual award will be presented to a student at an accredited chiropractic educational institution in North America, who intends to practice in Ontario, for Proficiency in Ontario Jurisprudence. The winner shall have his/ her fees for application and registration in Ontario waived for the first year. The recipient will be determined by the CCO’s Awards Committee. Please see Student Services for a list of essay topics and due date.

LOUISE MCKINNEY POST SECONDARY SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship is provided to reward undergraduate students for their academic achievements. Eligible applicants are in their second or subsequent academic year of their Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries: Graduate Awards 39 program, are permanent residents of Alberta, and are Canadian citizens or have landed immigrant status. The successful candidates must provide proof that they are in the top 2% of their current year. Applications are to be sent directly to: Scholarship Fund 6th floor, 9940-106 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T5K 2V1.

MASONIC FOUNDATION OF ONTARIO This award is available to students in post secondary institutions in Ontario who are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants, resident in Ontario. Preference is given to those in their final terms of their last or second to last year of study who have encountered an unforeseen financial emergency. No Masonic connection is necessary. The applicant must fill out a detailed application form, providing full information on his/her financial situation.

SPORT MEDICINE COUNCIL OF MANITOBA SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship fund has been established by the Sport Medicine Council of Manitoba to offer financial support to students of its member groups and to meet the needs of Mani- toba athletes. The Council will select the student who has achieved a GPA of at least 3.0; continues his/her program in the next ensuing regular academic session; demonstrates outstanding volunteer work related to sport medicine as well as an impressive extra curricular background related to sport medicine; displays competence and dedication to his/her field, including professionalism, enthusiasm and commitment. The application must be completed and sent directly to Sport Medicine Council of Manitoba, 403-200 Main Street, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3C 4M2. The deadline is the first Friday of May.

TERRY FOX HUMANITARIAN AWARD The Terry Fox Humanitarian Award Program is a post secondary scholarship program which was established by a grant from the Government of Canada at the time of the death of Terry Fox. The program provides scholarships to students entering or attending post secondary educational institutions within Canada. The successful applicants are recognized for dedication to community service, perseverance and courage in the face of obstacles, and the pursuit of excellence in fitness and academics.

Graduate Awards

EDGAR, BELLA, AND J.O. HOULE AWARD This scholarship honouring the memories of Dr. Edgar Houle, Dr. Bella C. Houle, and their father, Dr. J. Oswald Houle, was established by Mrs. Edna C. Bousquet Houle, wife of the late Dr. J. Oswald Houle and mother of Drs. Edgar and Bella Houle. The award is determined by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research Programs and the Director, Gradu- ate Studies for a CMCC Resident who has completed the Graduate Program, excelled in research, teaching and demonstrated leadership during the residency. 40 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

KIRKALDY-WILLIS MEMORIAL AWARD This scholarship honouring the memory of Dr. William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis, a great friend to chiropractic and supporter of research, graduate education and interdisciplinary collaboration was established by the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College. The award is determined by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research Programs and the Director, Graduate Studies for a CMCC Graduate Student who has completed his/her program of study and has demonstrated leadership and creative initiative in the promotion of interdisciplinary research.

Faculty Awards

A. E. HOMEWOOD MEMORIAL PROFESSORSHIP The A. E. Homewood Memorial Professorship is presented on a yearly basis, with a one year renewal, to a member of the academic community who has shown, over a number of years, a dedication to the principles and philosophy of health care through chiropractic as professed by Dr. Homewood. The recipient shall have demonstrated through scholarship and/or service to the profession, a level of dedication and excellence which reflects the high standards established by Dr. Homewood and the pioneering faculty of CMCC. The recipient receives a stipend for the term of the professorship, and is expected to make a presentation to the faculty and students of CMCC at some time during the tenure of the professorship. Dr. A. Earl Homewood (1915 –1989) was a founding faculty member of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College and served for many years as President, Chairman of the Board, Business Administrator, Dean, Professor, Professor Emeritus and President Emeritus. He taught in many academic areas including technique, anatomy, and jurisprudence. During his career, he also held appointments at Lincoln Chiropractic College in Indianapolis and Los Angeles College of Chiropractic. He was a scholar, an administrator, and a practitioner who dedicated his life to the profession that he loved and the people whom it served.

WILLIAM PEEK MEMORIAL FACULTY AWARD This award is presented in memory of Dr. William Peek who was a faculty member in the Division of Biological Sciences at CMCC. It is presented to a member of the undergraduate faculty for excellence in teaching, upon recommendation from students and peers. Services: Student Services 41 Services

Student Services Telephone: 416 482 2344 Fax: 416 646 1114 Email: [email protected] All students are encouraged to familiarize themselves with the services provided by the Office of Student Services and its staff. The Director of Student Services is CMCC’s liaison with the Students’ Council. Student Services provides academic and personal counselling and advice, assistance with issues related to the general functioning of CMCC, coordination of Financial Aid and Student Awards resources. Academic Counselling Academic advice and the peer tutoring program are available in Student Services. Clari- fication of policies, regulations and procedures, as well as formal student appeals are handled by the Director and division staff. Personal Counselling Student Services provides psychological services to assist students and/or their partners with personal problems, and to assist chiropractic interns with a variety of problems related to their work with patients. Housing While CMCC has no facilities for student housing, the office of Student Services maintains an online listing of rental accommodations. Students have access to the listing via the CMCC web site and are advised to begin their search for accommodation in June. Please note that CMCC assumes no liability, makes no representations and cannot be held liable with respect to any arrangements entered into or agreed upon between students and landlords. Parking Student parking is administered through Student Services. Limited parking is available. Employment at CMCC Information on part-time employment in chiropractors’ offices is regularly distributed via email by the Alumni Affairs Division. Students should be cognizant of the amount of time and effort required to complete their studies and should ensure that employment or outside activities can be managed along with all the requirements of the CMCC curriculum. Practice Opportunities A comprehensive online database of Canadian and international practice opportunities is accessible through the Student Member section on the CMCC web site. Students can review up-to-date information on associateships, practices for sale, locums, and many other career opportunities. From time to time, practice opportunities and equipment for sale is shared with students via email. 42 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

The Practice OpportUnity Event takes place at CMCC in spring each year, connecting students with chiropractors to discuss available opportunities, such as associateships, practices for sale, locums, etc. Chiropractors who are unable to attend, send their opportunities for display. Suppliers who offer products and services to the profession are also in attendance.

Supply Centre and Bookstore Telephone: 416 482 1532 800 268 8940 Fax: 416 482 9745 Email: [email protected] Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. The Supply Centre and Bookstore welcomes students, staff, health care practitioners, and the public. The Centre carries all textbooks and manuals for classes as well as reference and general interest books. Also available are anatomical models and charts, vitamins and herbs, supports, pillows, gowns, chiropractic office supplies (headrest paper, pamphlets/brochures etc.), portable/stationary adjustment tables, X ray supplies, sports medicine and rehabilitation supplies, school supplies, photocopy cards, postage stamps, and clothing. The Supply Centre and Bookstore is a division of CMCC. All revenue generated supports CMCC and chiropractic education.

Health Services Chiropractic Services CMCC clinics offer chiropractic services to the public, faculty, staff, and students. The clinics also offer a valuable service to field practitioners, who may refer their patients for consultation, examination, and radiographic studies. Orthotic services are also available at our clinics. For a list of clinics refer to page 44 of this calendar. Complementary and Alternative Medicine CMCC offers the services of a registered massage therapist and an acupuncture provider to students, faculty, and staff. Rehabilitation Services Through the Department of Rehabilitation and Assessment Services, CMCC’s Campus Clinic offers services to patients who have experienced workplace, motor vehicle, and sports related injuries. The Department’s goal is to help people who have suffered injury to return to activities of normal living. Services: Alumni Affairs 43

Alumni Affairs Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 146 Fax: 416 482 3629 Email: [email protected] Pursuing your professional studies at CMCC is an exciting and important time in your life, and it represents the first phase in the lifelong relationship that CMCC fosters and encourages. Student Membership Program Upon enrolment at CMCC, students become members of the Student Membership Pro- gram, offering access to research and employment databases, part-time employment opportunities, and access to chiropractors in the field through networking opportunities, social gatherings, and career fairs. Membership in CMCC Following Graduation CMCC encourages its alumni to remain active and to participate in the continuing growth and development of CMCC. New graduates receive a one year complimentary membership followed by a graduated fee structure. Membership benefits include a free annual online Continuing Education program and preferred rates for the CMCC Supply Centre and Bookstore, library services, Continu- ing Education and certain special events. Other benefits include a members’ section on the CMCC web site featuring 15 research databases—including: EBSCO publishing; the Cochrane Library; and Natural Standard as well as a bi-monthly research alerting service and other library resources. In addition, there is a Practice Resource Guide of frequently asked questions and a database of available chiropractic work opportunities and practices for sale. Members receive the Annual Report and the biannual Research Report. Alumni Involvement in CMCC CMCC is able to maintain a high level of education and research through the active involvement and financial support of its alumni. Many alumni enrol in the Continuing Education programs offered by CMCC while others pursue graduate residency programs. Some have taken on faculty positions. Alumni are actively involved on various CMCC committees and the Board of Governors. All alumni are encouraged to participate in Homecoming, a weekend of reunion, social activities, and educational seminars. The support of alumni also assists CMCC in raising the standards for the profession through our academic program, pushing frontiers in research, partnering with universities and industry, building bridges in health care, fostering government partnerships, and more. For over 63 years, CMCC’s mission has been centred on the growth of our profession and the well-being of all chiropractors. Alumni support has been, and continues to be, critical to our success. 44 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Educational Facilities

Clinical Facilities Telephone: 416 482 2546 Fax: 416 646 1115 Clinical and preclinical student education is provided under the direction and supervision of our clinical faculty at one of CMCC’s outpatient clinics.

Campus Clinic The largest of our clinics, the Campus Clinic, provides chiropractic care to the public as well as CMCC students and employees. It houses the divisional administrative offices, clinical laboratory, radiology departments, the Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) Clinic, and the Department of Rehabilitative and Assessment Services (DRAS). Bronte Harbour Chiropractic Clinic CMCC opened a second clinic in July 2006. This clinic offers a variety of services six days per week, within a mixed residential and commercial setting.

Community Based CMCC Clinics are located at: • Anishnawbe Health Toronto This unique clinic provides health care to people of aboriginal origin within the Greater Toronto Area. Interns participate at Anishnawbe three days per week in a multidisciplinary environment, working with traditional native healers, physicians, nurses and other allied health professionals. • Muki Baum (Adult’s and Children’s) Centres CMCC interns participate at the Muki Baum Centres for dually diagnosed children and adults. The program, operating one-half day a week at each location, provides interns with the opportunity to work with behaviourally, mentally, and physically challenged children and adults to address musculoskeletal ailments. • St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital was the first fully accredited hospital to offer outpatient chiropractic services in the North Toronto and York Region. At the St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital, hospital patients, hospital staff, and members of the community have access to chiropractic treatment. Clinicians and interns work hand-in- hand with hospital staff to deliver seamless, quality care. • Sherbourne Health Centre This outpatient clinic provides chiropractic care for patients living within the downtown community. The clinic operates six days per week. Interns participate in rounds presentations, community education, and various activities within the health centre. Clinical faculty sit on various committees within the health centre. • South Riverdale Community Health Centre (SRCHC) At SRCHC, CMCC interns deliver chiropractic care in a multidisciplinary setting six days per week. The interns participate in the community health information program Educational Facilities: Laboratory Facilities 45

and outreach programs at SRCHC while working in concert with numerous health professionals within the facility.

Laboratory Facilities

Biochemistry, Microbiology, Laboratory Diagnosis In this laboratory, equipment for teaching biochemistry, microbiology, and clinical laboratory courses includes: • instrumentation for spectrophotometry and electrophoresis utilized in biochemistry laboratory exercises; • facilities for the isolation and identification of microorganisms by means of culturing, preparing slides, staining, microscopy, and serology; • a wide variety of charts, special guides, blood drawing equipment, various types of diagnostic test kits, and prosthetic arms which are unique to Laboratory Diagnosis.

Histology and Pathology Laboratory This facility is equipped with laboratory tables, microscopes, digital microscopic projec- tion and video monitors which are shared by the two disciplines. Various sets of specially produced microscope slides and videotapes are provided for each field of study. Gross pathological specimens are also utilized in case discussion and tutorial settings.

Human Gross Anatomy Laboratory Within the Anatomy Laboratory, students are provided with equipment necessary for the dissection of human cadavers. Each table is equipped with disarticulated skeletal components, a dissection guide, and an atlas of human anatomy. Fully articulated skeletons, X ray view boxes, and a number of gross anatomy and neuroanatomy prosections are available for student review. Video monitors are used in the dissection lab for prelab presentations.

Psychomotor Skills and Clinical Diagnosis Laboratories These laboratories are equipped with chiropractic adjusting tables, posture measurement equipment, X-ray view boxes, audio visual equipment (which includes closed circuit television), and the necessary hygienic facilities.

Radiology Film Reading Laboratories The film reading laboratories are equipped with view boxes and house the collection of normal and abnormal radiographs for student viewing and study. These labs are also used for the practical, problem solving film reading sessions with faculty and weekly self-assessment exercises.

Radiology Physics and X-ray Positioning Laboratory Three X-ray machines with related equipment are set up in this lab for students to practice their radiographic positioning. These machines function as regular X-ray machines in 46 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 every way, other than delivering ionizing radiation. Additionally, a faxitron is housed in this lab for taking radiographs of specimens.

Health Sciences Library Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 158 Fax: 416 482 4816 Web site: www.cmcc.ca/library Books, journals, and multimedia resources are available to students, faculty, staff, and practitioners. These collections support and supplement teaching, learning objectives, and scientific investigation and research. Listings of all books, print journals, and multimedia are accessible through the in-house online catalogue and may be searched by author, title, subject, call number, and key word. The main reading room contains current journals, the reference collection, the audiovisual collection and workstations for accessing the library’s online catalogue. A silent study area is located on the mezzanine level while three group study rooms allow students to engage in interactive group learning. The library also houses two multimedia rooms for viewing audiovisual materials. Internet accessible computers in both the student computer centre and in the reference area allow access to our various subscription databases, as well as to email and other web-based resources. Our EBSCO databases include: MEDLINE, Alt HealthWatch, AMED, Biomedical Reference Collection, CINAHL, DynaMed, Nursing and Allied Health Collection, Psychology and Behavioural Sciences, and SPORTDiscus. Our other databases include: images.MD, The Cochrane Library, Natural Standard, MANTIS, Anatomy.tv, and Index to Chiropractic Literature. These online resources currently include access to over 1500 full text online journals. Audiovisual services are available to students, faculty, and chiropractors and include the use of computer software, audiovisual resources, audiovisual equipment, and production of non-print materials (slides, photos, student ID cards, computer-generated graphics, DVDs, CD-ROMs, and videos). A reference librarian is available for instruction and assistance Monday to Friday. A research service, to which a fee may apply, is also available. Photocopiers are available in the library photocopying room. CMCC has a license agreement with ACCESS, the Canadian Copyright Licensing Agency, to cover student and faculty photocopying on campus. Library photocopier users are reminded to abide by the posted copyright legislation.

Library hours September to June June to September Monday to Thursday 7:30 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Friday 7:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Saturday 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Sunday 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Closed Hours are subject to change. Students’ Council 47 Students’ Council Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 162 Email: [email protected]

Students’ Council represents student interest by acting as a liaison between students, administration and faculty. The Council appoints student members to various CMCC committees as well as coordinating social and athletic programs and clubs that support a wide variety of interests. Elected each April by the student body, the Council includes the following positions: Presi- dent, Vice-President, Treasurer, Executive Secretary, Social Director, Publicity Director, Female and Male Athletic Directors, and two representatives from each graduating year. All students in good academic standing at CMCC are eligible to run for office, however, certain executive positions require previous Students’ Council involvement. Being a member is an excellent way to demonstrate leadership skills and to take an active role in your education. Each year the Council plans several activities for students, including an exciting orientation for new students with events such as a trip to Niagara Falls, a Centre Island Boat Cruise and the Annual Balmy Beach Bash. Year round activities include the annual Innate Show where students can display their many talents, barbeques, athletic tournaments and many other gatherings. The Council also brings students into the community in many ways, such as through organizing food and clothing drives for local shelters. Students’ Council has a faculty liaison in the person of the Director of Student Services, who advises and keeps the Council current on developments at CMCC. This ensures coordination among the many activities of the students, faculty and staff. 48 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Undergraduate Education Program Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 135 Fax: 416 488 0470

Dean, Undergraduate Education Lenore Edmunds, BA, MEd

Director of Education, Year I J. Kim Ross, BSc, MSc, DC, PhD

Director of Education, Year II Marion McGregor, BSc, DC, FCCS(C), MSc, PhD

Director of Education, Year III Michael A. Ciolfi, HBPE, BSc, DC

Director of Curriculum and Faculty Development Margo Burns, BSc, MASc, EdD

Associate Dean, Clinics Richard Ruegg, BSc, DC, PhD

Director of Imaging Kathleen Linaker, BSc, DC, DACBR

Director of Clinical Education and Patient Care Brian Schut, DC Director of Clinical Education and Patient Care Anthony Tibbles, BSc, DC, FCCS(C)

General Information In 2005, the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College received Ministerial consent to con- fer a degree to graduates of the Doctor of Chiropractic program.

Introduction The CMCC undergraduate curriculum is a comprehensive, integrative, outcomes based program which is guided by three principles: • course content is relevant to professional practice; • knowledge, skills, and attitudes discussed are integrated across courses and years; • the four-year curriculum is developed and designed on the biological and chiropractic clinical competencies developed by CMCC, in accordance with the clinical competencies as outlined by the CFCREAB. Undergraduate Education Program: Educational Approach 49

Educational Approach The chiropractic curriculum encompasses a diverse range of knowledge including anatomy, pathology, biomechanics, chiropractic principles, diagnosis, and adjustive techniques. To comprehend the diagnosis and treatment of clinical conditions, it is necessary to have a solid understanding of the basic sciences that apply. The modular system sequences academic content in a way that supports this type of learning. The modules consist of individual courses. Faculty work closely together to ensure the content in their areas are comprehensive and coordinated within each module. The program combines lectures and labs with Team Based Learning and practice based case studies. This approach fosters a smooth transition from basic academic knowledge into problem solving for the purpose of diagnosis, treatment, and the management of patient conditions. An important aspect of the curriculum is the weekly small group clinical education component. These weekly meetings bring together the content discussed in the previous week and, in an evidence based approach, illustrate how the material is synthe- sized into a professional practice environment.

Overview of the CMCC Undergraduate Curriculum The first three years of the curriculum are organized into fifteen (15) intensive modules of study that vary in length from four (4) to seven (7) weeks. Year IV is a clinical practicum that extends across a full calendar year. Students participate in clinical activities designed to prepare them for professional chiropractic practice. The educational objectives of the CMCC program are to: • develop graduates who possess the necessary knowledge, skills, and attributes to practice chiropractic effectively and safely; • prepare graduates for post-graduate education in chiropractic and related health fields; • cultivate a lifetime desire for learning; and • develop a spirit of inquiry into the realm of human structure-function relationships. The educational objectives are met through a competency based curriculum. The students are exposed to a variety of pedagogical methods that are designed to ensure that they graduate with: • an ability to relate fundamental scientific knowledge to the patho-physiology of the spine and related anatomical structures; • an understanding of the nature of normal and abnormal spinal mechanics as related to other anatomical structures; • an ability to establish satisfactory patient rapport; • skill in gathering and recording clinical information; • competence in using clinical laboratory and X-ray techniques; 50 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

• competence in establishing an accurate clinical impression; • competence in treatment; • sound judgement in deciding on appropriate care; • competence in providing continuing health care; • an understanding of the importance of methods and techniques in preventive chiropractic care; • acceptance of the responsibilities of a chiropractor; • well developed communication skills; and • an understanding of the profession.

Grand Rounds Grand Rounds are integrated, case based, multidisciplinary forum presentations. The purpose is to help students develop clinical skills through observation and participation in a typical doctor-patient encounter. An experienced clinician will take the case history of a standardized patient (SP), and then perform a physical examination on the SP. After each of these procedures, the clinician will discuss a diagnosis with the students, his or her reasoning, and what other tests (e.g. X-rays, blood tests) need to be performed in this case. Throughout these sessions, short presentations are made by discipline specialists demonstrating the relevance of their fields to the patient’s condition. These include anatomy, physiology, biomechanics, pathology, radiology, and psycho-social considerations in addition to eighteen separate hours of orthopaedics review. The orthopaedics review covers course material from Year I and II labs and lectures. It is offered to assist the students as they prepare for the module assessments that focus on the History, Physical examination, and Diagnosis (HPD), performed on a simulated patient. Ethical considerations are also discussed as part of the SP learning encounter. The Grand Rounds process encourages student self-reflection, helping them become aware of their own learning needs while comprehending the clinical relevance of the basic sciences, as well as, the nature of the patient’s condition and circumstances. Each session is concluded by the clinician giving a report of findings to the patient and setting out an evidence based plan of management. The latter includes the obtaining of informed consent from the patient. Undergraduate Education Program: The Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) 51

The Objective Structured Clinical Examination (OSCE) The OSCE is a comprehensive clinically based assessment that draws upon material taught up to that point in the curriculum. It is a performance based approach to assessment in which competencies are tested in a planned or structured way, with attention to the objectivity of the examination. The student is assessed at a series of stations with one or more aspects of competence being tested at each station. The OSCE is designed to assess a student’s overall preparedness for entry into the next year of study and students must successfully complete the examination before proceeding further in the program. The OSCE takes place at the end of each year. Students in Year IV also perform an OSCE midway through the year. 52 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Doctor of Chiropractic Degree Program

Course Requirements

Year I AN 1101 Human Anatomy I PA 1407 Health Promotion PH 1101 Biochemistry I, Intermediary Metabolism AC 1101 Basic Body Mechanics AC 1102 Chiropractic Skills I AC 1103 Rehabilitation in Chiropractic Practice I CP 1101 Chiropractic Practice: Principles and Professional Ethics I CD 1201 Introductory Diagnosis for Chiropractic Practice I CD 1302 Orthopaedics for Chiropractic Practice I RN 1101 Radiographic Interpretation I RN 1102 Fundamentals of Radiography CE 1101 Chiropractic Clinical Practice I RM 1301 Applied Research & Biometrics

The courses are taught within the five modules listed below:

Module Weeks 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 5

Contact Hours 846 Grand Rounds 12 Total Hours 858 Doctor of Chiropractic Degree Program: Course Requirements 53

Year II AN 2101 Human Anatomy II PA 2201 General Pathology PA 2202 General Microbiology PA 2204 Immunology PA 2306 Toxicopharmacology PH 2204 Systems Physiology PH 2205 Neuroscience in Chiropractic Practice PH 2206 Biochemistry II, Health and Wellness AC 2203 Clinical Biomechanics AC 2204 Chiropractic Skills II AC 2205 Rehabilitation in Chiropractic Practice II AC 2410 Integrated Chiropractic Practice CP 2202 Chiropractic Perspectives on Clinical Practice CD 2201 Introductory Diagnosis for Chiropractic Practice II CD 2302 Orthopaedics for Chiropractic Practice II RN 2201 Radiographic Interpretation II RN 2203 Radiographic Interpretation III CE 2202 Chiropractic Clinical Practice II RM 2301 Investigative Project – Topic Development

The courses are taught within the five modules listed below:

Module Weeks 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 5

Contact Hours 980 Grand Rounds 12 Total Hours 992 54 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Year III PA 3201 Systems Pathology PA 3202 Clinical Microbiology PA 3305 Clinical Laboratory Diagnosis PH 3407 Clinical Nutrition AC 3305 Chiropractic Clinical Management AC 3306 Chiropractic Skills III AC 3307 Auxiliary Chiropractic Therapy CP 3303 Chiropractic Practice: Principles And Professional Ethics II CP 3304 Chiropractic Practice: Business and Law CD 3302 Orthopaedic Case Studies CD 3303 Neurodiagnosis in Chiropractic Practice CD 3304 Differential Diagnosis CD 3305 Diagnosis and Symptomatology CD 3406 Clinical Psychology CD 3407 Emergency Care CD 3408 Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Paediatric Patient CD 3409 Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Female Patient CD 3410 Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Older Patient RN 3301 Radiological Technology RN 3302 Radiographic Interpretation IV CE 3303 Chiropractic Clinical Practice III RM 3301 Investigative Project – Protocol Development

The courses are taught within the five modules listed below:

Module Weeks 11 6 12 7 13 6 14 4 15 4

Contact Hours 870 Grand Rounds 12 Total Hours 882 Doctor of Chiropractic Degree Program: Course Requirements 55

Year IV Year IV consists of a 12 month clinical internship year. CE 4405 Chiropractic Clinical Practice: Internship CE 4406 Health Care Management CP 4404 Chiropractic Practice Project RM 4301 Project Execution and Report

Students are required to complete the work initiated by RM 2301 and proposed in RM 3301, during Year IV. The completion of RM 4301 requires that research data collection be computed and the appropriate final report be submitted.

Total Hours 1500 Total Program Contact Hours 4232 56 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Academic Departments and Course Descriptions

Department of Anatomy

Chair M. Kumka, MD, PhD

Department Faculty P. Cauwenbergs, M. Kumka, M. Lee, C. Lucaciu, B. Shandling, G. Sovak The Department of Anatomy presents a comprehensive overview of the development, structure, and clinically relevant function of the human body, providing the basic information necessary for further study. Anatomical content is presented in both lecture and laboratory formats during the first two undergraduate years and utilizes a clinically integrated approach.

AN 1101 Human Anatomy I Credits: 10.1 Coordinator: P. Cauwenbergs Total hours: 88 Lecture, 84 Lab Human Anatomy I (AN 1101) consists of lectures and laboratory study of the human body and incorporates developmental, microscopic, and adult human gross anatomical content. All content is presented using a case based, integrated approach. Human Anatomy I focuses on the structural and functional relationships within the back, head, neck, and upper limb regions. The back region is studied in Modules I and II, the head and neck region in Module III and IV and the upper limb region in Module V. Anatomical content is closely integrated with that of other courses presented by all academic divisions.

AN 2101 Human Anatomy II Credits: 9.2 Coordinator: P. Cauwenbergs Total hours: 89 Lecture, 62 Lab Human Anatomy II (AN 2101) is offered in Year II and consists of the same lecture and laboratory format as Human Anatomy I. Human Anatomy II integrates developmental, microscopic and adult human gross anatomy as well as neuroanatomy using a regional approach with emphasis on the structural and functional relationships within the central nervous system, thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and lower limb regions. Developmental components of this course emphasize later organogenesis within each of these regions. The central nervous system is studied in Modules VI and VII, the thorax in Module VIII, the abdomen and pelvis in Module IX and the lower limb in Module X. As in AN1101, anatomical content is closely integrated with that of other courses presented by all academic divisions. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Applied Chiropractic 57

Department of Applied Chiropractic

Chair B. Gleberzon, BA, DC

Department Faculty B. Adams, A. Azad, S. Dunham, K. Finn, B. Gleberzon, P. Gold, R. Henry, D. Hyde, J. Kim, S. Kinsinger, N. LaBelle, L. McLaren, A. Miners, G. Pecora, K. Pennell, K. Ross, R. Ruegg, G. Ruhr, S. Sajko, D. Sinclair, Z. Szaraz The Department of Applied Chiropractic provides students with the necessary scientific background and knowledge in biomechanics for the development of safe and effective psychomotor skills to practice chiropractic. Through classroom discussion, small tutorial group laboratory sessions, and mechanical and live models, students acquire proficiency in the skills necessary to become competent in chiropractic diagnostic and therapeutic methods. The students acquire an understanding of tissue response to altered biomechanics, proficiency in static and motion palpation, postural evaluation, and a variety of manipulative, adjustive and mobilization manoeuvres, and various soft tissue therapies. Students gain a thorough understanding of the indications and contra-indications for manipulation, as well as the biomechanical model of the physical and mechanical properties of the human frame and its static and dynamic behaviour. They acquire an appreciation of the effects of the chiropractic dynamic thrust in bringing about corrective change to pathomechanical states. Throughout the first three years, students are exposed to the theory and practice of functional recovery and active therapeutics. Auxiliary therapeutics is included in Year III.

AC 1101 BASIC BODY MECHANICS Credits: 6.5 Coordinator: K. Ross Total hours: 85 Lecture Basic Body Mechanics (AC 1101) introduces students to basic biomechanical principles and properties of the spine. Students are introduced to the mechanical concepts of basic body mechanics, as well as some advanced topics involving moment calculation. Emphasis is placed on how these principles apply to spinal manipulative therapy. The biomechanics of spinal manipulation are covered through examination of research publications and the use of video analysis. The biomechanics of the joints of the upper limb, and cervical and thoracic spine are examined to explain how pathologies develop. Due to the preponder- ance of low back pain, detailed attention is given to lumbar spine functional anatomy, lumbar spine pathomechanics, and the concept of lumbar spine stability. With these topics in mind, treatment and prevention strategies which are supported by laboratory research will be examined. 58 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

AC 1102 CHIROPRACTIC SKILLS I Credits: 3.9 Coordinator: S. Kinsinger Total hours: 102 Lab Chiropractic Skills (AC 1102) is coordinated with Basic Body Mechanics (AC 1101) and provides tutorial laboratory instruction to develop the skills necessary to locate all points of surface anatomy pertinent to a chiropractic examination. Students learn to determine normal and abnormal biomechanics, and to perform static joint challenge. The students are introduced to 13 of the most commonly used high velocity, low amplitude (HVLA) adjustive procedures. In addition, they are introduced to soft tissue and osseous non- thrusting procedures.

AC 1103 REHABILITATION IN CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE I Credit: 0.8 Coordinator: S. Dunham Total hours: 11 Lecture Chiropractic Rehabilitation I (AC 1103) presents introductory concepts in exercise and functional evaluation and applies these concepts to the basic tenets of “therapeutic exercise prescription.” The course includes the contemporary use of exercise for the rehabilitation and functional restoration of the musculoskeletal system, and both theoretical and practical information to prepare students for planning, prescribing, and monitoring exercise programs. Students will learn the indications and contraindications to exercise, and concepts of exercise physiology.

AC 2203 CLINICAL BIOMECHANICS Credits: 3.4 Coordinator: K. Ross Total hours: 44 Lecture Clinical Biomechanics (AC 2203) is a continuation of AC 1102. Students are first introduced to electromyography including how it is utilized in biomechanical research and how it can be used as a tool in chiropractic practice. The biomechanics of manipulation continues in the form of impact and pulley mechanics. The normal and pathological mechanics of the joints of the lower extremity are examined. The last portion of the course is clinically focussed. Topics include the biomechanics of gait, footwear, foot orthotics, and the implications of carrying a backpack, as well as the biomechanics of the functional activities of throwing and kicking. Emphasis centres on incorrect technique and how this can lead to pathological conditions.

AC 2204 CHIROPRACTIC SKIlLS II Credits: 4.5 Coordinator: B. Gleberzon Total hours: 116 Lab Chiropractic Skills (AC 2204) provides laboratory instruction to develop proficiency in general and specific spinal and extremity adjustive techniques. Students are taught how to deliver an adjustment with emphasis being placed on control, direction, speed, and depth of thrust. Emphasis is placed on competence in conducting an analysis (including all forms Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Applied Chiropractic 59 of static and motion palpation procedures) of the spine, pelvis, and extremities to arrive at a diagnosis that will enable accurate determination of the appropriate adjustive procedure. Screening procedures and the importance of informed consent are discussed. In addition, the student is taught soft tissue and mobilization techniques.

AC 2205 REHABILITATION IN CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE II Credits: 1.9 Coordinator: K. Pennell Total hours: 25 Lecture Rehabilitation in Chiropractic Practice II (AC 2205) builds upon the theoretical concepts learned in AC 1103. This course teaches the contemporary use of exercise for the rehabilitation and functional restoration of the musculoskeletal system. It is taught in a case based format, providing practical information to students to prepare them for planning, prescribing, and monitoring exercise programs. Students also learn the indications for therapeutic exercise prescription and concepts of exercise progression. The learning outcomes establish the principles that will assist the learner in understanding the chiropractor’s role in functional recovery as it pertains to occupational issues and disability management.

AC 2410 INTEGRATED CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE Credits: 3 Coordinator: B. Gleberzon Total hours: 36 Lecture, 06 PBL‡ Integrated Chiropractic Practice (AC 2410) is a combination of lectures and small group sessions presenting a wide variety of chiropractic techniques and other complementary health care disciplines. The emphasis is on case management including areas of examination, diagnosis and treatment, ethics and research as they relate to the different techniques and systems of healing.

AC 3305 Chiropractic CLINICAL MANAGEMENT Credits: 3.2 Coordinator: S. Kinsinger Total hours: 01 Lecture, 40 PBL‡, 40 Prep Time Chiropractic Clinical Management (AC 3305) is taught in a Problem Based Learning format and consists of small group clinical discussions of common conditions affecting the spine and extremities. Emphasis is placed on integration of examination findings, diagnosis, informed consent, and management through problem solving. The clinical decision making process is centred on a neurobiomechanical model integrating the clinical and biological sciences. Problems focus on the rationale for adjustive, manipulative and mobilization techniques of the spine, pelvis, and extremities.

‡ Problem Based Learning † Self Directed Learning * Team Base Learning 60 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

AC 3306 CHIROPRACTIC SKILLS III Credits: 4.2 Coordinator: G. Ruhr Total hours: 108 Lab Chiropractic Skills III (AC 3306) consists of small group tutorials of advanced instruction centred around the material taught in Clinical Management (AC 3305). Emphasis is placed on proficiency in conducting a comprehensive static and motion palpation examination of the spine, extremities, pelvis, and rib articulations. A focus is also placed on performing various adjustive, manipulative, and mobilization techniques. The ability to correlate analysis with appropriate chiropractic techniques and procedures is developed. Further soft tissue procedures are taught. Finally, rehabilitative exercises are taught for each region of the body and are designed to address patient specific problems.

AC 3307 AUXILIARY CHIROPRACTIC THERAPY Credit: 1 Coordinator: R. Ruegg Total hours: 12 Lecture, 02 Lab In Auxiliary Chiropractic Therapy (AC 3307) students learn to use various therapeutic modalities. These include electrotherapy, hydrotherapy, mechanotherapy, phototherapy, thermotherapy, and cryotherapy. Students become acquainted with basic physics, physiological principles, indications and contraindications as well as appropriate applications of modalities and appliances in a variety of conditions. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Physiology and Biochemistry 61

Department of Physiology and Biochemistry

Chair Ian Fraser, BA, MSc, PhD

Department Faculty B. Budgell, I. Fraser, D. Liu, J. Meschino, S. Tse

The Department of Physiology and Biochemistry provides courses in biochemistry, physiology, neuroscience, and nutrition. The information discussed in these courses serves to provide students with a foundation for understanding human physiology and biochemistry as a basis for sound clinical management. It also provides an introduction to the role of nutrition and nutritional supplements in disease management and health promotion.

PH 1101 BIOCHEMISTY I iNTERMEDIARY METABOLISM Credits: 7.2 Coordinator: I. Fraser Total hours: 66 Lecture, 09 Lab, 14 TBL*, 18 SDL† Biochemistry I Intermediary Metabolism (PH 1101) provides a foundation for the Biochem- istry II, and Systems Physiology courses. The structure, function and properties of various molecules (amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, enzymes) are studied. Metabolic pathways and biological control mechanisms are emphasized. The application and analysis of these principles to common health problems encountered by the practicing chiropractor are studied through the integration of lectures, laboratory exercises, and TBLs.

PH 2204 SYSTEMS PHYSIOLOGY Credits: 5.2 Coordinator: B. Budgell Total hours: 60 Lecture, 14 SDL†

In Systems Physiology (PH 2204) students are taught the physiology of body fluids, blood, and the cardiovascular, respiratory, endocrine, renal, and gastrointestinal systems. The function and control of all major organ systems are discussed as are the topics of cell physiology and mechanisms at the cellular and subcellular levels. Muscle performance, training, and fitness assessments are also discussed. Problem solving and the application of physiological principles to chiropractic practice are encouraged. The lectures are supplemented by case history and problem oriented seminars presented in a Team Based Learning approach.

‡ Problem Based Learning † Self Directed Learning * Team Based Learning 62 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

PH 2205 NEUROSCIENCE in Chiropractic Practice Credits: 5.7 Coordinator: D. Liu Total hours: 74 Lecture Neuroscience in Chiropractic Practice (PH 2205) focuses on the chemical, anatomical, and physiological components of the sensory, motor and autonomic nervous systems. These topics are discussed and integrated with chiropractic where applicable. Topics such as cranial nerves, development and aging of the nervous system, the cerebral cortex and higher corti- cal function, and diseases of the central nervous system are presented.

PH 2206 Biochemistry ii Health and Wellness Credits: 4.4 Coordinator: I Fraser Total hours: 52 Lecture, 10 Prep Time Biochemistry II Health and Wellness (PH 2206) provides a foundation for the laboratory diagnosis and clinical nutrition courses. Building on material presented in Biochemistry I, the basic principles of health and wellness, involving the chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins, and minerals are discussed. The course also presents the basic food groups and the fundamentals of assessing nutritional status. Clini- cal examples along with methods of practice implementation are introduced.

PH 3407 CLINICAL NUTRITION Credits: 1.2 Coordinator: TBA Total Hours: 15 Lecture Clinical Nutrition for a chiropractic practice (PH 3407) is aimed at providing students with applied nutritional knowledge. With the nutritional theory of PH 2206 serving as a foundation, the course helps translate nutritional theory into practical patient based nutritional care using a Team Based Learning approach. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Chiropractic Principles and Practice 63

Department of Chiropractic Principles and Practice

Chair M. Ciolfi, HBPE, BSc, DC

Department Faculty B. Adams, B. Gleberzon, K. Hammerich, S. Kinsinger, G. Lawson, G. Ruhr, Z. Szaraz, H. Vernon

The Department of Chiropractic Principles and Practice offers courses designed to cover a broad area from the history of manipulation to contemporary knowledge and research in the area of chiropractic manipulative therapy. It offers courses in the sociology of chiropractic, the legal and ethical aspects of contemporary chiropractic practice, as well as courses in the area of practice development and management. Contemporary perspectives and concepts are emphasized throughout the program. The chiropractor’s unique approach to health care within the modern health care team is stressed. The importance of ethical behaviour and professionalism are emphasised in all courses.

CP 1101 chiropractic practice: PRINCIPLES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS I Credits: 5.4 Coordinator: S. Kinsinger Total hours: 60 Lecture, 12 Small Group 04 TBL* Chiropractic Practice: Principles and Professional Ethics I (CP 1101) introduces students to the historical and foundational approach to health which is unique to the chiropractic profession. It is presented in a weekly lecture format and supplemented by small groups which explore a number of issues pertaining to the chiropractic profession. It is an introductory program designed to prepare the student to explore issues related to the philosophy, art, and science of chiropractic. As part of CP 1101, material on professionalism, informed consent and ethics will introduce students to a practical understanding of student ethics and the terminology, issues and consequences related to this area of student and professional life. The unique ethical responsibilities of the health professional student and practitioner are explored.

CP 2202 Chiropractic Perspectives on Clinical Practice Credit: 1.2 Coordinator: Z. Szaraz Total hours: 10 Lecture, 04 TBL*, 04 SDL† Chiropractic Perspectives on Clinical Practice (CP 2202) is an intermediate level course which explores the concepts and scientific evidence for the various chiropractic theories. Neuroanatomy, neuroscience, and general physiology serve as background knowledge for this study. Application of these theories to chiropractic practice is made wherever applicable. 64 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

CP 3303 CHIROPRACTIC practice: PRINCIPLES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS II Credits: 2.4 Coordinator: S. Kinsinger Total hours: 31 Lecture Chiropractic Practice: Principles and Professional Ethics II (CP 3303) is the third and final course for the core series in chiropractic principles. This course is designed to integrate information and give it a clinical application so as to help prepare students for their clinical education. The course explores a variety of topics including informed consent, professional boundaries, and other ethical issues, all focused on clinical issues between the practitioner and patient. The scientific evidence in support of the chiropractic management of certain “Type O” (internal) disorders is considered, while introductory lectures are given in mind-body medicine.

CP 3304 chiropractic practice: business and law Credits: 2.2 Coordinator: B. Gleberzon Total hours: 28 Lecture Chiropractic Practice: Business and Law (CP 3304) acquaints students with their rights and obligations together with, and more importantly, the rights and obligations of the patient. Emphasis is placed on risk management, informed consent, chiropractic legal issues, ethics and the law, the patient-doctor relationship, writing a chiropractic legal report, and practice management. This course familiarizes students with the relationship between chiropractic practice and the law. Chiropractic Practice Project (CP 4404) is introduced in this course but is completed in Year IV.

CP 4404 chiropractic practice project Credit: 1.2 Coordinator: B. Gleberzon Total hours: 30 SDL† Chiropractic Practice Project (CP 4404) is introduced in Year III as part of Chiropractic Practice: Business and Law (CP 3304) and is completed in January of Year IV. Students complete this project in which they describe in detail the creation of a chiropractic practice. To be included in the project are a demographic study, a lease or an agreement to purchase a location, a design of the practice, the details of any improvements, financial information, and proposals including financial statements (asset and cash flow statements), office policy, patient protocols such as informed consent, associate agreements, insurance details, advertising information, and any other pertinent information which reflects upon the establishment of the practice. Our experience has been that the preparation of such a project provides the students with an understanding of the depth of information required for the creation of a viable environment to provide proper patient care. Students are required to obtain the assistance of a licensed practitioner for the purposes of gathering relevant information.

‡ Problem Based Learning † Self Directed Learning * Team Based Learning Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Clinical Diagnosis 65

Department of Clinical Diagnosis

Chair B. Schut, DC Department Faculty B. Adams, M. Barrigar, K. Chiu, M. Chivers, J. D`Arcy, S. Dunham, G. Engel, K. Finn, B. Gleberzon, R. Guerriero, D. Hyde, M. Locke, P. McCord, I. MacIntyre, L. McLaren, A. Miners, J. Pikula, H. Platnick, D. Proctor, A. Pulinec, M. Rajwani, J. Reitav, M. Reux, V. Ricciardi, G. Ruhr, S. Sajko, D. Schoales, K. Schoonderwoerd, I. Simonsen, O. Swyszcz, N. Tabrizi, S. Thistle, A. Tibbles, A. Trim, S. Zylich

Courses in the Department of Clinical Diagnosis ensure students are made aware of the importance of clinical diagnosis to the chiropractor as a primary contact practitioner. Development of the student’s ability to analyze clinical data critically in the pursuit of an accurate diagnosis is emphasized. The importance of appropriate interdisciplinary cooperation and referral is also discussed.

CD 1201 Introductory Diagnosis for Chiropractic Practice i Credit: 1.3 Coordinator: R. Guerriero Total hours: 10 Lecture, 14 Lab Introductory Diagnosis for Chiropractic Practice I (CD1201) teaches the general principles of clinical diagnosis through a lecture and laboratory format. Students are taught basic skills in history-taking and physical examination procedures with an emphasis on interviewing skills and vital signs. This course emphasizes doctor-patient interactions, the importance of informed consent, as well as the use of standard diagnostic procedures.

CD 1302 OrthopaedicS FOR CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE I Credits: 3 Coordinator: R. Guerriero Total Hours: 33 Lecture, 15 Lab Orthopaedics for Chiropractic Practice I (CD 1302) helps students understand the nature of normal musculoskeletal tissues and their response to injury. Students approach the musculoskeletal system regionally from the perspective of relevant clinical anatomy, pathology, biomechanics, diagnostic categories, current diagnostic tests and treatment strategies. The laboratory section of the course provides the student with skills in performing a focused orthopaedic examination as the basis for an accurate diagnosis.

CD 2201 Introductory Diagnosis for chiropractic practice ii Credits: 2.1 Coordinator: V. Ricciardi Total hours:16 Lecture, 23 Lab Introductory Diagnosis for Chiropractic Practice (CD 2201) provides discussion of the diseases and practical examinations of the cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, respiratory, and genito-urinary systems in a lecture and laboratory format. The students will integrate 66 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 previously acquired physical examination skills while learning more detailed examination procedures. Physical examination procedures and informed consent are taught in small group laboratory sessions.

CD 2302 OrthopaedicS FOR CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE II Credit: 1.4 Coordinator: R. Guerriero Total Hours: 14 Lecture, 09 Lab Emphasis in diagnosis in Orthopaedics for Chiropractic Practice II (CD 2302) is placed on the assessment of function of the articulations and supportive structures of the peripheral joints and tempero-mandibular joint. The importance of interdisciplinary cooperation and referral is discussed.

CD 3302 Orthopaedic CASE STUDIES Credit: 1.4 Coordinator: R. Guerriero Total Hours: 18 Lecture Orthopaedic Case Studies (CD 3302) emphasizes an expedient approach to the evaluation of various orthopaedic and neurological conditions to enhance students’ clinical skills. It will keep students abreast of new and changing diagnostic tests for the conditions studied.

CD 3303 NEURODIAGNOSIS IN Chiropractic practice Credits: 3.4 Coordinator: S. Zylich Total hours: 44 Lecture Neurodiagnosis for Chiropractic Practice (CD 3303) studies the symptoms and signs of a broad range of common neurological disorders with particular emphasis on those conditions which are frequently seen by chiropractors. Students attain the knowledge and skills required to conduct a neurological examination and to correlate clinical neurological findings with other diagnostic data. The lectures are supplemented by videotaped cases, patient presentations, and laboratory demonstrations.

CD 3304 DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS Credit: 0.7 Coordinator: D. Hyde Total hours:01 Lecture, 13 Small Group, 04 Prep Time Differential Diagnosis (CD 3304) fosters the integration of the material learned from other clinical diagnosis courses in a small group, Problem Based Learning setting. This course enables students to correlate past and present levels of knowledge in the diagnosis of patient conditions, as well as develop systematic analytical and diagnostic skills. To this end, students work through history, physical examination, special tests, and plan the management of several chiropractic cases under the guidance of a faculty facilitator. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Clinical Diagnosis 67

CD 3305 DIAGNOSIS AND SYMPTOMATOLOGY Credits: 4.3 Coordinator: V. Ricciardi Total hours: 56 Lecture Diagnosis and Symptomatology for Chiropractic Practice (CD 3305) studies the diagnosis of disorders of the various body systems at an advanced level. Emphasis is placed on etiology, pathology, signs and symptoms, differential diagnosis, and treatment. Areas of study include disorders of the cardiovascular, genitourinary, respiratory, gastrointestinal and endocrine systems, as well as dermatology, eyes, ears, nose and throat (EENT), hematol- ogy, allergic reactions, and immunology. Particular attention is focused on knowledge of those disease processes which confront the primary contact chiropractic practitioner.

CD 3406 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY Credits: 2.8 Coordinator: J. Reitav Total hours: 34 Lecture, 04 Lab Clinical Psychology (CD 3406) is designed to equip students with the necessary background to identify psychological problems and respond to them effectively. Emphasis is placed on understanding the full spectrum of normal and abnormal behaviours with a specific focus on the syndromes most commonly met in chiropractic practice. Students are introduced to clinical observation, systematic inquiry and evaluation, and management and treatment of these patients within the context of a chiropractic practice.

CD 3407 EMERGENCY CARE Credits: 2 Coordinator: S. Sajko Total hours: 26 Lecture Emergency Care for Chiropractic Practice (CD 3407) builds upon the basic First Aid and CPR (C) certificate required for entry into Year I. CD 3407 provides the knowledge and skills required to be competent in handling first aid emergencies. Topics covered include head and spinal injuries, stroke, shock, respiratory emergencies and chest injuries, burns, heat and cold emergencies, diabetics, poisoning, and emergency childbirth. A current On- tario Heart and Stroke Foundation CPR Basic Rescuer Certification is required for completion of this course.

CD 3408 chiropractic Practice: Special populations: paediatric patient Credits: 1.7 Coordinator: S. Zylich Total hours: 22 Lecture Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Paediatric Patient (CD 3408) teaches the diagnosis and chiropractic management of conditions affecting children which are amenable to chiropractic care. Consideration is given to the case history, examination, treatment, and referral of the young patient. Such topics as disorders of the neuromuscular system, orthopaedics, infectious diseases, and common malignancies are presented for study. Special emphasis is placed on prevention and correction of structural problems and drugless therapeutics. 68 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

CD 3409 chiropractic pRACTICE: SPECIAL POPULATIONS: FEMALE PATIENT Credits: 2.1 Coordinator: D. Schoales Total hours: 21 Lecture, 04 Lab, 04 TBL* Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Female Patient (CD 3409) introduces the student to disorders of the female reproductive system. Standard diagnostic gynaecologic procedures are taught. Students become proficient in eliciting the information necessary to satisfy the criteria for chiropractic care or referral to a gynaecologist. Treatment of those gynaecological conditions amenable to chiropractic care is discussed. The differential diagnosis of functional and organic causes of gynaecologic signs and symptoms are emphasized and related to specific clinical cases. Prenatal care, childbirth, and postpartum care are discussed and emphasis is placed on chiropractic management issues.

CD 3410 chiropractic PRACTICE: SPECIAL POPULATIONS: OLDER PATIENT Credit: 1.3 Coordinator: B. Gleberzon Total hours: 17 Lecture Chiropractic Practice: Special Populations: Older Patient (CD 3410) introduces students to conditions affecting the older patient. This course covers the study of the process of aging and relates it to the practice of chiropractic. Emphasis is placed on the practical aspects of the treatment and care of older patients. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Division of Clinical Education 69

Division of Clinical Education

Associate Dean, Clinics Richard Ruegg, BSc, PhD, DC

Directors, Clinical Education and Patient Care Brian Schut, DC Anthony Tibbles, BSc, DC, FCCS(C)

Director, Imaging Kathleen Linaker, BSc, DC, DACBR

Manager, Clinic Administration Susan Rutherford, BA(Hons), MBA(HCM)

Coordinator, Department of Rehabilitative and Assessment Services Rocco Guerriero, BSc, DC, FCCSS(C), FCCRS(C)

Division Faculty M. Barrigar, C. Borody, K. Chiu, C. Columbus, J. D’Arcy, P. Decina, C. DeGraauw, L. DeGraauw, S. Dunham, G. Engel, K. Finn, J. Goldin, R. Gringmuth, J. Grod, G. Harris, S. Howitt, W. Hsu, O. Huska, S. Injeyan, M. Kazemi, P. Kim, J. Kubos, D. Lee, N. Lishchyna, D. Liu, E. Morton, B. Muir, J. Pajaczkowski, D. Proctor, A. Pulinec, R. Ruegg, B. Schut, I. Steiman, S. Thistle, A. Tibbles, L. Wiltshire, S. Zylich

Of paramount importance to the student’s educational experience at CMCC is training in the application of academic knowledge and technical skills to patient care. This training is provided in one of CMCC’s teaching clinics. For a list of clinical facilities please refer to page 44.

CE 1101 Chiropractic CLINICAL PRACTICE i Credits: 2.8 Coordinator: A. Tibbles Total hours: 21 Small Group, 02 Lecture, 36 Prep/Observation, 12 Observation Chiropractic Clinical Practice I (CE 1101) begins with a comprehensive introduction to the structure and function of CMCC’s clinical teaching environment followed by instruction in the theory and application of evidence based clinical practice. The student will be exposed to the skills required to effectively retrieve, critically appraise, and apply current health care information and literature. Throughout the year, in a small group format, the student will review selected readings in clinical chiropractic theory. The practical component of this course allows for the integration of skills and knowledge learned in other areas of 70 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 the first year program, including interviewing, informed consent, and clinical examination skills. The observation component of CE 1101 provides an opportunity for the Year I student to observe the clinical management of patients within CMCC’s teaching clinics. The observation program is designed, in both a theoretical and practical manner, to reinforce the clinical skills and knowledge acquired in other areas of training.

CE 2202 Chiropractic CLINICAL PRACTICE ii Credits:2.9 Coordinator: B. Schut Total hours: 21 Small Group, 02 Lecture, 38 Prep Time, 12 Observation Chiropractic Clinical Practice (CE 2202) builds on the Year I program. In small group format, the Year II student, through selected readings, will explore current clinical and practical issues in chiropractic and health care in general. The practical component of the course will enable the student to build upon the knowledge gained in other areas of the academic program. A more comprehensive observation program allows an opportunity for the student to develop an enhanced appreciation for the application of evidence based practice management principles.

CE 3303 Chiropractic CLINICAL PRACTICE iii Credits: 2.8 Coordinator: A. Tibbles Total hours: 18 Small Group, 01 Lecture, 42 Prep, 12 Observation Clinical Practice (CE 3303) continues to emphasize evidence based care in building upon the Year I and Year II clinical practice programs. Small group tutorials and discussion groups will continue using case studies to refine history taking, physical examination, and patient management skills as well as to explore issues relevant to the chiropractic management of a variety of clinical conditions. An expanded observation program facilitates the refinement of the Year III student’s ability to develop appropriate patient management skills.

CE 4405 Chiropractic CLINICAL PRACTICE: INTERNSHIP Credits: 30 Clinic Management Team: R. Ruegg Total hours:1420 Clinic S. Rutherford B. Schut A. Tibbles As chiropractic interns, students assume patient care under the supervision of primary clinical faculty members within one of the patient management clinics. CMCC operates clinics in a variety of settings: the Campus Clinic, and clinics at Anishnawbe Health Toron- to, the Muki Baum Centres, Bronte Harbour, Sherbourne Health Centre, South Riverdale Community Health Centre, and St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Division of Clinical Education 71

In addition to developing and maintaining a patient practice under the supervision of registered clinicians, the interns attend and participate in clinical rounds where special interest topics and investigative research or issues are discussed. Clinical rounds provide opportunities for the intern to engage in enhanced critical thinking and application of the concepts of best practice. Complementary programs, such as those associated with business skills, are offered.

Clinical faculty support the development of the interns’ written and oral communications, physical examinations and psychomotor skills. During the course of the year, each intern has 1000 hours of clinic time, 300 hours for self-directed learning, and completes rotations in the clinical laboratory (20 hours), X-ray technology (70 hours), and radiology interpretation (30 hours).

CE 4406 HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT Credits: 1.2 Coordinator: J. Moss Total hours: 15 Lecture The goal of Health Care Management is to provide the fourth year student with exposure to the increasing opportunities in chiropractic professional practice and to establish realistic personal and professional goals. Through a series of panel discussions, this section of CE 4405 presents topics and concepts in healthcare business management relating to types of practice, marketing, financial strategies and human resource management. 72 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Department of Pathology and Microbiology

Chair Stephen Injeyan, BSc, DC, MSc, PhD

Department Faculty A. Haji, S. Injeyan, J. Mayer, R. Moore, R. Saad, J. Teodorczyk-Injeyan, S. Tse, A. Von Seefried

The Department of Pathology and Microbiology offers courses that highlight etiologic, diagnostic, and preventive aspects of disease. The information gleaned from these areas provides students with a basis for better understanding of their clinical courses.

PA 1407 HEALTH PROMOTION Credits: 3 Coordinator: A. Haji Total hours: 39 Lecture Health Promotion (PA 1407) discusses topics in health care that have effects on the health of individuals, communities, and society at large. Topics including epidemiology and research methods, disease prevention, the health care system in Canada, communicable and non-communicable diseases, and principles and methods of health promotion are discussed. The course places particular emphasis on the role chiropractors can play in disease prevention and health promotion.

PA 2201 GENERAL PATHOLOGY Credits: 2 Coordinator: R. Saad Total hours: 26 Lecture General Pathology (PA 2201) presents the basic mechanisms involved in cell death, necro- sis, inflammation and repair, and neoplasia. Pathological principles of disease processes are discussed so that students may understand the clinical manifestations of disease and the rationale for treatment. Clinico-pathological correlations will be emphasized where applicable.

PA 2202 general MICROBIOLOGY Credits: 4.1 Coordinator: S. Injeyan Total hours: 48 Lecture, 10 Lab General Microbiology Microbiology (PA 2202) introduces the fundamental concepts of bacteriology, virology, parasitology, and mycology. The classification and characteristics of infectious organisms are described and the concepts of virulence, pathogenicity, disease transmission, and the principles of prevention including immunization are discussed. Pathogenic microorganisms are introduced and discussed to clarify their role in the production of infectious diseases and to prepare students for a discussion of clinical microbiology in Year III. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Pathology and Microbiology 73

PA 2204 IMMUNOLOGY Credits: 2.5 Coordinator: J. Teodorczyk-Injeyan Total hours: 32 Lecture, 02 Lab Immunology (PA 2204) discusses the basic concepts of immunology. The constituents of innate and acquired immunity are presented. Mechanisms involved in the immune response are also presented and discussed from the perspective of defense against infectious agents and immune pathology. The course is designed in tandem with the microbiology course so as to maximize integration of topics dealing with immunity to infectious agents, and with general pathology so as to provide students with a basic immunology background necessary for the presentation of immunopathologies. Topics of discussion also include the principles and the effectiveness of vaccination, immunoregulation, neu- roendocrine immunology, and the effects of nutritional deficiencies on immunity.

PA 2306 TOXICOPHARMOCOLOGY Credits: 2.3 Coordinator: J. Mayer Total hours: 30 Lecture Toxicopharmacology (PA 2306) emphasizes the general principles of toxicopharmacology. The metabolism of toxicants and drugs as well as the toxic responses of the liver and kidneys, central nervous system, vascular, respiratory, and reproductive systems are discussed. The toxicology of metals, solvents, vapors, radiation, and radioactive materials are presented. The chiropractic and clinical contexts are developed through the use of case studies.

PA 3201 Systems PATHOLOGY Credits: 4.4 Coordinator: R. Saad Total hours: 57 Lecture Systems Pathology (PA 3201) builds on information gained in General Pathology (PA 2201). This course provides students with an understanding of disease processes. Specifically, the etiology and pathogenesis of the major diseases affecting each individual body system are presented. Where applicable, areas of current research into the etio-pathogenesis of disease are highlighted. The course is taught in synchrony with Clinical Microbiology (PA 3202), Clinical Laboratory Diagnosis (PA 3305), and Diagnosis and Symptomatology (CD 3305) in order to enhance integration.

PA 3202 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY Credits: 1.9 Coordinator: S. Injeyan Total hours: 21 Lecture, 08 Lab Clinical Microbiology (PA 3202) builds on information gained in General Microbiology (PA 2202) and is designed to highlight the clinical manifestations of infectious diseases. Using a systemic approach, this course is taught in synchrony with Systems Pathology (PA 3201) and Diagnosis and Symptomatology (CD 3305) in order to enhance integration. 74 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

PA 3305 CLINICAL LABORATORY DIAGNOSIS Credits: 3.2 Coordinator: R. Moore Total hours: 37 Lecture, 08 Lab Clinical Laboratory Diagnosis (PA 3305) provides a background in the basic principles of haematology and clinical chemistry necessary to understand the role and proper use of the medical laboratory in chiropractic practice. The principles involved in the utilization of the laboratory in clinical decision making are presented. The role of specific laboratory tests in the diagnosis of various diseases is discussed using a body systems approach. The course is taught in synchrony with Systems Pathology (PA 3201) and Diagnosis and Symp- tomatology (CD 3305), in order to enhance integration. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Department of Radiology 75

Department of Radiology

Director of Diagnostic Imaging Kathleen Linaker, BSc, DC, DACBR, FCCR(C)

Chair T. Pringle, BPE, BSc, DC, FCCR(C), DACBR

Department Faculty B. Adams, A. Crooks, G. Engel, T. Pringle

The specific objective of the Department of Radiology is to provide students with the academic and practical skills necessary for the production and diagnostic interpretation of radiographs. Radiation protection and radiobiology are stressed. Students are also oriented to the role of diagnostic radiology in patient evaluations and its importance as it relates to chiropractic practice.

RN 1101 Radiographic interpretation I Credits: 3.6 Coordinator: T. Pringle Total hours: 34 Lecture, 25 Lab Radiographic interpretation I (RN 1101) is a comprehensive introduction to normal radiographic anatomy of the spine and skull, including paediatric and adult congenital anomalies, and normal variants. Structural deformities, such as scoliosis, other congenital malformations, and various pathomechanical states are studied. Students are introduced to categories of bone pathology, including neoplasms, infections, and metabolic, endocrine and vascular disorders. An introduction to the use and interpretation of special imaging of the spine is included.

RN 1102 FUNDAMENTALS OF RADIOGRAPHY Credits: 1.5 Coordinator: A. Crooks Total hours: 1 Lecture, 13 Lab Fundamentals of Radiography (RN 1102) introduces students to radiation physics and the safe production of quality images. This course provides the foundation for Radiographic Interpretation IV (RN 3301).

RN 2201 Radiographic interpretation ii Credits: 3 Coordinator: T. Pringle Total hours: 30 Lecture, 18 Lab Diagnostic Imaging Interpretation for Chiropractic Practice II (RN 2201) extends the teachings of Radiographic Interpretation I (RN 1101). Students focus on normal radiographic anatomy of the extremities along with their congenital anomalies and normal variants. 76 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

The radiographic signs pertaining to specific categories of bone diseases as they target the extremities are presented and integrated with clinical and laboratory features. Specific disease processes covered include tumours and tumour-like lesions, infections of bone, metabolic and endocrine disorders, vascular conditions, and fractures and dislocations. Special imaging procedures are included and integrated throughout the topics. Film quality assessment and radiation dose considerations are an integral part of all radiology courses.

RN 2203 Radiographic interpretation III Credits: 2.2 Coordinator: T. Pringle Total hours: 25 Lecture, 08 Lab Radiographic Interpretation III (RN 2203) addresses arthritic conditions as they relate to chiropractic practice. This course presents the aetiology, pathology, signs and symptoms, X-ray features, and discusses the management of the major rheumatic diseases as they relate to chiropractic practice. Special emphasis on spinal degenerative joint disease and inflammatory conditions such as ankylosing spondylitis leads to the development of a differential diagnosis and pertinent therapeutic scenarios. Related topics address clinical judgment in ordering and interpreting the appropriate radiographic studies. A thorough review of the clinical and physiological characteristics related to the rheumatologic conditions listed in the course content and the appreciation of their prognoses is presented. The rheumatology section also focuses on specialized orthopaedic examination procedures and diseases of rheumatic origin. Interdisciplinary referral and case management are discussed and students gain an understanding of the tenacity of the self-perpetuating inflammatory process.

RN 3301 RADIOlogical technology Credits: 3.7 Coordinator: A. Crooks Total hours: 35 Lecture, 27 Lab Radiological Technology (RN 3301) builds on the information presented in RN 1102. The production of radiographs of good diagnostic quality with minimum patient exposure is emphasized. Areas of discussion include patient positioning, calculation of proper technique factors, equipment operation, film processing, and operator protection. Students utilize simulated and live X-ray equipment and phantom exposures, under the supervision of X-ray technologists.

RN 3302 Radiographic interpretation IV Credit: 1.4 Coordinator: B. Adams Total hours:12 Lecture, 12 Lab Radiographic Interpretation IV (RN 3302) presents soft tissue radiology including the range of normal appearances of chest and abdominal radiographs, patterns of abnormal disease processes in these regions, and indications for prompt referral. Additionally, the indications for contrast studies and special imaging procedures of the chest and abdomen are reviewed. The material is presented in a problem based format, linking clinical findings with the diagnostic images. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Division of Undergraduate Research 77

Division of Undergraduate Research

Division Faculty and Faculty Supervisors Marion McGregor, DC, PhD, FCCS (C)

The objectives of the research division are to provide students with the fundamental understanding of scientific research applications and skills for critical review of the literature, to identify and foster promising candidates for advanced training, and to promote scholarly research through CMCC Graduate Residency and Continuing Education programs. The Division of Research also encourages and facilitates research that contributes to the health of society, and enhances the quality of chiropractic health care delivery.

The undergraduate student is expected to further develop critical thinking skills and an understanding of the rigour and process of research necessary for discriminating judgement applied in clinical decision-making. The application of these skills is demonstrated by the successful completion of a course in applied research and biometrics and the submission of a research paper, which is guided by three courses in the development and execution of a research project. The research project is to be completed under the supervision of a CMCC faculty member.

Rm 1301 APPLIED RESEARCH & BIOMETRICS Credits: 2 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 10 Prep Time, 16 TBL* Applied Research and Biometrics (RM 1301) is a course designed to develop students’ knowledge and skills for critically appraising research methodology and the scientific literature. The application of these critical appraisal skills is explored in Clinical Practice (CE 1101) while the understanding of rigour and methodology of research is exercised in Topic Development (RM 2301), Protocol Development (RM 3301), and Project Execution and Report (RM 4301).

Rm 2301 Investigative Project - Topic Development Credit: 0.4 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 10 Prep Time The first task of the research requirement is the determination of a topic of interest and the identification of a suitable supervisor. Successful completion of RM 2301 is predicated on the completion of these tasks. To receive a pass in this course, students must register their topic by providing to the Co-ordinator of Research Education, a written statement regarding their expected focus and written agreement from their proposed supervisor. Students must complete this course prior to the end of second year.

‡ Problem Based Learning † Self Directed Learning * Team Based Learning 78 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

For the graduating class of 2009 and 2010, registered projects can be an original research project, a literature synthesis design, a case report or an historical research project.

For the graduating classes of 2011 forward, the registered research project must be a literature synthesis. Students from the graduating classes of 2011 forward who would like to conduct other studies in conjunction with or in lieu of their student research requirement, must enrol in RMO 3302 (Optional Research Course). **Please note: For a research project from the RMO 3302 format to satisfy the research requirement, the project must be completed and have achieved a pass by the end of the third academic year.

Rm 3301 investigative project - Protocol Development Credit: 1.3 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 35 Prep Time The second task for the research requirement is the successful completion of the written research protocol. This involves development of a written introduction to the topic, the specific research question, explanation and justification of all methods to be undertaken (as per the forms associated with student investigative projects), and protocol all to be approved by the student’s supervisor.

For the graduating classes of 2009 and 2010, Ethics Review Board approval will also be necessary for course requirement completion, where appropriate. Students will have completed the course when they provide a copy of their approved materials to the Co-ordinator of Research Education.

For the graduating classes of 2011 forward, approval of the literature synthesis protocol must be received and approved by the student’s supervisor. Notification of this approval must be received by the Research Administrator, prior to the end of Year III.

Rm 4301 Project EXEcution and report Credit: 1.3 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 35 Prep Time This is a pass/fail course based on the execution of the project plan developed through Courses RM 2301 and RM 3301. Successful completion requires execution of the project under faculty supervision, and written results of the work. The final report (approved by the faculty supervisor), in professional format, must be completed by the date of clinic changeover in Year IV and submitted to the Research Education Coordinator. Academic Departments and Course Descriptions: Division of Undergraduate Research 79

Rmo 3302 Original research project development and execution Credit: 3.8 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours:100 Prep Time This course is applicable to the graduating classes of 2011 forward. A small number of students each year show an interest in pursuing research. This elective original research project course allows those students to express their research interests with the support of faculty and staff.

Successful completion of this research option includes the identification of a faculty research supervisor with whom the student will work, completion of REB approval as necessary, and a written report of the research, of sufficient quality for submission for publication. A signed registration and agreement between the supervisor and student (or student group) is necessary to begin the course. Students will use online resources in order to create their research proposal with their supervisor. Meetings between the supervisor and student may include consultation with the course co-ordinator for help with research design and analysis.

Students choosing this research option will be required to complete (including the written report) their research project by the end of Year III in order to substitute this optional work for the required literature synthesis (subject to the supervisor’s recommendation). Students successfully completing this research option will be provided with a Certificate of Completion and annotation on their academic transcript as acknowledgement of their initiative and additional work undertaken.

Rmo 3303 Student research apprenticeship Credit: 3.8 Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 100 Prep Time This course is applicable to the graduating classes of 2011 forward. Students with an interest in participating in ongoing research, contributing to a theme of research being pursued by a faculty member, may sign up for this elective. All CMCC students will have access to the RMO 3303 Moodle site. This site will provide a list of ongoing faculty based projects requiring help.

Students identifying a project of interest are asked to speak directly with the faculty investigator. Registration in the course requires agreement between students and faculty members about the tasks to be performed and approval by the faculty member for the student performing those tasks. A registration form signed by both the student and the faculty member outlining the agreement is required.

At the end of each year, students in this program will be recognized with a Certificate of Appreciation. In addition, if an original student project emerges from a faculty project, students can enrol in RMO 3302 to receive credit for their original project under the conditions associated with that elective. 80 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Laboratory Regulations

Safety Regulations “Safety is applied common sense.” There is a safe way to accomplish each task. Every member of the CMCC community using the facilities and equipment provided is expected to follow safe practices and procedures, and to report any unsafe conditions to the appropriate officer of CMCC. Smoking, eating or drinking is prohibited in the laboratories at all times. Failure to comply with safety regulations will result in immediate loss of all lab privileges.

Biochemistry Laboratory A biochemistry laboratory can be a potentially dangerous place. Therefore, great care should be exercised by all who use it. 1. A laboratory coat must be worn and buttoned up at all times. It is recommended that students wear safety glasses when working in the laboratory. Disposable gloves are supplied upon request for students who have sensitive skin. 2. Mouth pipetting is forbidden. Automatic pipettors with disposable tips are provided for laboratory work. All used tips must be discarded into designated containers. 3. All working areas must be kept clean. All spills and leakage must be cleaned up immediately. (Refer to the Laboratory Manual.) 4. Fire extinguishers, a first-aid kit and an eye-wash station are readily accessible to all students. All accidents must be reported to the laboratory supervisor immediately.

Clinical Diagnosis Laboratory For rules regarding dress, hygiene and housekeeping, please see regulations outlined for Psychomotor Skills Laboratory. Students will be divided into groups for one-on-one active learning sessions.

Histology Laboratory A specific microscope will be assigned to each student. Microscopes are kept in individually locked cabinets with combination locks. Usually each microscope will be shared by approximately three histology and three pathology students (one per lab group). A student may use only the specific microscope assigned to him/her. Each student will be held responsible for the care of his/her microscope. Any repair or replacement charges arising from misuse or carelessness in handling a microscope will be equally distributed amongst all the students to whom that microscope has been assigned. Laboratory Regulations: Human Gross Anatomy Laboratory 81

Human Gross Anatomy Laboratory Under the Anatomy Act of Ontario, CMCC is permitted to receive human bodies for education and research. Please remember, at all times, that it is a privilege to dissect human tissue. 1. In order to ensure a pleasant and effective learning environment, the following procedures must be observed. 2. No unauthorized person will be allowed in the anatomy laboratory. 3. Under no circumstances may photographs be taken in the anatomy laboratory. 4. A clean, white lab coat, which is reserved strictly for use in the anatomy laboratory, must be worn at all times. It is strongly recommended that protective disposable gloves be worn when handling dissected material; students are expected to provide their own. 5. No personal effects such as purses, briefcases, etc., will be permitted in the laboratory; it is suggested that they be left in the student’s locker. 6. Human tissue must be handled carefully to avoid damage, (e.g. dehydration, tearing of muscles). All dissected parts must be continuously saturated with the wetting fluid provided, and must be wrapped carefully. After dissection, non- usable human remains are to be placed in the white plastic bag in the receptacle provided. Human remains must never be mixed with non-human waste material. When not being studied, the cadaver must be completely covered with the white plastic sheet provided. 7. All dissection instruments are provided by CMCC. The instruments and trays must be collected and washed at the end of each laboratory period; no instruments may be left on the dissection tables. 8. Special care must be used when handling a scalpel; misuse can lead to serious injury and possible infection. Worn scalpel blades will be replaced only by the demonstrator. In case of accident, first aid treatment must be sought from the demonstrator immediately, and an Incident Report filed with the Dean’s Office as soon as possible.

Laboratory Diagnosis Some of the materials (e.g. blood) handled in this laboratory can be infectious and therefore, all students and staff must observe strict safety rules. 1. Every student is required to wear a lab coat. 2. Mouth pipetting is forbidden. 3. Venipuncture must be done under strict supervision. Injury or unusual incidents, however minor or slight, must be reported to the laboratory instructor immediately and an Incident Report filed with the Dean’s Office as soon as possible, as indicated in the Regulated Health Professions Act. 4. All contaminated materials must be discarded in “BIOHAZARD” bags. Used nee- 82 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

dles and lancets must be disposed in a safety device provided in the laboratory. All pasteur pipettes are to be submerged completely in disinfectant. 5. Blood or other materials which may contain hepatitis virus must be decontami- nated by a special procedure described in detail in the Laboratory Manual. 6. Before and after a laboratory session, the working area is to be wiped clean with disinfectant (3%-5% phenol solution). It is important to wash your hands before leaving the lab.

Microbiology Laboratory Microbiology laboratory work includes the study of live, potentially pathogenic microorganisms. Therefore, standard procedures and strict regulations are to be followed at all times. 1. Every student is required to wear a lab coat. All cuts or open sores must be covered with Band-aids or other suitable means. Long hair must be tied back. In case of injury, the laboratory instructor must be notified immediately and an Incident Report filed with the Dean’s Office as soon as possible. 2. Before beginning an experiment and prior to leaving the laboratory, the working area should be cleaned thoroughly with a disinfectant (3-5% phenol solution). 3. All contaminated materials (e.g. agar plates, cultures) must be discarded into special “BIOHAZARD” bags to be autoclaved. However, sharp objects (e.g. pasteur pipettes, slices) should be submerged completely in disinfectant in special trays. 4. If breakage or spillage of cultures occurs, students must follow the DECONTAMI- NATION PROCEDURE described in detail in the Laboratory Manual. 5. Microscopes must be cleaned before putting them away. All objectives, especially the oil immersion objective, must be cleaned with lens paper. No slides are to be left on the microscope stage. 6. It is important to wash your hands before leaving the lab.

Pathology Laboratory Pathology Laboratories are held primarily in the tutorial style. Projected slides are viewed and studied, and gross human pathological specimens are demonstrated. Case studies highlighting the topic of the day are discussed. When the use of a microscope is required the same rules as described for Histology will apply.

Psychomotor Skills Laboratory In order for you to make the most productive use of your Psychomotor Skills classes, the following House Rules have been established. Dress: Male students will wear gym shorts. Female students will wear backless halter- type tops, and shorts, or a clinic gown (the former is recommended). Laboratory Regulations: Radiology Laboratory 83

Hygiene: It is expected that personal hygiene is maintained at the highest standards. Head-rest paper must be used while lying prone on the chiropractic tables. A sink is located near the technique change rooms to wash hands before and after class. Housekeeping: It is expected that the working area will be left in an orderly and clean condition. Head-rest paper and other waste material must be deposited in the containers provided. Clothing must be placed on the hooks provided. Drill Sessions: Students will work in pairs during most sessions. It is to the student’s advantage to change partners frequently. Unsupervised practising of manipulative (adjustive) procedures is strictly prohibited.

Radiology Laboratory There are three Radiology Laboratories within CMCC: Laboratory Diagnosis, Radiology Physics and X-Ray Positioning, and Radiology Film Reading. 1. All usual radiation protection and safety precautions will be utilized. 2. Care must be exercised when using the equipment; it should only be operated in the presence of, or with the permission of, authorized personnel. 3. The working area must be kept clean and tidy. 4. Chemicals utilized in the dark room must be treated with respect. Dark room procedures must be carefully followed to avoid exposing undeveloped film. 5. A lab coat must be worn when working with chemicals. 84 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Graduate Education and Research Programs Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 246 Fax: 416 482 2560 Email: [email protected]

Dean John J. Triano, BSc, DC, PhD, FCCS(Hon)

Programs

Division of Graduate Studies

Division of Continuing Education

Division of Research Centre for Interprofessional Health Dynamics Centre for the Study of Mechanobiology, Injury and Health Graduate Education and Research Programs: Division of Graduate Studies 85

Division of Graduate Studies Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 246 Fax: 416 482 2560 Email: [email protected]

Director Paula J. Stern BSc, DC, FCCS(C) Coordinator, Sports Sciences Sandy Sajko Interim Coordinator, Clinical Sciences Paula J. Stern Coordinator, Radiology Kathleen Linaker Division Faculty: M. Kazemi, D. Kopansky-Giles, M. McGregor, E. Morton, T. Pringle, T. Tibbles, H. Vernon Graduate Education and Research Adjunct Faculty: C. Ammendolia, D. Cassidy, P. Cote, E. Tunks

Mission Statement The mission of the Division of Graduate Studies is to train chiropractors with advanced skills in clinical science, research, and teaching.

Values The Division of Graduate Studies values: • Provision of high quality education • Rigorous research • Creation of strong interprofessional collaboration • Open communication • Recruitment of high quality candidates

History of the Graduate Programs CMCC established two-year programs in Chiropractic Clinical Sciences and Radiology in 1975. Chiropractic Sports Sciences was added in 1994. In 1995, the duration of the Radiology program was extended to three years. On successful completion of a graduate program, the student is eligible to sit Fellowship examinations in their respective Spe- cialty Colleges: the College of Chiropractic Sciences (Canada), the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences (Canada), and the College of Chiropractic Radiology (Canada). In the case of Radiology, they are also eligible to take the Diplomate examinations of the American Chiropractic Board of Radiology (ACBR). 86 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Structure of Academic Programs The graduate programs combine both practical and theoretical aspects of clinical practice by offering placements supervised by chiropractic specialists and others in various health care disciplines, offering exposure to an advanced mix of clinical experiences. Emphasis is placed on practical skill development, in research and teaching, both on-site and through collaborative arrangements with other health care and laboratory facilities. Varied learning formats are utilized including: self directed and problem based; small group discussions; graduate and departmental seminars; and active clinical and research participation. A common, core curriculum underpins the graduate studies programs which then diverge to emphasize courses specific to the respective specialty (Clinical Sciences, Sports Sci- ences, or Radiology). Practica span the core disciplines of teaching, clinics, consulting, and research. Collaboration occurs with various health care and research facilities, in Toronto and other centres in Canada which include six month rotations in a hospital outpatient clinic or an alternate facility at the discretion of the Director of Graduate Studies based on performance review and recommendation from the program coordinators.

Graduate Application and Admission

Admission Standards The Division of Graduate Studies enrols new students during August of each year and involves training throughout the calendar year (August to July) including the summer months, for each program. Applicants must hold or obtain the following minimum qualifications before an application will be considered: • graduation from a Commission on Accreditation (COA) of the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards (CFCREAB) accredited chiropractic program or a program accredited by an accrediting agency which is a member of the Council on Chiropractic Education International (CCEI); • good academic standing; • successful completion of Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board examinations and Ontario Licensing Examinations (completion of the National Board of Chiropractic Examinations is an asset); • research experience, including undergraduate research; or a minimum of three (3) years of clinical experience as a chiropractor. Candidates are strongly advised to have a background in statistics and quantitative methods. Field and employment experiences are also taken into consideration for admission. All graduate students must be members of CMCC, the Ontario Chiropractic Associa- tion, the Canadian Chiropractic Association, and the Canadian Chiropractic Protective Association. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Graduate Application and Admission 87

International applicants require a valid Canadian Student Visa. It is the applicant’s responsibility to obtain and maintain a student visa throughout their enrolment in the graduate studies program, as may be appropriate by law. Note: In exceptional circumstances candidates, who have significant life achievements, may be considered for admission to the appropriate graduate program. The candidates must provide evidence demonstrating their potential to successfully undertake the proposed program of study. Such candidates are advised to make early contact with the Divi- sion. In all such cases, the decision whether or not to admit rests with the Dean, Graduate Education and Research.

Deadlines Completed applications must be received by January 31 of the year in which the applicant would like to commence the program. Due to the nature of the selection process, deadlines are strictly enforced. All relevant documentation must be provided by the specified deadline and applicants must precisely follow all documentation instructions.

Admission Provisos Admission requirements are subject to change and the Division of Graduate Studies reserves the right to make such changes at any time without notice. For current information, please contact the Division of Graduate Studies. As positions in the program are limited, possession of published minimum requirements does not guarantee admission. In addition to the admission requirements, the Division of Graduate Studies will admit only those candidates who, in the judgement of the Gradu- ate Selection Committee, are of good character, are capable of completing the graduate program in its entirety, and show promise of becoming leaders in the profession.

Procedures Application forms can be obtained by contacting: Administrative Assistant, Graduate Education and Research Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 246 Fax: 416 482 2560 Email: [email protected] or from our web site at www.cmcc.ca. An application fee of $250 in Canadian funds made out to CMCC Graduate Studies must accompany the application and supporting documentation. The application documentation consists of: • an application form and the non-refundable application fee; • copies of official transcripts from all chiropractic programs and post secondary institutions attended; 88 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

• a signed letter of intent (750 words), indicating motivating factors for applying to this program; future professional goals and how successful completion of the program will assist the individual in meeting these objectives; the potential contributions the individual’s skills and knowledge will make to CMCC; any other information considered pertinent to the application; and letters of reference from three individuals at least one of whom must be a chiropractor and one a non-chiropractor.

Interview Applicants fulfilling the admission requirements will be notified by mail, of the date of the admission interview, no later than March 1. Interviews generally take place during the month of March. Applicants who are unable to attend the interview must notify the Direc- tor, Graduate Studies within two (2) weeks of receiving notification of the interview date. Special arrangements for an interview may be made at that time.

Acceptance All admission process information is taken into consideration in the final selection. Suc- cessful applicants are informed of the Graduate Selection Committee’s decision within two (2) weeks of the interview. At that time, the potential graduate student must sign a letter of intent confirming his/her acceptance to the program and return it to the Director, Gradu- ate Studies within two (2) weeks of its receipt. The CMCC Graduate Studies Programs formally commence on August 1 of each calendar year.

Admission of International Candidates International students must:. • submit proof of proficiency in English, if English is not his/her first language; • submit course-by-course evaluation of transcripts for all post-secondary institutions, which are not Canadian. Transcripts from institutions outside Canada must be evaluated on a course- by-course basis and official copies of transcript evaluations must be forwarded directly to CMCC by the following agency: World Education Services, Inc. 45 Charles Street East, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario M4Y 1S2 Canada Telephone: 416 972 0070 or 866 343 0070 Fax: 416 972 9004 Email: [email protected] Website: www.wes.org/ca • comply with the Canadian Department of Employment and Immigration regulations governing the entrance of foreign students. Applicants are advised to contact their nearest Canadian government representative to ensure compliance with such regulations; • submit notarized English translations of documents and certified true photocopies of the originals for all documents which are in a language other than English, and be responsible for all related cost. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Fees and Financial Information 89

Fees and Financial Information

2008-2009 Tuition and Fees Students’ Council Health Tuition and Dental Plan Total Graduate Study Year I - III $5,000 $350 $5,350 Note: All fees are subject to change and subject to an annual increase

Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan All Canadian students are assessed a fee for the Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan ($350 for 2008-2009). This does not include international students. The Plan provides coverage for 12 months, from September 1 through August 31. If a student is already covered by an equivalent extended health and dental plan, he or she may opt out of the Plan, online, during the Change-of-Coverage Period (typically within the first 3 weeks of classes). The Plan also provides the option to enrol a spouse and/or dependants by paying an additional fee. For more information, call 1 877 795 4422 or visit ihaveaplan.ca.

Fee Payment Due Dates Students are reminded that they are responsible for their tuition fees. CMCC cannot be responsible for loans that arrive after the tuition due date. Interest charges related to delays in processing and advancing of loan proceeds are the responsibility of the student.

2008-2009 Fee Payment Due Dates Deadline Graduate Study Year I & II $2,500 Friday, October 3, 2008 $2,500 Friday, January 23, 2009 $5,000

Late Payment • A service charge will be applied against all unpaid balances. At the end of business day every Friday, the service charge is calculated and compounded at a rate of 12% per annum. The service charge is subject to change without notice. • Students with tuition fees that are outstanding could be subject to the following: de- registration, denial of future enrolment, withholding of transcripts, and/or termination of library services. • Students will not receive their final grades or transcripts, or be permitted to graduate until all financial obligations to CMCC have been met. 90 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Withdrawal and Refund Policy Students who wish to withdraw must notify the Registrar in writing, by registered mail or personal delivery. Notification of withdrawal by telephone will not be accepted. Ceasing to attend classes does not constitute withdrawal. The date of withdrawal will be determined by the date of receipt of notification by the Registrar. The refund policy is as follows: 1. If applicable, a full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected will be made if a student rescinds the enrollment contract by providing notice to CMCC within two (2) days of signing the enrollment contract as part of annual registration. 2. If applicable, a full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected less an administrative fee of $500 will be made if: • the student gives the institution written notice, at least 21 days before the course/program start date, that the student does not intend to start the course/ program; • the student is contracted for the course/program less than 21 days before the start date, the student then gives the institution written notice that he/she does not intend to start the course/program; or • the student does not attend the first five consecutive days of the course/program. 3. If applicable, a refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected for services not yet provided, less an administrative fee of $500, is given to the student if: • he/she gives the institution written notice of intent to withdraw after the course/program start date but before two-thirds of the course/program has been delivered; • the course/program is discontinued or suspended for any reason. All other fees (e.g. Parking) are neither refundable nor transferable. If a student is dismissed from CMCC for any reason, there will be no refund of fees and any outstanding accounts with CMCC become immediately due and payable.

Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries

Admission Bursary Eligibility: Graduate Studies Years I, II & III An Admission Bursary will be offered to the five top applicants each year. The Selection Committee selects the recipients based on the results of the Admissions Interview. The bursary is renewable for each year of Graduate Study at CMCC based on annual review of academic performance and participation. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Program 91

Program

Academic Year The Graduate Studies programs are full year programs which run from August 1 – July 31 of each year.

Residence The graduate programs specify a period of residence, during which the student is expected to participate in campus activities. While not attending external clinical practica, each graduate student can expect to be engaged in structured programs up to 40 hours per week. Course scheduling will range from 07:00 to 20:00 hours, at the availability of faculty and will vary by the time of year and course load.

Graduate Student Supervision and Mentorship Under the authority of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Dean, Graduate Education and Research, the mentorship of graduate students is guided by a Supervisory Committee under the following guidelines: • the Committee includes a minimum of three members consisting of the Program Coordinator, a faculty thesis supervisor, and a consenting, core faculty member of the student’s choosing. Under special circumstances an external advisor may be added to the Committee as a content expert with consultation and approval of the Director of Graduate Studies and the Dean, Graduate Education and Research; • the Committee must be recommended by the Director to the Dean no later than the end of the first term of study and include written confirmation by members of their agreement to be part of Supervisory Committee; • the Committee meets with the graduate student, at minimum, twice per year to assess the student’s progress in the program and to provide advice on future work: • the Committee submits a report detailing its observations on the graduate student’s progress and its recommendations to the Director of Graduate Studies: and • the graduate student must be given the opportunity to respond to the Committee’s report/recommendations in written format to the Director.

Graduate Student Responsibilities For the self-directed learning component, the graduate student will be guided by the Supervisory Committee. The planning and preparation for Supervisory Committee meetings, completion of reports, and the writing of abstracts and manuscripts as first author are the responsibility of the graduate student. Course work and clinical/research practica requirements are determined by faculty and collaborating mentors as approved through the CMCC Academic Affairs committee. It is the responsibility of the graduate student to successfully complete all course, practica, and written requirements in a timely manner to achieve graduation. 92 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Other responsibilities include: • completion of an annual written self evaluation; • attendance at all relevant faculty and graduate program meetings; • completion of required attendance/residence in courses, academic and clinical practica regardless of vacation or other personal time off ; • maintaining chiropractic license, CCPA coverage, and association fees; and • foreign students must maintain a current student visa as may be appropriate by law. Ongoing and open communications between the graduate student and Supervisory Com- mittee is necessary for a successful program. Any perceived problems or questions should be discussed immediately with the Coordinator, the Director or the Dean, Graduate Educa- tion and Research as may be appropriate.

Successful Completion of the Program Graduate students will have completed the program when they have satisfied the course requirements and successfully passed all evaluation procedures. Failure to satisfy any of the program requirements on time may result in any of the following: • a warning; • a notation in the personal record; • termination of enrolment within the program.

Time Limit Thesis and all course work assignments must be satisfactorily completed no later than twelve months following the end of the program depending on the specialty area. For example, graduate students in the Clinical Sciences and Sports Sciences Program must complete all requirements within three years of entering the program while Radiology students must be completed within four years of entering the program. In extenuating circumstances, as determined by the Dean, Graduate Education and Re- search on the recommendation of the Director, Graduate Studies, a graduate student may be offered an extension of the deadline for completion of the graduate program requirements, to a maximum of one (1) year. Application for extension is required at least one (1) month prior to the established deadline. Only one (1) period of extension may be granted.

Transfer between Program Areas Occasionally a graduate student may elect to change their area of specialty training. Ap- plication for transfer must be made no later than six months into the first year of studies. Graduate students may be required to fulfil additional requirements (course work, practica, and/or written requirements) as determined by the needs of the new program. Each specific case will be assessed individually and the decision of granting transfer will be made by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research on recommendation of the Director, Graduate Studies. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Graduate Student Services 93

Program Leave of Absence In extenuating circumstances, as determined by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research and the Director, Graduate Studies, a graduate student may be granted a leave of absence for parental or health related reasons. Any award/Fellowship owing to the graduate student for scholarship or research assistantships will be suspended during the period of the absence and be restored based on review of academic performance and on availability of funds when the student returns to the program. The deadline for completion of the graduate program requirements may be extended, for a maximum of one (1) year to accommodate the exigencies of the leave. Students must make application for such leave by completing the Leave Request Form and submitting it to the Director, Graduate Studies for approval. To ensure her/his place, the student must submit a letter of intent to resume the program beginning the subsequent August 1, by January 31 of the preceding year. Unexplained or unannounced absenteeism may result in termination from the program.

Graduate Student Services The Student Services Office is available to support all graduate students. The services include financial aid, counselling, housing, and parking.

Office and Laboratory Facilities CMCC, through direct resources or collaborative arrangements, provides most of the facilities utilized by the graduate students, including work space, storage area and telephone. Graduate students have access to necessary supplies, photocopying, an institutional fax machine, and the audio visual department. Laboratory resources and supplies are available as necessary based on the CMCC or collaborative institution faculty theme of research in which the graduate student is being mentored.

Library Facilities For a description of Library facilities refer to the Health Sciences Library section of this calendar.

Other Facilities An exercise room, pool, Supply Centre and Bookstore, and cafeteria are available on campus for your use.

Financial Support Bursaries and Fellowship Awards are available based on review of historic academic/ professional performance and continued achievement in the program. Graduate students receive complimentary membership in CMCC. The Division of Graduate Studies provides funds for professional development for graduate students, including attendance at seminars, conferences and workshops which are directly 94 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 relevant to their CMCC experience. These activities must be discussed in detail with their Coordinator and approved by the Director, Graduate Studies prior to the event and are limited by available budget.

Graduate Student Grading and Evaluation Formal grading and evaluation are an integral part of the graduate program. To ensure that the method of evaluation in every course reflects appropriate academic standards and fairness, the Division of Graduate Studies has adopted the following regulations governing course evaluation procedures. Before each course starts, the instructor shall file with the Division a course outline. Course outlines ensure that graduate students are informed of procedures and the methods by which graduate student performance is evaluated. This information must describe the method(s) (essays, tests, examinations, seminar presentations, etc.), the contribution of each to the overall grade, and the timing of each major evaluation. Any penalties for failure to complete work in a timely manner must be announced at that time. The graduate student will receive commentary on the assessed work and have the opportunity to discuss the results with the faculty member.

Grading System Grades are a measure of the performance of a graduate student in individual courses. Each graduate student shall be judged on the basis of how well he/she has command of course content. Courses for graduate credit are assigned a numerical grade according to the Division of Graduate Studies usage as follows:

Letter Grade Percentage Grade Point A+ 90 to 100 4.00 A 85 to 89.9 4.00 A- 80 to 84.9 3.70 B+ 77 to 79.9 3.30 B 73 to 76.9 3.00 F 0 to 72.9 0.00 W Withdraw with penalty 0.00 P Passed Supplemental 1.70 INC Incomplete - EQV Advanced Standing - Pass Successful completion of a non-graded course Fail Unsuccessful completion of a non-graded course Graduate Education and Research Programs: Graduate Student Services 95

Passing Grade The majority of courses are graded with a percentage mark. Unless otherwise noted, the minimum passing grade for any course is 73% (B). Final marks are converted to a grade point average.

Incomplete Graduate students who are deficient in any of the requirements for a course will be given the designation “incomplete” rather than a final grade. All “incomplete” grades must be cleared as prescribed in the section describing time limits.

Supplemental Examinations Graduate students who receive a final grade of greater than or equal to 70% and less than 73% will be eligible to write supplemental examinations. Unless otherwise noted, the minimum passing grade for a supplemental examination in a graduate course is 73%. Graduate students who are not successful in passing their supplemental examination will receive a grade of F for the course.

Other Departmental Assessments Informal assessments and evaluations will be completed on an ongoing basis for each graduate student. Written evaluations of graduate students will be conducted by practicum supervisors. Formative evaluations and semi-annual summary evaluations will be conducted by their respective program Coordinators. Evaluations will also take place during weekly meetings. These will include oral questioning and evaluation of cases. All informal evaluations will be reviewed with the graduate student and placed in the student’s file.

Consequences of Failure/Unsuccessful Completion of a Graduate Course The minimum acceptable average that a graduate student must maintain throughout the program (as computed at the end of each program year) is 73%. A graduate student who fails in or fails to complete a graduate course must repeat that course or an alternative course recommended by the Division. The graduate student must obtain a mark of at least 73% in the repeated or alternate course. The failed or incomplete course and the grade in the repeated or replaced course will both appear on the graduate student’s academic record. Any graduate student who accumulates two (2) final grades below 73% can be required to withdraw from the program.

Unsatisfactory Performance Graduate students whose performance is considered to be unsatisfactory based on formal and informal evaluations may have their registration terminated at any time on the recommendation of the Director, Graduate Studies. 96 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Appeals Procedures Where disputes arise between graduate students and administrators, every effort is to be made to resolve the issues informally without resorting to a formal appeal. If, however, a formal appeal is necessary, the student must request, in writing, to the Director, Gradu- ate Studies that an Appeals Committee be established, stating the grounds for the appeal. Students must initiate the appeals process within fifteen (15) days of the decision that is being disputed.

Code of Conduct Just as CMCC maintains high standards of academic performance, its students, faculty, and staff are expected to maintain high standards of conduct and human relations. Re- sponsibility for one’s own conduct and respect for the rights of others are essential conditions of academic and personal freedom. CMCC retains the right to ensure that graduate students present themselves in a professional manner, both in conduct and appearance. Disciplinary procedures are initiated when a graduate student fails to exercise responsibility adequately, commits some offence against CMCC standards, or against local, provincial or federal law. Details regarding graduate student conduct and ethical issues are available online, www. cmcc.ca, refer to MyCMCC. Graduate students are expected to be cognizant of their rights and obligations to the institution, fellow students, faculty, other professionals and the public.

Graduation A candidate for graduation must give satisfactory evidence that he/she: • has successfully completed all courses; • has a minimum cumulative average of 73% over all courses; • has completed the required clinical, teaching and other practica; • has completed all written requirements for their respective program; • has completed thesis requirements; and • has discharged all financial obligations and met all other requirements in a timely manner. The CMCC Graduate Studies diploma does not give the graduate the right to practise as a chiropractic specialist. Achievement of Fellowship status may be obtained by fulfilling the qualifications required by the appropriate Specialty College, at which time the right to specialty practice may be conferred. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Programs of Study 97

Programs of Study The Division of Graduate Studies offers the following programs: • Clinical Science • Radiology • Sports Sciences A common core curriculum exists for all graduate students and focuses on the advanced discipline and skills of specialty practice, research, education and leadership. The central activities include: 1. completion of the core curriculum materials; 2. clinical, teaching and research practica, as may apply; 3. completion of specialty specific written requirements; 4. completion of a research thesis proposal; 5. completion of advanced specialty courses specific to each program area. Graduate students are required to submit a binder containing the written requirements to their respective Program Coordinator for review. Once final approval is received, the Pro- gram Coordinator will pass the binder to the Director of Graduate Studies. Binders must be submitted before March 30 of the graduation year.

Core Graduate Courses required by all Graduate Students

GS500: SEARCHING, CRITICALLY APPRAISING AND USING THE HEALTH CARE LITERATURELITERATURE Coordinator: S. Sajko Total hours: 19 GS500 teaches students the skills to retrieve the most complete set of relevant literature feasible on any given health care topic. This includes a good knowledge of the electronic indices available, their relative advantages/disadvantages (costs, accessibility, relevance to various topics, relative overlap/redundancy), and the formulation of an efficient search strategy. Students learn to efficiently manage references using available software and to use search and appraisal skills in assessing literature such as case reports, systematic literature reviews, proposals, and original research papers. Students are expected to effectively and critically appraise the health care literature through formally presenting critiques and discussing articles from various health care research journals. They are expected to be effective in presenting academic material to an audience, thereby further enhancing their pedagogical skills. Further, graduate students develop a working familiarity with a variety of standard forms of scientific writing and gain practical experience in appraising their peers’ ongoing work. 98 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

GS501: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS Coordinator: M. McGregor Total hours: 72 GS501 is an introduction to research design, sampling, sources of data, and data analysis applied to health care research. Basic statistical tests and variables are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the understanding of the tests to be applied, given specific clinical hypotheses. Students are introduced to simple continuous and discrete variable statistics as well as computer software available for data analysis. Students learn the systematic steps necessary to develop a research project and proposal, apply for a research grant, and publish a manuscript. An understanding of when to use professional statistical expertise is developed.

GS502: TEACHING METHODOLOGY AND LEARNING THEORY Coordinator: E. Morton Total hours: 28 GS502 provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to be effective and competent teachers. Students gain advanced understanding in the development of courses, presentations and course materials using a systematic approach. They develop the skills and understanding to teach individuals and small groups in a clinical setting and to deliver instruction to small and large groups in classroom settings, using a variety of strategies. The issues relevant to evaluating student performance in different educational settings are discussed. Students are provided with an understanding of the process of evaluating program effectiveness both formatively and summarily.

GS503: ADVANCED ISSUES IN PAIN AND CHIROPRACTIC MANAGEMENT Coordinators: E. Tunks and O. Tunks Total hours: 09 GS503 discusses the conceptual understanding of the underlying mechanisms of the sensation of pain. The appropriateness of examination and the role of chiropractic in the management of specific pain conditions are discussed. Emphasis is placed on common psychological conditions that may be encountered in clinical practice. Coping strategies, interview skills, and referral networks are reviewed.

GS504: ADVANCED CHIROPRACTIC JURISPRUDENCE Coordinator: N. Abramson Total hours: 15 GS504 discusses the responsibilities of the chiropractic specialist as a consultant to various groups. Methods of examination, report writing, interprofessional skills, and the role of the expert witness are reviewed. Specific emphasis is placed on the discussion of the impact of personal injury and malpractice claims. Other issues surrounding consent, ethics and factors in malpractice are discussed. Graduate Education and Research Programs: External Clinical and Research Practica 99

GS505/605: GRADUATE STUDENT SEMINARS/ADVANCED GRADUATE STUDENT SEMINARS (RESIDENT ROUNDS) Coordinator: TBA Total hours: 32 per year The goals of Resident Rounds (GS505/605) are to develop advanced knowledge and understanding of specific clinical conditions and issues, presentation skills, and experience in ‘on-the-spot’ questioning. The core content of Resident Rounds is predetermined, with inclusion of special-interest topics at the discretion of the coordinator. Resident Rounds emphasize conceptual understanding and problem solving as opposed to factual recall, and encourage learning by creating an atmosphere for discussion. Different teaching and lecturing strategies are utilized during rounds, as each resident is responsible for the presentation of selected material.

GS506: REGIONAL PLAIN FILM ANALYSIS AND ADVANCED IMAGING Coordinator: T. Pringle Total hours: 40 Advanced radiographic interpretation of skeletal pathology is emphasized in a problem based format. Radiographic characteristics of arthritides, tumours, and other disorders are reviewed. The utilization of specific views and radiographic investigative methods are also discussed. Emphasis will be on integration of radiographic findings, anatomical structures, pathological processes and clinical presentation.

GS507: INJURY BIOMECHANICS – MECHANISMS OF INJURY, REPAIR AND REHABILITATION Coordinator: D. Grondin Total hours: 33 This course brings together the fundamental knowledge of biomechanics and the biology of repair to examine the mechanisms of injury, repair, and rehabilitation. Critical to strategies of prevention and clinical treatment planning this course will use problem based learning styles; small group discussions; graduate and departmental seminars to prepare the student for roles in injury and disability assessment, ergonomic analysis and care administration.

External Clinical and Research Practica The graduate student’s diagnostic and treatment skills are further developed at specialized external rotations. Multidisciplinary interactions are incorporated into the programs from the start. Each program has mandatory and optional practica. The resident, in consultation with their Supervisory Committee and the Director of Graduate Studies, will decide at the beginning of the program which options the student wishes to take, and a schedule will be established. Assignment and selection of practica occurs consistent with the specialty program. 100 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

As well, each resident is required to participate in a placement treating patients in an outpatient hospital clinic or alternate facility as deemed appropriate by the Director, Dean, and Program Coordinator. Graduate students should check directly with the division for the appropriate practicum. The following placements are currently available:

Calgary, Alberta Graduate students have the opportunity to spend six (6) months collaborating on research in the Human Performance Laboratory (Kinesiology) at the University of Calgary, and treating patients at local clinics.

Chedoke Chronic Pain Program Under the supervision of Dr. Tunks, the graduate student will observe the assessment and follow up of chronic pain patients and be involved in case-based discussions. The students gain invaluable insight into the complex clinical puzzle of chronic pain. This rotation is two days per week, for two weeks.

Hamilton General Hospital CMCC graduate students spend two to three (2-3) days per week for six (6) months in Orthopaedic clinics within the hospital interacting with orthopaedic surgeons, residents and patients. Residents spend a second six (6) month rotation working as part of a large interprofessional research group investigating musculoskeletal conditions.

Husky Plastic Injection Moldings CMCC graduate students provide chiropractic treatment three (3) days per week for six (6) months to employees in the on-site multidisciplinary wellness centre. Patients present with a variety of symptoms related to workplace ergonomic factors. The students are also involved in ergonomic assessments of the workplace and wellness seminars for the employees, and thus obtain a multidimensional view of the etiology, management, and prevention of workplace injuries.

Power Lifting Athletes Sports science graduate students spend one (1) day per week for up to eight (8) weeks working with elite power lifting athletes at a clinic in Orillia, Ontario. This is a practical rotation involving assessment, treatment, and rehabilitation.

St. Michael’s Hospital CMCC graduate students spend three (3) days per week for six (6) months at the hospital. Graduate students will provide chiropractic treatment two (2) days per week in the Chiropractic Program in the Department of Family and Community Medicine for patients referred from the Family Practice unit. One day a week will involve observational clinic placements in the hospital, review of patient cases with a Chiropractic Fellow and involvement in medical clerk education rounds. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Research Thesis Requirements 101

Tae Kwon Do Sports science graduate students spend several weekends attending elite Tae Kwon Do tournaments. This is a practical rotation involving assessments, treatments and rehabilitation of competitors, under the supervision of Sports Fellows. In addition to the above placements, CMCC has placements with several other facilities which aid in expanding the educational knowledge of the graduate students. These opportunities include the following practica: • Observational and collaborative experience reading plain film and advanced images with a Musculoskeletal Radiologist • Observation and assessment of patients with various Orthopaedic surgeons

Research Thesis Requirements All graduate students are required to complete a satisfactory research protocol. A research proposal must be presented to the Supervisory Committee no later than twelve (12) months after initial registration in the program. Graduate students must present and defend their research results as part of their Fellowship examinations following completion of their program.

Specialty Programs

Clinical Sciences

Interim Coordinator: Paula Stern BSc, DC, FCCS(C)

The Clinical Sciences Program is a two-year postgraduate program conducted by CMCC and approved by the College of Chiropractic Sciences (Canada). Emphasis in the program is placed on academics, teaching, research, publication, and advanced clinical training and experience. The program develops chiropractic clinical consultants, researchers, and scholars capable of participating in a multidisciplinary environment.

Goal The goal of the Clinical Sciences Program is to produce chiropractic scientists who, by nature of the definition, have: • acquired advanced clinical knowledge from careful observation and deduction; • learned to test these deductions by experimentation and questioning; and • applied these skills and knowledge to the practice and teaching of chiropractic. 102 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Program Written Requirements Students are required to complete the common core curriculum and practica and several publication/writing requirements. These requirements may be incorporated into course evaluations. Written requirements must be of publishable quality and approved by the student’s faculty research mentor and the program coordinator. A semi-annual report on progress is required from the student for presentation to the student’s Supervisory Com- mittee. Written requirements also include: • four book reports; • four case reports/studies; and • one literature review. Required Courses Specific to the Clinical Sciences Program In addition to the general graduate curriculum and practica requirements, students must complete the following courses specific to the Clinical Sciences Program.

GS520 AND GS 620: SPECIAL TOPICS IN CLINICAL CHIROPRACTIC Coordinator: P. Stern Total hours: 30 per year GS520/620 provides the student with an advanced level of knowledge related to clinical practice and currently relevant issues. The course focuses on epidemiology, diagnosis, prognosis, imaging and treatment of conditions seen in clinical practice. Topic examples include disc herniations, musculoskeletal complaints in pediatric patients, low back pain in pregnancy, occupational low back pain, and Whiplash Associated Disorders

SS521: CLINICAL AND SPORT NUTRITION Coordinator: L. Greib Total hours: 18 This is an optional course for the Clinical Science Residents. Refer to the course description in the Sport Sciences Program section for further information. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Specialty Programs 103

Sports Sciences

Coordinator: Sandy Sajko The Sports Sciences Program is a two-year postgraduate program with emphasis placed on academics, teaching, assisting in sports-related seminars, on-field and clinical participation, research, and publication. The program will provide an experience based on academic and practical interactive exposure to the field of health care in sports. Goal The goal of the Sports Sciences Program is to: • develop researchers in the field of sports sciences; • train chiropractic sports scientists for teaching in chiropractic programs; and • train chiropractors capable of participating in a multidisciplinary sports injury care environment. Program Written Requirements Students are required to complete the common core curriculum, practica, and several publication/writing requirements. Written requirements must be of publishable quality and approved by the student’s faculty research mentor and the Program Coordinator. A semi- annual report on progress is required from the student for presentation to the Supervisory Committee. Written requirements also include: • four book reports; • four case reports/studies; and • one literature review. Required Courses Specific to the Sports Sciences Residency Program In addition to the graduate core curriculum and practica requirements, students must complete the following courses specific to the Sports Sciences Program.

SS520 AND SS620: SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPORTS CHIROPRACTIC Coordinator: M. Kazemi Total hours: 30 per year SS520 and SS620 provide the sports student with advanced training in several topic areas relevant to dealing with the high performance, gifted, recreational, and challenged athlete. Topic areas include: the acute management of athletes in event and travel situations; current concepts regarding nutrition for the athlete; familiarization with current doping techniques and regulations regarding substance abuse; instruction regarding common foot pathologies and management strategies in the athlete.

SS521: CLINICAL and SPORT NUTRITION Coordinator: L. Greib Total hours: 18 This course will discuss topics relevant to general chiropractic practice, such as osteoarthritis, osteoporosis as well as the impact of these conditions on elite athletes. An emphasis will be placed on sport nutrition which will focus on the general nutritional 104 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 considerations and current trends in supplementation of the elite athlete. This will include preparation for competition, pre-season, and post-season. Other topics will include sports nutrition and supplementation in special areas such as anorexia, bulimia, and weight management.

SS522: SPORTS PSYCHOLOGY Coordinatorr: TBA Total hours: 10 This course involves understanding the psychology in the management of injury and recovery, career transition and burnout, athlete confidentiality and service provider responsibility

Sports Practica Students in the Sports Sciences Program are involved in several multidisciplinary sports- related health care situations with gifted, professional, amateur, and challenged athletes. Working with teams, athletic organizations, and in multidisciplinary sports-related health care settings is required. Sports Injury and Rehabilitation Centre The student treats athletes in this multidisciplinary clinic for six (6) months. Placements at Athletic/Sporting Events Currently, these include Tae Kwon Do tournaments, Dragon Boat races, triathlons, women’s hockey, and professional, indoor and outdoor, soccer games.

Radiology

Coordinator: TBA The Radiology Program is a three-year postgraduate program with emphasis placed on academics, teaching, radiologic interpretation, clinical/radiologic correlation, research, and publication. The graduate program utilizes a syllabus as put forth by the American College of Chiro- practic Radiology to guide the academic portion of the program. The program is accepted by the American Chiropractic Board of Radiology (ACBR). The academic portion is broadly divided into four domains: • the principles of technology, physics, and radiation protection; • bone and joint disorders; • soft tissue disorders and special procedures; and • correlative radiological diagnosis and reporting. The textbooks and journals which are required to cover the syllabus are revised each year. These are made available within the confines of the Department of Radiology for use by staff and graduate students. Graduate Education and Research Programs: Specialty Programs 105

Radiologic interpretation skills are taught primarily through preceptorships, internal and external to CMCC, radiology rounds, resident rounds, review of text material, and the American College of Radiology film files. Skills necessary for clinical/radiologic correlation will be acquired through practica and CMCC outpatient clinic duties. Research and publication skills are necessary for the advancement of both the profession and the Fellowship. The skills necessary for both of these tasks will be acquired through direct contact and application. Goal The goal of the Radiology Program is to develop chiropractic radiologists develop: • advanced skills and competencies in diagnosis of pathologies and contraindications to spinal manipulative therapy; and • expertise in the diagnosis of pathomechanics of the locomotor system via static and dynamic radiographs. Program Written Requirements The program requires the completion of the common core curriculum and practica, and several publication/writing requirements. Written requirements must be of publishable quality and approved by the student’s faculty research mentor and the Program Coordina- tor. A semi-annual report on progress is required from the student for presentation to the Supervisory Committee. Written requirements also include: • four book reports; • four case reports/studies; • one literature review.

Required Courses Specific to the Radiology Residency Program In addition to the general graduate curriculum and practica requirements, students must complete the following courses specific to the Radiology Program.

RS520 AND RS620: SPECIAL TOPICS IN ADVANCED RADIOLOGY Coordinator: T. Pringle RS520 and RS620 are reading courses to provide the student in the Radiology Program with advanced knowledge and understanding in specific areas of radiology. Specific topics and details regarding each topic can be obtained from the “Candidate’s Guide to the Certi- fication Examinations,” published by the ACBR.

SS521: CLINICAL and SPORTS NUTRITION Coordinator: L. Greib Total hours: 18 This is an optional course for the Radiology Residents. Refer to the course description on the Sport Sciences Program section for further information. 106 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Teaching Assistant Opportunities and Responsibilities Graduate students may be offered positions as teaching assistants at CMCC. Combined contact hours per week vary throughout the programs depending upon the course and practica loads. Research opportunities are organized with the senior clinical/laboratory scientist in whose laboratory the graduate student is assisting. The following teaching assistant opportunities are currently available: • Teaching Opportunities: • Department of Anatomy-lab • Department of Anatomy-lab • Clinical Practice CE1101, CE2202, CE3303 • CMCC teaching clinics - Resource Clinician • Department of Radiology • Research Opportunities: • The Centre for Interprofessional Health Dynamics: Faculty involved in the Centre pursue studies on the impact of practice on public, interprofessional dynamics, and health policy. • Centre for the Study of Mechanobiology, Injury and Health: The Centre addresses fundamental and clinical questions on the role of connective tissue (bone, joint, ligament, muscle and neural tissues) in health and disease. Clini- cal and laboratory studies are conducted in conjunction with faculty and may involve work in any or all of the following areas • Biomechanics and Elastography laboratory • Tissue Testing laboratory • Cellular, Molecular Biology, and Histology Laboratory Aside from the assigned TA hours, Graduate Students will have the ability to apply for additional teaching assistant positions within CMCC. The Program Coordinator and Director must be consulted to avoid conflicts with other areas of the program. Division of Continuing Education 107 Division of Continuing Education Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 191 Fax: 416 482 1696 Email: [email protected]

Director Jaroslaw Grod, DC, FCCS(C), CAE

Introduction The Division of Continuing Education provides high quality educational programs, primarily to chiropractors, to assist them in meeting the ever-changing needs of professional practice through a commitment to life long learning, an awareness of current health care issues, to serve and promote the health of society, and a dedication to improving patient care. Seminar Planning Services Individuals or groups who wish to organize Continuing Education courses in their geo- graphical vicinity are encouraged to contact the Director of Continuing Education to discuss the requirements and possible logistics for delivery of the program. Courses for Undergraduate Students CE has been developed to support the life long learning of graduate chiropractors. How- ever, in cooperation with CMCC’s Students’ Council, the Division of Continuing Education offers, from time to time, courses specifically for chiropractic students. Admission and Scholastic Regulations The Division’s policy for admission to seminars and courses is equitable and non-dis- criminatory. Prerequisite qualifications vary depending on the program but, in all cases, are clearly set out in the initial program announcements and are checked at the time of registration. The majority of registrants for continuing education seminars are chiropractors, but attendance by members of other health disciplines is encouraged. Certificates of attendance or completion for continuing education programs are issued only after full compliance with all requirements for attendance, examinations and tuition. Fees vary according to program type and length. Course and Contact Information For full descriptions of current and future programs, dates, locations and registration information, contact the Division of Continuing Education at 416 482 2340 ext. 191 or visit us online at www.cmcc.ca. 108 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Featured Educational Programs The Division of Continuing Education offers four categories of educational programs. They include Weekend Seminars, Fellowship Programs, Certificate Programs, and Distance Education.

Weekend Seminars In cooperation with chiropractic associations in all regions of Canada, the Division develops courses that pertain to individual provincial licensing board requirements, usually within the framework of twelve (12)-hour weekend programs. • Annual Conference on Advancements in Chiropractic Staged by the Division of Continuing Education in the fall, this conference provides the chiropractic community with current research presentations as well as clinical cases in a grand rounds format on a general theme. Attracting practitioners from all regions of Canada as well as internationally, the Advancements Conference challenges the diagnostic and management skills of all chiropractors through an interactive format presided over by a panel of distinguished practitioners. • Homecoming CMCC encourages alumni, students, staff and friends to join us for a special weekend composed of social events and an educational program in June. The Division of Continuing Education provides the educational component of CMCC’s annual Homecoming through concurrent sessions focusing on relevant issues facing field practitioners.

Fellowship Programs Intensive three (3) year programs offered through weekend seminars. Course requirements include exit examinations for each level. Successful completion of the program leads to eligibility to pursue Fellowship status.

• Chiropractic Rehabilitation Fellowship Program This comprehensive three (3) module, 300-hour program gives practitioners a working knowledge of all aspects of active rehabilitation. Successful completion of all levels of this program, including exit examinations, leads to eligibility to pursue Fellowship status through the College of Chiropractic Rehabilitation Sciences (Canada). Individual weekend sessions are also available. Division of Continuing Education: Featured Educational Programs 109

Certificate Programs CMCC offers an extended series of weekend programs, completed in progressive levels, which lead to advanced knowledge and training. Successful completion of these programs enables the practitioner to receive certification in these areas. • Clinical Acupuncture This 250 hour advanced training program is offered annually to DCs, MDs, NDs, DDSs and PTs. This one (1) year program provides intensive hands-on training for the busy practitioner leading to membership with the Acupuncture Council of Ontario (ACO). Completion of this program and obtaining ACO membership allows DCs and MDs to be compensated for acupuncture treatments through the WSIB and Veterans Affairs. The program is the only clinical acupuncture course fully endorsed by the ACO. A variety of internationally renowned instructors combine Traditional Chinese Medi- cine, practical hands-on needling acupuncture workshops, and the most advanced anatomical acupuncture theories. Select individual weekend sessions are available to other professionals with relevant training or experience. Applications will be assessed on an individual basis.

Distance Education Designed to assist practitioners who wish to enhance their diagnostic skills from the comfort of their home or office, these interactive programs can be accessed by CD-ROM, DVD or directly through the CMCC web site. All programs provide Canadian chiropractors with approved licensing renewal credit hours. Online education programs allow practitioners to enhance their clinical knowledge while accumulating CE credit hours. CMCC offers a variety of online programs which are tailored to conform to the CE requirements of Canadian provinces and many U.S. states that recognize online distance learning. For more information visit the CE Distance Education section of the CMCC web site. • Neck-Tongue Syndrome - Online Case Study This continuing education program provides three (3) hours of CE credits and consists of a case study report which reviews the clinical presentation, radiographs and pathogenesis of a classic case of Neck-Tongue Syndrome. In-depth discussion of current hypotheses with anatomical details will focus the clinician’s interpretation of similar craniocervical symptom patterns. Considerations for therapeutic intervention are based on the best available evidence. • Knee Pain with a Twist - Online Case Study This case study report reviews the clinical presentation, diagnostic imaging, pathogenesis, and treatment options of an interesting cause of knee pain. Read this case and discover “the twist”. Three (3) continuing education hours are given for completion of this case. 110 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

• Fibromyalgia: An In-Depth Look at the Evidence (online) This online distance education program is a detailed 6-hour review of recent fibromyalgia research. Epidemiology, pathophysiology, prognosis, the use of outcome measures, and evidence based treatment of the condition are explored along with some of the controversies surrounding fibromyalgia and its proposed etiologies. Dif- ferential diagnoses and the criteria for diagnosing the condition are also discussed, and a case study of a patient treated with chiropractic care is presented. • Nutrition and Natural Medicine CD-ROM I, II, III* CMCC’s Division of Continuing Education and the Renaisanté Institute offer these programs in CD-ROM format. Each part is eligible for six (6) credit hours for licence renewal. These programs are suitable for DCs, PTs and RMTs. *CE credits for the series have been approved by all provinces and 17 U.S. states. Please contact CMCC Continuing Education for specific information. • Strategic Practice Planning This four (4) hour program is the ultimate practice planning toolkit that includes a DVD presentation and 134 page workbook. The program provides chiropractors with the skills and knowledge to operationalize a successful practice plan.

• Virtual ViewboxesTM Version 1.1, 2.1, 3.1, and 4.1 This CD-ROM program improves proficiency in diagnostic radiology. Individuals navigate through each lesson using a standard web browser. Each lesson ends with a multiple choice exam. Each CD-ROM has been approved for six (6) credit hours for licence renewal. • The Benefits of Spinal Manipulation (online) This presentation looks at clinical trials of spinal manipulation, and explains discrepancies in the literature, and the mechanisms by which manipulation produces its clinical effect. • The Essentials of Record Keeping (online) This program describes why records must be kept, the purpose of record keeping and how good records can augment patient care. It familiarizes the participant with the legal and ethical obligations of maintaining patient confidentiality, and the special cases that require mandatory reporting to other parties. • Use of Outcome Measures in Practice: Paper Tools and Instruments (online) This course will provide practitioners with a practical guide to the many different types of outcome measures that can be used in clinical practice for common musculoskeletal disorders. • Low-Tech Lumbar Spinal Stabilization (online) This practical presentation addresses clinical instability as an important cause of low back pain. This course deals with the stabilizing system of the spine as well as the goals of spinal stabilization training. Division of Research 111 Division of Research

Dean, Graduate Education and Research John J. Triano, DC, PhD, FCCS (C) (Hon)

Division Faculty Mark Erwin, DC, PhD Deborah Kopansky-Giles, DC, FCCS (C) Marion McGregor, DC, PhD, FCCS (C) Silvano Mior, DC Julita Teodorczyk-Injeyan, PhD John J. Triano DC, PhD, FCCS (C) (Hon) Howard Vernon, DC, PhD, FCCS (C) (Hon)

CMCC’s Vision: Two Centres of Research Excellence While CMCC has historically been involved in both clinical and basic science studies, CMCC’s Research Division will focus on two main areas of interest for its current research agenda. • The Centre for the Study of Mechanobiology, Injury, and Health, with an associated Research Chair, will focus on the role of connective tissue – bone, joint, ligament, muscle, or nerve in health and disease.

CMCC will place a new emphasis on the fundamental issue of tissue mechanotransduction - the mechanism through which tissues communicate with each other about change. In other words, how cells convert mechanical stimulus (through physical stimulation), into tissue and cellular function, which may lead to more changes within the body.

Investigations will centre on learning how daily mechanical stresses and the physical interventions to treat them, can influence cell and tissue function for health or disease development. CMCC investigators are working independently and in collaboration with international teams. 112 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

• The Centre for Interprofessional Health Dynamics will investigate practice dynamics, public health policy, and interprofessional care, continuing the momentum created by CMCC graduates and faculty.

CMCC Chiropractors are currently collaborating with multidisciplinary teams, resulting in improved patient satisfaction and care. This innovative model of care has been named an International Best Practice by the Ontario Hospital Association and the Ministry of Health and Long-Term Care. Health agencies in other provinces, the U.S. and Australia have inquired about the benefits and its implementation.

CMCC will continue pioneering work in models of health care to improve patient access to care, quality and comprehensiveness of care and more effective use of resources.

With expertise in policy development, and the ability to evaluate its projected impact through systems dynamics, the Centre has the potential to inform policy and support those who implement that policy.

With these two areas as our primary focus, chiropractic research at CMCC will continue to contribute to and elevate the quality of education and help improve patient care. Administrative Structure: Board of Governors 113 Administrative Structure

Board of Governors

Executive Dr. Lori Darroch Chair Dr. Kelli Blunt Vice-Chair Dr. Mark Symchych Secretary-Treasurer Dr. Ward MacDonald Immediate Past Chair Dr. Ron Brady Executive Member Mr. Len Goodman Executive Member

Provincial Representatives Dr. Keith Cassell Newfoundland and Labrador Dr. Denis Chouinard Québec Dr. Scott Cook New Brunswick Dr. Mark Labrecque Saskatchewqan Dr. Kate MacAdam Nova Scotia Dr. Dorothea McCallum British Columbia Dr. Brent Mills Ontario Dr. Murray Schneider Alberta Dr. Mark Symchych Manitoba

Members at Large Dr. Kelli Blunt Ontario Dr. Ron Brady Saskatchewan Dr. Lori Darroch Alberta Dr. Ward MacDonald Nova Scotia Dr. Karlo Suek Ontario

Public Members Ms. Jessie Anne Boyd British Columbia Mr. Len Goodman Ontario

Board Liaison Ms. Margaret McCallen 114 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Administration President Jean Moss, DC, MBA Special Assistant to the President Sil Mior, DC, FCCS(C), FICC (Hons) Dean, Graduate Education John Triano, BSc, DC, PhD, FCCS (Hons) and Research Dean, Undergraduate Education Lenore Edmunds, BA, MEd Vice President, Finance Brenda Smith, BA, CA and Administration Vice President, Institutional Ian Mishkel, BA Advancement Director, Institutional Planning Brenda Smith, BA, CA and Assessment Director, Human Resources Gayle Dennison, BA Director, Student Services Florence Silver, BA, MEd (Interim) Associate Dean, Clinics Richard Ruegg, BSc, DC, PhD Director, Clinical Education Brian Schut, DC and Patient Care Director, Clinical Education Anthony Tibbles, BSc, DC, FCCS(C) and Patient Care Director, Imaging Kathleen Linaker, BSc, DC, DACBR Director, Education Year I Kim Ross, BSc, MSc, DC, PhD Director, Education Year II Marion McGregor, BSc, DC, FCCS(C), MSc, PhD Director, Education Year III Michael Ciolfi, HBPE, BSc, DC, Director, Curriculum Margo Burns, BSc, MSc, MPH, DEd and Faculty Development Director, Finance & Business Michael Pingle, CGA Registrar Kimberley Kelly (interim) Director, Alumni Affairs David Coleman Director, Centre for Studies of the Howard Vernon, BA, DC, PhD, FCCS(C) Cervical Spine Director, Marketing and Mara Bartolucci, BA (Hons) Communications Director, Continuing Education Jaroslaw Grod, DC, FCCS(C), CAE Director, Graduate Studies Paula Stern, BSc, DC, FCCS(C) Director, Library Services Margaret Butkovic, LT Director, Information Technology Fred Rajabi, MSc, MCSE Director, Physical Facilities Ron Robinson Co-Managers, Supply Centre Chantal Fillion Salter and and Bookstore Scott Smith, BA (Hons) Faculty 115

Faculty Borody, Cameron BSc University of Winnipeg, 1997 DC CMCC, 2001 FCCSS(C) 2004 Dean Emeritus Assistant Professor Vear, Herbert J. Burnie, Stephen DC CMCC, 1949 BSc McMaster University, 2001 FCCS(Hons) 1975 DC CMCC, 2005 LLD(Hons) Western States Chiropractic MSc McMaster University, 2007 College, 1986 Instructor LLD(Hons) Northwestern Chiropractic College & CMCC, 1995 Burns, Margo BSc University of Waterloo, 1986 Professors Emeriti MSc McGill University, 1989 MPH Northern Illinois University, 1997 Lee, Herbert K. EdD Northern Illinois University, 1999 DC National College of Chiropractic, 1941 Director of Curriculum and DH(Hons)National College of Faculty Development Chiropractic and CMCC, 1982 Cauwenbergs, Peter Sutherland, Donald C. BSc (Hons)University of Guelph, 1977 DC CMCC, 1950 MSc University of Toronto, 1981 LLD (Hons) National College of PhD McMaster University, 1987 Chiropractic DC CMCC, 2001 and CMCC, 1983 Associate Professor

Faculty Ciolfi, Michael BPE(Hons) Lakehead University, 1985 Adams, Bill BSc Life University, 1990 BSc Simon Fraser University, 1994 DC Life University, 1990 DC Western States Director of Education, Year III Chiropractic College, 1997 DACBR 2000 Chiu, Kwong Assistant Professor BSc York University, 1980 DC CMCC,1984 Azad, Ayla FCCO(C) 2004 DC Palmer College of Chiropractic, 1995 Assistant Professor BSc Regents College, 2000 Tutor Chivers, Michael BPHE Brock University, 2000 Barrigar, Matthew DC CMCC, 2005 BSc University of Toronto, 1987 DC CMCC, 1988 Columbus, Constance FCCO(C) 2004 BSc University of Western Ontario, 1990 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1994 DACBR 1997 FCCR(C) 1997 Assistant Professor 116 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Cubos, Jeffrey Forand, Dominique BHPE University of Toronto, 2002 BSc University of Victoria, 2002 DC CMCC, 2006 DC CMCC 2006 Tutor Instructor

D'Arcy, Janet Fraser, Ian BPHE Queens University, 1989 BA University of Western Ontario, 1965 DC CMCC 1993 MSc University of Western Ontario, 1969 Assistant Professor PhD Dalhousie University, 1974 Professor Decina, Philip DC CMCC, 1989 Friedman, Joel FCCS(C) 1992 BSc University of Western Ontario, 2003 Assistant Professor LLB Osgoode Hall Law School of York University, 2006 deGraauw, Christopher Instructor DC CMCC, 1997 FCCSS(C) 2003 Gleberzon, Brian Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1989 BA University of Toronto, 2005 deGraauw, Lara Professor BSc University of Ottawa, 1993 DC CMCC, 1997 Gold, Paul FCCSS(C) 2003 BSc University of Toronto, 1981 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1988 Tutor Dunham, Scott Bsc University of Waterloo 2006 Goldin, Jarrod DC CMCC 2006 BSc York University, 1996 Instructor DC CMCC, 1996 Assistant Professor Edmunds, Lenore BA University of Toronto, 1992 Grice, Adrian MEd Brock University, 1999 DC CMCC, 1959 Dean, Undergraduate Education FCCS(C) 1976 MSc University of Bridgeport, 1984 Engel, Glenn DC CMCC, 1967 Grieb, Lowell FCCS(C) 1976 BSc(Hons) University of Waterloo, 1997 Professor MSc University of Waterloo, 1999 ND CCNM, 2003 Erwin, Mark Instructor BA York University, 1980 DC CMCC, 1984 Gringmuth, Robert PhD University of Toronto, 2004 DC CMCC, 1976 Associate Professor FCCSS(C) 1989 FCCRS(C) 1995 Finn, Kevin Assistant Professor BPHE University of Toronto, 1993 DC CMCC, 1997 Instructor Faculty 117

Grod, Jaroslaw Injeyan, Stephen DC CMCC, 1977 BSc American University of Beirut, 1967 FCCS(C) 1993 MSc American University of Beirut, 1969 CAE 1998 PhD McGill University, 1974 Professor DC CMCC, 1984 Professor Guerriero, Rocco BSc University of Toronto, 1984 Kazemi, Mohsen DC CMCC, 1988 RN University of Shaheed Beheshti, 1986 FCCSS(C) 1992 DC CMCC, 1996 FCCRS(C) 1996 FCCSS(C) 1998 FCCO(C) 2004 DACRB 2004 Associate Professor FCCRS(C) 2004 Associate Professor Hammerich, Karin DC CMCC, 1973 Kim, Jessica Tutor BSc University of Waterloo, 2001 DC CMCC, 2005 Harris, Glen Tutor BSc University of Waterloo, 1992 DC CMCC, 1997 Kim, Peter FCCSS(C) 2001 BSc University of Toronto, 1985 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1991 FCCS(C) 1994 Henry, Rebecca Associate Professor BHPE Queens University, 1997 DC CMCC, 2004 Kinsinger, Stuart Tutor BSc University of Toronto, 1973 DC CMCC, 1978 Howitt, Scott FCCRS(C) 1995 BA University of Western Ontario, 1996 Associate Professor DC CMCC, 2000 FCCSS(C) 2004 Kopansky-Giles, Deborah FCCRS(C) 2005 BPHE University of Western Ontario, 1978 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1982 FCCS(C) 1993 Hsu, William FCCRS(C) 1996 BSc University of British Columbia, 1988 Associate Professor DC CMCC, 1992 DACBR 1995 Kumka, Myroslava FCCR(C) 1995 MD State Medical Institute of Ukraine, 1977 Associate Professor PhD State Medical Institute of Ukraine, 1982 Assistant Professor Huska, Oksana DC CMCC, 1980 Labelle, Natalie Assistant Professor BA University of Western Ontario, 1996 DC CMCC, 2000 Hyde, David FICS 2007 DC CMCC, 1991 Tutor Assistant Professor 118 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Lawson, Gordon MacIntyre, Ian DC CMCC, 1976 BA(Hons) Wilfred Laurier University, 2000 DACBN 1985 DC CMCC, 2005 FCCSS(C) 1986 FCCSS(C) 2007 MSc University of Bridgeport, 1987 ND 2005 Mayer, Joel Assistant Professor BSc University of Toronto, 1976 MSc University of Toronto, 1979 Lee, David PhD University of Toronto, 1982 BSc University of Toronto, 1986 Assistant Professor RT Michner Institute of Technology, 1988 DC CMCC, 1993 McCord, Phyllis Instructor BSc(Hons) University of Waterloo, 1979 DC CMCC, 1983 Lee, Ming FCCSS(C) 1989 MD Shanghai Second Medical School, 1957 MD McMaster University, 1993 Assistant Professor Associate Professor

Linaker, Kathleen McGregor, Marion BSc University of Alberta, 1994 BSc York University, 1978 DC Northwestern Health Sciences DC CMCC, 1980 University, 1997 FCCS(C) 1984 DACBR 2001 MSc McMaster University, 1987 Director of Imaging PhD University of Texas at Dallas, 2006 Associate Professor Lishchyna, Natalia BSc(Hons) McMaster University, 1994 McLaren, Laura DC CMCC, 1998 BSc University of Guelph, 1992 FCCS(C) 2005 DC CMCC, 1996 Assistant Professor Tutor

Liu, Dennis Meschino, James BSc University of Toronto, 1998 DC CMCC, 1979 MSc Univeristy of Toronto, 2000 MSc University of Bridgeport, 1984 DC CMCC, 2004 Associate Professor Instructor Miners, Andrew Locke, Melanie BPHE Queen’s University, 2000 BSc University of Western Ontario, 1993 BSc (Hons) Queen’s University, 2000 RN 1993 DC CMCC, 2004 DC CMCC, 1998 FCCSS(C) 2007 Tutor Assistant Professor

Moore, Robert Pikula, John BSc Leeds University, 1963 BSc(Hons) University of Waterloo, 1977 PhD Leeds University, 1966 DC CMCC, 1978 Associate Professor MSc University of Bridgeport, 1983 DACBR 1983 Morton, Emily Jane FCCR(C) 1983 BSc University of Western Ontario, 1995 FCCS(C) 1997 DC CMCC, 1999 DACBN 2003 FCCS(C) 2006 FCCO(C) 2004 Assistant Professor Associate Professor

Moss, Jean Platnick, Howard DC CMCC, 1970 BSc University of Waterloo, 1983 MBA York University, 1988 MD University of Toronto, 1987 Associate Professor Assistant Professor

Pajaczkowski, Jason Pringle, Tania BSc Queen’s University, 1996 BPE McMaster University, 1993 BS National College of Chiropractic, 1998 BSc McMaster University, 1995 DC National College of Chiropractic, 2000 DC CMCC, 2002 FCCSS(C) 2003 FCCR(C) 2005 FCCRS(C) 2005 DACBR 2005 DACBR 2005 Assistant Professor Associate Professor Proctor, Daniel Pecora, Gary DC CMCC, 1983 BSc University of Toronto, 1979 FCCS(C) 1985 DC CMCC, 1984 Assistant Professor FCCSS(C) 1990 FCCRS(C) 1997 Pulinec, Andrew Assistant Professor BSc(Hons) University of Toronto, 1977 DC CMCC, 1981 Pennell, Kelly FCCO(C) 2005 BSc(Hons) McMaster University, 2000 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 2005 Instructor Rajwani, Moez DC CMCC, 1994 Instructor

Reitav, Jaan BA University of Toronto, 1975 MA York University, 1978 PhD York University, 1984 Professor 120 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Reux, Marcel Schoonderwoerd, Kelly BA Memorial University of DC CMCC, 1995 Newfoundland, 1977 BA Wilfrid Laurier University, 2003 BSc(PT) University of Toronto, 1980 Tutor DC CMCC, 1986 Instructor Schut, Brian DC CMCC, 1969 Ricciardi, Vincent Associate Professor DC CMCC, 1986 Tutor Shandling, Barry MB ChB University of Cape Town, 1950 Ross, Kim FRCS(Eng) Royal College of Surgeons, 1953 BSc University of Toronto, 1980 FRCS(C) Royal College of Surgeons MSc University of Toronto, 1984 (Canada), 1962 DC CMCC, 1987 FACS American College of Surgeons, 1968 PhD University of Waterloo, 2003 Professor of Surgery (Emeritus) University Associate Professor of Toronto Professor Ruegg, Richard BSc University of Waterloo, 1973 Simonsen, Inger PhD York University, 1982 DC CMCC, 1984 DC CMCC, 1989 FCCO(C) 2004 Assistant Professor Assistant Professor

Ruhr, Gregory Sinclair, Darcie DC CMCC, 1980 BSc Queen’s University, 1992 Assistant Professor DC CMCC, 1996 Tutor Saad, Reda MBBCh (Hons) University of Alexandria, Sovak, Guy Egypt, 1983 BSc Oranim School Education MMedSci University of Alexandria, Egypt, MSc Israel Institute of Technology 1990 Rappaport Faculty of Medicine, 2000 PhD University of Alexandria, Egypt, 1998 PhD Israel Institute of Technology CV University of Alexandria, Egypt, 2008 Rappaport Faculty of Medicine, 2003 Associate Professor Steiman, Igor Sajko, Sandy BSc(Hons)University of Toronto, 1974 BHPE University of Toronto, 1997 MSc University of Toronto, 1978 MSc McMaster University, 1999 DC CMCC, 1981 DC CMCC, 2003 FCCS(C) 1986 FCCSS(C) 2006 Professor Assistant Professor Stern, Paula Schoales, Donna BSc University of Toronto, 1987 BSc(Hons) University of Waterloo, 1979 DC CMCC, 1991 DC CMCC, 1983 FCCS(C) 1993 FCCSS(C) 1990 Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Faculty 121

Swyszcz, Oryst Vernon, Howard BSc University of Toronto, 1975 BA York University, 1973 DC CMCC, 1979 DC CMCC, 1977 Assistant Professor FCCS 1979 PhD Glamorgan University, 2003 Szaraz, Zoltan Professor DC CMCC, 1974 FCCRS(C) 1996 von Seefried, Adolf Associate Professor BSc University of Toronto, 1964 MScA University of Guelph, 1966 Tabrizi, Negda PhD University of Guelph, 1968 BSc Univeristy of Toronto, 1996 Associate Professor MSc University of Toronto, 1998 DC CMCC, 2003 Wiltshire, Leslie BEd University of Toronto, 2006 BSc Wilfred Laurier University, 1974 Instructor DC CMCC, 1979 Assistant Professor Teodorczyk-Injeyan, Julita BSc University of Wroclaw, 1967 Zylich, Stephen MSc University of Wroclaw, 1969 BSc University of Manitoba, 1976 PhD Polish Academy of Sciences, 1973 DC CMCC, 1981 Associate Professor Assistant Professor

Thistle, Shawn BKin McMaster University, 2000 Adjunct Faculty DC(Hons) CMCC, 2004 Ammendolia, Carlo Tutor DC CMCC, 1982 PhD UofT, 2005 Tibbles, Anthony Research Associate BSc University of Toronto, 1986 DC CMCC, 1990 Cassidy, David FCCS(C) 1993 DC CMCC, 1975 Associate Professor FCCS 1978 PhD University of Saskatchewan,1994 Triano, John J. BSc Logan College of Chiropractic, 1973 Côté, Pierre DC Logan College of Chiropractic, 1973 DC CMCC, 1989 MA Webster College, 1974 FCCS 1991 PhD University of Michigan, 1998 MSc University of Saskatchewan,1996 Professor PhD University of Toronto, 2002

Trim, Astrid Erwin, Mark W. BSc University of Waterloo, 1987 BA York University, 1980 DC CMCC, 1991 DC CMCC, 1984 FCCSS(C) 1996 PhD University of Toronto, 2004 Assistant Professor Grondin, Diane BHK University of Windsor, 2000 MHK University of Windsor, 2003 DC CMCC, 2006 122 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Humphreys, Kim Technologists BSc University of British Columbia, 1978 Crooks, Allan DC CMCC, 1982 RT(R) Canadian Association of Medical PhD University of Southampton, 1997 Radiation Technologists, 1961 RT(A) Ontario Society of Radiological Murphy, Bernadette Technologists, 1971 DC CMCC, 1989 Instructor PhD University of Auckland, 1998 Hillier, Jane Peterson, Cindy RT(R) Toronto East General Hospital, 1972 AA-RN Clark College, 1975 DC Western States Chiropractic College, Maunder, Robin 1984 RT Toronto Institute of Medical DACBR 1988 Technology, 1975 MMed University of Dundee, 1996 FCCR(C) 2001 Nelson, Marilyn RT Canadian Society of Laboratory Tick, Heather Technologists, 1957 MA University of California, 1975 MD University of California, 1982 Tanner, Lynda CAFCI University of Toronto, 1994 RT(R) Toronto East General Hospital, 1963 DipAAPM Registered Technologist II

Tunks, Eldon Tse, Sum MD University of Toronto, 1969 BA California State University, 1970 FRCP(C) 1974 MT American Society of Clinical Pathologists, 1971 Librarians MSc Long Island University, 1972 RT Canadian Society of Laboratory Butkovic, Margaret Technologists, 1978 LT Seneca College, 1975 Laboratory Technologist Senior Librarian

Taylor-Vaisey, Anne Graduate Students BA(Hons)University of Toronto, 1968 Durante, Jaclyn MLS University of Western Ontario, 1970 BSc McMaster University, 2004 Associate Librarian DC CMCC, 2008 Sports Sciences Year I Zoltai, Stephen BA(Hons)University of Winnipeg, 1981 Jim, Janey MISt University of Toronto, 1995 BSc University of British Columbia, 2001 Associate Librarian MSc University of British Columbia, 2004 DC CMCC, 2007 Clinical Sciences Year II

Kissel, Peter BA(Hons) University of Western Ontario, 2004 DC CMCC, 2008 Sports Sciences Year I Faculty 123

Lee, Alexander BSc University of Waterloo, 2007 DC CMCC, 2007 Sports Sciences Year II

Robb, Andrew BA Brock University, 2003 DC CMCC, 2007 Sports Sciences Year II

Rodine, Rob BSc University of Ottawa, 2003 DC CMCC, 2007 Clinical Sciences Year II

Schenkel, David DC CMCC, 2008 Sports Sciences Year I

Sims, Kevin BSc University of Western Ontario, 2003 DC CMCC, 2008 Sports Sciences Year I 124 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Boards and Licensure

Boards Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards 39 River Street, Toronto, ON M5A 3P1 Telephone: 416 646 1600 Web site: www.chirofed.ca

Examining Boards Statistics show that CMCC students perform consistently well on both Canadian Chi- ropractic Examining Board and National Board of Chiropractic Examiners chiropractic examinations. Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board Suite 238, 2116 - 27th Avenue NE, Calgary, AB T2E 7A6 Telephone: 403 230 5997 Fax: 403 230 3321 Web site: www.cceb.ca National Board of Chiropractic Examiners 901 - 54th Avenue, Greeley, Colorado 80634 Telephone: 970 356 9100 Fax: 970-356-0213 Web site: www.nbce.org

Provincial Licensure The following representatives should be contacted for information concerning provincial licensure regulations. Alberta College and Association of Chiropractors Dr. Brian Gushaty, Registrar 11203 - 70 Street NW, Edmonton, AB T5B 1T1 Telephone: 780 420 0932 Fax: 780 425 6583 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.albertachiro.com British Columbia College of Chiropractors Dr. Doug Alderson, Registrar 125-3751 Shell Road, Richmond, BC V6X 2W2 Telephone: 604 270 1332 Fax: 604 278 0093 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.bcchiro.com/bccc Manitoba Chiropractors’ Association Dr. Ernest Miron, Registrar 245 Portage Avenue, Winnipeg, MB R3B 2A6 Telephone: 204 942 3000 Fax: 204-942-3010 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.mbchiro.org Boards and Licensure 125

New Brunswick Chiropractors’ Association Dr. Meghan Barrett, Chair, Admissions 125 Whiting Road, Ste. 200, Fredericton, NB E3B 5Y5 Telephone: 506 455 6800 Fax: 506 457 1114 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.nbchiropractic.ca Newfoundland and Labrador Chiropractic Association Dr. Jennifer Turpin, Registrar 25 Allandale Road, Upper Level, St. John’s, NL A1B 2Z6 Telephone: 709 739 7762 Fax: 709 739 7703 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.nlchiropractic.ca Nova Scotia College of Chiropractors Dr. Lisa Dickson, Registrar 615 Main Street, Ste. 321, Yarmouth, NS B5A 1K1 Telephone: 902 521 2735 Fax: 902 749 0480 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.adjustyourview.com College of Chiropractors of Ontario Ms. Jo Ann Willson, Registrar 130 Bloor Street West, Suite 902, Toronto, ON M5S 1N5 Telephone: 416 922 6355 Fax: 416 925 9610 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.cco.on.ca Prince Edward Island Chiropractic Association Dr. David MacLean, Registrar 119 Kent Street, Ste. 280, Charlottetown, PE C1A 1N3 Telephone: 902 892 4454 Fax: 902 892 4454 (call first) Email: [email protected] L’Association des Chiropraticiens du Québec Dre Aymie Brousseau, Secrétaire 7960, boulevard Metropolitain Est, Montreal, QC H1K 1A1 Telephone: 514 355 0557 Fax: 514 355 0070 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.chiropratique.com Chiropractors’ Association of Saskatchewan Ms. Judy Gilmour, Registrar 3420A Hill Avenue, Regina, SK S4S 0W9 Telephone: 306 585 1411 Fax: 306 585 0685 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.saskdc.org Yukon Registrar of Chiropractors Consumer Services C 5 Government of Yukon P.O. Box 2703, Whitehorse, YT Y1A 2C6 Telephone: 867 667 5111 Fax: 867 667 3609 Email: [email protected] Web Site: www.gov.yk.ca/forms/forms/5000/yg5090_b.pdf 126 Academic Calendar 2008-2009 Contact Us

CMCC Campus 6100 Leslie Street, Toronto, ON M2H 3J1

Telephone Fax CMCC Main Line (Switchboard) 416 482 2340 Accounting ext. 181 416 646 1116 Admissions (800) 463 2923 ext. 147 416 646 1114 Alumni (800) 669 2959 ext. 146 416 482 3629 Bookstore (800) 268 8940 416 482 1532 416 482 9745 Campus Clinic 416 482 2546 416 646 1115 Communications ext. 274 416 482 3629 Continuing Education ext. 191 416 482 1696 Counselling (academic & personal) ext. 102/104 416 646 1114 Dean, Graduate Education and Research ext. 246/259 416 482 2560 Dean, Undergraduate Education ext. 135/136 416 488 0470 Financial Aid ext. 103 416 646 1114 Housing Listings ext. 147 416 646 1114 Library ext. 158 416 482 4816 Medical Service ext. 197 416 646 1115 President’s Office ext. 290 416 482 5181 Students’ Council ext. 162 416 646 1114 Student Services ext. 147 416 646 1114

CMCC Chiropractic Clinics CMCC Clinics Telephone Campus Clinic 6100 Leslie Street 416 482 2546 Bronte Harbour Chiropractic Clinic 905 825 2011 CMCC Community Based Clinics Anishnawbe Health Toronto 416 360 0486 Muki Baum Association 416 633 3971 St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital 416 226 6780 ext. 7233 Sherbourne Health Clinic 416 324 4166 South Riverdale Community Health Centre 416 778 6883 127

Emergency Numbers (24-hour service) Emergency 911 Assaulted Women’s Helpline 416 863 0511 Distress Centre 416 408 HELP (4357) North York General 416 756 6000 Poison Information 416 813 5900 Rape Crisis 416 597 1171 North York General Hospital 416 756 6000

Chiropractic Associations Telephone Fax Canadian Chiropractic Association (CCA) 416 781 5656 416 781 0923 Ontario Chiropractic Association (OCA) 905 629 8211 905 629 8214 Student Canadian Chiropractic Association (SCCA) 416 482 2340 ext.186 416 646 1114 World Congress of Chiropractic Students (WCCS) 416 482 2340 ext.186 416 646 1114 World Federation of Chiropractic (WFC) 416 484 9978 416 484 9665

Transportation Buses Telephone Toronto Bus Terminal 416 393 7911 Greyhound 1 800 661 8747 or 416 367 8747 Trentway Wagar 1 800 461 7661 Taxi Beck Taxi 416 751 5555 Royal Taxi 416 777 9222 Trains VIA Rail 1 800 842 7245 or 416 366 8411 Go Transit 416 869 3200 Toronto buses and subway Toronto Transit Commission (TTC) 416 393 4636

Hotel Accommodation Telephone Sheraton Parkway Toronto North 1 800 668 0101 905 881 2121 905 881 7841 Marriott Courtyard 1 866 449 7396 905 707 6533 905 707 6955 Hilton Garden Inn 905 709 8008 905 709 6008 Marriott Residence Inn 1 866 449 7395 905 707 7933 905 707 8044 128 Academic Calendar 2008-2009

Vision Our Vision is to excel in chiropractic education and research in order to contribute to the health of society.

Mission CMCC’s Mission is to: • offer dynamic and innovative programs that measure up to our undergraduate and graduate students’ expectations; • prepare tomorrow’s chiropractors to be compassionate, competent and successful members of the health care team; • be recognized for excellence in chiropractic education, clinical practice and research; • be a valued and active participant in government, academic, health care and industry initiatives; and • have a culture that instills feelings of pride and belonging. Academic Calendar 2008-2009 129

The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College (CMCC) reserves the right to change, without notice, any information relating to the matters set out in the Calendar and posted in any media, including but not limited to written or electronic format, and including but not limited to matters relating to admissions, academics, graduation and discipline. For confirmation of the most up to date statement relating to any matter set out in the Academic Calendar individuals are directed to the Office of the Registrar.

CMCC assumes no liability whatsoever for direct or indirect damages resulting from matters beyond its control, including but not limited to interruption or cancellation of any academic programs where the interruption or cancellation is caused by fire, water, theft, strike, lockout, protest, government action, or civil unrest.

For what’s new at CMCC, visit our Web site at: www.cmcc.ca

Published by the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College, Toronto, Ontario

Document contents have been printed on Rolland Enviro100 Print

Containing 100% post-consumer fibre

Certified Processed Chlorine Free and FSC Recycled and manufactured using biogas energy Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College Student Handbook 2008-2009 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 1

The President’s Welcome

Please accept my warmest welcome and best wishes. Thank you for choosing CMCC for your professional health care education. You are one among an exceptional group of students, and we are here to assist you along on your professional journey! The four years you spend with us will be filled with new experiences, hard work, and the exhilaration that comes with achieving your desired goal –to become a chiropractor – a valued, competent, compassionate and successful member of the health care team.

While at CMCC I encourage you to embrace all the arts, culture and entertainment that Toronto has to offer; take advantage of our clubs and activities; get involved with our special events and be a leader in your class. You are part of a world class institution with a highly qualified and committed group of faculty, staff and students as your colleagues. Make the most of every day at CMCC. I know you’ll leave feeling confident in your chosen profession and deeply touched by your experience.

I look forward to meeting you in the halls and seeing you at our many special events.

Jean Moss President 2 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

From The Dean’s Office

Welcome to the 2008-2009 academic year at CMCC. This is an exciting time to be part of the CMCC community. In keeping with our commitment to rigour and innovation we are evolving the presentation of our curriculum to ensure that we remain at the leading edge of chiropractic education. Our integrative curriculum and real world clinical training in multidisciplinary settings are examples of our innovation.

In the Dean’s Office we work as a team. Last year, working groups composed of faculty, staff and students initiated a series of changes to move our program forward. I know that these changes will make this year an exciting and challenging one for you. Our working groups represent a true partnership and we invite you to be an integral part of our team during your time at CMCC.

Get involved, work hard and know that we are all here to help you become the best chiropractor you can be.

All the best, Lenore Edmunds Dean, Undergraduate Education

From Student Services

Welcome back to returning students and a special welcome to those of you joining us for the first time.

Student Services is here to ensure that the time you spend with us is productive and supportive of your educational and personal goals of becoming competent doctors of chiropractic.

We are here to help you manage all the issues related to your ability to excel in our program, be those personal, financial or academic.

Our team looks forward to getting to know you even better!

Florence Silver Director, Student Services CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 3

Undergraduate Education Room 100 (on the lower level, across from Lab 103b) Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 135 Fax: 416 488 0470 Email: [email protected] Website: registrar.cmcc.ca/newcmcc/index.asp

Have a question? Our door is always open, please drop by!

Dean, Undergraduate Education Executive Assistant Lenore Edmunds Linda Short

ext. 136, [email protected] ext. 135, [email protected]

Administrative Assistant, Year I Administrative Assistant, Year II Lauren Nielson Kathy Carless

ext. 130, [email protected] ext. 198, [email protected]

Director, Education Year I Director, Education Year II Kim Ross Marion McGregor

ext. 166, [email protected] ext. 264, [email protected]

Director, Curriculum & Faculty Director, Education Year III Development Michael Ciolfi Margo Burns

ext. 163, [email protected] ext. 134, [email protected]

Director, Clinical Education and Director, Clinical Education and Patient Care Patient Care Brian Schut Tony Tibbles

ext. 108, [email protected] ext. 138, [email protected]

Associate Dean, Clinics Manager, Clinic Administration Rick Ruegg Susan Rutherford

ext. 184, [email protected] ext. 109, [email protected] 4 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Student Services Student Services is located on the main floor across from the CCPA Hall. Hours of Operation: 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone: 416 482 2344 Fax: 416 646 1114 Email: [email protected]

From left: Katherine, Kim, Florence, Peggy and Jenny

Student Services provides support in the following areas: • financial aid and awards (see pages 49 to 67) • transcripts and grade reports • academic counselling • peer tutoring • personal counselling for students and/or their partners • issues related to the general functioning of CMCC • housing • parking • missed examinations (see page 23) • confirmation of enrolment • change of address/emergency contact

Have a question? We have or will find the answer. We all look forward to serving you. Director of Student Services Florence Silver ext. 102 [email protected] Registrar Kimberley Kelly (interim) ext. 219 [email protected] Financial Aid Administrator Jenny Loor ext. 103 [email protected] Student Administrator Peggy Cleary ext. 187 [email protected] Administrative Assistant Wendy Court ext. 147 [email protected] Recruitment Officer Katherine Tantalo ext. 182 [email protected] Clinical Psychologist Scott Duggan ext. 104 [email protected] CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 5 Services and Facilities

Library Room 326

The CMCC Health Sciences Library supports and enhances your education and training as chiropractors by providing resources in all formats in support of the curriculum, clinical practice and research.

In the library, you’ll find: • a reference/research area with 30 computers • a computer lab with 10 computers for teaching and training • three group study rooms • a silent study on a mezzanine with 40 study carrels • a substantial archival collection accessed through the librarians • a reading room containing nine study tables with a sitting capacity of 10 per table, and two occa- sional tables with comfortable chairs. • 2 media viewing rooms with various equipment for viewing multimedia programs • the Chiropractic Museum and six rare book cabinets • two photocopiers and two print release stations

The current collection consists of 18,000 volumes of books, 205 current journal titles and various electronic databases with access to over 1,500 full text online journals. Our online databases provide web access to thousands of full text journals. In September and throughout the year, we provide orientation classes for all students.

Like all libraries, we have some basic rules: • There are fines for overdue materials. • No food, drink or bottled water allowed.

Hours of Operation: September to June June to September Monday to Thursday 7:30 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Friday 7:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Saturday 10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Sunday 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Closed Hours are subject to change.

We are here to help you. Have a question? Just ask. 6 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Information Technology (IT) Department Rooms 326 and 329 Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 269 Email: [email protected]

IT is responsible for the management of CMCC’s servers, network devices, phone, print and copy systems, internet lines, business applications, data storage, and user accounts. Our Helpdesk is available for assistance with such items as email, MyCMCC access, file storage, setting up wireless access on laptops, issues related to computers, copiers and printers, and general questions about CMCC’s computing and telecommunication environment.

CMCC Student E-Mail Accounts • Email addresses All CMCC Students are provided with a personalized @cmcc.ca e-mail address. You should have received yours in your Student Services Orientation package. See Email Policy on page 34.

• Accessing your email through the internet You can access your email from the internet, inside or outside of CMCC, through our portal at http://portal.cmcc.ca . Type in your Username: e.g. jsmith, and Password: i.e. the 6-digit student number provided by Student Services

Accessing MyCMCC • The student and employee section of the web site is also accessed with your student login and password.

• Here you’ll find links to useful sites hosted by several divisions, including student services, undergraduate education and the library.

• Follow the link on the home page of cmcc.ca and log in with your normal CMCC ID.

Network Storage Space • You have 100MB of storage space on the network which is also accessible remotely through the CMCC portal. For more information visit the IT section of MyCMCC - Use Your U!

How to access CMCC’s wireless internet network • For security reasons, we haven’t included the setup information in the handbook. For all information please visit the IT section of MyCMCC.

Please note Users are required to check their mailbox frequently (at least once a week), and delete or download old messages. A full mailbox will not be operational.

We ask that you remain courteous and do not email entire student groups or “reply all,” without approval from Students’ Council.

The CMCC policy of “Use of Computing and Information Technology” applies to all users. A copy of the policy is available on page 31 of this handbook. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 7

Health Services

Psychological Counselling Services Counselling services are located within the Student Services Division on the main floor. Monday to Thursday (by appointment only) Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 104 Email: [email protected]

The Division of Student Services provides free psychological services to assist students and/or their partners with personal or academic problems, and to assist chiropractic interns with a variety of problems related to their work with patients.

At some point, almost everyone finds they have major concerns that interfere with success, happiness, and satisfaction with life. One of the most helpful ways of dealing with problematic situations and feelings is to talk about them with an experienced psychotherapist or counsellor.

• Counselling – What Is It? Counselling is a process that assists people in working on personal problems. The most common of these problems are anxiety, depression, poor self-image, relationship problems, and family difficulties. Other concerns include, but are not limited to: alcohol and drug problems; anger; bereavement; problems with food or body image; childhood physical, emotional, or sexual abuse; issues related to sexual identity and sexuality; loneliness; loss of motivation and procrastination; physical health concerns; and low self-esteem.

Counselling provides a rare opportunity to be listened to without being judged and without being told what to do or what is “good for you.” It typically involves the exploration of problems in an objective and supportive environment.

• Availability Of Services All services are free to enrolled students. All may attend either individually or accompanied by those with whom they are in committed relationships.

Chiropractic Services Telephone: 416 482 2546

CMCC clinics offer chiropractic services to the public, faculty, staff and students. The clinics also offer a valuable service to field practitioners, who may refer their patients for consultation, examination and radiographic studies. The largest of our clinics is the Campus Clinic.

Hours of Operation: Monday and Wednesday 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Tuesday and Thursday 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Saturday 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.

Chiropractic Fees at the Campus Clinic*: Students, Staff, Faculty No charge Initial visit $25.00 Subsequent visit $15.00 8 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Complementary Health Services (by appointment only) Telephone: 416 482 2546 Registered Massage Therapy (RMT) ext. 165 Acupuncture Services ext. 231

RMT Fees*: 90 minutes $110.00 60 minutes $ 75.00 45 minutes $ 60.00 30 minutes $ 40.00 24 hour cancel/no-show $ 40.00

Acupuncture Fees*: Assessment (1 hr.) $ 80.00 Subsequent (20 min.) $ 45.00 *Fees as of August 2008, may be subject to change without notice.

Food Services Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

Supply Centre And Bookstore Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Telephone: 416 482 1532 (toll free: 1 800 268 8940) Fax: 416 482 9745 Email: [email protected]

The CMCC Supply Centre and Bookstore welcomes students, staff, health care practitioners, and the public.

The Supply Centre carries all textbooks and manuals for classes as well as reference and general interest books. Also available are anatomical models and charts, vitamins and herbs, supports, pillows, gowns, chiropractic office supplies (headrest paper, pamphlets/brochures etc.), portable/stationary adjustment tables, X-ray supplies, sports medicine and rehabilitation supplies, school supplies, photocopy cards, postage stamps and clothing. All revenue supports CMCC and chiropractic education.

Media Services Room 327 Hours of Operation: Monday to Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Telephone: 416 482 2340 (Jay Bowes ext. 161, Mark Zinga ext. 137)

The Media Services team takes photos for ID tags, and helps to manage audio visual equipment throughout CMCC. They can assist you with your multimedia needs, such as creating PowerPoint presentations, and preparing photos for exams. You may also borrow AV equipment from Media Services for CMCC related projects. You will pick up your DVD for HPD (history, physical examination, diagnoses) at Media Services. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 9

Marketing & Communications Room 240 (beside Continuing Education and Alumni Affairs) Email: [email protected]

Have a story to tell or an event to promote? Visit the Marketing & Communications division across from the cafeteria. We’ll be happy to include it in the MyCMCC Digest, published biweekly.

Bad Weather Closings If CMCC is closed due to weather, there will be a message on the phone system, as well as the main page of the website by 7:00 a.m. An announcement will also be sent to local radio and television stations.

Clinics Campus Clinic The largest of our clinics, the Campus Clinic, provides chiropractic care to the public as well as CMCC students and employees. It houses the divisional administrative offices, clinical laboratory, radiology departments, the Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) Clinic, and the Department of Reha- bilitative and Assessment Services (DRAS).

Bronte Harbour Chiropractic Clinic CMCC opened a second clinic in July 2006. This clinic offers a variety of services six days per week, within a mixed residential and commercial setting.

Off Campus Community Based CMCC Clinics are located at: • Anishnawbe Health Toronto This unique clinic provides health care to people of aboriginal origin within the Greater Toronto Area. Interns participate at Anishnawbe three days per week in a multidisciplinary environment, working with traditional native healers, physicians, nurses and other allied health professionals.

• Muki Baum (Adult’s and Children’s) Centres CMCC interns participate at the Muki Baum Centres for dually diagnosed children and adults. The program, operating one-half day a week at each location, provides interns with the opportunity to work with behaviourally, mentally, and physically challenged children and adults to address musculoskeletal ailments.

• St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital was the first fully accredited hospital to offer outpatient chiropractic services in the North Toronto and York Region. At the St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital, hospital patients, hospital staff, and members of the community have access to chiropractic treatment. Clinicians and interns work hand-in-hand with hospital staff to deliver seamless, quality care.

• Sherbourne Health Centre This outpatient clinic provides chiropractic care for patients living within the downtown community. The clinic operates six days per week. Interns participate in rounds presentations, community education, and various activities within the health centre. Clinical faculty sit on various committees within the health centre.

• South Riverdale Community Health Centre (SRCHC) At SRCHC, CMCC interns deliver chiropractic care in a multidisciplinary setting six days per week. The interns participate in the community health information program and outreach programs at SRCHC while working in concert with numerous health professionals within the facility. 10 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Notes: CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 11 Students’ Council Office: 230a Telephone: 416 482 2340 ext. 162 Email: [email protected]

Welcome to the 2008-2009 Academic Year! Students’ Council is pleased to carry on the tradition of creating a collegial atmosphere and enhancing student life at CMCC. One of our goals is to build upon existing CMCC traditions and with your help, create new ones. We have worked diligently to prepare for a fresh new year and we are fortunate to have many enthusiastic members to lead the way!

The Student Handbook was a Students’ Council initiative created for the students with great support from CMCC. Included in your handbook are all significant academic dates, the athletics schedule, student club events, grad fund and social events, as well as Students’ Council meeting dates.

Special thanks to CMCC’s Marketing & Communications division and Student Services for their continued efforts to improve the Student Handbook to serve as a guide for you at CMCC.

Stephen Mogatas Students’ Council President

Back Row: Matthew, Krista and Aliyyah Second Back Row: Crystal, Vanessa and Kenny Second Row: Jessica, Sabrina, Alan and Alim Front Row: Nicole, Stephen and Melissa President Stephen Mogatas [email protected] Vice-President Alim Kara [email protected] Treasurer Jessica Wong [email protected] Athletic Directors Faiz Karim [email protected] Krista Klawitter [email protected] Secretary Sabrina Nicholson [email protected] Social Director Crystal Draper [email protected] Publicity Director Alan Luck [email protected] Yearbook Editors Kenny Budgell [email protected] Nicole Obal [email protected] Year IV Class Reps Ashley Carruthers [email protected] Melissa Hawkins [email protected] Year III Class Reps Christopher Gordon-Tennant [email protected] Vanessa Petrini [email protected] Year II Class Reps Aliyyah Alidina [email protected] Matthew Miller [email protected] Year I Class Reps TBA 12 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Students’ Council Clubs

Advancing Science In Chiropractic Presidents: Edward Cambridge, [email protected] Brendan McLaughlin, [email protected] The Advancing Science in Chiropractic club provides a forum in which the world’s leading musculoskeletal researchers can present to the students of CMCC. The aim is to foster the students’ development as evidence based practitioners.

A.R.T. Club Presidents: Matt Wong, [email protected] Faiz Karim, [email protected] Conrad Tang, [email protected] Active Release Techniques (A.R.T.) is a soft tissue therapy patented by Dr. Mike Leahy. Through our meetings we hope to improve our touch, learn common symptom patterns and to practice the protocols that we have learned through the 4-day A.R.T. ® seminars. Last year, Dr. Pajaczkowski and Dr. Sajko volunteered their time with us and we benefited from their experience with athletes. The aim is to have group sessions twice a month.

Beyond Boundaries President: Carina Honga, [email protected] Beyond Boundaries is a club with the ambition of fostering social responsibility through greater understanding of the interconnectedness of the human societies and the plurality of the worlds’ peoples. This is facilitated by group discussions on a variety of themes related to contemporary global issues, including (but not limited to) multiculturalism, globalization, health, human rights, religion and public policies. Beyond this forum, other activities and events include film nights, and the annual Global Lounge charity event. Global Lounge is a night of cultural celebration, great food, music and world stories.

In an effort to “Think Globally, Act Locally,” this year will also see the initiation of community- based projects in North York, self-development workshops for students, and fundraising to build a fresh water well for an impoverished overseas community. The possibilities are endless. Come to share your ideas and perspectives, join us on film nights, contribute, and be the change.

Building Bridges President: Luciano Di Loreto, [email protected] Building Bridges is designed to encourage integration and collaboration among professional health care students through maintaining open communication and a commitment to health care improvement. Building Bridges believes that by working together, health care students can contribute significantly to a unified health care community. We believe that by building stronger bridges, health care delivery can better benefit the patient, the providers and ultimately the entire system.

Chiropractic Business Club President: Melanie Abbott, [email protected] The Chiropractic Business Club was established in 2004 by past president Angela Pucci to expose students to the business of running a chiropractic practice. We invite guest speakers to the CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 13

school once a month to discuss various business related topics. Last year, guests spoke about the importance of practice appraisals, internal/external marketing, types of chiropractic practices and networking.

Chiro Enviro Club President: Kimberly Pugh, [email protected] The Chiro Enviro Club (CEC) is committed to encouraging and promoting environmental awareness around campus and in the community. All individuals are encouraged to participate in exchanging ideas that will improve waste reduction, energy efficiency, and other eco-issues that affect the learning and working environment at CMCC. This is an open-concept organization, run by students who are free to join at any time.

Chiropractic Research Rounds Presidents: Navaz Habib, [email protected] Kirsten Baxter, [email protected] The Chiropractic Research Rounds Club was developed by recent CMCC graduates (Dr. Alex Lee & Dr. Farhan Khandwalla, Class of ‘07) who realized the value in a club for students in all years of study. This club balances evidence based medicine with clinical practice through presentations given by students and guest lecturers (including clinicians, residents, external practitioners and specialty professionals), on recent and relevant literature. Because health care advances rapidly, it is imperative for students, interns and practitioners to remain current on recent research topics. The Chiropractic Research Rounds Club prepares students for clinic and provides an opportunity for interns and clinicians to remain up to date, while facilitating evidence based and clinical contemplation.

Christian Chiropractic Fellowship (CCF) President: Jairus Quesnele, [email protected] The aim of CCF is to come together as a faith based community within CMCC that has the intent and purpose to glorify God and uplift each other in fellowship. Activities and events of the past years include: an outreach program feeding families of the Regent Park community, sponsorship of a child (Nantumbwe Joyce), meetings, Bible studies and speakers.

Friends In Chiropractic Club President: Allen Ng, [email protected] Friends in Chiropractic invites speakers to discuss the principles, philosophy and practice of chiropractic. All open minded and critical thinking individuals are encouraged to participate. Speakers within the chiropractic community will often cover topics such as practice styles, philosophies, techniques and practice management concepts. The club is a resource for students and provides opportunities for them to meet and discuss relevant topics with practicing chiropractors.

The Geriatric Connection Presidents: Vanessa Petrini, [email protected] Aveshnee Pillay, [email protected] The Geriatric Connection is dedicated to educating students in the importance of patient focused care for the geriatric population. We educate students with regard to professional interactions with the elderly through events such as interactive seminars, volunteer work at seniors’ residences and external conferences. In turn, outreach to the geriatric population raises awareness of chiropractic services that are available and may help improve their quality of life. 14 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Gonstead Club President: Kimberly Pugh, [email protected] The Gonstead Club furthers the understanding of the art, science and philosophy of chiropractic, and its application through introducing the Gonstead technique system to students. The Gonstead technique system involves a meticulous analysis of the patient to determine the necessary corrective measures to take. This system is based on the teachings and research of Dr. Clarence S. Gonstead.

Men’s Hockey Club Captain: Philip Knapp, [email protected] The Men’s Hockey Club is one of the most active clubs at CMCC. With over 30 members, many playing actively each week, the club is a strong presence both at CMCC and throughout the GTA. We currently ice two competitive hockey teams, play in a league at York University and plan to attend tournaments in the GTA and beyond. We have a long-standing reputation and are current Chiro Games hockey finalists. The Men’s Hockey Club is supervised by Dr. Brian Schut.

Women’s Hockey Team: CMCC Carvers Captain: Nathalie Taraban-Lagois, [email protected] The Women’s Hockey Team is alive, strong and growing! We play once a week in a community league during the winter season and in 2-3 tournaments a year, in surrounding cities such as Oshawa and Etobicoke. The team consists of players with varying levels of experience. All players are welcome!

Motion Palpation Institute Club Presidents: Dean McDougall, [email protected] Peter Lejkowski, [email protected] Edward Cambridge, [email protected] Motion Palpation Institute Club promotes the learning and practical application of motion palpation, a diagnostic technique used by chiropractors to locate joint dysfunction within the spinal column and the extremities. The Motion Palpation Institute Club helps students improve motion palpation techniques as well as improve the efficiency in manual adjusting techniques.

Muay Thai Club President: Jim Stavropoulos, [email protected] Muay Thai Club teaches one of the world’s most effective martial arts. The first half of each class consists of a cardio / fitness routine to high energy music. The second half of the class consists of training in basic technique. These classes are designed to teach novice and experienced students the key components to Muay Thai. Classes are 1.5-2 hrs long, twice a week. Equipment required is shorts and a top. Shoes are optional. All students must purchase hand-wraps and bag gloves for training. The cost of $2 per class will go towards purchasing equipment.

Outdoor Activity Klub President: Sana Tahir, [email protected] Outdoor Activity Klub (OAK) is dedicated to planning exciting adventures for students who enjoy keeping active in the outdoors. In the past, events have included paint-balling, rock-climbing, the Winter Cavitation trip and white-water rafting. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 15

Paediatrics Club Presidents: Jodie Longfield, [email protected] Karen Smith, [email protected] The Paediatrics Club aims to educate and inspire CMCC students regarding the importance of chiropractic care for the paediatric population. We provide an opportunity for members to learn about its benefits, recognize some orthopaedic assessments and techniques, as well as understand the available research. Our mission is to help students learn both the art and science of paediatric chiropractic.

Soft Tissue Club President: Sana Tahir, [email protected] The Soft Tissue Club at CMCC offers hands-on exposure and discussion on soft tissue management techniques including, but not limited to: Trigenics, massage therapy, augmented soft tissue mobilization, and various stretching techniques (P.I.R., P.N.F., etc). Students will have the opportunity to gain experience in these techniques with CMCC clinicians, various practitioners in the field and other students who have certifications or course hours in a variety of different soft tissue management systems.

South Asian Chiropractic Student Association (SACSA) President: Ranjith Mahendranathan, [email protected] SACSA is a professional student organization designed to educate and promote the chiropractic profession to the South Asian community. Through informational seminars, participation in local community events, and partnerships with South Asian organizations, SACSA believes that the chiropractic profession can be successfully projected to the rapidly growing South Asian community. SACSA aims to provide a better health care experience for the South Asian community but also to increase the growth and success of the chiropractic profession.

Sports Club President: TBA The Sports Club provides students with interactive presentations from prominent speakers in the realm of sports injuries, sports medicine practices, sports nutrition, diagnostic techniques and treatment protocols. The club offers students in-depth exposure to sport specific practices as an adjunct to the CMCC curriculum. Club presenters offer their research and clinical expertise to students in an open forum and encourage active learning in a casual environment.

Thompson Technique Club President: Brock Van Dyke, [email protected] Thompson Technique is a full spine technique emphasizing high velocity, low amplitude (HVLA) adjustments using a drop table mechanism. The goal of the Thompson Club is to introduce students to the theory and application of this technique. Through a hands-on environment, the students will have the opportunity to learn the leg length analysis and corresponding adjustments. Thompson Technique benefits doctors (and students) by decreasing adjusting forces and limiting the body’s wear and tear. Many geriatric, pediatric and acute patients also prefer it because of the low force and decreased rotation. 16 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Ultimate Frisbee Team Captains: Stephen Mogatas, [email protected] Stephen Truszkowski, [email protected] Ultimate Frisbee was introduced to CMCC as an intramural sport in 2003. It combines the speed and athleticism of field sports, maintaining its integrity as self officiated with an emphasis on playing with spirit. “Chuck” is registered with the Toronto Ultimate Club and competes with high-level teams throughout the GTA. League play and tournaments are scheduled throughout the year and practices are held year round. Players are invited from Years I-IV, the Graduate Studies Program, and CMCC Alumni.

World Congress Of Chiropractic Students (WCCS) Presidents: Sarah Hatherly, [email protected] Sana Tahir, [email protected] WCCS members have an interest in the realities of practicing in different countries. Representa- tives attend an annual international congress where delegates of chiropractic schools from around the world debate proposals on issues relevant to chiropractic students and the profession. The club organizes presentations on practicing chiropractic in various countries, and includes such information as the country’s chiropractic philosophy and the process of becoming certified there. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 17

Student Council Significant Dates

August 2008 25-28 Monday - Thursday • Orientation Week September 2008 4 Thursday • Clubs Day • WCCS Beach Bash 12 Friday • Chiro Games Carnival 17-21 Wednesday - Sunday • Chiro Games October 2008 1 Wednesday • SC Cancer Bake Sale 6-10 Monday - Friday • Thanksgiving Food Drive 16 Thursday • Post Mod Party 27-30 Monday - Thursday • Halloween Candy Grams 27-31 Monday - Friday • Ultimate Frisbee Tournament 31 Friday • Halloween Dance November 2008 10 Monday • SC Tim Horton’s Day 10-14 Monday - Friday • Basketball Tournament 14 Friday • Basketball Booster December 2008 10 Wednesday • Post Mod Party January 2009 9 Friday • Welcome Back Mixer 12-16 Monday - Friday • Volleyball Tournament 16 Friday • Volleyball Booster 26-30 Monday - Friday • Floor Hockey Tournament 30 Friday • Floor Hockey Booster 31 Saturday • Midnight Murmur February 2009 9 Monday • SC Tim Horton’s Day 9-12 Monday - Thursday • Valentine’s Candy Grams March 2009 9-13 Monday - Friday • Indoor Soccer Tournament 13 Friday • Indoor Soccer Booster 13 Friday • WCCS Early St. Patty’s Day 20 Friday • Innate Show Insert Tab 2 after this page (between p.18 and p.19) : Academic Policies, Procedures, and Regulations

18 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

April 2009 9 Thursday • SC Easter Egg Hunt 13-17 Monday - Friday • SC Campaign Week 21 Tuesday • SC Speeches 22 Wednesday • SC Elections 24 Friday • Class Rep Elections 20-24 Monday - Friday • Unleash Your Potential Dodge Ball Tournament 24 Friday • Unleash Your Potential Dodge Ball Booster May 2009 4-8 Monday - Friday • Softball Tournament 5 Tuesday • Volunteer Appreciation Lunch 7 Thursday • SC End of Year BBQ CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 19 Policies, Procedures, and Regulations

Academic Policies And Procedures This section outlines the academic policies at the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College. These policies and regulations have been developed to protect the rights and responsibilities of students and to maintain the academic integrity and ethical standards of CMCC.

It is the responsibility of students to read and become familiar with policies and regulations. Failure to be well informed is an insufficient explanation for breach of policies or regulations.

CMCC reserves the right to change academic policies, regulations and procedures. Such changes will become effective at the discretion of CMCC and changes will be posted on the “Policy Update” page on the website (www.cmcc.ca) following formal approval.

Questions and clarification regarding policies, regulations and procedures are to be directed to Student Services.

Assessment Course outlines inform students of the assessment criteria to be used in a particular course. The composition of a final grade may include but are not limited to integrated examinations, course specific examinations, surprise quizzes, term tests, laboratory exams and assignments, problem sets, case write-ups, essays, oral class presentations, take-home examinations, attendance, verbal participation, TBLs, PBLs, Objective Structured Practical Examinations (OSPEs), Objective Structured Clinical Exami- nations (OSCEs), or practical examinations. Students must meet the published requirements in each course to avoid academic penalties.

Any change to the assessment criteria documented on the course outline must be agreed to in writing by the faculty member and at least 80% of the students registered in the course, and must be approved by the Dean, prior to implementation. 20 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Grades Course grading will be documented on the course outline. For courses graded with a percentage, the minimum passing grade is 60%.

Letter Grade Percentage Grade Point A+ 90 to 100 4.00 A 85 to 89.9 4.00 A‑ 80 to 84.9 3.70 B+ 77 to 79.9 3.30 B 73 to 76.9 3.00 B‑ 70 to 72.9 2.70 C+ 67 to 69.9 2.30 C 63 to 66.9 2.00 C- 60 to 62.9 1.70 F 0 to 59.9 0.00 W Withdraw with penalty 0.00 P Passed Supplemental 1.70 INC Incomplete may be assigned by the course coordinator if there is any outstanding work. Students must resolve the outstanding work within specified time lines and meet the promotional standards before proceeding in the program. Once work is completed the INC grade is changed to either a letter grade or descriptive designation as specified on the course outline.

Descriptive Designation Pass (Met expectations) Fail (Failed to meet expectations)

History, Physical Examination and Diagnosis (HPD) The HPD (History, Physical Examination and Diagnosis) are formative assessments that provide an opportunity to assess a student’s clinical integration and decision making skills within a controlled clinical environment. Grades for HPDs are recorded as follows:

• Year I & II Pass (Met expectations) Fail (Failed to meet expectations) • Year III Distinction (Excelled in expectations) Merit (Exceeded expectations) Pass (Met expectations) Fail (Failed to meet expectations) CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 21

Grade Point Average (GPA) Grade point average (GPA) is calculated per year and over the entire academic history (Year GPA or Cumulative GPA). Grade Point Averages are weighted calculations based on the grade received and the credit value of the course. Pass/Fail final grades and the results of Year I, II, & III HPD assessments are not included in the GPA calculations.

Academic Status Dean’s List Dean’s List for academic excellence is awarded to students who receive an end-of-year GPA of 3.70 or greater.

Good Standing Promotion with good standing to the next year is determined when all assessments are complete and a minimum post-supplemental, end-of-year GPA of 2.00 is achieved.

Academic Probation Students whose post-supplemental, cumulative or end-of-year GPA is less than 2.00 but greater than 1.70 will be placed on academic probation. Students will be notified by letter from the Registrar. All students on academic probation will be required to meet with the Director, Education for their year, before registering for the following year.

Students on academic probation must achieve a yearly GPA of 2.50 in their following year of study and must maintain this until their cumulative GPA reaches the 2.00 necessary for graduation.

Academic Withdrawal Students who fail a year lose credit for the entire academic year and may be required to withdraw from the program (as defined under the Promotion Regulations).

Students are responsible for ensuring that they are familiar with the Satisfactory Scholastic Standard Policy specified in provincial/federal loan policies. In the instance of a student’s non-compliance with the provincial/federal Satisfactory Scholastic Standard Policy requirements, CMCC is required to notify the appropriate government agency. The student’s ability to receive Provincial/Federal loans may be affected. Compliance with the Satisfactory Scholastic Standard Policy requirements is the responsibility of the student. A fee will be assessed to the student by CMCC for any confirmation of reinstatement which is submitted on behalf of a student.

Leave of Absence A student may request a leave of absence in extenuating circumstances for a maximum of one year. Each request is reviewed on an individual basis by the Dean, Undergraduate Education and the Director, Student Services. Leaves of absence are included as part of the residency duration in the program.

Residency cannot exceed five years.

Promotion Regulations The minimum passing final grade is 60%. Students are not allowed to advance to a higher year of study until all components of the preceding year are successfully completed, or until, at the discretion of the Promotions and Graduation Committee, arrangements are made to allow for completion of a failed course(s). 22 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Years I, ll & lll A student enrolled in Year I, ll or lll who, after supplemental privileges, fails a course and whose post- supplemental yearly GPA is 2.00 or higher will have their circumstances reviewed by the Promotions and Graduation Committee. The Promotions and Graduation Committee will consider the student’s past academic performance, any untoward circumstances and the course content and weighting of the failure. The Promotions and Graduation Committee will determine what steps must be taken before the student may continue in the program.

A student enrolled in Year I, ll, or lll who, after supplemental privileges, fails a course, and whose post- supplemental yearly GPA is less than 2.00 but greater than 1.70 will have their circumstances reviewed by the Promotions and Graduation Committee. The Promotions and Graduation Committee will consider the student’s past academic performance, any untoward circumstances and the course content and weighting of the failure. The Promotions and Graduation Committee will determine whether the student will be allowed to continue in the program on academic probation or will be considered to have failed the year. If the student is determined to have failed the year they will retain no credit for any subject taken but be allowed to register and repeat all courses during the following academic year.

A student enrolled in Year I, ll, or lll who, after supplemental privileges, fails a course, and whose post- supplemental yearly GPA is less than 1.70 will be considered to have failed the year. The student will retain no credit for any subject taken in the year but will be allowed to register and repeat all courses during the following academic year.

A student enrolled in Year I or ll must pass the end-of-year OSCE in order to proceed to the subsequent year. Students have a maximum of two opportunities to sit the OSCE: the first examination and one supplemental examination. If a student fails the supplemental OSCE examination their circumstances will be reviewed by the Promotions and Graduation Committee. The Promotions and Graduation Committee will determine what steps must be taken before the student may continue in the program.

A student enrolled in Year III must pass all courses in order to sit for the clinic entrance OSCE. Students have a maximum of two opportunities to sit the Clinic Entrance OSCE: the first examination and one supplemental examination. If a student fails the supplemental examination, the entire Year III must be repeated. A student may not proceed into Year IV unless he/she has passed all courses as well as the Clinic Entrance OSCE.

Year IV A student enrolled in Year IV must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 in order to graduate.

A student enrolled in Year IV who fails to pass any clinical component of CE 4405 or a course designated as fourth year, and whose post-supplemental yearly GPA is 2.00 or higher will be considered to have failed. The student is required to repeat the clinical component or fourth year course to the satisfaction of the instructor in order to meet the graduation requirements.

A student enrolled in Year IV who, after remedial and supplemental privileges, fails any clinical component of CE 4405 or a course designated as fourth year and whose sessional GPA is less than 2.00 will be considered to have failed and must repeat a remedial clinical rotation (six months) including the assessment of 10 new patients and the provision of 100 subsequent visits. At the end of the remedial rotation, the intern will be re-assessed through the usual clinical examination process and must pass all components and courses and attain a GPA of no less than 2.00 in order to graduate. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 23

Graduation Every candidate for graduation as a Doctor of Chiropractic must be at least twenty‑one years of age and of good moral character. Candidates must give satisfactory evidence that they:

• have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 over all modules/courses; • have completed all modules/courses; • have completed an investigative project or otherwise completed requirements for that course; • have completed the prescribed clinical requirements; • have discharged all financial obligations; • have taken the Chiropractic Oath prior to receiving their degree; • have met all other requirements. Graduates with high academic standing will receive one of the following notations on their official transcripts and degree.

• Cum Laude - Graduates who have a cumulative GPA of 3.70 to 3.79. • Magna Cum Laude - Graduates who have a cumulative GPA of 3.80 to 3.89. • Summa Cum Laude - Graduates who have a cumulative GPA of 3.90 to 4.00.

Students who have completed all requirements for graduation assume official status as graduates of CMCC on the date of Convocation.

In exceptional circumstances, a student who has completed all requirements for graduation may request to take the Chiropractic Oath prior to Convocation. However, in all cases the date of Convocation remains the official date of graduation from CMCC.

Degrees and official transcripts noting graduation from CMCC will only be released from the Registrar’s Office after Convocation.

Graduation does not give the graduate the right to practice. A license to practice may be obtained by fulfilling the qualifications required by the regulatory body of the appropriate jurisdiction. Refer to the Examining Boards section of the Academic Calendar for Board contact information.

Duplicate Diploma Policy CMCC will offer graduates the opportunity to order up to 3 duplicate diplomas at a cost determined annually by CMCC. A duplicate diploma will be identical to the original except for the words “Duplicate Diploma” placed over the seal.

Procedures Request for duplicate diplomas made at the time students register for convocation will be available at convocation. Requests at any other time will be subject to additional fees and a wait time of up to three months.

Examination Regulations and Procedures Examinations are to be written at the time scheduled by the faculty member or outlined on the Exami- nation Schedule provided by the Office of the Dean, Undergraduate Education.

A student who misses an assessment weighted at less than 5% must speak to the faculty member to determine how or what if anything they can do to make up the missed assessment. Any student who is unable to write an examination or other assessment, weighted at 5% of the total course grade or more, at the scheduled time due to illness or other exceptional circumstances, must inform the Registrar no 24 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 later than one school day after the examination. The student must provide a completed Health Certifi- cate, and/or other relevant documentation, within three (3) business days of the absence. The Health Certificate is available on the MyCMCC website. The Director, Student Services will contact the Dean, Undergraduate Education and where appropriate or feasible, a make-up examination will be scheduled within one (1) month of the original examination date.

Students who do not write an examination and do not provide the documentation outlined in the paragraph above, will receive a mark of zero for that examination.

Students’ final grades are confidential and unofficial until posted by the Registrar. It is the responsibility of each student to provide the Office of the Registrar a forwarding address and telephone number where he/she may be reached after the final examinations are over. Information regarding examination marks will not be released over the telephone.

Examination Procedures An examination is defined as any testing procedure used to assess the academic progress and abilities of students, whether or not supervised.

The following regulations apply to all examinations:

1. Students will provide their own writing instrument(s).

2. Authorized books are permitted for open book examinations only.

For all examinations conducted during the official examination period, the following items or descriptions are non-exhaustive and the final decision will be made by the proctor(s).

1. (a) The following are not allowed in the examination room: bags, purses, notes - including prepared notes such as crib/cue sheets, word lists/memory aids, and electronic and telecommunication devices – including, but not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, MP3 players, CD players, programmable calculators, programmable pens, personal assistant devices and personal computers. (b) Students will not be allowed in the examination room wearing hats, coats, tops with hoods, pouches or pockets, or pants with large pockets.

2. Examination materials will be placed on the desks prior to the students entering the examination venue. No students will be admitted to the examination room during the distribution of the examination materials.

3. Seating is assigned on a random basis for all examinations. Seat numbers are posted outside the examination room. It is the responsibility of the student to check and confirm their seat number prior to each examination.

4. No one other than the candidates, the proctors, and authorized personnel will be allowed in the examination room.

5. Students must arrive at the examination venue fifteen (15) minutes prior to the examination time and sit in their assigned seats. Talking is not permitted while students are in the examination venue.

6. To minimize disruption for students who arrive on time, the doors to the examination venue will be closed at two (2) minutes prior to the starting time.

7. Students arriving late will be allowed to enter either at fifteen (15) minutes or at thirty (30) minutes after the start of the examination. No additional time will be given to students who arrive late. Signage will be posted outside the examination venue indicating the time at which the CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 25

examination started.

8. Students arriving more than thirty (30) minutes late for an examination must report to the Reg- istrar’s Office. If the Registrar’s Office deems the situation appropriate, then another venue will be determined for the examination to be taken.

9. A student who arrives late for an examination after one half or more of the time allowed for the examination has passed will not be allowed to write the examination.

10. Once a student enters the examination room, he/she can only leave the room if he/she is accompanied by a proctor during the duration of the assessment.

11. Students are required to sign the attendance record provided and must have their student cards available for purposes of identification.

12. The chief proctor will indicate the beginning of the exam, at which time the student will turn his/ her examination over, write his/her name and student number on the examination booklet and begin.

13. Examination materials will be removed from unoccupied desks.

14. The examination booklet and computer answer sheet must be kept in front of the examinee at all times.

15. Students who need to write notes during the examination may do so, on any sheet with the exception of the bubble sheet and the short answer sheets. Any bubble sheets found to have notes on them will be considered as crib sheets.

16. If a student feels that any question is ambiguous, he/she must write the question number on the cover of the examination booklet and describe the specific problem in the margin beside the question.

17. The computer answer sheet and answer booklet are the only acceptable documents for the determination of a student’s mark on an exam. The examination booklet may be referred to in the unlikely event that the computer answer sheet is lost.

18. No examination booklet, answer booklet or other material issued for the examination may be removed from the examination room by any student.

19. No student may leave the examination room until half the time allotted for the examination has passed and the attendance sheet has been signed and tallied.

20. Students will not be allowed to leave the examination room for bathroom breaks within the first or last thirty minutes of any exam.

21. Students will not be permitted to leave the examination venue during the last fifteen (15) minutes of the examination.

22. Upon completion of the exam, a student must remain seated at his/her desk and raise his/her hand to indicate completion. After a proctor has collected the examination materials the student may leave. Both the student and the proctor may be required to sign a “hand-in” sheet to verify that the examination has been properly collected.

23. The chief proctor will advise students of the time remaining at half time, and when ten (10) minutes and five (5) minutes are remaining.

24. The chief proctor will announce the termination of the exam, at which time students will place their pencils down and remain seated at their desks to await collection of their papers. 26 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Remediation Any student who fails an assessment is encouraged to seek remediation under the supervision of the appropriate faculty member or Director of Education. The student may request to review his/her examination. The purpose of this remediation process is to identify areas of weakness in order to assist the student with preparation for the remedial examination.

Examination Re-Reads When a student believes that his/her performance is not adequately reflected in his/her grade on an exam, the student may request a re-read by petitioning the Registrar in writing and paying the re-read fee.

The petition must be filed within two weeks of the grade being posted.

The attending parties at the re-read will be the following:

1. the student, or if he/she is unable to attend due to distance or expense or circumstances beyond his/her control, a designate who is chosen by the Students’ Council;

2. the instructor(s);

3. the Registrar or designate.

The presence of any other party shall not be allowed. The purpose of the re-read is to re-evaluate the grade and clarify the areas of the student’s academic weakness. The student is allowed to bring only the required textbook(s) or course materials for the course. No tape recording is allowed. The student will be given an opportunity to review his/her paper during the re-read. If, after the re-read, the grade has been changed to the advantage of the student, the re-read fee will be refunded.

Remedial and Supplemental Examinations Students who receive less than 60% on any assessment in a course are encouraged to seek help either through work with faculty or the Peer Tutoring Program.

Remedial examinations will be conducted for students who have a course average of less than 60% on all assessments to date upon completion of the second module for the course (or after the first module for courses that are completed in two modules or less). All remedial exams will be course specific. If a student passes the remedial examination they will receive a grade of 60% for all assessments completed in the first two modules. If a student receives a remedial grade of less than 60%, they will get the higher of either their original two module results or the score on the remedial.

Supplemental Examination Students whose final grade after taking a remedial examination(s) in a course is less than 60% but greater than 40% is offered a supplemental examination. Any student may write up to 30% of their total credit weight for the year as supplemental exams provided that their post-supplemental yearly GPA would be greater than 1.70.

Examinations Fees Official Re-read $ 50 Theory, OSPE or Practical Remedial or Supplemental Examination Component** $ 25 Practical Component Remedial or Supplemental Examination* $ 25 Year I & II OSCE Supplemental* $150 Year III OSCE Supplemental* $250 Year IV Clinic Mid Term or Clinic Exit Supplemental Examination* $250 Year IV Clinic Mid Term or Clinic Exit Component Remedial or Supplemental Exam* $ 75 *per examination, non-refundable **per component CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 27

Payment of the Remedial/Supplemental Examination fee (see above) is due 2 business days prior to the date of the examination. A student who does not pay the fee in advance will not be permitted to take the examination.

Timetable of Events for Supplemental Examinations 1. Before sitting the final examinations, students must inform the Registrar, in writing, of any circumstances which may precipitate an appeals procedure (see below).

2. Final course results must be sent to the Registrar within two (2) weeks from the date of the examination or completion of the course.

3. The Registrar compiles marks and identifies any failures.

4. The Registrar notifies the supplemental examination candidates by registered or hand delivered letters within two (2) weeks of receipt of all final grades. It is the responsibility of each student to provide the Registrar a forwarding address and telephone number where they may be reached.

5. Supplemental examinations, both written and practical, are held following a two (2) week remediation period.

6. Students must inform the Registrar in writing before the scheduled sitting of the supplemental examination, of any exceptional circumstance which may require the re-scheduling of the supplemental exam. (Vacation, family visits and work schedules are not considered exceptional circumstances.)

7. Supplemental examinations will be taken before the end of the first week in July.

8. Supplemental examination marks must be returned to the Registrar by the end of the week subsequent to supplemental examinations.

9. A student may not appeal to re-write a failed supplemental exam, except as outlined in the Ap- peals section. The student must initiate the appeal in writing within one (1) week of the mailing or hand delivered notification of the supplemental grade. The Appeals Committee will make every endeavor to meet within two (2) weeks of receipt of appeals.

Academic Appeals CMCC expects the academic judgments of its faculty members and staff to be fair, consistent and objective. This policy ensures that students, whose academic status has been adversely affected, will have access to a thorough, respectful, and impartial review of their concerns.

Procedure In all instances, students who believe that an appropriate grade has not been assigned must first seek to resolve the matter informally with the faculty member and the Director of Education. If a satisfactory resolution cannot be reached the student should contact the Director, Student Services (or his/her representative) within two weeks. The Director, Student Services will provide such advice and assistance as may be required by the student with regard to initiating a formal appeal.

1. If a student wants to appeal a grade on the basis of a concern with the structure or grading of an exam, he/she must first complete an official re-read.

2. Health problems, bereavement or other extenuating circumstances must be documented and brought to the attention of the Director, Student Services at the earliest possible time but no later than one (1) school day after the event. 28 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

3. Circumstances brought to the attention of the above after the one (1) day period may not be used as grounds for an appeal.

4. A formal appeal must be submitted in writing to the Director, Student Services no later than two (2) weeks after final grades have been mailed. Students with outstanding fees will not be sent transcripts and relinquish their rights to appeal until their accounts are cleared.

5. The appeal must be in writing and include: (a) the specific nature of the appeal; (b) the grounds for the appeal; (c) supporting documentation; and (d) the remedy sought. Supporting documentation is essential to assist the Appeals Committee in their deliberations. Such documentation could include: medical certificates, letters of reference, relevant course outlines, curricula, transcripts, previously marked assignments and/or other material that may assist the student appeal. Extenuating circumstances that exist prior to or during exams must be documented at the time the circumstances occur.

6. After satisfying himself/herself that proper procedures have been followed, at his/her discretion the Director, Student Services, in consultation with the Dean, Undergraduate Education may either attempt to resolve the matter in a manner deemed appropriate to all parties or refer the matter directly to the Chair of the Appeals Committee with his/her comments.

7. The student will be informed directly (by mail, email or telephone) of the time and location of the meeting of the Appeals Committee. The student is advised to appear on his/her own behalf; however, the hearing will proceed whether or not the student is in attendance.

8. The Appeals Committee consists of the Chair, the Director, Student Services, three (3) faculty and two (2) students. The Chair and the Director, Student Services are non-voting members. The two (2) student representatives are typically the President of Students' Council and a class representative. Voting is conducted by secret ballot and all votes remain confidential even to the voting members of the Appeals Committee. The outcome of the appeal is determined by majority vote.

9. A decision of the Appeals Committee is binding; only the President of CMCC may, within three (3) working days of receipt of the decision, request the re-evaluation of a decision and then, based only on procedural grounds.

Standards of Student Conduct Preamble These policies are included in this document to assist students in their pursuit of a full and productive experience at CMCC. The Office of Student Services is available to deal with clarification of issues or matters of concern to students. Students are therefore strongly urged to deal with issues and concerns in advance.

The Rights and Freedoms Enjoyed by Students of CMCC Academic freedom is an essential ingredient in the educational process. The freedom, may, at times, cause honest disagreement among faculty and students, or between a student and a faculty member. Inquiry and debate, when conducted under conditions of mutual respect, are almost always productive CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 29 and lead to expanded knowledge. All members of CMCC are encouraged to question, to challenge ideas and to debate concepts in the search for truth, but are cautioned to avoid personal attacks and confron- tation which are destructive to the learning process.

All students enjoy the right to the fullest possible freedom of inquiry. In particular, this includes: • the freedom to communicate in any reasonable way and to discuss and explore any idea; • the freedom to move about CMCC, and to the reasonable use of the facilities of CMCC; • the freedom from discrimination or harassment on the basis of race, ancestry, place of origin, colour, ethnic origin, citizenship, creed, sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, family status or disability.

In addition, all students enjoy the following freedoms in relation to their freedom of association: • the freedom to hold and advertise meetings, to debate and to engage in peaceful demonstrations; • the freedom to organize groups for any lawful purpose; • the freedom of the reasonable use of CMCC facilities for the purpose of any lawful group.

Responsibilities of Students All students enrolled in a professional educational program are expected to maintain a certain standard of behaviour. Upon enrolment at CMCC a student is expected to become cognizant of his or her rights and obligations to: the institution; fellow students; faculty; other professionals; and the public. As in all facets of life, a student must be prepared to abide by certain rules and regulations, some of which may be specific in nature; others more generally defined. For example, while individual taste may govern one’s dress and appearance, it is important that a student enrolled in an educational institution dealing with a health care profession be aware of the public’s image of the profession.

In all regards, CMCC retains the right to ensure that students conduct themselves in a professional manner; both in conduct and appearance. In no case shall the student conduct him/herself in a manner which brings fellow students, CMCC, or the profession into disrepute.

Any breach of conduct involving academic integrity, morality, ethics, or legality on or off campus is subject to disciplinary action. CMCC, as all other institutions, retains the right to initiate disciplinary action in cases where a student conducts himself/herself in a manner unbecoming a member of the educational institution.

All students of the CMCC community are governed by the following policies 1.0 Academic Honesty CMCC recognizes the responsibility of all faculty members, staff, current and former students, and applicants to foster standards of academic honesty and integrity, and to be knowledgeable of, and act in accordance with such standards.

It is a breach of academic honesty to falsely claim credit for the ideas, writing, projects, or creations of others. Similarly, it is a breach of academic honesty to cheat, attempt or actually alter, suppress, falsify or fabricate any research data or results. It is also a breach of academic honesty to aid or abet another individual in an act of academic dishonesty.

All CMCC faculty members, staff and students are expected to be vigilant regarding breaches of academic honesty and are responsible for taking appropriate action when it is believed that a breach of academic honesty has occurred. All suspected breaches of academic honesty will be investigated. A finding of guilt will lead to the imposition of a penalty from a range of sanctions. A lack of familiarity with the policy and guidelines on academic honesty on the part of any member of the CMCC community does not constitute a defence against misconduct. 30 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Procedure During a quiz, test, or examination (any situation in which there is assessment of student performance in a controlled environment):

• When a faculty member(s) or proctor(s) suspects that students are cheating, the faculty member(s) or proctor(s) are to take the following steps before the student leaves the examination venue: 1. take possession of the test(s), examination(s), etc. and any incriminating evidence (e.g., cheatsheets, books) to assist in the investigation; 2. discreetly escort the student(s) to Student Services; 3. provide all of the evidence to Student Services. The Director, Student Services will determine if a recommendation for a disciplinary hearing is appropriate.

These procedures may be subject to alternative action depending on circumstances as they arise on an assignment, project, or research: • When a faculty member suspects that an assignment, project or research has not been completed in compliance with the Academic Honesty Policy he/she should document his/her concerns and provide this document and all of the evidence to the appropriate Director of Education. The Direc- tor, Education will contact the student(s) involved and arrange a time to meet and discuss the allegation(s) with both the student(s) and the faculty member. This meeting is to occur within five business days of the student(s) being notified of the concern. • At the meeting the student will be presented with the allegations and given time to read them. The student may discuss the allegations with the faculty member or the Director of Education. At this time the Director of Education will determine if a suspected breach of the Academic Honesty Policy has occurred and if the issue should be referred to the Director, Student Services.

2.0 Advertising Students are prohibited from advertising outside of CMCC without the written permission of senior administration.

Introduction: This policy on advertising has been created to provide staff, faculty and students at CMCC with clear guidelines regarding all aspects of both internal and external advertising by the institution. It also provides guidelines for the use of internal publicity venues within CMCC and for the proper use of the CMCC logo, nameplate and crest.

Part I Any advertising to promote services, programs or materials offered either for sale or gratis by CMCC must adhere to the following guidelines. This policy also applies to advertising which is sold, or provided in kind, which is contained within CMCC publications or CMCC sponsored publications. 1. Advertising must be in accordance with the mission and vision of CMCC. 2. All ads run by CMCC must be in accordance with the Ontario Human Rights Code, which prohibits discrimination because of age, sex, marital status, race, creed, colour, nation- ality, ancestry, or place of origin. 3. Advertising must not be detrimental to the image of CMCC or the chiropractic profession in any way, and clinic related ads must confirm to CCO guidelines. 4. All ads must be in good taste, i.e., nothing of a salacious or malicious nature may be printed. 5. All advertising must be presented in a professional manner. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 31

6. All advertising must be approved by the Director of Marketing and Communications. 7. All advertising placed by CMCC must adhere to the Visual Identity Guidelines set out in this policy.

Part II Publications/web sites in which CMCC would purchase advertising or receive advertising in kind. 1. The publication/web site must have a proven track record of adherence with the principles set out in the Ontario Human Rights Code, and must have a privacy policy. 2. The publication/web site must not promote products that are illegal or could prove to be detrimental to the image of CMCC or the profession. 3. In the case of the CMCC web site, the site must not provide links to other sites that could prove embarrassing to CMCC or the profession, or which are in conflict with the vision or mission of CMCC.

Part III Fair and consistent use of advertising within CMCC: In order to minimize clutter and to reduce the environmental impact, this policy will allow an appropriate vehicle for student club events and institutional events to be publicized, as well as allow a consistent domain for student population information.

Size of Notices No larger that 11 x 17 inches throughout CMCC except in the gymnasium. Larger posters must have the authorization of the Director of Marketing and Communications.

Location Any bulletin board throughout CMCC set aside for student or institutional notices.

3.0 Attendance Students are expected to attend all classes. Attendance at educational events off campus and travel plans while classes and examinations are in session are not considered as legitimate reasons for miss- ing lectures, laboratories , seminars or assessments of any nature.

3.1 Active Participation/Attendance Requirements Students are responsible for ensuring that they are familiar with the Active Participation/Attend- ance requirements specified in provincial/federal loan policies. In the instance of a student’s non-compliance with these requirements, CMCC is required to notify the appropriate government agency. This will result in the student being deemed to have withdrawn from CMCC for student loan purposes. Compliance with the Active Participation/Attendance requirements is the responsibility of the student. A fee will be assessed to the student by CMCC for any confirmation of reinstatement which is submitted on behalf of a student.

4.0 Computing And Information Technology Computing and information technology facilities may be used only in a manner that does not contravene CMCC's relevant policies, codes, agreements, and network protocols and is subject to the Statues of the Province of Ontario and Canada as amended from time to time.

The users of computer information technology facilities are required to operate within the Comput- ing Code of Conduct (see below). Implicit in this is an obligation to report infractions within this Code. Any use of CMCC's Internet resources for the purpose of engaging in a form of commercial activity not 32 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 directly related to CMCC business, including without limitation, advertising commercial products and transactions involving the purchase and sale of commercial products, is not permitted.

CMCC reserves the right to grant access and utilization of computer and information technology facilities, and inspect any and all files stored in private areas of CMCC's network in order to assure compliance with policy. This includes random on-line monitoring of Internet users as well as the maintenance and review of electronic logs of all Internet websites accessed via CMCC's resources. CMCC reserves the right to review, audit, intercept, monitor and access all messages and files, including without limitation email, on CMCC's on-line systems.

Access to computing and information technology facilities is a privilege. Users who contravene relevant policies and/or the Computing Code of Conduct may be subject to disciplinary procedures, including expulsion and civil liability for damages resulting from a breach of these policies. Where required or appropriate, CMCC will assist outside law enforcement agencies with investigations to the extent permitted by law.

4.1 Code of Conduct for Use of Computing and Information Technology Facilities Users shall: • be responsible for using these facilities in an effective, ethical and lawful manner; • respect the property of others, including intellectual property; • respect the copyrights of the owners of all software and the data they use; • respect the licensing agreements entered into by CMCC; • respect privacy and confidentiality; • use only those facilities for which they have authorization; • use facilities and services for their intended purposes only; • take reasonable steps to protect the integrity and security of the facilities including hardware, software and data; • properly identify themselves in any electronic correspondence and provide valid, traceable; identification if required by applications or servers at CMCC or in establishing connections with the facilities; • ensure that Usernames and passwords are confidential; • acknowledge that any and all software or file(s) downloads via the Internet into CMCC's network or directly onto the user's computer becomes the property of CMCC; • ensure that all files downloaded from the Internet are checked for viruses before the files are run; • recognize that their hardware, software and Internet use will be randomly audited to ensure that software license requirements are met and that there is no activity which is harmful to the systems or any inappropriate information/data is stored thereon.

Users shall not: • access systems or data without authorization, e.g. hacking; • alter systems and/or software configuration provided by CMCC without authorization; • remove from CMCC, without written authorization and approval from the IT Division, any hardware or software licensed to CMCC without having completed a duly executed "Offsite Equipment Release" form; • copy software and/or data without authorization for personal use or distribution; • destroy or remove hardware, software and/or data without authorization or disclose data without authorization; CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 33

• attempt to disable, defeat or circumvent any security facility that has been installed to assure the safety and security of CMCC's networks; • access, archive, store, distribute, edit or record any sexually explicit material using CMCC's network or computing resources; • deliberately or knowingly propagate any virus, worm or Trojan horse; • download or distribute pirated software or data; • download or copy onto CMCC's computer and technological facilities any entertainment software or games or play games against opponents on the Internet; • interfere with the processing of a system (such as deliberately overextending the resources of a system) by unnecessary use of the network or Internet; • misrepresent themselves as another user or as an official representative of CMCC, without express permission; • disclose confidential passwords, access codes, account numbers or other authorizations assigned to them; • change another user’s password without authorization; • use CMCC facilities and resources for unauthorized purposes, including unauthorized commercial purposes.

Internet Users are specifically prohibited from the following type of activities. This list is not inclusive, but identifies inappropriate activities such as: • accessing, copying, storing or transmitting material that could be considered illegal under applicable (including criminal) laws (such material would include for example, and without limitation, material depicting sexual activity involving minors or those perceived or portrayed to be minors); • accessing, copying, storing or transmitting material that is not strictly illegal, but by its nature is inappropriate material for the CMCC environment. (Such material would include for example, and without limitation, material depicting pornographic/sexual acts or inappropriate full/partial nudity); • accessing, copying, storing or transmitting any other material (including jokes and cartoons) that could be considered defamatory, abusive, obscene, profane, or pornographic, which could offend or degrade others; • any use of CMCC's Internet resources for the purpose of engaging in a form of private/personal commercial activity including, without limitation, advertising commercial products and transactions involving the purchase and sale of commercial products; • participating in chain letters; • fraudulently representing another individual or corporation; • any activities that are contrary to the law.

5.0 Copyright And Intellectual Property This policy on copyrights applies to all members of the CMCC community (hereafter called the author) who have developed works that are defined and governed by the Copyright Act of Canada (“the Act” ).

5.1 Definitions Student works are defined as works that are produced by the student as a requirement of the academic program. Full ownership belongs to the student for student works. Faculty who participate in student works as part of their usual duties have no claim to ownership. 34 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

5.2 Rights of CMCC CMCC reserves the right to access student works for the purposes of: a) reference in CMCC’s library; b) circulation within CMCC’s community; c) making single copies to be distributed to other Colleges or Universities; d) publishing the abstract of any student project or thesis. 5.3 Reproduction on a Photocopier Reproduction on a photocopier is governed by the provisions of the Copyright Act of Canada. The reproduction of any work governed by the Copyright Act of Canada, may be an infringement of the Copyright and, therefore, a contravention of the Act. Only an amount less than a substantial part of a protected work can be copied. This includes textbooks and journal articles. a) According to the Copyright Act you may make one (1) copy of a journal article for your own use without written permission from the publisher. However, you may only copy a few pages from a book (less than a chapter) without written permission. b) The following acts do not constitute an infringement of Copyright: any fair dealing with any work for the purposes of private study, research criticism, review, or newspaper summary. c) Neither CMCC, the Health Sciences Library nor the CMCC Supply Centre and Bookstore condone or assume responsibility for any action by students, faculty or alumni with respect to the use of any method of reproduction made. d) The complete text of CMCC's copyright policy is available in the Office of Graduate Educa- tion and Research, in the Library, and in the Library section of CMCC's web site. 5.4 Infringement of The Copyright Act Any infringement of the Copyright Act is subject to disciplinary hearing within CMCC. As well, persons in violation of this Act are subject to civil litigation. CMCC Email Policy – Part A - Students Preamble: CMCC has established an institutional email system for use by students, faculty and staff. The system is used regularly to provide and receive information and documentation among all constituencies of the institution. It is the obligation of all students: 1. To use only their authorized CMCC email account when communicating with faculty and staff. 2. To regularly check their CMCC email accounts. Receipt will be deemed to take place three working days after the successful posting of the email. Working days are defined as Monday through Friday (excepting holidays). Email is not the only method of communication. Additional communication methods shall continue to apply as otherwise provided for in any other CMCC policy or publication. Policy: Only CMCC account email will be considered to be validly sent or received by students. 6.0 Entrepreneurial Activity CMCC is a not-for-profit, charitable, educational institution that receives no government funding. All sources of revenue other than tuition (e.g., Member support, donations, Supply Centre and Bookstore revenues, and Continuing Education revenues) are used to defray tuition costs. Entrepreneurial activities or promotion of such activities that benefit CMCC are encouraged but must be cleared and receive prior written permission from the Director, Student Services or the President. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 35

a) No entrepreneurial activity of any kind is to take place on CMCC's premises unless directly related to fund raising for the Students’ Council, Grad Funds or other institutional organizations or unless specifically authorized by the Director, Student Services. b) Individuals and groups of students, clubs, and organizations enrolled in and subject to the policies established by CMCC, may not profit directly or indirectly from entrepreneurial activity related to activities on campus, or at CMCC related activity off campus, that have not received prior approval. c) No external company, student or group of students, other group or organization may use CMCC premises to solicit or promote the sale of products or services, or engage in any entrepreneurial activity except with the approval of CMCC. d) Promotion of entrepreneurial activities must adhere to the CMCC Policy on Advertising. Any questions with regard to this policy may be vetted through the Director, Student Services

7.0 Facilities CMCC, in the broadest sense, as an educational institution, is the property of the chiropractic profession in Canada. Each student, faculty member, member of the administration, and graduate, has a specific obligation to maintain and improve CMCC on behalf of the institution, the profession, the public, and those individuals who will use the institution in the future. It is of utmost importance that all individuals who enter onto the CMCC premises, maintain the highest respect for the institution and all facilities contained therein. The following policies relate to the use of CMCC facilities by students 7.1 Use by Student Clubs Student organized clubs, recognized by CMCC through the collection of their fees, and student groups recognized by the Students’ Council may be permitted use of CMCC facilities upon request to the Division, Continuing Education and/or Physical Facilities. If an admission fee is charged, the group will be charged a facilities rental fee. In all cases, these groups will pay for any set-up, security, parking, and audio visual costs, as required. 7.2 Duty to Protect CMCC Property No one shall damage or deface any part of the facility, its furnishings or equipment; nor shall they prevent normal use of the facility, its furnishings or equipment; 7.3 Weight and Cardio Room and Pool Facilities The weight and cardio room, and pool facilities are available for student use at times posted. CMCC provides the facilities; the equipment belongs to the Students’ Council. Equipment maintenance and upkeep is the responsibility of all students who use these rooms and the Students’ Council. 7.4 Acceptance of Equipment by CMCC All individuals or companies lending, consigning or donating equipment to CMCC or CMCC student groups must sign a formal Loan/Consignment Agreement and/or a Gifts-In-Kind Donation Form and a Deed of Gift form. The Loan/Consignment Agreement identifies the equipment as either a loan or consignment, the term of the loan (start and end dates) or consignment period, responsibility and/or liability for injury, repairs, damage, theft and the time period required for the alteration or termination of the agreement. A recommendation and acknowledgement of acceptance of the equipment is to be made by the Director of the involved area to the President with an agreement to be signed by the donor, the responsible Director and CMCC’s President. The loan/consignment/donation of all equipment of this nature must be approved, in writing prior to being on CMCC property to ensure, among other things, that it is included in the appropriate insurance policy. 36 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

7.5 Extra-Curricular use of CMCC Facilities CMCC facilities are available for extra-curricular use by students or student organizations. Stu- dents and student organizations wishing to utilize any CMCC facility must consult with the Division of Continuing Education and/or Physical Facilities regarding the most recent regulations. 7.6 Use of Bulletin Boards Specified bulletin boards are available for student use. All posted notices must be pre-approved by the Students’ Council or the Director, Student Services. No notices may be placed other than on designated bulletin boards. 7.7 Food a) Those users of CMCC space who need food services are required to obtain a quote from the Food Service Provider currently on contract with CMCC, unless otherwise not available to provide these services, and are expected to use these services if the quote is comparable to those of outside sources; b) The consumption of food or beverages is prohibited in any area other than the CMCC Cafete- ria, Bistro, common area meeting rooms, and the student lounge, unless specifically designated otherwise. 7.8 Fire Drill Regulations Fire drills are conducted by the institution. CMCC requires that the premises be evacuated by all persons at these times. Students who fail to comply with this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action.

8.0 Non-Discrimination/Harassment 8.1 General Every member of the CMCC community has the right to study, work and conduct his or her activities in an environment free of discrimination and harassment, and supportive of academic achievement, dignity, and self esteem. 8.1.1 CMCC is committed to providing and maintaining such an environment through its policies, regulations and education programs. 8.1.2 This policy applies to all members of the CMCC community in their interaction with other members of the CMCC community and supersedes the Sexual Harassment Policy & Pro- cedures and the Equal Opportunity Policy, except where those policies are incorporated by specific reference in an agreement with a unionized group and/or dealt with by legislation. The CMCC community includes employees, students, patients, visitors, volunteers, and other individuals who work, visit, or study at CMCC. 8.1.3 Nothing contained in this policy shall derogate from the rights, privileges or obligations of the Institution to deal with the issues in a formal manner which then obviates the necessity of dealing with the complaint through dispute resolution. 8.2 Policy 8.2.1 CMCC shall provide a work and learning environment free of discrimination and harassment exercised by or against an individual by reason of race, colour, ancestry, place of birth, national origin, citizenship, creed, religious or political affiliation or belief, sex, sexual orientation, physical attributes, family relationship, age (except as consistent with applicable legislation), physical or mental illness or disability, place of residence, or record of offences. 8.2.2 This policy shall not preclude any equity measures implemented by CMCC or as required by law. 8.2.3 There shall be no harassment or sexual harassment exercised by or against an individual. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 37

8.2.3.1 Harassment means engaging in a course of vexatious comment, verbal abuse or threats, or conduct related to one or more of the prohibited grounds of discrimination under Section 8.2.1 of this policy. 8.2.3.2 Sexual harassment means engaging in a course of vexatious comment or conduct of a sexual nature including sexual assault, verbal abuse or threats, unwelcome sexual invitations or requests, demands for sexual favours or unwelcome innuendo, or taunting about a person’s body, physical appearance or sexual orientation. 8.2.3.3 Conduct and/or behavior also constitutes harassment, whether or not it is based on the prohibited grounds of Section 8.2.1, when it creates an intimidating, de- meaning or hostile working or academic environment. 8.2.4 There shall be no reprisal or retaliation nor any threat of reprisal or retaliation against anyone for pursuing rights under this policy. Any such alleged reprisal or retaliation or threat thereof shall be equivalent grounds for laying a complaint under this policy. 8.2.5 The informal resolution procedure set out in this policy offers a means to resolve complaints in appropriate cases. However, non-compliance with this policy may lead to discipline by CMCC. Any questions regarding the appropriate individual with whom to a file a complaint should be directed to the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services. If it would be inappropriate to contact either one of the Directors above, the other may serve as an alternate. 8.3 Informal Resolution Procedure 8.3.1 Any individual may seek the advice of the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services to discuss situations which may be encompassed by this policy. All such discussions shall be held in accordance with the policies and procedures. The Director, Hu- man Resources or Director, Student Services shall explain these policies to every individual seeking advice. Breach of these Policies by either party involved in the issue, may lead to termination of the informal resolution procedure by the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services. 8.3.2 Individuals who wish to file a complaint of discrimination or harassment with the Human Resources or Student Services Office should seek advice from the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services regarding the procedures that will govern such a complaint. 8.3.3 A complaint may be filed by (an) individual(s) up to six (6) months from the incident, or most recent related episode in a series of incidents, of the alleged discrimination or harassment occurring. 8.3.4 In any meeting the complainant(s) and respondent(s) may be accompanied by a col- league of his or her choosing. 8.3.5 If the circumstances giving rise to a complaint under this policy independently give rise to proceedings before a Board of Inquiry under the Ontario Human Rights Code or to proceedings in the courts or to the laying of a criminal charge, or to proceedings under the Grievance Procedure or the Code of Student Conduct Discipline Procedure, then the complaint and resolution procedures set out herein may, at the option of the Institution, be terminated or alternatively suspended until such proceedings are concluded. 8.4 Initiating The Complaint 8.4.1 Following consultation with the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Serv- ices, the complainant(s) may elect to file a complaint which shall be in writing, signed and dated, setting out the circumstances of the alleged discrimination or harassment, naming the respondent(s) and authorizing the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services to attempt informal resolution. 38 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

8.5 Informal Resolution 8.5.1 Within five (5) working days of receiving the written complaint, the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services shall provide the respondent(s) with a copy and invite the respondent(s) to reply in writing. 8.5.2 The respondent(s) shall have fifteen (15) working days after receiving the request to respond in writing to the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services. 8.5.3 The Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services shall provide a copy of the response to the complainant and attempt to discuss the complaint with both parties and may conduct informal mediation in an effort to resolve the complaint in a manner acceptable to both parties. 8.5.4 If the terms of resolution entail action by CMCC, CMCC shall agree to undertake such action by signing the written resolution document. If CMCC refuses to undertake such action, it shall state in writing to the parties why it refuses to do so. 8.5.5 If resolution is achieved, both parties shall sign a statement of the terms of the resolution which shall be filed with the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services. 8.5.6 If a resolution is not reached within thirty (30) working days of providing the respondent with a copy of the complaint, the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services will so inform the parties in writing and terminate the proceedings of the informal resolution leaving the option for more formal proceedings to be initiated. 8.5.7 Complaint files maintained by the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services pursuant to this policy shall be confidential and may not be introduced in subsequent investigations or proceedings except as provided in section 8.6 below, or unless compelled by law. The Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services may not appear as witnesses in any dispute resolution process arising from the application of this policy or in any subsequent investigations or proceedings unless compelled by law. 8.6 Retention of Files 8.6.1 All documents related to a complaint will be retained in confidence for ten (10) years in the Director, Human Resources or Director, Student Services Office and then will be shred- ded. Such files in the Director, Human Resources’ or Director, Student Services’ Offices can be accessed only when there is reason to believe that there is a pattern of harassment. 9.0 Parking Parking for students is available for eligible permit holders only. Please note that priority for parking passes will be given to students who live farthest from CMCC, and students who car pool/share a parking spot.

a) CMCC assumes no liability for any damage, whether direct or indirect, howsoever caused to person or property relating to the use of parking facilities at CMCC or by CMCC students, faculty, administration, visitors or others. b) Any student wishing to park at CMCC is required to purchase an annual parking pass. Daily parking passes are reserved for clinic patients and visitors to CMCC, and, therefore, are not available to students. c) In order to maintain good community relations, students are not permitted to park on residential streets surrounding CMCC or in non-pay parking lots in the vicinity of CMCC, in contravention of any by-laws or legal requirements relating to such parking. Students who do not comply with this regulation may be subject to a fine and disciplinary action. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 39

9.1 Parking Violations Students with parking passes are subject to all rules and regulations as outlined on the Parking Con- tract obtained at the time they purchase the Parking Pass. Improper parking may also be subject to towing or civil litigation. Parking is available for students who have paid their parking fee. Students who park at the premises without appropriate payment will be ticketed and/or towed. Any fines relating to parking infractions will be added to a student's account and will be required to be paid as part of tuition costs.

10.0 Privacy Policy: Access to Student Information Advocacy Access to applicant or student information by a third party is prohibited except where signed consent from the applicant or student is provided.

The signed consent will allow for access to information but cannot authorize the delegation by the applicant and/or student to make decisions on his or her own behalf by any other party.

For the purposes of example, a student may authorize in writing a parent to receive the grades of the student or to obtain the status of a student enrolled at CMCC. The authorization cannot be used for the purposes of the parent making decisions with respect to such matters as appeals or financial arrangements without the student being present and agreeing to the decision.

A third party who has received signed authority on behalf of an applicant and/or student may only advocate on behalf of the student in the presence of that student.

This policy applies only to persons not directly involved in the application or education process.

11.0 Professional Guidelines All students enrolled at CMCC are prohibited from providing treatment, advice, or acting in a clinical manner, as it relates to a health profession for which he or she is not licensed or registered in Ontario, with any person inside or outside of CMCC unless under the supervision and direction of a clinician. Each student enrolled at CMCC is strictly prohibited from practicing and/or holding himself/herself out as a chiropractor. Students are subject to the rules, regulations and policies established from time to time by CMCC, having regard to the fact that CMCC is the proprietor of the clinics, which have been established for educational and professional purposes. The student is subject to the laws, regulations and conduct set out by CMCC and as expected of a practitioner licensed by the College of Chiropractors of Ontario.

Failure to comply with this regulation may lead to disciplinary action, which may include expulsion or suspension from CMCC, and further civil, administrative and/or criminal action being commenced against the offending student. Consent of an individual is not justification for inappropriate conduct by a student. In the event that a student or intern has a concern or question regarding the above policy he or she is advised to contact the Director, Student Services in order to ascertain CMCC’s position with respect to any potential issue.

12.0 Smoking, Drug And Alcohol Consumption CMCC maintains a smoke-free campus. Drinking of alcoholic beverages anywhere on campus is prohibited unless in conjunction with an official activity or where specific permission has been granted to allow consumption of alcohol. Consumption of alcohol in any moving vehicle is against the law and is strictly 40 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 prohibited. Use of illegal drugs is NOT permitted on campus. Abuse of any of these regulations will be dealt with by the Discipline Board.

13.0 Speakers Definitions ‘Campus Community’ is defined as students, faculty, and staff of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College (CMCC).

‘External parties’ refers to all other persons who are not students, faculty, or staff of CMCC.

13.1.0 13.1.1 This policy is in effect whether the event takes place on campus or off campus if the event relates directly or indirectly to chiropractic education. 13.1.2 Off campus activities not directly associated with CMCC are also governed by The Chiro- practic Act (1991) and The Regulated Health Professions Act (RHPA, 1991) and regulated by the College of Chiropractors of Ontario and/or any other statutory authority that may govern such conduct. 13.1.3 CMCC has the right to refuse any speaker or event if: a) there is a potential violation of the terms of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms of Canada; b) there is potential for damage to the facilities; c) it has been demonstrated that the speaker has a history of creating an environment of intimidation or harassment; d) it has been demonstrated that the speaker has previously failed to comply with this policy; e) the speaker is currently not in good standing with his/her regulatory body; f) the speaker has a history of not being in good standing with his/her regulatory body; g) the speaker or sponsoring group/organization has an outstanding debt to CMCC; h) at the sole discretion of CMCC, if it determines that it is in its best interests to do so. 13.1.4 Having regard to the fact that such events exist for the education of CMCC students: a) Participation at events sponsored by student clubs/organizations is limited to the Campus Community. Should student clubs/organizations wish to invite external parties to their events, the event must be sponsored and hosted by the Division of Continuing Education and/or subject to their approval. b) No less than 25% of the presenting time must be allotted as an opportunity for questions/ comments from the audience. 13.1.5 All publicity for the event must include the name of the sponsoring club or organization. 13.1.6 No presentations may be scheduled which conflict with scheduled class hours. 13.1.7 CMCC does not necessarily endorse or support any of the comments or information provided by the speaker. The presenter must agree to save CMCC harmless from any and all liability which may be imposed upon it by virtue of the dissemination of information by a speaker at any presentation. By accepting the invitation, speakers must acknowledge and confirm that they have no affiliation with CMCC, unless otherwise set out in the Academic Calendar, before, during or after presenting. The speaker may not in any manner whatsoever, using any medium, either directly or indirectly suggest, confirm, announce or promote that there exists, by virtue of the presentation that he or she has any affiliation with CMCC. The speaker acknowledges that in addition to any other recourse which CMCC may have with respect to a breach of this acknowledgement, that such a breach constitutes inappropriate professional behaviour. 13.1.8 CMCC assumes no responsibility for cancellation of any event, with or without notice, and whether or not the event has commenced. CMCC shall not be liable for any direct or indirect dam- CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 41

ages resulting from its decision to terminate an event for non-compliance with the CMCC Policy on Speakers. 13.1.9 A failure by CMCC to require adherence to any of the requirements of the CMCC Policy on Speakers, from time to time, shall not be considered as a Waiver of CMCC to require compliance with this policy, and may not be acted upon by any person, or organization as an indication that the policy is no longer in effect. 13.1.2.1 This Policy may be amended by CMCC, from time to time, and all members of the Campus Community responsible for an event are cautioned to ensure that they are complying with the most recent policies on events, together with ensuring the security of the facilities and the safety of the attendees. 13.1.2.2 The above policy shall be provided to a speaker and a copy of same shall be acknowledged to have been received by the speaker and the acknowledgement shall be provided to the Executive of the Students’ Council. A failure to provide such an acknowledgement shall constitute non-compliance with this policy on the part of the student(s) organizing an event.

13.2 Process of External Speaker Approval It is the responsibility of the sponsoring club or organization to ensure compliance with the above policies.

1. All guest speakers must be proposed and sponsored by a recognized CMCC club or organization. 2. The speaker(s) must be informed of the above policy at the time of the initial contact with them. 3. The sponsoring club must notify the Students’ Council in writing of the event three weeks prior to the proposed date, or at the earliest possible time. 4. A copy of the speaker’s CV and topic must accompany the request. 5. This CV and the speaker information will be entered into a data base, maintained by the Stu- dents’ Council Vice President. 6. Students’ Council will either approve or not approve the speaker, with the assistance of the Director, Student Services, who shall deal with matters set out in Paragraph 3 of this policy. 7. Students’ Council will maintain an up-to-date data base of all submitted speaker CVs and the decisions made by Students’ Council. 8. The sponsoring club will be informed of the Students’ Council’s decision and a record will be placed in the Speakers’ data base. 9. Any publicity for the event must be approved by the Students’ Council and cannot be posted before official approval. 10. It is the responsibility of the sponsoring club to liaise events with the Division of Continuing Education, to ensure the event does not conflict with any events being run under the auspices of that division. 11. All events are subject to the policies governing CMCC facilities.

14.0 Policy for Students with Special Needs Students who require special consideration for classroom or laboratory performance due to special needs (e.g. learning disability) must notify the Director of Student Services in writing upon admission to the program or at the time that such need is identified. Formal documentation of the special need must accompany written notification. Difficulties related to special needs that have not been previously communicated to the Director of Student Services may not be used as a basis for Academic Appeal. All communications will remain confidential. 42 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 Discipline Process Preamble Any student of CMCC may be dealt with for breaches of conduct, both academic and non-academic. This shall include, but is not limited to breaches of conduct involving morality, ethics or legality which could affect the reputation of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College and the chiropractic profession.

All students of the CMCC community enjoy the same basic rights as do all citizens and are bound by the same responsibilities to respect the rights of others as are all citizens. Therefore, breaches of the CMCC Standards of Student Conduct which are also breaches of the law, may also be dealt with in the courts.

CMCC does not serve as a sanctuary from the laws governing all citizens. Nor does it stand in “loco parentis” to any of its students and each member is free to organize his or her own personal life and behaviour, subject only to the law and to the duly established rules of CMCC. These rules include, but are not exclusive to the following definitions of Academic and Non-Academic Offences, and notwithstanding any action or sanction taken or imposed by any third party against the member committing the breach of conduct.

Academic Offences Academic Offences relate to the honesty and fairness of the teaching and learning relationship, especially with respect to assessment. Thus, the essence of an academic offence by a student is the seeking of a credit by fraud or misrepresentation, rather than on the basis of merit. The essence of an academic offence by a teacher is dishonesty or unfairness in dealing with the work or record of a student. Short- comings in academic performance due to neglect or incompetence ought not to be dealt with by disciplinary processes but by suitable administrative action. In the case of the student, they will be reflected in the student’s academic standing. In the case of the teacher, they are primarily failures to fulfil obligations to CMCC as employer and should be dealt with accordingly.

Of the Offences listed here, section A and C relate to Offences by students. Section B includes Offences that can only be committed by a member of the teaching staff or a member acting in that capacity, as for example, a teaching assistant. The list of available sanctions and the conditions under which they are to be imposed by the Discipline Board are contained in Section 19 herein.

A) Examination Violations The following specific regulations are established for the purpose of acquainting the students with their obligation to CMCC. (See Examination Procedures on page 23.)

The actions that constitute a violation of examination procedures in essence are: • Looking at another examinee’s examination booklet or answer sheet or test paper. • Being engaged in any form of communication with another examinee (be such communication visual, oral or otherwise). • Being in possession of (whether actually using them or not) extraneous materials (such as coats, books, papers, etc.). • Failure to follow the procedures of the examination as listed in this document.

In order to protect the integrity of the teaching, learning and assessment processes of CMCC, it shall be an offence for any student, with intent to deceive to attempt to or actually to: • use unauthorized aids or obtain unauthorized assistance in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment submitted for credit in a course, or program of study, or an examination; • represent as that of the student in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 43

project or assignment submitted for credit in a course or program of study any idea or expression of an idea of another; (Note: this clause covers plagiarism in parts of a work, and the case where the student obtains an entire essay, etc. and submits it as his/her own.) • represent as that of the student any idea or expression of an idea contained in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research project or assignment submitted for credit in, or otherwise in connection with, any course or program of study; • submit for credit in any course or program of study, without the knowledge and approval of the faculty to whom it is submitted, any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment for which credit has previously been obtained or is being sought in another course or program of study at CMCC or elsewhere; • submit for credit in any course or program of study any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment containing a purported statement of fact or reference to a source which has been fabricated; • reproduce lectures by tape recording same, or by any other mechanical means without the written approval of the lecturer; • sell or provide notes prepared from faculty lectures without the written approval of the lecturer; (Note: This is not intended to prevent the free exchange of notes between students.) • unless express approval is given for entry, enter into offices, rooms or other places to which they are not entitled, which shall include, but not be limited to administrative offices, professional offices, supply rooms.

B) to the benefit or detriment of a member or former member to: • evaluate work performed by the member for credit in a course or program of study by reference to any criterion that does not relate to the merit of the work, provided that a department or a division of CMCC shall have the right to establish regulations prescribing penalties that may be imposed in the recording of the grade for work which a member has failed to perform, or submit within the time or in the manner required, and where such regulations have been established, penalties for such failure may be imposed by a member in accordance therewith; • evaluate an application duly made by the member or former member who is seeking admission or transfer to a course or program of study by reference to any criterion that does not relate to the academic suitability of the applicant for the course or program of study; except that where limitation on enrolment in the course or program of study exists, academically suitable candidates may be selected by duly established and published criteria. (Note: This clause does not apply to cases where improper criteria have been used to evaluate an application by a person who is not a member or former member at the time the application is made. Such conduct does not relate to the process of evaluation, or to the honesty and fairness of the teaching and learning relationship among members of CMCC.)

C) Diplomas or Certificates In order to protect the integrity of the diplomas or certificates granted by CMCC, the Discipline Board shall have power to recommend to the Academic Affairs Committee the cancellation, recall or suspension of any diploma or certificate obtained by any alumnus who, while a member, committed any academic offence which, if detected before the granting of the diploma or certificate, would, in the judgement of the Board, have resulted upon conviction in the application of any sanction sufficiently severe to lead to the loss of credit in any course or program of study pursued by that alumnus, so that the diploma or certificate would not have been granted.

In order to protect the integrity of the diplomas and certificates granted by CMCC, the Board shall 44 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

have power to recommend to the Board of Governors the cancellation, recall or suspension of any diploma or certificate obtained by any alumnus who, while a student, committed any academic offence which, if detected before the granting of the diploma or certificate, would, in the judgement of the Discipline Board, have resulted in conviction or in the application of any sanction sufficiently severe to lead to the loss of credit in any course or program of study pursued by the alumnus, so that the diploma or certificate would not have been granted.

Offences committed by a student of CMCC may be classified as either academic or non-academic in nature. In the case of academic Offences, the decision concerning the conduct of the student may be made by a faculty member, the Dean, the Academic Affairs Committee, the President, the Discipline Board and/or the Board of Governors. The decision making process may be commenced at any intermediate stage, at the discretion of the President, and appealed to a higher body, save and except to the Board of Governors, which said appeal is discretionary in nature. In the case of a non-academic offence, the student’s conduct may be dealt with by the Students’ Council, the faculty member concerned, the Dean, the President, the Discipline Board, the Director of Stu- dent Services and/or the Board of Governors. Again, the decision making process may be commenced at any intermediate stage and appealed to a higher body, save and except to the Board of Governors which said appeal is discretionary in nature. The disciplinary process set out herein supersedes any and all methods of dealing with disciplinary action set out in any other material distributed by CMCC.

Each member of CMCC has an obligation to participate in the enforcement of these regulations. Any members observing a breach of regulations should advise the offender of the regulations. Any member who is advised that he/she is violating a regulation should immediately stop the violation. Any member of CMCC who fails to report the existence of a violation by another member, may be found guilty of participating in the said violation.

Any member who is in violation of the regulations may be subject to disciplinary action and penalty, which may include the imposition of a fine, restitution, suspension or expulsion from CMCC.

Non-Academic Offences Any member of CMCC may be dealt with pursuant to this Code for breaches of conduct not relating to Academic Offences and which further clarification shall include but not be limited to conduct affecting the reputation of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College and the chiropractic profession, which may involve breaches of conduct involving morality, ethics or legality and notwithstanding any action or sanction taken or imposed by any third party against the member committing the breach of conduct.

Section 1. Interpretation In this section, unless the context otherwise requires:

a) “group” means a club, society, association, committee or other body of students having an af- finity based upon common or collective interest or purpose, whether or not incorporated and whether or not officially recognized by CMCC; b) “member” or “member of CMCC” means a student or employee, and includes a group; c) “faculty” means a member of the administrative or teaching staff; d) “Board” means the Discipline Board herein established; e) “CMCC” means the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College; f) “complainant” shall be the party having set out in writing a complaint made pursuant to this enactment; g) “Hearing” means a hearing constituted pursuant to this enactment; h) “President” means the President of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College; CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 45

i) “proceedings” shall mean all actions, hearings and proceedings made pursuant to or under this enactment. Any period of time stated in this enactment shall refer to regularly scheduled class (lecture) time and is exclusive of academic reading weeks, examination periods and regularly scheduled holidays.

Discipline Board/Hearings (Sections 2 to 25) With respect to all disciplinary issues, the Director, Student Services shall be available to inform the student re the processes and procedures.

Section 2 Initiating a Disciplinary Hearing 2(a) Any individual may institute proceedings by setting out in writing the nature of the complaint, the name of the accused, and all particulars necessary to sufficiently allow the complaint to be proceeded with. Any complaint made pursuant to this enactment shall be received by the Presi- dent in a timely manner.

The complaint shall be directed to the President, who shall determine within fourteen (14) days after receiving the complaint, whether proceedings shall be continued and a hearing be constituted (and a board established); or notify the complainant, or have a designate notify the complainant, that no further proceedings shall take place pursuant to the complaint.

In the event that a hearing is directed, the President shall inform the Board of such direction within seven (7) days after the expiry of the time referred to above. Nothing in this enactment shall prevent the President at his/her sole discretion from dealing with any complaint submitted pursuant to this enactment and imposing any penalty within the President’s power.

2(b) In the event that a complaint is dealt with by the President, an accused or complainant may appeal the decision of the President by setting out in writing a request that a hearing be directed pursuant to this enactment: a) The notice of appeal shall be in the form as approved by CMCC from time to time; b) The notice of appeal must be received by the President within seven (7) days of the accused having been notified of the decision of the President; c) Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, the President shall direct that proceedings be instituted as if a complaint had been originally directed to the President as set out above; d) A decision of the Board made pursuant to this enactment shall supersede and render null and void the decision of the President

Section 3 Alternate Dispute Resolution Breaches of conduct may, at the discretion of the President be referred for alternate dispute resolution. In the situation where a decision has been reached through an alternate dispute resolution, the parties involved must meet before the Discipline Board who may choose to accept, reject or amend the decisions reached through the alternate dispute resolution.

Section 4 Members of the Discipline Board a) The Board appointed under this Code to deal with an alleged offence by a student shall consist of the President of Students' Council or his/her designate, a student representative from a class other than that of the accused, and three members of the faculty, each having a vote. b) The Director, Student Services shall be an ex-officio member of the Board. The Director or his/ her designate, shall not have voting privileges. c)The President shall appoint a faculty member from among the members of the Board as a Chair. The Chair shall preside over all matters under its jurisdiction and also have a vote. 46 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

d) The President may appoint an investigator to diligently compile all relevant information necessary to carry out the investigation of the accused, and to preside as agent for CMCC at any proceedings which shall take place pursuant to the complaint. e) In addition, the President may appoint at her/his discretion an individual to prosecute the complaint on behalf of CMCC. f) The President may appoint a clerk to compile and retain, as the case may be, all records of a hearing; and to attend at all hearings for the purpose of fulfilling any directions of the Board, such as the reading of a charge and the affirming of witnesses. g) In the event that a member of the Board shall be unable or unwilling to act, the member shall be replaced by an alternative member as appointed by the President. h) In the event that any member of the Board cannot act as a result of bias, an alternative member shall be appointed as provided in this enactment. Section 5 Timing of Summons The Board shall, within seven (7) days of receiving notification by the President that a hearing shall be constituted, notify the accused that a discipline panel will be constituted.

Section 6 Delivery of Summons Notice of Hearing shall either be hand delivered to the accused, in which case notice is deemed to have been given at the time of delivery, or may be served by prepaid post addressed to the accused at her/ his last known address as may appear on CMCC records, and which said notice shall then be deemed to have been given four (4) days after the posting of said notice, or by e-mail in accordance with CMCC policy.

Section 7 Attendance of Board Members At least one (1) member of the Board shall attend at the time and place set out in the summons, at which time the complaint shall be read to the accused, and a date shall be set for the adjudication of the complaint, to be heard by all students of the Board.

Section 8 Details of Notice of Hearing The Board shall give all parties notice of the hearing which shall include: a) a statement of the time, place and purpose of the hearing; b) a statement that if the party notified does not attend at the hearing, the Board may proceed in their absence, and the party will not be entitled to any further notice in the proceedings.

Section 9 Non Attendance Where notice of a hearing has been given to a party to any proceedings in accordance with this enactment, and the party does not attend at the hearing, the Board may proceed in their absence and the party is not entitled to any further notice in the proceedings.

Section 10 Public Attendance A hearing may be open to the public except where the Board is of the opinion that having regard to the circumstances, the desirability of avoiding disclosure thereof in the interests of any person affected, or in the interest of CMCC, outweighs the desirability of adhering to the principle that a hearing may be open to the public, in which case the Board may hold the hearing concerning any matter in camera.

Section 11 Order and Direction The Board may make such order or give such directions as it considers necessary for the maintenance of order at the hearing and/or any proceedings which take place under and pursuant to the directions of the Board; and, if any person disobeys or fails to comply with any such order or direction, the Board may impose such penalty as it deems appropriate against any offender and within the power of the Board. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 47

Section 12 Subpoena The Board, at its own instance, or at the request of the accused or prosecution, shall issue a subpoena directing any individual to attend at a hearing. Any person failing to comply with the terms and directions for the subpoena shall be subject to any sanction imposed by the Board.

Section 13 Rights of the Accused An accused may, at his or her discretion at a hearing: a) be represented by counsel or an agent, or act on his or her own behalf; b) call and examine witnesses and present his/her arguments and submissions; c) conduct cross-examinations of witnesses at a hearing that may be reasonably required for a full and fair disclosure of the facts in relation to which they have given evidence; d) not give or present evidence on his/her own behalf.

Section 14 Testimony under Oath Testimony given at a hearing may be given under oath, as the Board may in their discretion decide, with the witness being sworn or affirmed to tell the truth as the case may be.

Section 15 Evidence and Information The Board may, in making its decision: a) take notice of facts that may be judicially noticed; b) take notice of any generally recognized scientific or technical facts, information or opinions within its scientific or specialized knowledge; c) admit as evidence at a hearing evidence not given or proven under “oath or affirmation”; d) admit, upon the Board being satisfied as to their authenticity, any documents or other things.

Section 16 Record of Proceedings The Board shall not be required to keep a detailed account or testimony of the proceedings, but must compile a record of proceedings in which a hearing has been held, which shall include: a) any complaint by which the proceedings were commenced; b) the notice of any hearing; c) any intermediate orders made by the Board; d) all documentary evidence filed with the Board; e) the decision of the Board, and the reasons therefore, where reasons have been given; which should be stored in the corporate file.

Section 17 Decision of Penalty The Board shall impose such penalty, as allowed under this enactment: a) at the time of the giving of the decision, provided that the Board may allow the accused to make submission as to the penalty; b) may set a date for hearing submissions as to the penalty; c) shall notify the accused forthwith of the penalty decided upon by the Board, but in no event after the expiry of fourteen (14) days.

Section 18 Notice of Decision The Board shall, within fourteen (14) days following the conclusion of a hearing, inform the parties and the President of the decision of the Board, together with reasons therefore, where reasons have been given. 48 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Section 19 Penalty The Board may impose one (1), all or any combination of the following penalties in cases of an offence by a student: 1. fine; 2. restitution; 3. suspension; 4. expulsion; 5. such further and other penalty as the Board may deem appropriate.

Section 20 Board Decision A decision of the Board shall be: a) based upon a majority decision of the Board; b) kept confidential to the extent determined by the Board.

Section 21 No Decision In the event that the Board is unable to come to a decision: a) it shall forthwith notify the President and the accused; b) the President may direct new proceedings to be commenced, or direct that the complaint be withdrawn, in which case no further proceedings may be instituted pursuant to this charge.

Section 22 Timeliness In the event that a penalty imposed by the Board is not satisfied within the time prescribed by the Board, then the Board may impose such further and other penalty as it deems appropriate.

Section 23 Indemnity No action or proceeding whatsoever, shall be commenced against any member of the Board for their having participated in the activities of the Board.

Section 24 Irregularities No decision of the Board shall be set aside as the result of any irregularities which take place under this enactment, except at the sole discretion of the Board.

Section 25 External Review No decision, order, direction, declaration or ruling of the Board shall be questioned or reviewed in any court; and no order shall be made or process entered or proceedings taken in any court, whether by way of injunction, declaratory judgement, certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, judicial review, or otherwise; to question, review, prohibit or restrain the Board or any of its proceedings. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 49 Financial Information

CMCC Funding Structure CMCC is a not-for-profit, charitable, educational institution, which receives no direct government funding. The chiropractic profession continues to support CMCC, and members pay an annual fee which helps to subsidize the cost of the students’ education. Additional sources of funding are actively sought and include generous support from annual donors. CMCC students are eligible to apply for government funding through programs such as the Canada Student Loans Program , a process for which we offer assistance.

2008-2009 Tuition & Fees Student Student Tuition Activity SCCA Insurance Total Year I - III: Canadian $21,231 $200 $25 $350 $21,806 International $25,477 $200 $25 $25,702 Year IV: Canadian $21,026 $200 $25 $350 $21,601 International $25,231 $200 $25 $25,456

Note: All fees are subject to change and subject to an annual increase.

2008-2009 Fee Payment Due Dates Canadian Students International Students Deadline Year I Students $250* $250* Friday, April 18, 2008 $11,000 $13,050 Friday, June 20, 2008 $10,556 $12,402 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,806 $25,702 Years II & III Students $11,186 $12,959 Wednesday, September 3, 2008 $10,620 $12,743 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,806 $25,702 Year IV Students $ 6,878 $ 7,789 Friday, June 20, 2008 $ 7,359 $ 8,831 Wednesday, September 3, 2008 $ 7,364 $ 8,836 Friday, January 23, 2009 $21,601 $25,456 *$250 of the $500 registration fee will be applied to the Year I tuition when the student begins the program.

Student Activity Fee A student activity fee is due from all students at the time of registration. This fee is collected on behalf of the Students’ Council to fund the cost of Students’ Council social events, athletic programs (including the weight-room, gym equipment, pool and intramural sports), orientation, CMCC clubs, participation in other student activities, as well as costs associated with Convocation. 50 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Student Canadian Chiropractic Association (SCCA) A membership fee for the Student Canadian Chiropractic Association (SCCA) is due from all students at the time of registration. As members of the SCCA students may attend CCA and SCCA sponsored conventions and seminars, and receive a subscription to the Journal of the Canadian Chiropractic Associa- tion and discounts at various retailers in Toronto.

Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan All Canadian full-time students who are members of the CMCC Students’ Council are assessed a fee for the Students’ Council Health & Dental Plan ($350 for 2008-2009). This does not include international students. The Plan provides coverage for 12 months, from September 1 through August 31. If a student is already covered by an equivalent extended health and dental plan, he/she may opt out of the Plan, online, during the Change-of-Coverage Period (within the first 3 weeks of classes). The Plan also provides the option to enrol a spouse and/or dependants by paying an additional fee.

For more information, call 1 877 795 4422 or visit ihaveaplan.ca.

Fee Payment Due Dates Students are reminded that they are responsible for their tuition fees. CMCC cannot be responsible for loans that arrive after the tuition due date. Interest charges related to delays in the processing and advancing of loan proceeds are the responsibility of the student.

Late Payment • All financial amounts are reuired to be received as of the stated due dates. A late payment charge will be applied against all unpaid balances at a compunded annual rate of 12%, calculated each Friday afternoon, from the stated due dates. The late payment charge rate is subject to change without notice. • Students that have any financial balances outstanding, including late payment charges, as of December 12, 2008 related to the first part of the academic year, and as of April 17, 2009 related to the second part of the academic year, and who have not made deferred payment arrangements acceptable to CMCC, may be subject to the following: de-registration, denial of clinic treating privileges, denial of examination writing privileges, denial of future enrolment, withholding of transcripts, and termination of CMCC services. • Students will not receive their final grades or transcripts, or be permitted to graduate until all financial obligations to CMCC have been met. • Provincial and state regulatory boards will be notified of any student who remains indebted to CMCC at the completion of Year IV.

The refund policy is as follows:

1. A full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected will be made if a student rescinds the enrollment contract by providing notice to CMCC within two (2) days of signing the enrollment contract as part of annual registration. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 51

2. A full refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected less an administrative fee of $500 will be made if:

• the student gives the institution written notice, at least 21 days before the program start date, that the student does not intend to start the program;

• the student is contracted for the program less than 21 days before the start date, the student then gives the institution written notice that he/she does not intend to start the program; or

• the student does not attend the first five consecutive days of the program.

3. A refund of tuition and related fees that have been collected for services not yet provided, less an administrative fee of $500, is given to the student if:

• he/she gives the institution written notice of intent to withdraw after the program start date but before two-thirds of the program has been delivered;

• the program is discontinued or suspended for any reason.

All other fees (Students’ Council, SCCA, Parking) are neither refundable nor transferable.

If a student is dismissed from CMCC for any reason, there will be no refund of fees and any outstanding accounts with CMCC become immediately due and payable.

Undergraduate Fees (In Canadian funds)

Admissions Online Applications (non-refundable) $85 Interview (non-refundable) $185 Application for transfer (non-refundable) $250 Confirmation of acceptance* (non-refundable) $500 Administrative Parking Pass (non-refundable) $575 Parking Card (refundable upon return) $25 Returned NSF cheques (each occurrence) $40 Supplies Diagnostic equipment (approx.) $750 Spinal Column model (approx.) $190 Textbooks Year I (approx.) $1,500 All supplies are available from the CMCC Supply Centre and Bookstore. Contact the Bookstore at 416 482 1532 or Toll Free 1 800 268 8940 52 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Financial Assistance Telephone: 416 482 2340, ext. 103 Fax: 416 646 1114 Email: [email protected]

Canada Student Loans Program The Government of Canada directly finances loans made available to students in financial need who are registered in academic programs at post secondary institutions. Please note that applicants must meet all eligibility and residency requirements. Further details are available on respective provincial student loan web sites.

Provincial Student Assistance Programs The provincial student assistance programs are intended to supplement students who lack adequate financial resources to pursue post secondary education. Determination of the amount of the assistance is based on criteria developed jointly by federal and provincial governments for the Canada Student Loans Program. Students are advised to apply early for government loans. Loans can take up to twelve weeks to process following receipt of the application. For further information, contact the appropriate Provin- cial Student Loans Office or the Financial Aid Administrator in CMCC’s Division of Student Services. For your convenience, the addresses and contact numbers for Provincial Student Loan Offices are available on the CMCC web site www.cmcc.ca and at the Office of Student Services.

Bank Loans All major financial institutions have student loan programs available to CMCC students. Bank loans are available to students in all years; however, bank loans and/or lines of credit have yearly and overall maximums and students should be aware of these maximums which impact their long term financial budgets for the four year CMCC program. We encourage all students to contact their bank and/or bank representative for detailed information on professional student lines of credit/loans such as eligibility requirements, interest rates and applications.

Emergency Loan Fund An emergency loan fund is maintained by CMCC. The maximum emergency loan available is $500 which must be repaid within thirty days. Students are required to submit written proof to substantiate the status of the emergency. Emergency loan application forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Services.

Students’ Council Emergency Fund The Students’ Council maintains an emergency loan fund. The maximum emergency loan available is $500 which must be repaid within sixty days. The Students’ Council loan fund is intended to be a means of interim financing for students in an emergency situation. Students in financial need are required to submit written proof to substantiate the status of the emergency. Emergency loan application forms may be obtained from the Students’ Council Office. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 53

Awards, Scholarships and Bursaries Thanks to the generous support of groups, organizations, and individuals an extensive breadth and variety of financial awards, scholarships and bursaries are available to CMCC students. This recognition enables us to honour academic and clinical excellence, as well as the dedicated service of deserving students.

The term “awards” refers to bursaries, scholarships, awards and prizes. Awards are based on varying criteria as defined by each award. Academic excellence, financial need, essay submissions, character and leadership, are among the more common criteria used in determining award eligibility.

The awards are categorized into the following sections:

• Undergraduate Awards; • Faculty Awards; • Graduation Awards; • Graduate Awards; • additional awards not exclusive to CMCC students.

Please note that the dollar value of the awards will depend on prevailing interest rates.

Students may search for individual awards at www.studentawards.com maintained by Studentawards Inc.

Awards requiring application forms and the year of study are clearly identified for eligibility consideration.

All applications will be available on-line by mid-summer. Application forms must be submitted directly to Student Services.

Undergraduate Awards

DAVID W. ARTIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required This scholarship is a tribute to the memory of Dr. David W. Artis and is awarded to a student who has demonstrated an understanding of what it means to be a chiropractor. This scholarship is open to students in all years who submit an autobiographical sketch and an essay (250‑700 words) on the topic, “What it means to be a principled chiropractor in the historical context and in present day practice.”

BC CMCC ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year III BC Application Required This scholarship is presented by the BC CMCC Alumni Association to a Year III student from British Co- lumbia who had the highest academic standing in Year II. Official transcripts and a completed BC award application must be submitted to Student Services.

DOUGLAS BROWN MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required Dr. Douglas Brown, former Chair of the Board of Governors and a very active supporter of CMCC, gives this award in memory of his father, Douglas Brown, a well-known Toronto educator. The Awards Com- mittee selects a Year IV student who demonstrates an altruistic attitude toward fellow students and CMCC, has attained a high academic standing, and shows evidence of financial need.

CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The Canadian Chiropractic Association Award is presented annually to the Student Canadian Chiroprac- tic Association (SCCA) member who demonstrates exceptional dedication to chiropractic through the SCCA. Selection of the recipient is made by the SCCA President. Applications should be sent to: Presi- dent SCCA, c/o CMCC, 6100 Leslie Street, Toronto, Ontario M2H 3J1.

CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION PRESIDENT’S AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Application Required This award is presented to a Year IV student. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based upon the following criteria: academic performance; leadership qualities; participation in student organizations; and volunteer service outside of CMCC either prior to or during attendance at this institution.

ROBERT J. CANNON PERFORMING ARTS AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The Robert J. Cannon Performing Arts Award was established in recognition of Dr. Cannon’s long term dedication to the care of the performing arts community. The recipient will have demonstrated a passion for the performing arts and a desire to provide ongoing care and preventive programs for the artist. An essay describing the applicant’s artistic involvement and professional philosophy is to be submitted with the award application.

CLASS OF 1984 SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year II Application Required On the occasion of their tenth anniversary, the Grad Fund of the Class of ’84 established this scholarship. It is awarded to a Year II student who has benefited her/his classmates or other students at CMCC through participation in a range of extra curricular activities. The award will be in the form of a tuition credit to be applied to the semester following receipt of the scholarship.

CMCC ABORIGINAL, INUIT, AND METIS STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year I Application Required This four year renewable tuition scholarship, established by CMCC, is for an Aboriginal, Inuit or Metis status student who has demonstrated financial need and who has contributed, and intends to continue to contribute to his/her community after graduation. Proof of Aboriginal, Inuit or Metis status is required with the application. The scholarship will be in the form of a 50% tuition credit and is renewable each year providing the student maintains a minimum sessional GPA of 2.50 (on a 4.00 point scale) in the preceding year. Application for this award is due within two weeks of the offer of admission.

CMCC WORLD OLYMPIAN SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year I Application Required This four year renewable tuition scholarship, established by CMCC, is for a former Olympian, recognized by the World Olympians Association, who has fulfilled the criteria for admission to CMCC and who has demonstrated financial need. The recipient must demonstrate that he/she intends to contribute to his/her community after graduation. The scholarship will be in the form of a 50% tuition credit and is renewable each year providing the student maintains a minimum sessional GPA of 2.50 (on a 4.00 point scale) in the preceding year. Application for this award is due within two weeks of the offer of admission.

TERRY CRILLY MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Years III IV Application Required A trust fund instituted by the classmates of the late Dr. Terry Crilly, Class of ’79, makes this award possible. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a Year III or IV student who has a good academic record, and has given ‘service above self’ to CMCC, fellow students or the community.

JOHN W. A. DUCKWORTH MEMORIAL AWARD IN ANATOMY Eligibility: Year III In recognition and appreciation of Dr. Duckworth’s outstanding ability as a teacher, this award is presented to a Year III student who has obtained the highest academic standing in the Anatomy courses in Year I and II. 56 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

STANLEY GDANSKI MEMORIAL FUNd This fund is given by the family, friends, patients and colleagues of Dr. Gdanski to honour his many contributions to chiropractic. The purpose of the fund is to support the student community by contributing to the celebration that follows the Undergraduate Awards Ceremony.

STEVEN GODREY SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Year III Application Required On the occasion of their tenth anniversary, the Grad Fund of the Class of ’84 established this scholarship. The Steven Godrey Scholarship is in memory of Dr. Steven Godrey, who was the Class Representa- tive to Students’ Council for three years. It is awarded to a Year III student who has benefitted his or her classmates or other students at CMCC through participation in a range of extra curricular activities. The award will be in the form of a tuition credit to be applied to the semester following receipt of the scholarship.

GOVERNORS’ CLUB CORPORATE MEMBERS AWARDS Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required Corporate members of the Governors’ Club generously sponsor awards which are available to Year II, III, and IV students. The Awards Committee selects the recipients based on leadership and service. The corporate members who sponsor these awards are: First Financial Corporation; Konica Minolta Photo Imag- ing Canada, Inc.; Naturpharm Inc.; North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society; Seroyal Canada Inc.; Canadian Chiropractor Magazine; Sleep Products International Ltd.; and Professional Health Products.

L.R.W. HAMILTON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Year III Application Required These awards are presented in memory of Dr. L.R.W. Hamilton, Class of 1950, by the Chiropractors’ Association of Saskatchewan (CAS). Dr. Hamilton devoted his life to the chiropractic profession in Sas- katchewan and Canada serving as President of the CAS from 1958-61 and 1963-67 and President of the CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 57

CCA from 1967-69. The Awards Committee selects two Year III students in good academic standing who are from Saskatchewan.

A. EARL HOMEWOOD MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Application Required Friends of the late Dr. Homewood established this award in appreciation of his many years of outstanding service as a teacher, author, business administrator and President of this institution. The Awards Committee selects a Year II student who has completed a research project either at CMCC or elsewhere. An abstract of the research project must accompany the application.

HUGGINS LEGACY AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The chiropractic profession has been a part of the Huggins family since 1949 when Dr. Ernest C. Huggins graduated from CMCC’s inaugural class. His son, Dr. Brian Huggins, followed in his footsteps graduating in 1980 and currently in practice in Oakville, Ontario. Dr. Brian Huggins’ daughter, the third generation to attend CMCC, is currently enrolled in the Class of 2010. In the spirit of family, this award is presented to a student who has a parent, grandparent, or sibling who attended CMCC. Applicants are required to submit a one page essay about the role of chiropractic in the applicant’s life and his/her decision to join the profession.

VLADIMIR JANDA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP AWARD Eligibility: Year IV Janda Application Required This award is presented in memory of Professor Vladimir Janda - a clinician, teacher, and researcher in the field of physical and manual medicine. He was known as the “Father of Czech Rehabilitation” and was an acknowledged pioneer in his field. For this scholarship, the Awards Committee selects a Year IV student who has demonstrated exceptional commitment and dedication to clinical competency, has exhibited a keen interest in chiropractic rehabilitation, has successfully prescribed rehab protocols in a clinical setting and has the potential and motivation to continue in rehabilitation teaching or research. A completed Janda application must be submitted to Student Services.

THOMAS MERCER MEMORIAL BURSARY Eligibility: Year III Application Required The late Dr. Mercer, who represented British Columbia on the Board of Governors for several years, established a trust fund. The award is presented to a British Columbia resident in Year III at CMCC who has not received another major award in the year. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: academic record, leadership qualities, and interest in student affairs.

RAYMOND MOSS AWARD Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The award was established by the family and friends of Mr. Raymond Moss otherwise known as “Mossy”. This award is to honour his character, particularly his unique ability to work with a wide variety of people, using humour and leadership skills, which were equally effective with all age groups and generated a working environment which created extraordinary results. This award is given to a student who demonstrates these qualities and who has contributed in a significant way to the class spirit.

NORTH VANCOUVER ISLAND CHIROPRACTIC SOCIETY BURSARY Eligibility: Year IV BC Application Required The North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society established this award to assist a Year IV student who is a resident of British Columbia, preferably North Vancouver Island. The selection of the recipient is based on academic standing, student involvement and financial need. Official transcripts and applications will be forwarded to the North Vancouver Island Chiropractic Society.

NOVA SCOTIA CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP Eligibility: Years II III IV An award is presented to a Year II, III or IV student who has been a non‑scholastic resident of Nova Sco- tia, (i.e. not a resident for the sole purpose of education), having lived in that province full time for four years and who applied to CMCC through Nova Scotia. The recipient must have attained the highest academic standing of all Nova Scotia residents in his or her previous year with an average of at least 75%. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 59

R. LLOYD PENNINGTON MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year I This fund was established in 1985 in memory of Dr. Pennington. He was a founding member of the Gov- ernors’ Club and was involved in interviewing prospective students for many years. It is given to the Year I student who achieved the highest overall admissions score.

DONNA JEAN RICHTER MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year II Vote by Year II Class This award was established by the family and friends of Donna Jean Richter, wife of CMCC alumnus Dr. Marty Richter. The Year II class selects a student who displays Donna’s compassion, generosity, zest for life and spirit of always helping others.

STUDENT BURSARY FUND Eligibility: Years II III IV Application Required The Fund was established by CMCC in 1992 to recognize contributions of time and effort of students to support recognized CMCC activities. CMCC allocates a percentage of receipts (percentage to be determined annually) from specified fundraising events to the Student Bursary Fund. Qualified applicants will receive a credit (to be determined annually) which will be applied to tuition fees for the subsequent term.

STUDENT CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION MICHAEL BRICKMAN AWARD Eligibility: Year II Vote by Year II Class The SCCA established this award in memory of Dr. Michael Brickman, who contributed significantly to the chiropractic profession and had a keen interest in student life at CMCC. The recipient is chosen by the class and the award is presented to a Year II student who contributes most to a positive classroom environment and is involved in activities which contribute to the betterment of the chiropractic profession. 60 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

STUDENT CANADIAN CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION CITIZENSHIP AWARD Eligibility: Years III IV Nomination by Year III & IV Class This award was established in 2002 through a generous donation from the Student Canadian Chiroprac- tic Association. The recipient, who has made a significant contribution to student life in an unassuming and altruistic manner, is nominated from the Year III or IV class.

DON AUGUSTIN TANCO MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Year I Application Required The Don Augustin Tanco Memorial Award was established by Dr. John and Mrs. Christine Hui in memory of her father. This award is given to a Year I student who has demonstrated excellence in sports either through participation or coaching and who has submitted a 250 word essay entitled “The Role of Chiro- practic in Sports.” The essay is to be submitted to the Awards Committee, c/o Student Services.

NICÓLA TANTALO MEMORIAL AWARD Eligibility: Years I II III IV Application Required The family of Mr. Nicola Tantalo have donated this award in his memory. Mr. Tantalo was actively involved in his community of Villavallelonga, Italy. This award is given to a student who has contributed significantly to his or her local community or the community at CMCC through volunteer services. The recipient should also have maintained a good academic record. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 61

WATERLOO WELLINGTON CHIROPRACTIC AUXILIARY Eligibility: Year III Application Required This award is given to a Year III student from the Waterloo‑Wellington area who has maintained satisfactory academic standing. The recipient will have provided exemplary service primarily in the area of chiropractic technique clubs.

GILBERT H. YOUNG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibility: Years II III IV Dr. Young was an outstanding leader in the profession for many years in his native province of British Columbia and across Canada. He served on the CMCC Board of Governors for a number of years including a term as Chair. A trust fund was established from his estate for an award to be presented to the Year II, III and IV student with the highest academic standing.

Graduation Citizenship Awards

DAVID W. ARTIS MEMORIAL GRADUATION AWARD Application Required This award in honour of Dr. David Artis is open to all graduating students who submit an autobiographical sketch and an essay (250‑700 words) on the topic “What it means to be a principled chiropractor in the historical context and in present day practice.”

MICHAEL BRICKMAN MEMORIAL GRADUATION AWARD This award was established by the Ontario Chiropractic Association to recognize Dr. Michael Brickman’s dedication to students. The award is to be presented annually to the graduating student identified by his/her peers as best exemplifying the traits of passion, dedication and enthusiasm for the chiropractic profession as well as outstanding proficiency in adjusting technique. The award includes a one year membership in the Ontario Chiropractic Association.

CLASS OF 2000 SCHOLARSHIP The Grad Fund of the Class of 2000 established this scholarship to recognize the perseverance of a graduating student who, over the course of his/her education at CMCC, has overcome exceptional personal adversity, and continued to be an active member of his/her class. The recipient is chosen by the graduating class.

CLASS OF 2003 PIONEER AWARD The Class of 2003 Pioneer Award was established by the Class of 2003 at the time of their graduation from CMCC. The Class of 2003 will be remembered for being the first graduating class to complete the integrated curriculum. The recipient is chosen by the graduating class and the award is given to a student who has taken a leadership role in creating a new initiative that has benefited or will benefit the students at CMCC. The ideal candidate is a person who leads the way for others in a selfless manner and may be viewed as the “unsung hero” of the class. 62 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

ROBERT KILGANNON MEMORIAL AWARD This award was established through donations from the Students’ Council, faculty, and staff of CMCC in memory of Dr. Robert Kilgannon. The recipient will be in good academic standing and exhibit the following qualities: good rapport, including a capacity to instill confidence in the patient, and a commitment to education.

JUDY LADELL MEMORIAL AWARD The valedictorian is awarded this scholarship, established by the family and friends of the late Judy Ladell.

HERBERT K. LEE AWARD Application Required This award is given in recognition of the long standing devotion of Dr. Herbert Lee as evidenced by his academic, clinical, voluntary and altruistic contributions to CMCC for over 55 years. It is given to a graduating student who has consistently demonstrated dedication to the CMCC community through involvement in a variety of endeavours.

JANE MANNINGTON AWARD Established by Dorothy Mannington, this award honours the memory of Dr. Jane Mannington, a valued faculty member whose enthusiasm and encouragement helped female students strive for excellence. A female graduating student who has maintained a good academic standing and who has given outstanding service to CMCC and the profession is chosen by the graduating class.

ONTARIO CHIROPRACTIC ASSOCIATION AWARD Application Required An award including a one (1) year membership in the Ontario Chiropractic Association is presented to a graduating Ontario student. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 63 successful completion of Year IV with a good academic record, as well as demonstration of outstanding leadership and service to CMCC and the student body.

DAVID PERCIVAL MEMORIAL AWARD Application Required The Class of ’79 presents an award in memory of their highly respected former classmate. It is presented to a graduate with good academic standing who participated in student activities, and shows organizational and leadership qualities.

MARILYN PHILLIPS AWARD Application Required This award is given in recognition of the valuable services rendered by the support staff of CMCC, as exemplified by Marilyn Phillips, a former employee in the Accounting Department. It was made possible through generous donations by administration, staff, and faculty. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a student who has shown leadership and service to the student body and CMCC.

DONALD C. SUTHERLAND STUDENTS’ COUNCIL AWARD Application Required The Students’ Council grants this award in appreciation of Dr. Sutherland’s dedication and contribution to the advancement of CMCC during his term as President. The Awards Committee selects as the recipient a student who has maintained a high academic average during the four years, while being active in student affairs demonstrating leadership and initiative.

JAMES L. WATKINS MEMORIAL AWARD Application Required Dr. Watkins served the chiropractic profession faithfully and honourably for more than 33 years. Fol- lowing a successful career as a caring practitioner, Dr. Watkins has the distinction of having held office as Executive Director for The Canadian Chiropractic Association (CCA) and the Canadian Chiropractic Protective Association (CCPA). The CCA and CCPA have created this award to honour his distinguished service to the profession. Candidates will be graduates with strong academic standing who have demonstrated an interest in the Students’ Council and/or Student Canadian Chiropractic Association. The recipient will receive complimentary membership in both the CCA and the CCPA for the first year of his or her practice.

YORK‑PEEL CHIROPRACTIC AWARD Application Required This award is presented to a graduate who plans to establish a practice in the Toronto/York‑Peel region. The Awards Committee selects the recipient based on the following criteria: a good academic record, an altruistic attitude, good rapport with patients, and evidence of volunteer service.

Graduation Academic Awards

BOARD OF GOVERNORS CHAIR’S AWARD The Board of Governors Chair’s Award is presented to a graduating student who has represented the student body in discussions and dealings with the Administration and the Board of Governors while maintaining a satisfactory academic record.

DONALD BRAMHAM MEMORIAL AWARD Dr. Donald Bramham of Regina, Saskatchewan was a long-time Board Member of the Canadian Chi- ropractic Protective Association (CCPA) and was instrumental in the creation of the CCPA. The CCPA 64 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 has created this award to honour his prominent service to the profession. The recipient of this award will have achieved the second highest academic standing in the fourth year of study and will receive a complementary membership in the CCPA for the first year of his/her practice.

CCR CLINICAL RADIOLOGICAL PROFICIENCY AWARD The Chiropractic College of Radiologists (Canada) give this award to recognize a student who has demonstrated a thorough understanding of clinical and radiological entities as demonstrated by having the greatest number of correct submissions in the X‑Ray Case of the Week Contest.

ISTRATI FAMILY MEMORIAL AWARDS This scholarship has been established in memory of Konrad C. and Aurelia M. Istrati and their daughter, Dr. Delilah J. Istrati. It is awarded annually to the two graduating students from the Province of Sas- katchewan who attain the first and second highest cumulative grade point average.

DOUGLAS V. HOSKINS AND SAMUEL F. SOMMACAL CLINIC PROFICIENCY AWARD Dr. Hoskins was a founding member and Secretary of the Board of Governors of CMCC. Dr. Sommacal was a founding member and Chair of the Board of Governors. In appreciation of their contributions, this award is presented by CMCC to an intern from the Campus Clinic who has shown outstanding proficiency in Clinical Education.

RONALD KING AWARDS The Class of ’83 has established two awards in appreciation of the leadership and inspiration imparted by Dr. Ron King, a faculty member and former Clinic Director. Awards are given on the basis of outstanding excellence in clinical chiropractic diagnostic skills.

WALTER STURDY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP The Canadian Chiropractic Association presents this scholarship in memory of Dr. Sturdy, its first Presi- dent and one of the founding members of CMCC. It is given to the student who has achieved the highest overall academic standing during the four year program.

VERN WELSH MEMORIAL AWARD The late Dr. Vern Welsh was an active member of the Board of Directors of the Ontario Chiropractic As- sociation (OCA) and a loyal supporter of CMCC. The award includes a one year membership in the OCA. The recipient must be an Ontario resident who has achieved academic excellence in the subject area of radiology. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 65

GILBERT H. YOUNG MEMORIAL AWARD Dr. Gilbert H. Young was an outstanding leader in the profession in his native British Columbia and across Canada, served on the CMCC Board of Governors and was its Chair for a two‑year term. The award, from a trust fund established from his estate, is given to the student with the highest academic standing in Year IV.

Additional Awards not exclusive to CMCC students

ALBERTA COLLEGE AND ASSOCIATION OF CHIROPRACTORS SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship is awarded to a student who has completed Year III in a CCE accredited chiropractic program, who qualifies as an Alberta resident, and who demonstrates a high rating in clinical competency, service to his or her chiropractic institution and the community, and GPA. Completed applications must be sent before August 15 to: ACAC Students Scholarship Fund, 11203 - 70 Street NW Edmonton, Alberta T5B 1T1. The successful candidate and the institution will be notified by October 1.

CHANEY‑ENSIGN FUND BURSARY AWARD The Hamilton Community Foundation provides modest financial assistance to post‑secondary students who: can demonstrate serious financial need; have graduated from publicly‑funded secondary schools in the Hamilton‑Wentworth area; are registered/in attendance at an approved college and are engaged in full-time undergraduate studies. In special circumstances, part‑time or postgraduate studies may be considered.

CHIROPRACTIC ACADEMIC & RESEARCH EXCELLENCE GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS These scholarships are designed to recognize and reward a variety of activities, including academic excellence, innovation in research, dedication to the science and philosophy of chiropractic, and participation in non‑academic extra‑curricular activities. The recipient must be enrolled full-time in an accredited Doctor of Chiropractic Program at the time of application, have a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, be involved in extra-curricular activities at the chiropractic institution currently attending, and have at least one academic year remaining until program completion at the time of application.

THE CHIROPRACTIC EDUCATION FOUNDATION OF NEW YORK (CEFNY), INC. In order to qualify for this award, you must be a permanent resident of New York State preceding enrollment in a chiropractic program recognized for licensure in New York State and have plans to practice there. You must have completed one year of chiropractic education by the time the award is given. Scholarships are paid directly to the program in the recipient’s name and are announced at the CEFNY annual meeting in May of each year. 66 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

HAROLD BEASLEY AWARD FOR EXCELLENCE IN JURISPRUDENCE This award was established in 1995 to honour the memory of Dr. Harold Beasley, a former Chair of the Board of Directors of Chiropractic (BDC), now the College of Chiropractors of Ontario (CCO). As Chair of the BDC, Dr. Beasley worked tirelessly to ensure that chiropractic was given “fair recognition under legislation.” This annual award will be presented to a student at an accredited chiropractic educational institution in North America, who intends to practice in Ontario, for Proficiency in Ontario Jurisprudence. The winner shall have his/her fees for application and registration in Ontario waived for the first year. The recipient will be determined by the CCO’s Awards Committee. Please see Student Services for a list of essay topics and due date.

LOUISE MCKINNEY POST SECONDARY SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship is provided to reward undergraduate students for their academic achievements. Eligi- ble applicants are in their second or subsequent academic year of their program, are permanent residents of Alberta, and are Canadian citizens or have landed immigrant status. The successful candidates must provide proof that they are in the top 2% of their current year. Applications are to be sent directly to: Scholarship Fund 6th floor, 9940-106 Street, Edmonton, Alberta T5K 2V1.

MASONIC FOUNDATION OF ONTARIO This award is available to students in post secondary institutions in Ontario who are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants, resident in Ontario. Preference is given to those in their final terms of their last or second to last year of study who have encountered an unforeseen financial emergency. No Masonic connection is necessary. The applicant must fill out a detailed application form, providing full information on his/her financial situation.

SPORT MEDICINE COUNCIL OF MANITOBA SCHOLARSHIP This scholarship fund has been established by the Sport Medicine Council of Manitoba to offer financial support to students of its member groups and to meet the needs of Manitoba athletes. The Council will select the student who has achieved a GPA of at least 3.0; continues his/her program in the next ensuing regular academic session; demonstrates outstanding volunteer work related to sport medicine as well as an impressive extra curricular background related to sport medicine; displays competence and dedication to his/her field, including professionalism, enthusiasm and commitment. The application must be completed and sent directly to Sport Medicine Council of Manitoba, 403-200 Main Street, Winnipeg, Manitoba R3C 4M2. The deadline is the first Friday of May.

TERRY FOX HUMANITARIAN AWARD The Terry Fox Humanitarian Award Program is a post secondary scholarship program which was established by a grant from the Government of Canada at the time of the death of Terry Fox. The program provides scholarships to students entering or attending post secondary educational institutions within Canada. The successful applicants are recognized for dedication to community service, perseverance and courage in the face of obstacles, and the pursuit of excellence in fitness and academics. CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009 67

Graduate Awards

EDGAR, BELLA, AND J.O. HOULE AWARD This scholarship honouring the memories of Dr. Edgar Houle, Dr. Bella C. Houle, and their father, Dr. J. Oswald Houle, was established by Mrs. Edna C. Bousquet Houle, wife of the late Dr. J. Oswald Houle and mother of Drs. Edgar and Bella Houle. The award is determined by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research Programs and the Director, Graduate Studies for a CMCC Resident who has completed the Graduate Program, excelled in research, teaching and demonstrated leadership during the residency.

KIRKALDY-WILLIS MEMORIAL AWARD This scholarship honouring the memory of Dr. William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis, a great friend to chiropractic and supporter of research, graduate education and interdisciplinary collaboration was established by the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College. The award is determined by the Dean, Graduate Educa- tion and Research Programs and the Director, Graduate Studies for a CMCC Graduate Student who has completed his/her program of study and has demonstrated leadership and creative initiative in the promotion of interdisciplinary research.

Faculty Awards

Dr. A. Earl Homewood (1915 –1989) was a founding faculty member of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College and served for many years as President, Chairman of the Board, Business Administrator, Dean, Professor, Professor Emeritus and President Emeritus. He taught in many academic areas including technique, anatomy, and jurisprudence. During his career, he also held appointments at Lincoln Chiropractic College in Indianapolis and Los Angeles College of Chiropractic. He was a scholar, an administrator, and a practitioner who dedicated his life to the profession that he loved and the people whom it served.

68 CMCC Student Handbook 2008-2009

Notes:

Division of Clinical Education

Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Revised September 2008 Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College 6100 Leslie Street Toronto, ON M4A 1L4 416-482-2340

Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Table of Contents 1.0 INTRODUCTION Pages 5 – 7 1.1 Mission and Organization of the Division of Clinical Education 5 1.2 External Regulations and Guidelines 5 1.3 Division of Clinical Education Organizational Chart 6

2.0 CLINIC ADMINISTRATION Pages 7 – 18 2.1 Clinic Management 7 2.2 Primary Clinician Profiles 8 - 14 2.3 Campus Clinic 15 2.4 External Clinic Participation 15 2.5 External Clinic Descriptions 16 – 19

3.0 PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOUR Pages 20 - 22 3.1 Consent to Treatment 20 - 21 3.2 Privacy 21 3.3 Discharging a Patient and Abandonment 21 - 22

4.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION – QUALITATIVE Pages 23 - 28 4.1 Qualitative Requirements 23 4.2 Competency Evaluations 23 - 24 4.3 X-Ray Laboratory Clerkship 24 - 25 4.4 X-Ray Reading Laboratory Clerkship 25 - 26 4.5 Laboratory Diagnosis Clerkship 27 4.6 Laboratory Safety 27 - 28

5.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION – QUANTITATIVE Pages 29 - 31 5.1 New Patients 29 5.2 Subsequent Treatments 29 - 30 5.3 Other Quantitative Requirements 30 5.4 Modality Requirements 30 - 31

6.0 PATIENT CARE Pages 32 - 39 6.1 New Patients – Booking 32 6.2 Initial Presentation 32 - 34 6.3 Permission to treat (PTT) 34 6.4 Treatment Room Protocol 34 - 35 6.5 X-ray Booking Protocol 35 - 36 6.6 Case Presentations 36 6.7 Existing Patients Qualifying as a New Patient 36 - 37 6.8 Subsequent Treatments 37 6.9 CMCC Orthotics Protocol 37 6.10 Technique & Alternative Chiropractic Treatment Protocol 37 - 38 6.11 Re-evaluation 38 - 39

2 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

6.12 New Complaint 39 Table of Contents (continued)

7.0 WORKPLACE SAFETY & INSURANCE BOARD CASES (WSIB) Page 40 7.1 General WSIB Information 40 7.2 Programs of Care 40

8.0 MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION Pages 41 - 45 8.1 Clinic Liaison Group 41 8.2 Infractions 42 8.3 Absences 42 8.4 Dress Guidelines 43 8.5 Policy on HIV 43 8.6 Fee Reduction Policy 43 - 44 8.7 Clinic Closures due to Inclement Weather 44 - 45

3 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

A Welcome to the Class of 2009

I am extremely pleased to welcome the Class of 2009 to CMCC’s Clinical Internship Program. Your education through the first three years of the undergraduate program has amply prepared you with the knowledge and skills for the development of your practical abilities. The next twelve months hold amazing opportunities that will guide you, under the watchful eye of your clinician, to a demonstration of the clinical competencies required for graduation and a successful practice.

I would challenge you to make the most of your year in Clinic. The efforts and focus that you invest at this time will be returned many times over the course of your career as a chiropractor. Upon graduation, you will move confidently into practice in a manner that will showcase your CMCC training and education as a standard for your patients, your community and healthcare in Canada. I have no doubt that you will be proud of the education you received at CMCC. Be proud of your roots and remember that we will also be looking to you to mentor the future generations of Canadian chiropractors.

Rick Ruegg Associate Dean, Clinics

4 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

1.0 INTRODUCTION

In their final year at the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic program, students will have the opportunity to treat patients (either in the Campus Clinic or in one of the external clinics), resulting in a range of clinical experiences.

In tandem with the Undergraduate Education: Academic Policies & Regulations manual, the Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual created by the Division of Clinical Education outlines policies developed to protect the rights and responsibilities of students and to maintain the academic integrity and ethical standards of CMCC. This manual details additional protocols that are specific to the fourth year program and the management of patient care. You are responsible for knowing the content of this manual. Please read it carefully, and use it as a reference. By doing so you will save time, energy and frustration. The contents of this manual are subject to change at any time.

1.1 Mission and Organization of the Division of Clinical Education

The Division of Clinical Education has the following mission statement:

The Division of Clinical Education is committed to excellence by providing chiropractic clinical education, with the purpose of developing a primary contact health care professional, through exemplary patient care, community service, fostering of research, and leadership in innovative educational methods.

It is the Division’s unstated mission to provide the best educational experience possible in fourth year by assisting the intern wherever possible with the information and skills required to graduate a competent health care professional.

1.2 External Regulations and Guidelines

Interns are expected to conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times. Please note that, in addition to the manuals listed in the previous paragraph, interns must be familiar with and observe all policies, procedures, guidelines and recommendations as published in the documents listed below, which are available in the CMCC library.

• Regulated Health Profession Act, Chiropractic Act • Ontario Regulations Pertaining to Chiropractic, College of Chiropractors of Ontario • CCPA By-Laws and Regulations, Canadian Chiropractic Protective Association • Clinical Guidelines for Chiropractic Practice in Canada, Canadian Chiropractic Association

5 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

CANADIAN MEMORIAL CHIROPRACTIC COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE EDUCATION ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

Associate Dean, Clinics

Laboratory Manager, Clinic Director of Director of Director of Coordinator, Dept. of Clinical Education Clinical Education Technologist Imaging Administration (2) Rehabilitative & & Patient Care & Patient Care Assessment Services

Accounts Receivable X-Ray Coordinator Technologist Clinicians (13) Clinicians (11)

Clinic X-Ray & Receptionists Ultrasound (3) Technologist

Receptionist - Radiology Sherbourne Faculty (4) Clinic (2)

Clinic Records Clerk (2)

DRAS Administrative Coordinator

Secretary to Clinic Mgt. Team

Switchboard Receptionist Assoc Dean Clinics Generic Org Chart - 04-14-08

6 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

2.0 Clinic Administration

All interns become an integral part of a Patient Management Team (PMT), which is comprised of a clinical faculty supervisor and intern colleagues. Within this team there will be the opportunity to develop and refine clinical skills in order to prepare students as entry-level chiropractic health care professionals. The clinical faculty supervisors are dedicated to helping interns successfully complete their clinical requirements. There is substantial learning to be found through sharing experiences with peers.

2.1 Clinic Management

The Division of Clinical Education is led by the Associate Dean, Clinics. This position reports to the Dean, Undergraduate Studies and is responsible for the operation of all education programs and CMCC system of clinics.

The Manager, Clinic Administration is responsible for the administrative functions associated with all clinics and with the educational program. This position, reporting to the Associate Dean, Clinics is also responsible for the operation of clinic systems and administrative staff management.

The Directors of Clinical Education and Patient Care (2 positions) assume the responsibility for the preparation, update and delivery of all Clinical Education programs, as well as for the staffing and quality assurance of our external clinics. These positions report to the Associate Dean.

The Director, Imaging, reporting to the Associate Dean, is responsible for overseeing all x-ray reading and x-ray taking aspects of the Clinic operations.

The Secretary to the CMT is responsible for the liaison and co-ordination between all levels of Clinic Management staff and students. This position reports to the Manager, Clinic Administration

The Clinic Administration staff is responsible for the management of patient flow through our clinics, the billing and collection of patient accounts and the security of patient documentation. Each of these positions reports to the Manager of Clinic Administration. It is important to realize how the staff of any chiropractic clinic contributes to its overall success. The reception staff is front-line to the patient experience, and should be recognized as being an integral member of the health care team.

The Clinical Faculty are Doctors of Chiropractic duly registered with the College of Chiropractors of Ontario. They have the responsibilities of student education and patient care management within the Patient Management Teams.

7 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

2.2 Primary Clinician Profiles

The clinical faculty at CMCC are among the leaders in chiropractic practice within their communities. They have been selected for their contribution to the profession, demonstrated excellence in both teaching and learning, and management of patient care. The following table details their location within the clinic system, and their areas of chiropractic interest.

Clinic: Clinicians: CAMPUS CLINIC – Dr. Chris deGraauw Monday, Wednesday, Area of expertise (including any fellowships): Friday mornings: • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences Areas of interest: • General practice with focus on soccer players, paddlers and runners. • Pregnancy Number of years in practice: • 11 years Techniques used: • Diversified, • Soft tissue therapies including MRT and Graston • Acupuncture Dr. Robert Gringmuth Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences • Fellow of Chiropractic Rehabilitation Sciences • Diplomat of the American Chiropractic Rehabilitation Board • Acupuncture, Soccer Areas of interest: • Sports Injury Management • Motor vehicle accident rehabilitation • Independent Chiropractic Assessment Number of years in practice: • 32 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Graston • MRT/ART • Rehab/exercise

8 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: CAMPUS CLINIC – Dr. Jarrod Goldin Monday, Wednesday, Area of expertise (including any fellowships): Friday Afternoons • Feet – orthotics (biomechanical chain) • Inner City Health Issues Areas of interest: • Healthcare rights/access • Importance of diagnoses • First Nations health Number of years in practice: • 12 years Techniques used: • Diversified

Dr. Dan Proctor Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Clinical Sciences • AMA Disability Certification • Independent Evaluations Areas of interest: • TMJ • Hip/cervical spine • Patient management studies • Orthopaedic testing Number of years in practice: • 25 years Techniques used: • Diversified

Dr. Glen Harris Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences • Running/shoulder rehabilitation Areas of interest: • Running/shoulder rehabilitation Number of years in practice: • 11 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Graston • ART

9 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: CAMPUS CLINIC – Dr. Brad Muir Tuesday, Thursday, Area of expertise (including any fellowships): Saturday mornings • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences Areas of interest: • Exercise /sports therapy • Extremities • Rehabilitation Number of years in practice: • 5 years Techniques used: • Diversified, • Graston • Acupuncture • Vibromax

Dr. Jason Pajaczkowski Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences • Fellow of Chiropractic Rehabilitation Sciences • Orthopaedic examination • Sports therapy Areas of interest: • Sports injury management • Biomechanics and human performance • Running/Pitching analysis Number of years in practice: • 8 years Techniques used: • Diversified • ART • Graston • Acupuncture • Modified Gonstead

Dr. Les Wiltshire Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Foot biomechanics • Orthopaedics • General chiropractic practice management Areas of interest: • Orthotics • Child care • Pregnancy Number of years in practice: • 29 years Techniques used: • Diversified

10 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: CAMPUS CLINIC– Dr. Cam Borody Tuesday, Thursday, Area of expertise (including any fellowships): Saturday Afternoons: • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sports Sciences • MVA assessment and management Areas of interest: • Sports injuries • Technique analysis • Patient communication Number of years in practice: • 7 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Acupuncture • ART • Graston

Dr. Oksana Huska Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Orthotics prescription • Biomechanics of the lower limbs Areas of interest: • Orthotics prescription • Biomechanics of the lower limbs Number of years in practice: • 28 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Acupuncture • Drop work

Dr. Andy Pullinec Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Orthopedists • WSIB/MVA – patient management and treatment • General chiropractic practice Areas of interest: • Geriatrics • General chiropractic practice management Number of years in practice: • 27 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Acupuncture • Graston

11 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: BRONTE HARBOUR Dr. Natalia Lishchyna CHIROPRACTIC CLINIC Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sciences Areas of interest: • Pregnancy • Orthotics Number of years in practice : • 10 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Dr. Constance Columbus Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the Chiropractic College of Radiologists • Independent chiropractic assessments Areas of interest: • Extremity assessment and treatment • Orthotics • Gait analysis (including videotaping patient’s gait) Number of years in practice : • 14 years • Radiographic consultation business – 10 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Adjunctive tools – Thulle board, activator, etc.

Clinic: Clinicians: ST. JOHN’S Dr. Scott Howitt REHABILITATION Area of expertise (including any fellowships): HOSPITAL • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sport Sciences • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Rehabilitation Areas of interest: • Sports and Rehabilitation • Functional biomechanical analysis Number of years in practice: • 8 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Graston • ART • Acupuncture • Modalities • Rehabilitation

12 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: SHERBOURNE Dr. Phil Decina COMMUNITY HEALTH Area of expertise (including any fellowships): CENTRE • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sciences • Motor vehicle injury assessments • Sports injuries Areas of interest: • Third party assessments • Complex diagnoses • Community health issues • Musculoskeletal effects of HIV Number of years in practice: • 19 years Techniques used: • Diversified

Dr. Lara deGraauw Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sport Sciences • Pregnancy • Sports injuries especially soccer Areas of interest: • Pregnancy • Adolescent female athletes • Exercise physiology Number of years in practice: • 11 years Techniques used: • Diversified

Dr. Emily Morton (currently on parental leave)

13 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Clinic: Clinicians: SOUTH RIVERDALE Dr. Glenn Engel COMMUNITY HEALTH Area of expertise (including any fellowships): CENTRE • Fellow of the College of Chiropractic Sciences • Rheumatologic conditions Areas of interest: • Diagnosis and treatment of complex issues • Spondylogenic diagnoses, Nerve root Number of years in practice : • 41 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Acupuncture • Soft tissue

Dr. David Lee Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Rehabilitation • Acupuncture • General practice management Areas of interest: • Rehabilitation Number of years in practice : • 15 years Techniques used: • Diversified • Acupuncture

Clinic: Clinicians: ANISHNAWBE HEALTH Dr. Matthew Barrigar TORONTO Area of expertise (including any fellowships): • Orthopaedics • TMJ • Addictions Areas of interest: • Aboriginal health • Clinical Research Number of years in practice: • 20 years Techniques used: • Diversified

14 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

2.3 Campus Clinic

Interns are typically assigned for one rotation to a Patient Management Team (PMT) at the Campus clinic location.

Campus Clinic, 6100 Leslie Street Telephone number for new patients: 416-482-2546 Core hours of operation: Monday through Thursday: 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Friday: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Saturday: 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.

The patient management areas of the Campus Clinic are organized into three pods, each consisting of 4 PMTs. Each PMT has access to five treatment rooms, a case discussion room and various modalities. Additional modalities are located in clinic records, as are various anatomical models. Patients are registered at the main clinic reception desk, and interns are informed of their patient’s arrival either by telephone to the pod area or by page.

2.4 External Clinic Participation

CMCC places a huge value on its community involvement with external clinic partners. The external clinics provide an experience in the clinical year different from that found at the Campus clinic. It is therefore important to remember that interns who are placed at an external clinic are guests in the host environment. If the external clinic partners have rules and protocols specific to their site, interns and clinicians are expected to act within those confines accordingly.

15 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

2.5 External Clinic Descriptions

Anishnawbe Health Toronto, 225 Queen Street East Telephone number: 416-360-0486 (this is the main switchboard, and you’ll need to be transferred to the chiropractic clinic) Hours of operation: Monday and Wednesday: 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Friday: 10 a.m. to 3 p.m.

The Anishnawbe Community Health Centre is managed by Aboriginal people under the guiding principles of traditional medicine of the First Nations Peoples. The clinic represents an integrative service delivery model with all health care practitioners interacting in the management of patients. Community service is an important component of this placement. There may also be opportunities to participate in feasts, ceremonies, and sweat lodges.

The area for patient management is located in the lower level of the centre. It consists of a general office area and several rooms that are separated by curtains for privacy. Interns at Anishnawbe are also expected to use Purkinje, an electronic medical records system.

Please note that patient care at the Anishnawbe clinic is limited to aboriginal peoples. Interns are NOT permitted to bring their own patients to the Anishnawbe Clinic.

16 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Bronte Harbour Chiropractic Clinic, 2290 Lakeshore Road West, Oakville Telephone number: 905-825-2011 Hours of operation: Monday: 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday: 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. Friday: 8 a.m. to 2 p.m. Saturday: 7 a.m. to 1 p.m.

The Bronte Harbour Chiropractic Clinic is our newest location for patient care. It is located in a strip mall in close proximity to high-density housing, especially residences geared for seniors. It also is the preferred provider for clients of the Halton Region with musculoskeletal related conditions.

The clinic is organized into 6 treatment rooms and a large meeting room for case discussions, rounds presentations and completion of paperwork. It has a separate reception/waiting area and storage for files and miscellaneous equipment.

St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital, 285 Cummer Avenue Telephone number: 416-224-6942 Hours of operation: Monday: 11:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Wednesday: 10:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Friday: 8 a.m. to 2 p.m.

St. John’s is a multidisciplinary rehabilitation hospital. The hospital specializes in rehabilitation of patients who have suffered serious injuries or illnesses that require a longer period of management. St. John’s has amputee, burn, and Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) programs, in addition to providing rehabilitation for post surgical orthopaedics and neurology patients. It also provides an ambulatory rehabilitation program for patients referred from the community.

The chiropractic clinic is currently located in the basement area of the hospital (but is anticipated to move in 2008/09). It consists of an office, 3 treatments rooms, and an additional meeting room/treatment space.

For further information about St. John’s Rehabilitation Hospital, go to their website, www.stjohnsrehab.com .

17 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Sherbourne Community Health Centre: 333 Sherbourne Street Telephone Number: 416-324-4166 Hours of operation: Monday: 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Tuesday: 12 p.m. to 8 p.m. Wednesday: 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. Thursday: 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Friday : 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Saturday : 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.

This clinic, the first full-time external clinic, has been in operation since 1996 at various sites in the downtown core of Toronto. The program was initially developed as a result of the HIV/AIDS population requesting that chiropractic services be made available as a part of the HIV/AIDS program at The Wellesley Hospital. The clinic has evolved and expanded its hours to suit the needs of the individuals making use of the Sherbourne Community Health Centre (CHC).

The clinic consists of 9 treatment rooms, a large case discussion room, and a large waiting room. It is staffed with a receptionist who oversees the administration and patient flow aspects of the clinic. The Canadian College of Naturopathic Medicine uses the patient care clinic on Tuesday mornings and Wednesday afternoons.

For further information about the Sherbourne Community Health Centre visit the following websites:

www.sherbourne.on.ca/PDFs/SHC_0607_AnnualReport.pdf www.sherbourne.on.ca/about/about-c.html www.sherbourne.on.ca/programs/programs.html

South Riverdale Community Health Centre, 955 Queen Street East Telephone number: 416-778-6883 Hours of operation: Monday: 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Tuesday: 10:30 a.m. to 8 p.m. Wednesday: 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Thursday: 10:30 a.m. to 8 p.m. Friday: 11a.m. to 4 p.m. Saturday: 10 a.m. to 1 p.m.

The CMCC chiropractic clinic housed within the South Riverdale Community Health Centre operates in a multidisciplinary fashion with other health professionals. A significant proportion of the population are Chinese-speaking. The clinic represents a very diverse population and interns are expected to participate in CHC and local community activities.

The clinic consists of 4 treatment rooms and an office, with a reception level in an atrium on the floor below. Interns have access to other areas of the CHC , including a staff lunchroom and rooftop lounge.

18 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

For further information about the South Riverdale Community Health Centre: visit www.srchc.ca/ and www.srchc.ca/downloads/AnnualReport.pdf

In addition to the CMCC full-time chiropractic clinics, two other clinics provide patient care and information for a short period each week.

Muki Baum Association 111 Anthony Road (Children’s Centre) 40 Samor Road (Adult’s Centre)

The Muki Baum Association provides educational services to children and adults who are dually diagnosed (mental, physical, emotional disabilities). The association is jointly funded by the Toronto District School Board and the Ministry of Community and Social Services. Interns treat at either the adult or children’s centre one morning a week.

19 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

3.0 Professional Behaviour

In 2006, medical professionalism was defined as being “demonstrated through a foundation of clinical competence, communication skills, and ethical and legal understanding, upon which is built the aspiration to and wise application of the principles of professionalism: excellence, humanism, accountability and altruism (Arnold L, Stern DT. What is medical professionalism? In: Stern DT, ed. Measuring medical professionalism. New York:Oxford University Press, 2006).

As a clinical intern and representative of the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College and a clinical intern certain behaviours are expected of you. Once you have graduated and set up practice, these behaviours will enhance your reputation in the community and ensure that you are complying with various regulations set by the College of Chiropractors of Ontario.

All students enrolled at CMCC are prohibited from providing treatment, advice or acting in a clinical manner, as it relates to a health profession for which he or she is not licensed or registered in Ontario. Each student enrolled at CMCC, whether or not enrolled in the clinic program, is strictly prohibited from practicing and/or holding himself/herself out as a chiropractor.

Students are subject to the rules, regulations and policies established by CMCC, the laws of Ontario, and regulations and conduct set out by CMCC and the College of Chiropractors of Ontario. Professional behaviour can, on occasion, fall into a “grey zone”, and it is important that if unsure, an intern consults with others before engaging in a situation potentially deemed as unprofessional.

Students who have questions or concerns regarding professional behaviour policies should initially speak with their primary clinician. Should there still be questions, the student should speak with the Associate Dean, or the Director of Student Affairs for clarification. Please refer to the Academic Calendar: Standards of Student Conduct and Code of Conduct sections.

Even if conduct is unwittingly unprofessional, failure to comply with this policy may lead to disciplinary action, which may include expulsion or suspension from CMCC. Further administrative, civil, and/or criminal action may commence. Consent of an individual is not justification for inappropriate conduct by a student.

3.1 Consent to Treatment

The decision to treat a patient rests with the clinician. Any and all changes to the treatment plan must have prior approval by the clinician.

After completing an initial history and examination of the patient, each intern must present a Report of Findings to the clinician. The Report of Findings is a

20 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

written representation of the information that will be discussed with the patient prior to determining a plan of management. Once a clinician has approved the Report of Findings, the patient will sign both the Report of Findings and the Informed Consent prior to the commencement of a treatment plan.

All health professionals are required by law to obtain informed consent from their patients prior to commencing treatment. It is important that all patients receive appropriate and accurate information to assist them in making health care choices, and reviewing the risk/benefit options inherent in treatment.

The following are conditions of informed consent:

1. The person must be 18 years old. 2. The person must be capable of giving consent • not under the influence of drugs or alcohol • mentally able to understand the nature of consent 3. The patient must be informed • e.g. what are the treatment, risks, and alternatives etc. 4. The consent must not be obtained under duress, fraud or misrepresentation 5. If under 18 years old, consent must be obtained from the parent or guardian who has custody. 6. Consent may be withdrawn by the patient at any time.

Remember in an initial examination, the patient has not given consent to receive treatment, they have only consented to an examination. Consent is not a defense for negligence.

3.2 Privacy

All patients have the legal right to privacy with respect to their patient files and personal information. It is the intern’s responsibility to protect their patients right to privacy. CMCC assists by designating an individual as the Health Records Custodian (currently the Associate Dean, Clinics). The primary purposes for collecting personal information are for the delivery of care, the generation of research statistics, administration of billing within the guidelines of the College of Chiropractors of Ontario, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

3.3 Discharging a Patient and Abandonment

On occasion it will be necessary to discharge a patient from care, either because their condition has resolved, not suitable for chiropractic care, or unresolvable issues with patient conduct (such as perpetual cancellation of appointments or inappropriate conduct with clinic staff). In the case when a patient is being discharged from care, it is important to ensure that the patient is not being abandoned from receiving chiropractic care.

21 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Abandonment, as described by the College of Chiropractors of Ontario, is:

Discontinuing needed professional services unless the patient requests the discontinuation, alternative services are arranged, or the patient is given a reasonable opportunity to arrange alternate services (www.cco.on.ca/regulation_r-008.htm ).

Once the process of care has begun, the patient must not be abandoned; the continuity of patient care must be maintained. It is also important to document in the patient’s file when an appointment has been missed or cancelled and when the patient has been contacted. Written file documentation is often the only defense to a charge of abandonment.

Should it be necessary to discharge a patient, it is important to ensure that an alternate method for receiving care is provided. This often takes the form of a referral to another chiropractor within the same physical community, or provision of a listing of chiropractors as found on the Ontario Chiropractic Association website.

22 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

4.0 Requirements For Graduation -- Qualitative

The CMCC qualitative and quantitative clinical requirements reflect standards of the Council of Chiropractic Education of Canada. It is the responsibility of the intern to ensure that all clinical requirements are completed.

4.1 Qualitative Requirements

The following assessments will be used to determine the final grade for the qualitative component:

Clinic Midterm Exam 25% Clinic Exit Exam 25% Competency Evaluations 50%

TOTAL 100%

The following must also be satisfactorily completed in order to fulfil the qualitative requirements of CE 4405:

• A series of Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) and/or third party payer forms • X-ray Interpretation Clerkship • Clinical Laboratory Clerkship • Rehabilitation Rounds • Auxiliary Therapy (Modality) requirements • Once per rotation, the identification of a problem patient case requiring a specialized assessment including a letter of referral, assessment of the patient by a clinical faculty and completion of associated documentation • Incorporation of a nutritional assessment and recommendations into an approved plan of management • Participation in at least two community outreach programs, either treatment or informational outreaches • Providing preclinical students with the opportunity to observe the chiropractic management of clinic patients

An intern must continue to give evidence of clinical competency throughout the entire duration of his/her internship from May 26, 2008 through May 30th, 2009. Each intern is required to attend all the clinic hours set for their PMT. Leave of absence forms are available for interns who wish to book a week away from clinic.

4.2 Competency Evaluations

The evaluation of your clinical competency skills during the internship year

23 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

provides a base for charting clinical development and skills acquisition. During the course of the year you will be assessed in a number of key areas of development. Your primary clinician will be responsible for assessing your performance and providing feedback in each area of evaluation. These evaluations must be completed after direct observation by your primary clinician or their designate.

You will be evaluated on a bi-monthly basis by your primary clinician. Competency evaluations are due to the office of the secretary to the CMT on the dates listed below but it is to your advantage to complete them early in the rotation.

Evaluation Period One July 26, 2008 Evaluation Period Two September 27, 2008 Evaluation Period Three November 29, 2008 Evaluation Period Four January 31, 2009 Evaluation Period Five March 28, 2009 Evaluation Period Six May 9, 2009

LATE COMPETENCY EVALUATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED

4.3 X-Ray Laboratory Clerkship

In the province of Ontario, and across Canada and the United States, chiropractors have been the right to perform x-rays and use x-ray results as an important diagnostic tool. The right to use x-ray information has resulted from governments recognizing the training and competence that interns receive in radiology, including both the taking of films and their interpretation.

Interns are required to complete ten days over four weeks in the X-ray laboratory, learning the basics of proper procedure, technique, film processing, and quality assurance. The intern cannot have any other responsibilities during the assigned hours of X-ray taking. Rotation schedule changes must be submitted for approval in writing at least 4 weeks prior to the start of the rotation. The four X- ray weeks are not concurrent. Two-week rotations occur once in the spring/summer term, and once in the fall/winter term. On the pre-scheduled days attendance is mandatory and failure to attend will result in rescheduling of the intern for at least twice the number of hours missed. Clinic attire is mandatory during the students' time in the X-ray laboratory.

At the onset of the first rotation, the interns are required to pass (70%) an entry examination to ensure they are prepared for their X-ray rotation. The test will cover all of the information in the required X-ray text (Radiographic Technology at Its Best). Failure to obtain 70% will result in a re-write and an extra day will be added to the student’s X-ray clerkship. Extra days are to be made up during free time when there are no interns scheduled in the X-ray lab.

24 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

During the first rotation, interns are introduced to the practical aspects of operating an X-ray machine, handling patients, determining appropriate exposure factors, and proper darkroom technique. Basic and advanced quality assurance techniques are taught and practised.

At the onset of the second rotation, the interns will be given a written mid-term test to ensure that a similar standard has been attained by all individuals. The exam will encompass the entire X-ray text as well as all information taught in the first rotation. Failure to obtain 70% in the exam will require an oral assignment and the passing of a similar test.

The interns will be responsible for the complete operation of the outpatient X-ray labs (under technologist supervision) during their second rotation, which will also include a sensitometry, quality assurance lecture and review of manual processing techniques.

An X-ray exit practical exam is held on the final day of the second rotation.

4.4 X-Ray Reading Laboratory Clerkship

The objective of the X-ray reading clerkship is to familiarize the intern with the proper protocols and skills of radiographic interpretation. This includes, but is not limited to:

• Preparation of documentation; • Film examination; • Film interpretation; • Utilization of acceptable radiographic terminology; • Developing sufficient skills of syntax; • Drafting a suitable radiographic narrative report; • Film and report critique.

General Considerations :

• The intern is required to practice under the direct supervision of the faculty radiologist and/or radiology resident. Dialogue is encouraged so the refinement of radiographic reporting skills and techniques can be developed. • The intern is encouraged to review studies that are performed on the premises. • During the X-ray reading clerkship, interns must be attired in appropriate clinical dress and are responsible for maintaining the orderliness and cleanliness of the reading laboratory. • Interns may see their patients only prior to or following their scheduled reading times. Interns are required to attend for all twenty hours of report writing.

25 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

• Reading interns should be prepared to bring appropriate notes, pencils, overlay markers, rulers, protractors, etc. • Files should not be removed from their locations and must be maintained in a neat and orderly fashion.

Report writing sessions are held in two -week sessions. Each group of six interns attend for 20 hours as directed by the radiologist.

A one-hour introduction or review session will be held at the beginning of each of these days. The introductory session will outline the expectations and requirements of the X-ray report writing course. The review sessions will cover information assigned and learned the day before.

The interns will be provided with 20 X-ray cases at the beginning of the week. They will be responsible for writing narrative reports on each of these cases during the 20 hours allotted to report writing. Interns may work alone or in small groups, whichever they feel will maximize their educational experience.

Case reports assigned on the previous day must be ready for presentation during the next session. The cases will be made available in the X-ray reading room for interns’ use in times outside the formal lab sessions.

The assigned cases will be discussed the following day in a group format. Interns are encouraged to discuss these cases and to add or delete information to their written reports based on the radiologists’s presentations of the cases .

At the end of the one-week session, all acceptable reports will be signed by the attending radiologist/resident and filed in the intern's student file. The passing grade required is 80% for each report. Failure to obtain this mark will require a rewrite of the report(s), which will be remarked. These reports will be credited toward meeting the CCE(C) radiographic reading requirements (35 X-ray studies). An additional 15 reports must be completed by each intern during the year. These reports may be from their own patients X-rays or the “Case of the Week (COW),” and must be reviewed by the radiologist. The reports must be submitted before the release of the radiologist’s official report. They will be marked and filed in the intern’s X-ray file.

26 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

4.5 Laboratory Diagnosis Clerkship

As primary health care providers, chiropractors are responsible for the assessment and diagnosis of their patients’ complaints. Laboratory diagnosis is an important tool contributing to the assessment of a patient’s condition or ailment. In Canada, direct access to clinical laboratories is restricted. However, education in laboratory diagnosis and testing is mandatory in the curriculum of accredited chiropractic colleges, and of licensing board examinations in North America. Therefore, interns are required to complete one week (minimum of 20 hours) in the clinic laboratory. During this time they will perform some fundamental laboratory tests, as well as review the most common haematological, immunological and biochemical disorders encountered by chiropractors.

Prior to their week in the laboratory, each intern is expected to obtain a copy of the laboratory notes from the instructor, review the material and be prepared to discuss and answer questions. Interns must obtain at least 70% on their daily practical and written tests. Failure to do so will require the intern to write and pass (70%) a supplemental examination. Any intern with a grade below 70% on the supplemental examination will be required to repeat the clinic laboratory program.

The practical testing includes a successful venipuncture, cholesterol assessment, red and white cell differentials, and urine multistix analysis. The written tests consist of haematological and urine case studies as well as individual questions from the course material that is supplied.

Interpretation of laboratory results may also be covered on both the clinic midterm and exit exams.

The minimum clinic requirements are 20 venipunctures, 20 complete blood counts, 10 biochemistries and 25 urinalyses.

Any schedule change must be made a minimum of 2 weeks prior to class and must be authorized by the laboratory supervisor. Interns are responsible for finding a replacement and filling out the proper authorization form.

4.6 Laboratory Safety

The Clinic laboratory contains a wide range of safety hazards, many capable of producing serious injury or life-threatening disease. To work safely in this environment, the intern must learn what hazards exist, the basic safety precautions associated with them, and learn to apply the basic rules of common sense required for everyday safety. No food or beverages are permitted in the laboratory.

27 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Hand contact represents the number one method of infection transmission. Interns obtaining blood and urine samples must observe the proper precautions since such contact can provide an unlimited vehicle for the transmission of infection. It is essential to wear gloves and wash the hands when dealing with specimens in the Clinic Laboratory.

Personal protective equipment such as laboratory coats and gloves are provided to interns for their personal safety. This equipment never leaves the laboratory.

When following venipuncture procedures, special precautions must be taken. Tourniquets, gauze, alcohol pads, needles and bandages must be deposited in the proper waste containers. Specimens and laboratory counters should be cleaned of any blood contamination and soiled material must be placed into plastic bags for autoclaving.

The primary biologic hazard associated with phlebotomy is exposure to blood- borne pathogens transmitted by blood-to-blood contact. Transmission may occur by accidentally puncturing oneself with a contaminated needle or lancet or by passive contact through open skin lesions or mucous membranes of the eyes, nose or mouth.

It is impossible to always know whether or not a patient’s blood contains a blood- borne pathogen. Therefore, universal precautions should prevail. All patients should be assumed to be infectious.

28 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

5.0 Requirements for Graduation -- Quantitative Requirements 5.1 New Patients

• A minimum of 35 new patient encounters is required during the internship including a minimum of 10 new patient encounters during each of the two rotations. New patients may be rotation, referral or carry-over patients. No patient shall count as a new patient more than once in a rotation, or more than once for any one intern. • The intern may receive credit for CMCC students and their own immediate families to a maximum of 20%, or 7 new patients in total. Immediate family is defined as parent, child or sibling. The treatment of any intern’s spouse or partner is strictly forbidden under CCO guidelines. The reasoning and recommendation is stated below. There is a history of complaints against members who have had sexual relationships with their patients/former patients. Complaints have been made by patients, significant others (including spouses of both members and patients) and former significant others. Therefore, there is a minimum recommended waiting period of one year following the termination of the professional relationship, before beginning any sexual relationship.

• The new patient cases must satisfy the following criteria: comprehensive history, examination, discriminating differential diagnosis, tentative/definitive diagnosis, additional testing including X-ray or laboratory when applicable, plan of management (both active and passive), prognosis and reference to support the diagnosis and plan of management. In addition, at least 3 subsequent visits of the plan of management must be completed to count as a “new patient.” • Up to 10 cases may be exempt from the 3 subsequent visit criterion. The learning objective must be established and the educational merit of these cases must be confirmed by the intern’s primary clinician. • Patient presentations over the 12-month internship period should be reflective of the variety and proportion of conditions presenting to chiropractic clinics in the Province of Ontario. A recent survey conducted by the CMT demonstrates that the CMCC patient base and the types and proportions of conditions seen by field practitioners in the Province of Ontario are not dissimilar. It will be the task of clinical faculty to assure that interns assess and treat a variety of patients as described above.

5.2 Subsequent Treatments

• A minimum of 350 subsequent patient visits are required during the internship, including a minimum of 100 subsequent patient visits during each

29 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

of the two rotations. As with new patients, the intern may receive credit for CMCC students and their own immediate families to a maximum of 20% or 7 new patients in total. Immediate family is defined as parent, child or sibling.

5.3 Other Quantitative Requirements

• A minimum of 250 spinal adjustments/manipulations (Spinal Manipulative Therapy or SMT) are required to be conducted by each intern on separate subsequent patient visits. The intern may receive credit for CMCC students and their own extended families to a maximum of 20% SMTs or 50 SMT treatments . • The sharing of patient care offers many opportunities for the sharing of learning. Any credit (subsequent, SMT, modality treatment or competency) generated by a patient encounter may be counted by any intern involved in the patient’s care providing that only one intern is counting the credit. • A minimum of 1000 hours of clinic attendance is required. These 1000 hours reflect all patient contact and administrative hours, and exclude all other clinical activities such as the X-ray labs or blood lab. It includes hours spent completing the midterm and exit examinations.

Please note: Any shortcoming in the number of new patient assessments for the first rotation may require the intern to stay in the first rotation PMT until he or she completes the minimum quantitative requirements and related competency evaluations.

If the start of the second rotation has been delayed for a period of time in order to complete minimum requirements and corresponding competencies, the second rotation may be extended accordingly.

5.4 Modality Requirements

All interns are required to do ninety-six modality treatments. Each patient visit during which a modality is used constitutes one modality treatment toward requirements. More may be required for licensure in certain jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the intern to see that the required number of modality treatments are given and recorded. Information about the modalities and the minimum/maximum number of each that may be used for requirements is shown below.

A minimum of 5 and a maximum of 20 treatments for each of the following modalities: • interferential current (IFC) • electrical muscle stimulation (EMS) • ultrasound • laser • microcurrent

30 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

A maximum of five treatments for each of the following: • ice/cold • heat

A maximum of ten treatments for each of the following: • Thumper • TENS • Traction (including Hill Table) • Shockwave therapy

Modality treatments must appear in the interns workbook modality log sheet. In the workbook, patients may be listed once with the type of modality used and need only be signed by the primary clinician at the time of clinic sign out.

When the intern is presenting the plan of management in a case presentation, the type of modality will be discussed with the primary clinician. The intern should be prepared to justify the modality use, the part of the body on which it will be used and the intended settings.

Each time a modality is used, the SOAP notes must specifically its location, duration and setting. Remember another intern should be able to replicate the treatment based on the SOAP notes.

31 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

6.0 Patient Care

There are several items of clinic protocol that interns should practice. General themes involve i) keeping their clinician informed of all aspects of patient care and ii) courtesy toward fellow interns.

6.1 New Patients – Booking

A patient wishing to book an appointment should call 416-482-2546. This call with either be directed to the appropriate intern’s voice mailbox, or directed to a primary clinician for distribution to a duty intern. Any subsequent appointment should either be booked with the intern at the time of a visit, or booked through the information printed on the intern’s business card. It is important that an intern does not give out a private cell phone number to a patient, as this blurs the line between a professional and personal relationship and potentially causes conflict for the patient having difficulty differentiating between the two.

All appointments must appear on the Patient Management Team’s daily appointment sheets to reserve the treatment room. Appointments are limited to 20 minutes unless extenuating circumstances require longer periods. If this is the case, the rooms should be booked for 40 minutes and be approved by your primary clinician.

If a patient cancels his or her appointment, remove the booking from the appointment scheduling sheets so that another intern can use the room. The date and reason for cancellation must be recorded in the patient’s file. The notation must also be identified with your signature or initial.

6.2 Initial Presentation

When the new patient presents to the Campus Clinic, their information is processed by the clinic reception staff. During the first visit, a new patient is required to complete several items of paperwork. The New Patient Form collects demographic and billing information. A Health Survey provides the intern and clinician with an overview of the patient’s general health (both physical and emotional).

Outcome measures that are typically completed are the pain diagram, Oswestry Low Back Pain questionnaire, or the Neck Disability Index, depending upon the area of complaint. Outcome measures are available for other areas, including the quickDash for upper extremity complaints and the Lower Extremity Functional Scale (LEFS) for lower extremity complaints.

Once the patient’s file has been prepared, the patient management team is called or the intern is paged. It is the intern’s responsibility to greet the new

32 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

patient and escort the patient to the pre-booked consultation room. The primary clinician will then open the case.

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHOULD THE HISTORY BE STARTED PRIOR TO THE PRIMARY CLINICIAN OPENING THE CASE.

The clinician will open the case by explaining to the patient the nature of our educational clinic, level of supervision, tfee schedule, and team approach. The clinician will then begin the interview and continue until they is satisfied that the intern can take over.

The intern will conduct the history-taking interview recording all pertinent information on the CMCC intake form. When this step is completed the intern will consult with the clinician. A discussion of differential diagnosis(es) takes place prior to beginning the physical examination. Upon completion of the physical examination, the intern will again return to the clinician for discussion of a tentative diagnosis. A discussion of appropriate treatment will also take place at this point.

If X-rays are required, the intern will complete the forms and have them signed by their clinician. The intern will make an appointment for the patient with the X- ray department. If other examinations or consultations are required, the intern will compose a referral letter that must be approved by the clinician.

An important step in initiation of treatment is obtaining informed consent (see a copy of the Informed Consent form in the Reference section). This must be done after the assessment has established the diagnosis and treatment plan, prior to beginning treatment. In this interaction, the patient must be provided with the results of the assessment. Proposed interventions are described including the benefits and risks of each. A choice of options for treatment must be provided to the patient.

The Report of Findings form (see Reference section) allows for treatment to be clearly described and is an appropriate format to review aspects of chiropractic care with the patient. Interns are required to complete the Report of Findings Form prior to obtaining informed consent from the patient. Once consent has been obtained, the patient and clinician both sign the consent form on the back of the Report of Findings form. It is imperative that the supervising clinician be present during report of findings to answer any of the patient’s questions or concerns.

Patients must understand their diagnosis, treatment and everything else they are being told. Several resources are available to assist the intern including plastic spines, muscle charts, nerve charts, etc.

A complete and effective Report of Findings incorporate all of the following:

33 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

• Use the patient's name, preferably not their first name unless given permission. • Review the condition, symptoms and provocative exam findings. • Review X-rays and/or laboratory results and/or any additional studies required. • Explain the pathomechanics in understandable language. • Briefly describe chiropractic and spinal manipulative therapy and correlate with findings. • Discuss the plan of management. • Discuss the risks involved with the plan of management and other therapy options. • Discuss prognosis.

• Outline and demonstrate what the patient can do for himself or herself (compliance and how it will affect the results).

Referrals are very often generated from medical doctors. One of the ways to foster a relationship with medical practitioners is to keep them informed of their patient’s chiropractic case. This can be accomplished by sending a brief clinical note to the physician after the patient’s initial presentation to a CMCC clinic. After the Report of Findings has been discussed with the patient, a note to the patient’s medical physician should be completed and sent. The patient must sign authorization for the collaborative release of information.

NO TREATMENT MAY COMMENCE UNTIL THE REPORT OF FINDINGS HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE PATIENT, THERE HAS BEEN OPPORTUNITY FOR THE PATIENT TO ASK QUESTIONS AND A WRITTEN INFORMED CONSENT HAS BEEN SIGNED.

6.3 Permission to treat (PTT)

Permission may be granted to treat a patient before a case is signed off. In these cases, the clinician and intern agree on a diagnosis and temporary plan of management. Permission to treat (PTT) is valid only for the day it is signed. Up to three PTTs are allowed before a case is presented.

6.4 Treatment Room Protocol

When the patient is in the treatment room alone, the intern's card should appear on the door face in. When the intern enters the room, the card must be turned face out. If the intern leaves the room for any reason, he or she must turn the card face in (i.e. when the patient is changing). Only a clinician will turn a card toward the door after this.

On each visit when the clinician enters the room, the patient and clinician should

34 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

be introduced. (Note: The patient should be introduced as Mr. or Mrs. or Ms., and the clinician as Doctor. Avoid using only first names). A brief update on the patient's complaint, condition and treatment plan (SOAP) should be given. The file should be open to the daily progress sheet and the transaction slip issued by the clinic receptionist readily available on the desk.

Please be considerate of your colleagues. Ensure that all treatment rooms are cleaned after each patient visit, headrest paper is changed, and gowns are deposited in the appropriate receptacle.

Your primary clinician will interact with the patient at each visit, sign for the visit, and continue to monitor the patient's and the intern's progress.

6.5 X-ray Booking Protocol

The following steps must be taken to book an X-ray for a patient.

Discuss the case with your primary clinician.

Discuss the X-ray procedures and costs with the patient.

Schedule a time in the X-ray booking book, and include your name and the body part to be radiographed (e.g. Cervical spine).

Fill out the required paperwork:

• Consultation Form (X002) – includes detailed history and is signed by you and the clinician

• Pregnancy Release Form (X003) – on the back of X002 for females, signed by the patient and the clinician if necessary

• Labels to affix to the x-ray film (obtained from the reception staff)

• Treatment Slip

Take the required paperwork to the X-ray taking department. If previous films were taken at CMCC, take the jacket along before bringing the patient to the department.

Bring the patient to the change room and instruct them to change into a gown, which is found in the X-ray change room. All patients must wear a gown, unless they are having an extremity X-rayed. If the patient is a male, he must wear a lead jock (for AP lumbar spine films) over his underwear (jocks are located in the darkroom). If the patient is female, remind her to remove her bra.

35 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Leave the patient in the change room until the X-ray room is prepared. An intern or an X-ray technologist will lead them to the X-ray room.

Let the technologist know whether to let the patient go after having the X-rays, or whether you need to be paged.

6.6 Case Presentations

New cases are written in a narrative format. The format is as follows: a paragraph each for history, examination, diagnosis, plan of management and prognosis. The case is presented to the clinical group. In the discussion, clinical issues are discussed. Through this interaction, clinical learning objectives are formed for each case.

When the clinician agrees with the diagnosis and plan of management, the case is signed off conditionally. The intern can then treat the patient according to the plan of management for the duration of the plan. The plan of management must clearly outline the frequency of treatments and duration of the plan to be followed. Goals of the treatment and outcome measures that monitor progress must also be described.

The intern wil research learning objectives on their own and present the results of their search to the group. The intern has two weeks from the patient’s initial appointment in which to complete this assignment.

6.7 Existing Patients Qualifying as a New Patient

Patients that have attended CMCC clinics in the past but not previously assessed by an intern in the current clinical rotation as a new patient may be considered for new patient status provided:

• The patient presents with a new complaint not previously treated by the current intern • The intern performs a complete (history, physical, case write-up etc.) new patient undertaking for the new complaint that by its complexity requires a higher order of clinical thinking and integration of data • No patient shall count as a new patient for any intern more than once • Patients may count as a new patient for another intern during the second rotation (as a carry-over patient) provided they present with a complaint that by its complexity requires a higher order of clinical thinking and integration of data • Patients qualifying as indicated above must also meet all other previously established requirements in order to count as new patients (3 subsequent visits or educational merit)

36 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

Any changes in the status of the patient (i.e. new complaint, further examinations or consultations required, discharge from care, transfer of care, modification of care) must be approved by your primary clinician.

6.8 Subsequent Treatments

On subsequent treatments, the intern greets his or her patient in the waiting room and accompanies them to the previously scheduled treatment room. If the case is signed off, then treatment begins with a subjective and objective assessment. If at this point, there are features of the case that raise a concern of a change of diagnosis or complication, the intern must consult the clinician. Otherwise, treatment is provided.

If the case has not yet been signed off, a Permission to Treat (PTT) signature is required.

During the intern/patient interaction, the clinician must have contact and interact in the discussion or treatment.

Once the treatment is over, the intern accompanies the patient back to the waiting room.

6.9 CMCC Orthotics Protocol

The need for orthotic devices will be determined by the primary clinician and attending intern in consultation with the patient. The primary clinician may elect to have another clinician assess the patient if he or she deems it necessary. The patient will be billed for a subsequent treatment for an orthotics consultation. If the consultation occurs during a regular chiropractic visit, no additional fee will be required. During the consultation, the patient must be apprised of the orthotics available through CMCC. The patient must also be fully informed of the services available and the associated costs of the orthotic devices.

Casting Forms for orthotics are available to clinicians at the Campus clinic in Clinic Records. Casting forms are also available at the external clinics. Castings are shipped to the manufacturers in the supplied packaging.

Patients are required to pay a $100 deposit when ordering orthotics to cover out- of-pocket expenses. Payment of the $100 deposit must be made at clinic reception before the castings are shipped. The balance is due upon the fitting of the orthotic.

6.10 Technique & Alternative Chiropractic Treatment Protocol

The primary mode of treatment for patient care will be diversified technique, as taught in the pre-clinical program. It is appreciated that from time to time patients

37 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

either fail to respond to the diversified technique or present with a condition that may benefit from a non-diversified technique. In these situations, the clinician may consider an alternative therapeutic approach.

Following an appropriate examination, the patient may be identified as a candidate for an alternative therapeutic technique based on either a failure to respond favourably to diversified methods or presentation with a condition that the clinician feels warrants an alternative technique. It is necessary to use the following protocol when implementing non-diversified treatments into a patient’s plan of management.

• Prior to developing a formal plan of management, a clinician who has formal training in the alternative chiropractic treatment method must agree to directly supervise the care of that patient. In the case that the clinician approached is not the intern’s primary clinician, the primary clinician must release the file to the clinician who will be providing the alternative chiropractic treatment. • A re-evaluation with a new plan of management must be formulated that outlines diagnosis, frequency and duration of treatment, nature of treatment to be provided, prognosis and outcome measures to be used. This is to be approved by the alternate clinician. • Once approved, the file content is to be transferred into a red file folder for identification purposes. The file number will remain the same. At this point, the alternate clinician is now responsible for all aspects of this patient’s care, which include, but are not limited to, direct observation of all treatment rendered. The clinician must be present in the treatment room throughout the duration of the entire treatment. • Clinicians and interns accepting such cases should be aware that it is not reasonable to expect another clinician to sign for or supervise non-diversified treatments in which they may not have training. As such, clinicians and interns must schedule treatments at a time when the supervising clinician will be present. • Month end sign-offs for these cases must be completed by the alternative clinician. The intern will continue to have the balance of their month-end signed off by their primary clinician. • At the time of discharge, the patient and file will be transferred back to the primary clinician and the file information will be transferred back into a white file. • In the event that the supervising clinician is not available to oversee the treatment, the patient will be afforded the opportunity to receive diversified technique.

6.11 Re-evaluation

A re-evaluation is required on an existing patient when the plan of management has expired. A re-evaluation is not a full assessment, but rather, is a directed history and examination focusing on the ongoing complaint. The history should

38 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

address diagnosis and differential diagnoses. Relevant questions should be asked about differential diagnoses, especially if progress has been less than expected. The physical examination should address the positive findings from the previous examination, including ruling out differential diagnoses. The plan of management described in the re-evaluation should be appropriate for the progress of the treatment. Goals and outcome measures should be described for the treatment period outlined in the re-evaluation. The re-evaluation form must be presented to the clinician prior to proceeding to treatment.

Treatment after a plan has expired is an infraction.

A prolonged interruption in care must have a re-evaluation and new informed consent completed. Remember that the disability indices or any other outcome measurement must be completed at the time of evaluation or as directed in the plan of management.

6.12 New Complaint

A New Complaint form is completed when an existing patient presents with a complaint that has not previously been assessed and diagnosed. A history is performed on the new complaint. The history is not expected to be as wide- ranging as in the new patient process, however the line of questioning should address the new complaint as well as any wider health issues that may be of concern (for example, a second area of joint pain may be an indication of a rheumatological condition). The examination should focus on the new complaint, but should be wide enough to include broader differential diagnoses. The New Complaint form is completed and presented to the clinician for sign off or to obtain permission to treat.

39 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

7.0 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) Cases 7.1 General WSIB Information

The WSIB is the insurer responsible for providing health care compensation for Ontario workers injured in workplace accidents. Similar agencies exist in other Canadian provinces and most other jurisdictions. It is important for chiropractors to be conversant with WSIB procedures as they are one of the health professions recognized by the agency. Chiropractors have a “billing relationship” with this agency and will want to utilize the WSIB for treatment benefits for their patients. Interns should strive to understand the WSIB claims and payment processes.

The learning goal is to reach competency in processing claims for injured workers. Interns are responsible for completing the paperwork for one case during the clinic year. The work-up may be on a mock case if the opportunity to process a real claim does not present itself during the clinical year.

WSIB patients are processed in the same way as any other CMCC patient and all CMCC paperwork is completed. If your patient states that an injury is related to their work and if you believe that the cause of the injury is due to workplace factors, a Health Professional’s Report (Form 8) should be initiated. The Health Professional’s Report is completed once the intern and clinician have decided on a diagnosis and plan of management.

The outcome of the case exercise is a completed Health Professional’s Report (Form 8). This form initiates the chiropractor’s health care process and an adjudicated claim will result in payment for 12 weeks of treatment. The completed form is presented to a clinician, who upon review and feedback, signs this requirement off on the Clinic Workbook. The Form is then processed through the CMCC billing office.

The WSIB website (wsib.on.ca) contains important information about the policies and procedures practicing chiropractors will use when dealing with the WSIB Board. You will also find forms and outcome measures available online.

7.2 Programs of Care

The WSIB has developed Programs of Care for several common workplace injuries. Programs of Care are evidence-based health care delivery plans that include interventions shown to be effective for workers diagnosed with specific injuries. Chiropractor can utilize these programs for: acute low back injury, upper extremity injury, lower extremity injury and mild traumatic brain injury. These delivery models are used for either new injuries or reoccurrences. Programs of Care are developed in collaboration with health professionals, worker and employer representatives and the WSIB. The Programs are available the WSIB website.

40 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

8.0 Miscellaneous Information

8.1 Clinic Liaison Group

The Clinic Liaison Group is comprised of students elected from the class and is coordinated by the Clinic Management Team. Its primary function is to act as liaison between the interns, faculty and clinic administration.

This is accomplished by the following:

• Regular meetings with the Clinic Management Team to discuss administrative and clinic issues of importance to the interns. • Separate Group meetings (with members only) are held at the discretion of the Group to discuss any issues and coordinate/delegate individual member responsibilities and duties.

It is the responsibility of the Clinic Liaison Group to inform the interns/students of any events or developments that are of interest to them and of which the Group is made aware (i.e. through meetings, memos etc). This is accomplished by:

• posting to the class website • bulletins posted in the PMT/pod office • group voice mail • individual voice mail messages • e-mail messages

In the event that an intern wishes to address a concern, certain protocol must be observed: • The intern must notify a member of the Clinic Liaison Group IN WRITING, as soon as possible regarding the issue of concern.

• The notified member will inform the remainder of the Group of the issue at hand.

• The Clinic Liaison Group will promptly act on the intern's behalf in addressing the concern with the Clinic Management Team. The intern whose concern is being addressed will be an active member in this process.

• The Clinic Liaison Group will not be responsible for the outcome if the intern acts on his or her own behalf, irrespective of having notified the Group.

The Clinic Liaison Group is also responsible for assisting the Clinic Management Team with determining the protocol for the lottery for assignment to clinical groups (clinician assignment) for each rotation.

41 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

8.2 Infractions

A clinic infraction occurs when interns violate any of the policies, procedures or guidelines. Examples of the kinds of situations where an intern may receive an infraction include, but are not limited to, not having a PTT prior to treatment, inappropriate attire or leaving files in an open, common area.

Clinicians will forward a clinic infraction report to the office of the Associate Dean, Clinics. Resolution may be facilitated at the level of:

• Clinician or • Associate Dean, Clinics or • Referral to the President for consideration of disciplinary action.

If the clinic infraction, as determined by the Associate Dean, Clinics, has implied or explicit risk to anyone, the intern will be notified of his or her immediate suspension from CMCC clinics until further notice. All infractions of a serious nature will be referred to the President for disciplinary action in accordance with the policy as set out in the Academic Calendar (Sections 6 to 31).

8.3 Absences

The clinical internship aspect of CE 4405 is a continuous 12-month program that commences in May and terminates in May of the following year. It is expected that clinical interns will be present at their assigned clinic for the entire period of their internship without interruption. Attendance will be monitored daily.

All interns may take a maximum of two weeks leave from the ir clinical duties. The “Leave of Absence – CE4405” form (see following page) must be completed and authorized by the intern’s primary clinician. No leaves of absence are to be taken during the first two weeks of the clinical year or at changeover. Leaves of absence include time taken to prepare for Board examinations, or the examinations themselves. Patient care remains our priority.

The 2-week leave of absence per year is exclusive of statutory holidays or closings of the clinics by the clinic administration. Leave of absence for extended periods of time must be submitted through your supervising clinician to the Associate Dean, Clinics. Each petition will be given due consideration for approval. It will be understood that any and all interruptions of more than 2 weeks will require equivalent time being added at the end of the clinical year, and will include continued evidence of clinical competency evaluations and quantitative requirements.

42 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

8.4 Dress Guidelines

All interns must wear appropriate, professional attire. A CMCC photo identification badge must also be worn at all times. Male interns are expected to wear a clean shirt, tie and well pressed dress pants. Sandals are not permitted.

There are always stories of female practitioners who have problems with their patients misconstruing what they consider to be provocative attire as implying a personal rather than professional relationship. One of the issues with which clinic administration frequently grapples is how to delineate what clothing is appropriate for interns in order to present as professional an image as is possible.

Due to the standards set by our partners at external clinics, intern attire at these locations may be “relaxed.” Interns at the Campus Clinic also have the option to wear a CMCC golf shirt with a pair of dress pants while caring for patients. It is still important to be viewed as a health care professional, even if the attire is slightly more relaxed.

8.5 Policy on HIV

CMCC has created a policy to promote a safe and productive work, educational and clinical environment. CMCC's basic philosophy states that we respect the dignity and worth of every person and prohibit discrimination within the institution and clinics. It is each intern’s responsibility to be completely familiar with the policy as published in the Student Handbook.

The complete CMCC Policy and Guidelines Manual on AIDS is available at the CMCC Health Sciences Library.

8.6 Fee Reduction Policy

It is recognized that there are occasions when a patient is unable to fulfil the payment requirements established by the clinic. When this occurs, the patient may be entitled to receive chiropractic services at a reduced rate.

The primary clinician will evaluate the need for a fee reduction at the initial examination or during a subsequent visit. Fee reduction requests will be considered subject to the guidelines and procedures listed below.

Reasons for a fee reduction must be thoroughly reviewed and documented. Considerations should include: • family status • employment status • anticipated length of treatment

43 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

If there is a valid need to provide the patient with a fee reduction and the reasons have been appropriately documented, the case should be discussed with the primary clinician. The clinician will meet with the patient to discuss the financial situation.

The original, approved copy of the Fee Reduction Form is submitted to a clinic receptionist for input into the computer system, and a copy placed in the patient's file.

The primary clinician has the authority to sign the standard fee reduction. If the patient is requesting a further fee reduction, a member of the Clinic Management Team who meet with the intern to discuss the case. The intern should be prepared to defend the rationale for a fee reduction – this too is a learning opportunity. No fee reductions will be granted in the case of a motor vehicle accident (MVA), WSIB claim, cases with litigation pending or for X-ray services.

Note: The intern must exercise caution when discussing fees with patients. No intern may promise a fee reduction to any patient. FEE REDUCTIONS WILL NOT BE RETROACTIVE.

8.7 Clinic Closures due to Inclement Weather

The closure of the Campus Clinic will be consistent with the closure of CMCC as a whole, and you will be notified of the closure through various methods.

Notification of closure may be obtained from the main voice mail message at 416-482-2340, the home page of the CMCC website at www.cmcc.ca and/or the following radio/TV media.

Radio AM Radio FM

1010 CFRB, 680 CFTR, 1050 CHUM 98.1 CHFI, 99.1 CBC, 104.5 CHUM

Television CITY TV, Pulse 24 and CBC News

CLOSURE OF A CMCC CLINIC

During Clinic Hours

• Reception will announce the closing. • All patient care must be concluded within 30 minutes of this notice. • A notice will be posted at the clinic entrance. • The PMT will call as many patients as possible to arrange alternate

44 Division of Clinical Education Policies, Procedures and Guidelines Manual - Class of 2009

appointments. This is to commence immediately. • Telephones will be staffed and a small patient management team will remain on duty for as long as it is determined to be reasonable. • No unsupervised patient care is permitted.

Outside of Clinic Hours

• Interns, Faculty and Staff will make all attempts to contact patients by telephone. • Notices will be placed on clinic entrances. • No patient care will be permitted without supervision.

It is very important to contact clinic patients if there is an indication for severe weather. The patient should be given the opportunity to risk travelling to the clinic, or rescheduling their appointment.

45 The Division of Research

Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College

RESEARCH POLICY MANUAL

APPROVED: August, 2008

INTRODUCTION SECTION A: THE DIVISION OF RESEARCH A.1. Mission and Goals A.2. The Research Ethics Board (REB) A.3. Office of Research Administration (ORA) SECTION B: GUIDING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES B.1. Guiding Principles B.1.1. Beneficence and non-maleficence B.1.2. Respect B.1.3. Justice B.2. Conflict of Interest B.3. Privacy SECTION C: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW C.1. Preamble C.2. Scope of Projects Requiring Review C.2.1. Full review C.2.2. Expedited review C.2.3. Scholarly peer review C.2.4. Exempt works C.3. Scholarly Review as Part of the Ethics Review C.4. Proportionate Review C.5. Review of Collaborative Studies C.6. Review of Proposals from Non-faculty C.7. Access to CMCC Populations SECTION D: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH D.1. Preamble D.2. Research Methods D.3. Competence of the Investigators D.4. Distribution of risks and benefits D.4.1. Classification of risks D.4.2. Classification of benefits D.4.3. Clinical equipoise D.5. Selection of Subjects D.5.1. Children as Research Subjects D.6. Informed Consent D.6.1. Preamble D.6.2. Documentation of informed consent D.6.3. Modification or waiving of full disclosure D.6.4. Deception and informed consent D.6.5. Voluntariness D.6.6. Informing potential subjects D.6.7. Competence D.7. Confidentiality D.7.1. Interviews D.7.2. Data collection, surveys, and questionnaires D.7.3. Secondary use of data D.8. Pilot Studies D.9. Case Reports D.10. Working with Animals D.11. Research Involving Human Remains, Cadavers, Tissues, or Biological Fluids D.12. Review Procedures for Ongoing Research SECTION E: GRANT APPLICATIONS E.1. Preamble

ii E.1.1. Scope of external funding E.1.2. Scope of internal funding E.2. Funding Research Projects E.2.1. External funding E.2.2. Internal Funding E.2.3. Research Budget Line Items E.2.4. Foreign Currency E.3. Funding Source Searches E.4. Travel Assistance Policy for Research Presentations E.5. Training E.6. Research Assigned Hours SECTION F: GRANT MANAGEMENT F.1. Research Grant Management F.1.1. Arranging for and Administration of a Research Grant Account F.1.2. Accountability of Funds F.1.3. Recovery of Salary, Overhead and Research Expenses F.1.4. Research Development Account F.1.5. Budget Modifications F.1.6. Procedure for Expensing/Accessing Funds from a Grant Account F.1.7. Progress Reporting F.1.8. Refunds to Granting Entities F.1.9. Closing a Grant Account SECTION G: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT G.1. Preamble G.2. Research Integrity G.3. Definitions G.4. Improper Research Practices G.5. Dealing With Charges of Scholarly Misconduct G.5.1. Confidentiality G.5.2. Ensuring a Fair Research Misconduct Proceeding G.5.3. Interim Protective Actions G.5.4. Institutional Actions in Response to Final Findings of Research Misconduct G.5.5. Restoring Reputations G.5.6. Cooperation with ORI G.5.7. Reporting to ORI G.6. Allegations Involving Externally Funded Research SECTION H: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY H.1. Research Ethics Board (REB) H.2. REB Meetings and Records H.3. REB Decision-making H.3.1. Full Review H.3.2. Expedited Review H.3.3. Scholarly Review H.4. REB and DIRB Authority H.5. REB and Ongoing Review of Research H.6. REB and Multi-Centred Research H.7. REB Conflicts of Interest H.8. Research Appeals Board DEFINITIONS

iii CHAPTER: INTRODUCTION

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1of 1

INTRODUCTION

This manual describes the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College’s (hereafter called CMCC) policy governing the conduct of research. It also describes the procedural protocols to be followed in research conducted at CMCC.

These policies incorporate elements of and have been developed to comply with the Tri- Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Human Subjects (TCPS) 1. This policy has been developed by revision from previous existing policies 2. Other sources, e.g. CIHR or NIH guidelines and regulations among others, have also been used and will be referenced in the appropriate areas.

1 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) . 2 Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College. Research Policies and Procedures Manual 1996 (with 1999 and 2002 amendments) .

CHAPTER: THE DIVISION OF RESEARCH SECTION A

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 2

SECTION A: THE DIVISION OF RESEARCH

A.1. Mission and Goals Research at CMCC is administered by the Division of Research. The mission of the Division of Research is to support faculty, create and maintain the research environment to enhance the conducting of research, and to promote scientific and philosophical inquiry.

In support of this mission, the Division of Research: 1. provides ethics review of research via the Research Ethics Board (REB) to ensure high ethical standards and the protection of research subjects; 2. provides administrative support and seed funding resources for faculty research; 3. recruits and develops researchers; 4. acts as a resource to assist in the development of the research skills of faculty and students; 5. promotes and acts as a resource for collaborative research with other health care and academic disciplines and institutions; 6. promotes the dissemination of faculty research; and 7. provides administrative support and funding for student investigative projects in cooperation with the Dean, Undergraduate Education.

A.2. The Research Ethics Board (REB) The REB consists of a maximum of eleven (11) members: 7 to 9 faculty members, one legal counsel (not representing CMCC) and a minimum of one member external to CMCC. The REB is chaired by the Dean, Graduate Education and Research Programs (GERP). The procedures of the REB are described in more detail in Section H .

The REB operates under the Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans 3 (TCPS) of the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR), the Belmont Report, the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERC), and the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) as well as the Privacy Act. The REB operations are consistent with the policies of the Office of Human Subjects Research of the US National Institutes of Health (NIH). For purposes of reference within this policy all sources guiding the REB management are grouped under the term (TCPS). The functions of the REB are to: 1. perform both expedited and full ethical reviews of research proposals, as appropriate under the TCPS to ensure the ethical and dignified treatment of research volunteers and human remains; 2. provide oversight and boundaries for a Departmental Institutional Review Board (DIRB) for reviewing undergraduate research within course requirements under the TCPS (for a description and further information on DIRB’s, please see section H.1. ).

3 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: THE DIVISION OF RESEARCH SECTION A

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 2

Reviews shall be proportionate to the magnitude and probability for risk of harm, including the likelihood of disclosure of personal identifying information; 3. facilitate content-expert peer review and consultative feedback to investigators through the Office of Research Administration (ORA) and Dean, GERP for investigators who request this service; 4. review ethical policies and procedures and to provide feedback and recommendation to the Dean, GERP upon request.

A.3. Office of Research Administration (ORA) The Office of Research Administration (ORA) consists of the Research Administrator (RA) of CMCC and support staff.

The responsibilities of the RA are to: 1. administer the policies and procedures of the Division of Research; 2. distribute the policies and procedures of the Division of Research; 3. provide information on funding sources available to researchers and assist faculty in the completion of research grant applications; 4. register, catalogue, and distribute information related to all CMCC research projects and related policy, including declarations of conflict of interest, internally, to government, industry, and other academic institutions; 5. assist with submission of faculty research proposals/grant applications; 6. assist the accounting office in setting up and administering grant accounts; 7. assist in the coordination of research among departments and assist in developing collaborations with other chiropractic programs, universities, the government, and private sector; 8. assist in the protection of significant innovations and intellectual property arising out of research activities, in a manner consistent with both the public interest and the role and image of CMCC, and consistent with CMCC policy; 9. administer policy and coordinate with the accounting office and the Dean, GERP in management of faculty research and student project supervisory units, and research project budgets; 10. act as liaison officer with collaborating institution research administration offices in the implementation of collaborative and consortial grants.

The duties of the RA shall also include liaising with the Canadian Institute of Health Research (CIHR) as per the Memorandum of Understanding signed between CMCC and CIHR 4, as well as with the Office of Research Integrity (ORI) in any and all matters pertaining to the governance of grants provided through NIH, in particular with regard to instances of misconduct as detailed in Section G .

4 Memorandum of Understanding: Roles and Responsibilities in the Management of Federal Grants and Awards. Version: 2007 . As signed between the Canadian Institute of Health Research and the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College.

CHAPTER: GUIDING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES SECTION B

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 2

SECTION B: GUIDING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES

B.1. Guiding Principles Researchers who are conducting research involving human subjects have a fundamental moral obligation to advance knowledge and understanding as well as to conduct their research in the interests of human welfare. Ethical research uses morally acceptable means to achieve morally acceptable ends. The research must embrace the guiding principles of ethical research: beneficence, non-maleficence, respect, and justice 5.

B.1.1. Beneficence and non-maleficence Beneficence and non-maleficence can be understood as an obligation to minimize harm and to maximize possible benefits while minimizing harm 6.

B.1.2. Respect Respect for persons requires that individuals are treated as autonomous agents and that persons with diminished autonomy are entitled to have their interests protected 7. An autonomous person is capable of deliberating about personal goals and acting under the direction of such deliberation 7. This view includes respect for the subject's physical, psychological, and cultural integrity. It includes the assurance of the autonomous individual’s rights to an informed and uncoerced decision by ensuring the dialogue, process, rights, duties, and requirements for free and informed consent. It requires special consideration for vulnerable subjects with a diminished decision making capacity (e.g. children, people with diminished competence). It includes the respect for privacy, anonymity, and confidentiality. Respect for a subject also requires an appreciation for differences that may exist between individuals, groups, and cultures and how research issues or protocols may affect them.

B.1.3. Justice Justice in the context of conducting research refers to distributive justice. No segment of the population should be unfairly burdened with the harms of research or excluded from sharing in the benefits of research 6.

B.2. Conflict of Interest Specific attention must always be paid to the motives that researchers could have, or could be construed as having, when conducting, publishing or presenting their work. It is expected of all investigators at CMCC that any potential conflicts of interest are reported in the research proposal form, which is subject to the scrutiny of the REB and the Division of Research. Conflicts of interest that are reported or perceived will be addressed according to the discretion of those bodies. A conflict of interest is described by the Department of Health and Human

5 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) . 6 Levine RJ. Ethics and regulation of clinical research 2nd ed. Baltimore, Urban and Schwarzenberg, 1986. 7 The Belmont Report. Ethical principles and guidelines for the protection of human subjects of research. National Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioural Research, 1979 .

CHAPTER: GUIDING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES SECTION B

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 2

Services (HHS) as work that is “compromised by financial interests of investigators that could reasonably be expected to bias the design, conduct or reporting of the research” 8. This definition, based on the HHS’s 59 FR 33242 , and it is mirrored in the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERC)’s own policies concerning conflict of interest, developed in conjunction with the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) and the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) 9.

B.3. Privacy CMCC conducts research in compliance with the Privacy Act 10 , the Personal Information Privacy and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) 11 and the Personal Health Information Protection Act (PHIPA) 12 . The accumulation of documents pertaining to the identities of the human participants used in research conducted at this institution, as well as the safe-keeping and eventual disposal of that information, is subject to the procedures as described in the abovementioned laws.

8 Department of Health and Human Services, Federal Register: Tuesday, July 11, 1995 (Volume 60, Number 132) 9 Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Conflict of Interest/Conflict of Commitment – An Issues Paper . Web publication ( http://www.nserc.gc.ca/institution/coi/ch02_e.htm#note_1 ), created May, 2004 10 Privacy Act ( R.S., 1985, c. P-21 ). Queens Printer for Ontario (Act current to December 13, 2007) . 11 Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act ( 2000, c. 5 ). Queens Printer for Ontario (Act current to December 13, 2007). 12 Personal Health Information Protection Act (2004). Queens Printer for Ontario (with 2007 amendments).

CHAPTER: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW SECTION C

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 4

SECTION C: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW

C.1. Preamble Research is defined as the processes, done with conscious effort, to develop or acquire generalizable knowledge. Generalizable knowledge includes the theories, principles, or relationships that can be corroborated by accepted scientific observation and inference as well as the collection of data on which they can be based 13 .

All research conducted under the auspices of CMCC, in whole or in part, on campus or off campus, must be registered with the Office of Research Administration (ORA) following procedures as published by CMCC and updated from time to time, as necessary.

Any and all research that involves humans, animals or human or animal remains that is conducted under the auspices of CMCC, in whole or in part, on campus or off campus, must undergo institutional review by the REB consistent with the Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct for Research Involving Humans 14 . Research that does not involve humans may require scholarly review, depending on the research ( C.2.3. ).

C.2. Scope of Projects Requiring Review All research must undergo institutional review, except where exempted in Section C.2.4., whether: 1. research is funded or not; 2. funding is internal or external; 3. subjects are from inside or outside CMCC; 4. subjects are paid or unpaid; 5. research is conducted inside or outside of Canada; 6. research is conducted inside or outside CMCC; 7. research is conducted by faculty, staff, or students; 8. research is collected in person or remotely (e.g., by mail, electronic mail, fax, telephone) 9. information is collected directly from subjects or from existing records not in the public domain; 10. research is to be published or not; 11. research is observational, experimental, correlational, or descriptive; 12. focus of the research is the subject; 13. project has been approved elsewhere or not; 14. research is a pilot study or a fully developed protocol; 15. research is to acquire basic or applied knowledge; or 16. research is primarily for teaching or training purposes or whether the primary purpose is the acquisition of knowledge.

13 Levine RJ. Ethics and regulation of clinical research 2nd ed. Baltimore, Urban and Schwarzenberg, 1986. 14 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW SECTION C

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 4

The level of review, (e.g. full, expedited, scholarly or exempt) necessary for any research activity will be determined from written registration of the research activity with the REB through the Office of Research Administration using procedures determined by the ORA and approved by the REB, from time to time 15 .

C.2.1. Full review Research involving human subjects must undergo either expedited or full review with the exceptions for expedited review as per section C.2.2. Research requires full review if it meets any of the following criteria:

1. Projects that present greater than minimal risk; 2. Projects that are invasive (e.g. venipuncture) or involve administration of therapeutic interventions or medical devices; 3. Research that involves vulnerable populations (e.g. children, mentally incompetent, prisoners) or: a. Proposes to gather sensitive information (e.g. sexual history) b. Could be stressful beyond that expected from normal life activities under the Tri- council Policy for determining minimal risk. 4. Projects that do not meet the requirements for expedited review ( C.2.2.)

C.2.2. Expedited review The following projects are eligible for expedited review. This list is only a guideline and certain works listed here may, because of their context, require full review: 1. Research employing survey, interview, oral history, focus group, or human factors evaluation. 2. Research involving materials (data, documents, records, or specimens) that were originally collected for non-research purposes (i.e. secondary usage). 3. Collection of data from voice, video, digital or image recordings previously made for research purposes. 4. Research on individual or group characteristics or behaviour (including, but not limited to, research on perception, cognition, motivation, identity, language, communication, cultural beliefs or practices, and social behaviour) 5. Collection of data through non-invasive procedures routinely employed in clinical practice, excluding procedures involving x-rays or microwaves. If medical devices are employed, they must be within their scope as identified by Health Canada. (Studies intended to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of medical devices are not generally eligible for expedited review) 6. Follow-up on changes or information requested by the REB as a condition of previously granted provisional REB approval. 7. Minor amendments to previously approved research. 8. Annual renewals, if: a. the original approval was through expedited review;

15 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW SECTION C

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 4

b. the only remaining activities involve long-term follow-up of previously enrolled subjects; c. the only remaining activities involve data analysis; OR d. the REB has determined and documented at a convened meeting that the research involves methods, activities or procedures that afford no greater than minimal risk (and there are no proposed changes that involve additional risk).

C.2.3. Scholarly peer review Research not involving human subjects (i.e. does not meet the requirement in C.2.1.) may undergo scholarly peer review. Scholarly review may be requested by the researcher or may be required by: • the funder (e.g. Graduate Education and Research Programs), • CMCC in the case where the research is being submitted for external funding, or • the Research Ethics Board during the course of evaluating risk to human subjects.

Scholarly peer review provides consultative feedback to researchers and assists in the quality improvement of research done under the auspices of CMCC.

C.2.4. Exempt works Certain works that could be construed to be research do not require institutional review. These include performance reviews, quality assurance studies, testing within a normal educational requirement, evaluation of regular or special instruction strategies, and evaluation of instructional techniques, curricula, or classroom management methods. However, these works become research if the intent changes from quality assurance or performance evaluation to the production of generalizable knowledge. One useful way to determine if a work should be considered research is to determine if the results of the work are intended for publication or public presentation. If so, it is research under CMCC policy, must be registered with the RA and may require REB review.

C.3. Scholarly Review as Part of the Ethics Review Scholarly review examines the scientific rigour underlying the thesis and the proposed methods of research to ensure they meet sound scientific standards. Controversial works, or those that challenge scientific ideas, are evaluated on their rigour and methods and may not be discriminated against on a conceptual basis. This helps ensure the academic freedom of the researcher. It also ensures that with academic freedom comes a responsibility for scholarly excellence in the formulation of ideas and the processes of research. Research that is not in the interest of CMCC must not be discriminated against, but evaluated on its scientific merit. Similarly, a research proposal will not be given special consideration or allowed to proceed before a complete ethics review has been conducted according to REB procedures.

C.4. Proportionate Review The REB has adopted a proportionate approach to review consistent with Tri-council Policy, such that the more invasive the research, the greater should be the care in assessing the research. All research must be reviewed adequately, but proportionate review reserves the most intensive scrutiny and protection for the most ethically challenging research.

CHAPTER: INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW SECTION C

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 4

Proportionate review applies to setting criteria for required level of review (exempt, minimal, full) as well as intensity of scrutiny applied within full review as based on level of risk perceived for individual projects 16 .

C.5. Review of Collaborative Studies Collaborative studies that involve human subjects, regardless if such studies have been approved by the collaborating institution/organisations, must be submitted for institutional ethical review according to the appropriate level as defined earlier in this policy. The REB, on consideration of the submission, may elect to accept the conclusions of external review or impose additional requirements consistent with Tri-Council Policy as it deems necessary. Such approval will ensure that all projects that are associated with CMCC fulfil the requirements contained herein.

C.6. Review of Proposals from Non-faculty Chiropractic practitioners who are members of CMCC may submit research proposals for consultative review and feedback. Consultations to non-CMCC members will be on a fee-for-service basis and/or at the discretion of the RA. This administrative fee will be commensurate with the needs and requirements of the practitioner.

C.7. Access to CMCC Populations Any research proposing to access any CMCC clinic populations must undergo REB review under the procedures defined earlier within this policy. CMCC usually requires works done using non-patient populations (e.g. students, faculty, or staff) to undergo REB review. The requirement for review includes works that require access to confidential documents such as student grades, employee records, etc. Exceptions to this review are discussed in C.2.4.

16 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 14

SECTION D: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH

D.1. Preamble The following are the ethical norms that are used in the review of all research projects meeting the criteria for full review 17,18 . These norms incorporate the ethical principles listed in Section B.

D.2. Research Methods Research must be sufficiently well designed to achieve its purpose (e.g. educational and/or scientific) or it is not justified. Subjects are entitled to expect that their participation is meaningful. If the research can not achieve its purpose, then no benefit can arise from it 19,19 .

D.3. Competence of the Investigators The investigator must have sufficient training and expertise or, in the case of student research for the purpose of completing educational requirements, must have adequate supervision/consultation by experienced mentors to accomplish the research 18.

The investigator must also provide evidence of an appropriate level of competence for care in cases where treatment is being rendered, a condition is being observed or tested, or the subject is at physical risk. At least one member of the research team must be able to monitor subjects for adverse effects of participation.

All investigators interacting with human subjects or data extracted from human subjects, bodily tissues or personal information, shall have completed certification regarding the protection of human subjects consistent with Tri-Council policy.

D.4. Distribution of risks and benefits The researchers must ensure that the benefits of participation in research are maximized and the risks are minimized. They must also ensure that the benefits of participation are greater than the possibility of harm. The magnitude and duration of both benefits and risks must be considered. In all cases, the Principal Investigator (PI) is unequivocally responsible for the proper conduct of the entire research team and the safety of the subjects 18 .

The researcher should consider the following when assessing risks and benefits: 1. Is the proposed question and the research protocol scientifically valid? 2. Are human subjects necessary? The use of human beings in the study must be essential for scientific reasons, and should be based on data from appropriate preliminary research on animal or other models, wherever possible. The study

17 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) . 18 Levine RJ. Ethics and regulation of clinical research 2nd ed. Baltimore, Urban and Schwarzenberg, 1986. 19 World Medical Association Declaration of Helsinki. Recommendations guiding physicians in biomedical research involving human subjects. JAMA 1997;277(11):925-6.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 14

should not repeat work already done, unless the new work makes a contribution to the existing body of knowledge. 3. What are the identifiable and potential risks of the research? This includes risks that are present during the research as well as risks that may occur in the future as a result of research participation.

D.4.1. Classification of risks Risks of participation in research to subjects may be: • physical; • psychological; • social; or • economic.

The risk to society may be social or economic. In all cases, the researcher must take a subject-centred perspective when assessing risk. This perspective recognizes that the researcher and the subject may not see the risks of harm and benefits of participation in the same way. The researcher must understand the views of the potential or actual research subjects 21 .

The investigator must determine, as completely as possible, both the known and the potential risks involved in the research regimen. The risk involved in any procedure, the numbers of human subjects required, and the number of times the procedure will be performed should be reduced as far as is possible without jeopardizing the integrity of the research.

D.4.1.1. Minimal risk No special consideration or review is provided for research that is within the range of minimal risk.

The standard of minimal risk is commonly defined as follows: if potential subjects can reasonably be expected to regard the probability and magnitude of possible harms implied by participation in the research to be no greater than those encountered by the subject in those aspects of his or her everyday life that relate to the research [emphasis added], then the research may be regarded as within the range of minimal risk 20 .

Minimal risk is relative and serves as a reference to assess the allowable risk (or relative safety) of research. For instance; a therapeutic procedure (e.g. undergoing a diagnostic test or treatment) may not exceed the range of minimal risk for a subject already undergoing these procedures. These same procedures may exceed the range of minimal risk for a subject who does not usually experience these procedures. As well, evaluating minimal risk must also consider the frequency or duration of exposure to a procedure. An investigative procedure (for example, venipuncture) may be within the range of minimal risk, but multiple or serial venipunctures may not be.

20 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 14

Non-therapeutic risks that are undertaken solely for the purpose of research still require review relative to the threshold of minimal risk, regardless if the therapeutic risks are within the range of minimal risk.

Minimal risks may include such events such as: • completing a survey or questionnaire; • answering questions in an interview; • mild exercise in healthy individuals; • routine physical or psychological tests or examinations; or • inconvenience.

While these events may generally be considered within the range of minimal risks, they are context specific and instances may arise in which they can not be considered within the range of minimal risk. For example, surveying sensitive information, such as substance abuse or sexual disease exposure, may present greater than minimal risk. These events are presented only as a guideline to aid in the proportionate review of research. It is the REB reviewers’ responsibility to determine the basis for evaluating if a procedure is within the range of minimal risk.

D.4.1.2. Physical risks to subjects Physical risks to subjects are often the easiest risks to identify and describe. The issues in the following sections are those noted in regulations such as the Tri-Council Policy Statement.

D.4.1.2.1. Variability in the subjects Investigators and the REB should be aware that procedures may pose additional risks because of the predisposition of certain individuals or groups to adverse reactions. Precautions should be provided in the research protocol that anticipate and take into account such risks. These precautions include such procedures as inclusion screening and providing evidence of competence for care.

D.4.1.2.2. Placebos and withholding of treatment A subject is always entitled to the best clinical judgement and delivery of care. Research considerations must never displace this. Placebo or no-treatment control groups should only be used in the presence of clinical equipoise; a genuine uncertainty about the therapeutic benefits of each arm of a clinical trial 21 (D.4.3.).

Placebo or no-treatment controls are generally unacceptable when standard therapies or interventions are available, but may be used under the following circumstances 21 : • there is no standard treatment; • standard treatment has been shown to be no better than placebo; • evidence has arisen creating substantial doubt of the therapeutic advantage of standard therapy;

21 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 14

• effective treatment is not available due to cost constraints or short supply; • a population of patients are refractory to standard therapy, and no standard second line therapy exists; • testing of "add-on" treatments to standard therapy when all subjects in the trial receive all therapies they would normally receive; or • patients have provided an informed refusal of standard therapy for a minor condition for which patients commonly refuse treatment and, when withholding such therapy, will not lead to undue suffering or the possibility of irreversible harm of any magnitude.

Patients must be fully informed about any therapy that will be withheld for purposes of the research, the anticipated consequences of the withdrawing or withholding of the therapy, and the reasons why the researchers deem a placebo-controlled trial necessary ( D.6.6.).

D.4.1.2.3. Modalities of care and assessment Some modalities of care and assessment (e.g. therapeutic ultrasound or x-rays) carry specific risks. Consideration must be given to whether the use of these modalities is within the range of minimal risk. Consideration must also be given to a competency for care standard ( D.3. ) to ensure that the modalities are used by qualified individuals and adequate precautions are taken for the safety of the subjects.

D.4.1.2.4. X-ray in research In any research involving the use of x-rays, the following criteria must be fulfilled in order to obtain ethical approval: • all imaging equipment used on research subjects must meet generally accepted imaging standards, so that all research subjects are exposed to the lowest possible x- ray dosages; • an x-ray dosage protocol must be clearly stated in the protocol; • subject exposure to ionising radiation must not exceed generally accepted safe limits. This also requires completion of the standard clinic documentation that is used to help ensure a female subject is not pregnant; • if subject exposure exceeds what could be expected during the normal course of health care, and yet does not exceed generally accepted safe limits, then the informed consent form must thoroughly disclose this to the subject in an understandable fashion; and • study subjects undergoing x-ray procedures should be informed in practical terms of the acceptable limit of elective diagnostic x-ray exposure for the following 12 months (e.g., number of combined chest and lumbar series).

D.4.1.2.5. Safety in the Research Environment CMCC is responsible for providing a safe working environment to all investigators and research assistants. Similarly, a safe environment must be provided to all research subjects participating in a study. This environment should be in a private space to ensure confidentiality and to protect against psychological risks. The ensuring of this safe environment is the responsibility of the PI.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 5 of 14

D.4.1.3. Psychological Risks Psychological risks may be more difficult to identify and communicate. Consideration to psychological risks to subjects from the subject's perspective must be given.

D.4.1.3.1. Detection of a disorder Whether for the purposes of exclusion or inclusion screening, a condition may be detected of which the patient may be unaware or not understand. For instance, screening may detect osteoporosis, depression, or another clinical condition. The informed consent should include this possibility and the research protocol should specify how these situations will be handled. This may include notification of the patient's health care provider, etc. All actions should be planned with the patient's perspective in mind.

D.4.1.3.2. Declaration of "fit versus unfit" for inclusion Consideration should be given for a subject's interpretation of being refused entry into a study or of being excluded during the research. For instance, a subject may become concerned if they are refused entry into a trial that is advertising for “healthy volunteers”. Careful explanation as to the basis for refusal of entry should be given.

D.4.1.3.3. Anxiety Subjects or potential subjects may undergo anxiety when involved in, or when invited to, participate in research. Assessment tools that deal with sensitive topics may cause anxiety. A potential subject may be anxious if he or she believes that declining to participate in research will offend a care giver/researcher. A subject centred perspective must be taken when inviting subjects to participate in research and a means of minimizing this risk must be used wherever possible.

D.4.1.4. Social risks Involvement in research may put subjects at social risk that affect their social interaction. For instance, labelling subjects as "malingering", "deconditioned" or rendering an incorrect diagnosis in the early stages of researching a diagnostic test may have effects not only on a subject’s psychological well-being, but on his/her ability to interact socially.

Participation in research that is contrary to the interests of an employer or institution may have an impact on subjects if his/her participation is not confidential.

D.4.1.5. Risks to society Risks to society may be physical, psychological, social or economic. Clinical research ordinarily poses little physical risk to society, unlike some biological research. Providing premature or inappropriate dissemination of findings may present psychological risks. Studies that compare ethnic, social, or economic features may present risk of stigmatization to certain groups. Researchers should be cognizant of these risks by ensuring the scientific rigour of their work, the validity of their conclusions, and a responsible means of dissemination.

D.4.2. Classification of benefits Direct health care benefits of participation are often relatively easy to describe. Other benefits are less easy to describe and include psychosocial benefits and kinship benefits.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 6 of 14

Psychosocial benefits may be an increased feeling of personal worth, hope with new treatment, or as a diversion from boredom. Kinship means that a subject is contributing out of a sense of kinship in the hopes that their contribution will benefit others like them or society at large.

D.4.3. Clinical equipoise Clinical equipoise refers to the presumption that the experimental treatment does not differ from standard therapy in terms of its balance of risk and benefit. This requirement is satisfied if there is a genuine uncertainty on the part of the clinical and research community [emphasis added], as elaborated in section D.4.1.2.2., not necessarily the individual investigator 22 .

D.5. Selection of Subjects The risk and benefit should be distributed to all potential subjects to whom the research applies. Members of society or a group should not bear an unfair direct burden of participating in research or be unfairly excluded from the potential benefits of participation. Subjects shall not be automatically excluded solely on the basis of sex or reproductive capacity (e.g. research which fails to include women of child-bearing age because of challenges in clinical trial design, although the results would be applicable to them). Subjects who are not competent to consent for themselves (D.6.7.) shall not automatically be excluded from research which is potentially beneficial to them as individuals, or to the group that they represent 23 .

Research that is designed to survey or investigate a number of living human subjects because of involvements in generic activities, that are not specific to identifiable groups, shall not exclude prospective or actual research subjects on the basis of attributes such as culture, religion, race, mental or physical disability, economic status, sexual orientation, ethnicity, sex, or age, unless there is a valid reason for doing so.

Similarly, subjects should not be included in research that does not apply to them or to any group to which they belong.

Selecting subjects solely for availability, compromised position or manipulability rather than reasons directly related to the research problem being studied is not acceptable.

D.5.1. Children as Research Subjects Children differ from adults in their psychology, biology, and pathology. They also differ in their level of competence and experience, not only from adults, but from other children as well. These differences must be considered when involving children in research 24 .

22 Freedman, B. Equipoise and the ethics of clinical research. N Engl J Med 1987; 317:141-5. 23 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .. 24 Freedman B, Fuks A, Weijer C. In loco parentis. Minimal risk as an ethical threshold for research upon children. Hastings Center Report 1993;23(2):13-9.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 7 of 14

The range of minimal risk for children is not the same as for adults. The ranges of risk may also vary between children as well. Risks for some children may be well within their daily encountered experiences, but not within that of other children.

In dealing with children, specific attention must be given to differences in the concept of minimal risk in research design ( D.4.1.1.) as well as issues of competence ( D.6.7.).

Parental consent for a child’s participation does not replace or mitigate the scrutiny of the REB in the evaluation of the ethics of research involving children.

D.6. Informed Consent

D.6.1. Preamble Research may only begin if prospective subjects, or authorized third parties, have had the opportunity to give free and informed consent about participation that is maintained throughout their participation in the research 25 . Informed consent ensures that subjects are respected as self-determining and autonomous individuals.

Consent for care in Ontario is governed by the Health Care Consent Act, 1996 26 . Researchers involved in health care intervention studies must ensure conformity with this document.

D.6.2. Documentation of informed consent Evidence of free and informed consent should ordinarily be documented in writing. Not all circumstances will allow the use of written consent forms. If free and informed consent is not documented in writing, the procedures used to seek free and informed consent must be documented.

D.6.3. Modification or waiving of full disclosure The REB may approve a consent procedure that does not meet the requirements above, or may waive the requirement of informed consent, provided that: • the research involves no more than minimal risk to all potential subjects; • the waiver or alteration is unlikely to adversely affect the rights and welfare of the prospective subjects; • the research could not be practically carried out without the waiver or alteration; • where possible, a subject is provided with additional information after participation (e.g. debriefing after completion of the study); and • the waiver or altered consent does not involve a therapeutic treatment.

25 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) . 26 Health Care Consent Act, 1996. Statutes of Ontario 1996 Chapter 2, Schedule A. Feb 4, 1998. Queens Printer for Ontario .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 8 of 14

D.6.4. Deception and informed consent Deception or partial disclosure may be required if full disclosure would likely alter a subject’s responses and invalidate the research. Partial disclosure is only acceptable to ensure the quality of collected data rather than to ensure participation. If a prospective subject is unlikely to participate in the research if given full disclosure, partial disclosure is not acceptable.

D.6.5. Voluntariness Free and informed consent must be given voluntarily, without manipulation, undue influence, or coercion. The subject also has the right to withdraw consent at any time, and must be given the opportunity to do so during the course of their participation in the research.

Attention must be given to specific instances where voluntariness may be compromised.

D.6.5.1. Remuneration of subjects Subjects may be remunerated for participation to the point that it compensates for their time or inconvenience. Remuneration must not be used as an incentive to participate.

D.6.5.2. Trust relationships Subjects may be influenced in their decision making by a relationship of trust, e.g. a physician- patient relationship or a professor-student relationship. Such trust may be coercive if relied upon as a venue to induce participation.

D.6.5.3. Authority relationships Authority relationships, such as employee-employer or institution-student, may influence the voluntariness of consent and be coercive to participation.

D.6.5.4. Naturalistic observation Naturalistic observation, by its nature, requires the lack of awareness of observation on the part of the subject. The REB and researchers should be aware of the context-specific implications of such research, both personal, social, and legal.

D.6.6. Informing potential subjects Researchers shall provide, to prospective subjects or authorized third parties, full and frank disclosure of all information relevant to free and informed consent 27 . Throughout this consent process, the prospective subject must be given opportunity to discuss and contemplate their participation. Subject to the exceptions in D.6.3., the researchers or their designated representatives shall provide prospective subjects with: a. information that the prospective subject is being invited to participate in a research project;

27 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 9 of 14

b. a statement that is comprehensible to all potential participants of the research purpose, the identity of the researchers, the expected duration and nature of the participation, and a description of the research procedures; c. a description that is comprehensible to all potential participants of the foreseeable harms and benefits that may arise from participation in research, as well as the likely consequences of non-participation (particularly as relates to treatment) where there is a potential for psychological or physical harm; d. an assurance that prospective subjects are free not to participate and have the right to withdraw at any time with no penalty or consequence to pre-existing entitlements (such as health care) and that they will be given continuing and meaningful opportunities for deciding whether or not to continue to participate; and e. the possibility of commercialization of research findings and any potential or existing conflict of interest on the part of the researchers, CMCC or sponsors.

Informed consent may not include any statement that waives any of the subject’s legal rights.

At the discretion of the REB, additional requirements may include 2829 : • an assurance that new information that may affect a participant’s decision to participate will be made available in a timely manner; • the basis for the subjects’ selection as potential participants; • the identity of a qualified, designated representative who can explain scientific or scholarly aspects of the research. In the case of risks above the range of minimal risk, it may be advisable to have a representative independent of the research team in this role; • an individual outside the research team to contact regarding potential ethical issues in research; • an indication of who will have access to information collected on the identity of subjects, descriptions of how confidentiality will be protected, and anticipated uses of the data; • an explanation of the responsibilities of the subjects; • consent to partial disclosure. In some instances it may be necessary to inform subjects that some information is being withheld deliberately. There may be an offer to share this information at points or at the end of the trial; • information of the circumstances under which the subject’s participation may be terminated by the researcher; • information on any costs, payments, reimbursement for expenses or compensation for injury; • the probability of assignment to treatment arms, in the case of randomized trials; • in the case of health care research, information of (a) alternative procedures that may be advantageous to the subject, (b) which aspects of the procedures are not generally recognized or accepted, (c) the care that will be provided if the potential subject declines to participate; and/or

28 Freedman B, Fuks A, Weijer C. In loco parentis. Minimal risk as an ethical threshold for research upon children. Hastings Center Report 1993;23(2):13-9. 29 Levine RJ. Ethics and regulation of clinical research 2nd ed. Baltimore, Urban and Schwarzenberg,1986.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 10 of 14

• the ways in which the research results will be published and how the participants will be informed of the results of the research.

D.6.7. Competence The subject must be able to understand the information presented, to appreciate the potential consequences of a decision, and to provide free and informed consent. Those with diminished competence must be protected. Competence to consent for health care is governed in Ontario by the Health Care Consent Act 1996 30 and the Substitute Decisions Act 1992 31 .

D.6.7.1. Ability to comprehend The information that is given to the patient, both oral and written, must be within the ability of the prospective subjects or their representative to understand. This requires attention to the complexity of the language used, as well as consideration of the potential subject’s ability to comprehend, which may be diminished by subject-specific circumstances such as first language.

D.6.7.2. Capacity Subjects with diminished capacity, such as children or those who are not legally competent, are not able to give free and informed consent under any circumstances. This diminished capacity may not be global or permanent. Researchers must comply with the legal definitions of diminished capacity as defined by the Health Care Consent Act 1996 31 and the Substitute Decisions Act 1992 32 . Consideration must be given to the wishes of the potential subject even in the presence of authorized third party consent. A potential subject’s dissent will preclude his or her participation.

Subject to applicable legal requirements, individuals who are not legally competent shall only be asked to become research subjects when 32 : • the research question can only be addressed using individuals within the identified group(s); • free and informed consent will be sought from their authorized representative(s); and • the research does not expose them to more than minimal risks without the potential for direct benefits for them. Attention should be made to the differences, for instance, between risks in children and adults. Harm in children may have longer term consequences.

For research involving incompetent individuals, the REB shall ensure that, as a minimum, the following conditions are met 33 : • the research describes how the free and informed consent will be sought from the authorized third party, and how the subject’s best interests will be protected.;

30 Health Care Consent Act, 1996. Statutes of Ontario 1996 Chapter 2, Schedule A. Feb 4, 1998. Queens Printer for Ontario . 31 Substitute Decisions Act, 1992. Statutes of Ontario, 1992, Chapter 30. July 1996. Queen’s Printer for Ontario . 32 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 11 of 14

• the authorized third party may not be the researcher or any other member of the research team; • the continued free and informed consent of an authorized third party will be required to continue the participation of a legally incompetent subject in research, so long as the subject remains incompetent; and • when a subject who was entered into a research project by an authorized third party becomes competent during the project, his or her informed consent will be sought as a condition of continuing participation.

D.7. Confidentiality The best protection for confidentiality is to use methods employing anonymity. This may not be practical at all stages of research, but every attempt should be made to code or otherwise conceal subjects’ identity.

Information that is disclosed in the context of a professional or research relationship must be held as confidential. This confidentiality cannot be breached without the subject's free and informed consent. This includes a potential subject’s presence in a health care setting. Researchers may not make direct contact with subjects in such settings unless the health care provider or health information custodian has acted as an intermediary in such contacts.

Confidentiality applies to information obtained directly from the subjects or from other sources that have a legal obligation to maintain the confidentiality of records.

Personal information means information relating to a reasonably identifiable person who has a reasonable expectation of privacy. This includes personal characteristics as well as their life experience, educational, medical or employment histories. It does not include information that is in the public domain.

D.7.1. Interviews Researchers who intend to interview a subject to secure personal information require approval for the interview procedure and the method of securing the personal information arising from it. Free and informed consent is required ( D.6.).

D.7.2. Data collection, surveys, and questionnaires REB approval is required for obtaining data and shall include considerations such as: • the type of data collected; • the purpose for which data will be used; • limits on use, disclosure, retention or destruction of the data; • safeguards for security and confidentiality of the data; • modes of observation (e.g. photographs or videos) or access to information (e.g. sound recordings) that allow identification of subjects; • anticipated secondary uses of identifiable data; • anticipated data linkage with other data about the subjects, whether public or personal; and • provisions for confidentiality of data resulting from the research.

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 12 of 14

D.7.3. Secondary use of data Secondary use of data includes research on data that was not collected for the purpose of research (e.g. patient health records, student records) or research on data that was collected for the purposes of other research. The researcher must ensure that: • the identifying information is essential to the research; • appropriate measures are taken to protect the privacy of the individuals, ensure confidentiality, and minimize harm to subjects; • individuals to whom the data refer have not objected to secondary use; and • where applicable, the legal custodian of the information (e.g. health care provider) has agreed to its use and a contract for its use has been agreed upon. At CMCC, the custodian of health information is the Associate Dean of Clinical Education. The REB requires the health information custodian’s approval in principle for any research involving health records. See the Associate Dean of Clinical Education for the appropriate forms. Additionally, the custodian of student academic records is the Director, Student Services. Permission for access to and use of these files may only be achieved with a signed letter of permission from the Director.

When secondary use of data occurs, the REB may require: • informed consent from those who contributed the data (or an authorized third party); • an appropriate strategy for informing the subjects; or • consultation with representatives of those who contributed the data.

Researchers who wish to contact individuals to whom the data refer require REB authorization prior to contact. In general, the researcher is not allowed to make direct contact. An intermediary, who is a representative of the means for which the data was collected (e.g. the health care custodian), must make the initial contact.

D.8. Pilot Studies Pilot studies are valuable to guide more detailed investigations. Pilot studies explore an idea (e.g. an innovative therapy, a potential correlation or association, a search for certain descriptive information), determine if the logistics of the proposed research protocol will function, or train researchers in a new technique.

Pilot studies, however, do not usually answer scientific questions unless the results are unquestionably definitive. The benefit of a pilot study is the guidance it gives on the design or implementation of a full study. The REB must ensure that the reasons for the proposed pilot study are well defined, the design is sound, the study will produce scientifically sound data and the balance of the risks and benefits are in accordance with Section D.4.

A pilot study is a prelude to subsequent research, so there must be a reasonable expectation that subsequent research will be conducted.

D.9. Case Reports Case reports are a form of research involving human subjects. Case reports undergo an expedited review process. This review requires approval from the Clinic Management Team

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 13 of 14 as per Section D.7.3. and the REB Chair. All submissions for approval, whether accepted or rejected, are reported to the REB at the next meeting. Rejected applications will undergo full REB review. If the rejection is upheld, the researcher may request full REB review as per the procedures section.

D.10. Working with Animals CMCC does not have a licence to conduct live animal research on its premises. If faculty collaborate in studies involving live animals, the proposal requires ethics approval. The PI must provide assurance of ethical acceptability of the protocol by making available the collaborating institution's animal care protocol as well as documentation of appropriate approval by the institution’s animal care and use committee.

D.11. Research Involving Human Remains, Cadavers, Tissues, or Biological Fluids Research protocols involving the use of human tissue, in whole or in part, must have written permission from the Anatomy Department Chair prior to submitting the proposal for ethical review. The Chair may: • grant permission directly; • grant permission directly and notify the Coroner's Office in writing (as a courtesy to the Coroner's Office); • if in doubt, yet favourable towards the request, send a letter to the Coroner's Office requesting permission to comply with the request; or • in more complicated cases, the Coroner may distribute the request to a standing committee (consisting of representatives from Anatomy Departments of qualified universities and colleges) for further consideration.

In all cases, CMCC adheres to the Anatomy Act Revised Statutes of Ontario Ch. 21 & Regulation 15 (see ORA for further information) 33 .

The permission granted by the Anatomy Department Chair is not an exemption from REB review.

D.12. Review Procedures for Ongoing Research All ongoing research, whether involving human subjects or not, will provide an annual report to the RA summarizing status of the work being undertaken according to procedures as published by the ORA from time to time. The timeline currently established for this annual report is each year on the official anniversary date of REB approval, as set out on the REB Certificate of Approval, until the project’s completion. Ongoing research involving human subjects will be subject to continuing ethics review by the REB. The rigour of this review will be proportionate to the ethical considerations of the research ( C.4.) and follow procedures as

33 Anatomy Act. Statutes of Ontario, 1990, Chapter 21, a mended by: 1997, c. 39, ss. 1-3; 2002, c. 17, Sched. F, Table; 2002, c. 33, s. 140 .. July 1996. Queen’s Printer for Ontario .

CHAPTER: ETHICAL NORMS IN RESEARCH SECTION D

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 14 of 14 determined by the REB and administered by the RA. The RA must be notified at the conclusion of research and will in turn notify the REB as necessary 34 .

For research that is above the threshold of minimal risk, the REB may require: • a formal review of the free and informed consent process; • establishment of a safety monitoring committee; • periodic review by a third party of the documents generated by the study; • review of reports of adverse events; • review of patient health records; or • a random audit of the free and informed consent process.

34 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 6

SECTION E: GRANT APPLICATIONS

E.1. Preamble Research projects, conferences, presentations, training, capital purchases, and infrastructure development can all be funded by grants from a variety of sources, both external and internal.

E.1.1. Scope of external funding External funding is provided by independent entities (e.g. individuals, corporations, foundations, provincial or federal granting agencies) outside of CMCC and is limited only by the individual entity.

E.1.2. Scope of internal funding Internal funding is provided by CMCC and administered through the Office of Research Administration under the Dean, GERP. Access to internal funding is limited to CMCC faculty and is available for the following: • research projects. This funding is prioritized for new researchers without a grant record, researchers who are unable to access or locate appropriate external funding sources and projects considered particularly important to the mission of CMCC; • funding source searches; • travel and presentation expenses for the purposes of presentation at scientific or scholarly conferences; • training; or • research release time.

E.2. Funding Research Projects Funding for research may be sought externally or internally. Researchers are reminded that CMCC requires that projects involving human subjects receive ethics approval through the REB prior to the implementation of any funding ( E.2.1.1.). It is imperative that researchers consider the time required for the review process (H.3.1.) and be aware of external funder’s deadlines in order to adequately plan their application.

E.2.1. External funding Faculty are strongly encouraged to secure external funding whenever possible. Some agencies are very specific with regard to their funding priorities, while others are quite general.

Investigators are encouraged to consider applying to one of the major chiropractic funding agencies in North America which make grants available for chiropractic research. These are financially supported by the profession and are peer-reviewed, with specific deadlines, requirements and procedures for submissions. These organizations include the: • Chiropractic Foundation for Spinal Research (CFSR), Winnipeg, Canada; • the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR); • the National Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada (NSERCC); • the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRCC); • the US National Institutes of Health (NIH) including NCCAM and other centres;

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 6

• provincial Ministries of Health; • other not-for-profit Foundations; and • for-profit corporations willing to meet ethical research standards.

Names of additional funding agencies and their specific funding priorities are filed with the RA. The RA can assist faculty investigators in their search for those agencies most likely and most appropriate to fund their areas of interest. Search resources include the Canadian Centre for Philanthropy (CCP) and the Community of Science (COS), which are granting-agency searching services. Contact the RA for additional information on searching for sources of funding. Potential sources include Canadian provincial, federal and foundation grants as well as foundation and United States federal and foundation sources ( E.3.).

Once the PI decides which granting agency to target for submission, the RA is available to assist in the preparation of the submission. Copies of all external applications must be filed with the RA, regardless of whether or not the grant is held at CMCC.

E.2.1.1. Proposals to be submitted to external funders Granting agencies may or may not require ethical approval from the sponsoring institutions before reviewing a proposal for funding or before releasing any project funding. The REB review process is discussed in detail in CMCC’s Research Procedures Manual, which can be found in the ORA. Once a proposal has received approval from the REB, the PI will be issued a Certificate of Approval. The certificate must be provided to the granting agency. Investigators are encouraged to discuss the application and planned research with the ORA and, when practicable, to submit for necessary REB approval prior to agency submission to avoid undue delay in implementation should funding be granted.

The number of proposal copies required by the granting agency should be made and forwarded by courier to the agency. Covering forms must be signed by the Dean, GERP, and/or designates, as required by the funding agencies.

Some funders require a letter of intent rather than a complete proposal. This is usually done to ensure that the proposed research is within the funding scope of the agency. If approved, a funder may request a full application. The time given for this submission may be quite short.

E.2.1.2. Contract research Funding opportunities for specific and targeted research may take the form of contracts with outside parties. Contract research is research work that is commissioned and funded by outside clients (usually commercial enterprises), which typically approach CMCC or researchers to do specific research work for them.

E.2.2. Internal Funding Internal funding for research is intended to help support works for novice researchers to help develop a granting record and to assist researchers who may have few external grant sources for their field of endeavour.

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 6

Grants may be provided to faculty for one or more of the expenses of presentation of research at scholarly conferences, the cost of research related training, and research release time to pursue research activities. These grants may be applied for from the ORA, which will manage internal funding related to the Division of Research. Costs of such activities that are not related to research or its reporting are the purview of the division in which the faculty member works.

E.2.2.1. Internal Funding Submission Deadlines There are no deadlines for research applications seeking to be funded internally, pending available resources. However, applications are expected to conform to standard format with adequate information for both rigourous scholarly and ethics review as necessary. REB approval, if needed, may take up to eight weeks after submission, and occasionally longer. Researchers should be cognizant of this and schedule their research plans accordingly.

E.2.2.2. Application procedures The budget submitted as part of the project proposal, either in the REB Project Submission Form or the Case Report Form found on CMCC’s Moodle website, must include all costs in the proposal budget that are being sought under internal funding. Unaccounted discrepancies between the proposal budget and the application form may result in the proposal being returned without review. As per Section H.3.1., the review process may take eight weeks.

E.2.3. Research Budget Line Items Different external funders allow different expenses (line items) to be included in the grant request. Researchers must ensure that their grant request includes only allowable line items. The ORA can assist the researcher in ensuring all line items are allowed by the funder.

E.2.3.1. Overhead charges for indirect costs When allowed by the granting agency or institution, overhead charges should be factored into external grant requests in an attempt to recover the indirect costs incurred in conducting research under the auspices of CMCC (administrative costs, heat, hydro, repairs, insurance, salaries of personnel who manage the grants, PI’s, grant management personnel, technicians, software rentals, books/journals for the library, phones, legal opinions on contracts, ethics reviews, use of equipment etc.).

Final indirect cost rates are negotiated with the funding agency, when provided, by the RA once funding has been awarded. It is CMCC policy to request indirect cost payment in projects done under any contract or application. The current rate is calculated at 50% of personnel costs, however, in the case of United States National Institutes of Health applications, it is necessary to review the regulations of each funding vehicle. In general, non- US applicants are limited to 8% calculated on the entire budget. The PI should include the maximum overhead allowable by a granting agency on all research grants and contracts. Deviations from this policy must be reviewed and approved by the Dean, GERP.

E.2.3.2. Equipment When allowed by the granting agency or institution, external grant applications should include budgetary provisions for purchasing all equipment needed to run the project. If the granting agency does not provide for capital purchases, then the proposal should include provisions for

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 6 rentals/leasing maintenance of the equipment, other supplies for the equipment, software licensing fee etc. if allowed.

All equipment acquired through research grants and/or contracts is the property of CMCC, unless otherwise stipulated in writing and approved by the appropriate CMCC and granting agency authorities.

E.2.3.3. Equipment and liability insurance for externally funded projects Equipment acquired through external research grants, whereby CMCC becomes the owner, shall be covered by CMCC's insurance policies. Equipment borrowed by or loaned to CMCC is also covered by CMCC's insurance policy. CMCC’s insurance policy may not cover all types of equipment. Researchers should consult with the VP of Administration to ensure the equipment will be covered under existing finance and insurance policies.

The researcher must include liability insurance in the budget to cover the equipment that is not covered under CMCC policy.

E.2.3.4. Maintenance contracts When allowed by the granting agency or institution and the project is utilizing equipment, then the external grant application must include provision for equipment maintenance whether the equipment is owned by CMCC, or is being acquired through a grant or otherwise.

E.2.3.5. Office supplies When allowed by the granting agency or institution, office supplies should be included in the external grant application budget. This would include such items as: paper, envelopes, photocopier rental, fax and telephone long distance charges, postage, pens, markers, pencils, staplers, staples, paper clips, tape, post-its, etc.

E.2.3.6. Cost of treatment procedures in research projects The payment, or lack thereof, for care must be considered at the time of proposal submission. Adequate funding should be requested to cover all expenses directly related to the research, such as additional hospital or office visits, laboratory analyses, devices or therapies that are ordered for research purposes and that would not normally be ordered for the patient.

E.2.3.7. Publication and presentation of research When allowed by the granting agency or institution, publication and presentation costs should be included in the grant budget. The RA may assist in this regard, upon request.

E.2.3.8. Proposal development costs Few funders allow for costs incurred in developing a proposal. Costs for proposal development, for example funder searches, may be funded internally.

E.2.3.9. Salaries When allowed by the granting agency or institution, salaries for all research investigators, personnel, and staff should be included in the funding application. Those portions of the grant allocated toward research assistants and support staff should be clearly delineated in the

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 5 of 6 proposal budget. For submissions for internal funding, research personnel or support staff who are students or employees at CMCC must be clearly identified in the grant request.

Budget calculation should take into consideration legislated requirements regarding pay equity, statutory obligations, etc. CMCC has salary ranges for specific job descriptions (e.g. secretary) and should include payroll benefits to which the employee is entitled. Benefits currently amount to 23% of gross salary. This amount may change from time to time, so contact the RA for current rate.

Salaries for personnel who are CMCC employees should be calculated based upon the percentage of the employee's time that will be devoted to the work of the project on an FTE basis. The full dedication of the employee to all professional activity including that of the application in question may not exceed 100% FTE. A method of accounting for the use of time allocated for the participation of each employee on the work of the application is required.

Consultation with the Division of Human Resources is required prior to finalizing salaries. Consultation with the ORA is recommended prior to finalizing the budget. A copy of the budget approved by the granting agency is required to be filed with the ORA which will work with the Division of Human Resources in maintaining appropriate records of the income and expenditures related to the grant.

E.2.3.9.1. Benefits and vacation time When salaries are paid from a grant -- be it an external or internal grant -- CMCC is the employer, not the grant holder; therefore, researchers must pay the current benefits rate for workers. These rates must be factored into the requested salary. The calculation for benefits and vacation time to be allocated for all full and part-time staff and faculty must be consistent with the policies contained in the Collective Bargaining Agreement between CMCC and CUPE Local 4773. This information can be obtained from the Division of Human Resources.

Note also, that the sharing of personnel amongst researchers, such that full-time status results for that person, or the support of a portion of an already full-time employee, will require that full-time benefits be included. The maximum combined commitment of an employee to one or more research project(s) may not exceed 100% FTE, per F.1.3.1.2.

E.2.4. Foreign Currency If a grant application is to be submitted to a foreign agency and the research budget is to be detailed in a foreign currency, a separate budget page translated into Canadian dollars must be attached to the copy provided for the ORA. The type of currency and the exchange rate being used must be clearly marked on the budget sheets.

Researchers are required to use the current exchange rates at the time of budget submission to the granting entity. The exchange rate in effect at the time the award money is received, however, will be the rate used to convert the funds.

CHAPTER: GRANT APPLICATIONS SECTION E

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 6 of 6

E.3. Funding Source Searches Applications for internal grants to fund external funding source searches are approved at the discretion of the Dean, GERP. Approval for funding must be in place prior to the commencement of the search.

E.4. Travel Assistance Policy for Research Presentations Researchers are required to include travel and presentation costs in external grant applications when allowed by the granting agency or institution. However, CMCC is committed to assisting its faculty in the dissemination of their research if this expense is not allowed by the funder. The RA must be notified of intent to submit for presentation to any meeting requiring expenditure for travel expenses.

To help ensure that funding is available, faculty need to anticipate probable submissions one budget year in advance. Advance budgeting will receive priority consideration. Later requests will be considered based on merit and available funds. Proposals for support should be submitted to the Dean, GERP.

For further information related to travel and research, please refer to the Collective Bargaining Agreement between CMCC and CUPE Local 4773.

Applicants who submit work accomplished as a member of CMCC faculty, or with support from CMCC including travel assistance, are required to acknowledge this support in presentations and print materials.

E.5. Training The issue of reimbursement for costs incurred for training in research (e.g. seminars, cross training apprenticeships, etc.) is also discussed in the Collective Bargaining Agreement between CMCC and CUPE Local 4773.

Development grants may assist in the training or education of faculty that is not necessarily related to research. The RA can assist faculty in their search for those agencies or institutions most likely and most appropriate to fund career development.

E.6. Research Assigned Hours Faculty may apply for and/or be assigned hours for research. If approved, research production will be monitored at least annually for performance.

CHAPTER: GRANT MANAGEMENT SECTION F

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 6

SECTION F: GRANT MANAGEMENT

F.1. Research Grant Management CMCC is responsible to the granting agency for completing the project on-time and within the approved budget, for financial record keeping, and for ensuring regular progress reporting. The primary responsible party for meeting CMCC’s commitments to completion and accountability reside in the PI. The PI is responsible for making every effort to complete the project as stated in the approved proposal, and preparing progress reports as required.

F.1.1. Arranging for and Administration of a Research Grant Account

F.1.1.1. External awards When a granting agency awards all or part of the funds requested in the budget portion of the grant application, the PI and ORA will be notified of this by the granting agency. The agency usually forwards a cheque for part of the award (i.e., in instalments), to the RA. The funding agency, having approved the proposed budget, entrusts CMCC with overseeing the proper allocation of expenses.

In order to ensure that all expenses are clearly documented, the following procedure must be followed: • Upon the awarding of an external grant, all funds received must be first forwarded to the ORA. • The ORA staff, working with the PI, then will coordinate with CMCC’s accounting office to set up a new Research Grant Account (project account) outlining the name of the study, CMCC account number, the PI, and the amount of the approved grant with appropriate line items via a New Research Grant Form.

The New Research Grant Form must be signed by the Dean, GERP. This form will then be submitted with the attached grant cheque to the Accounting Department for deposit to the new project account.

F.1.1.2. Internal awards In order to ensure that all expenses are clearly documented, the following procedure must be observed: • Upon the awarding of an internal grant, the PI will be notified by the RA and the procedures for establishing a new project account listed under section F.1.1.1. will be followed.

F.1.2. Accountability of Funds PI’s will be given printed statements of their project-accounts, revenues and expenses upon request. PI’s are expected to check these statements for accuracy. Any discrepancies should be reported immediately by the PI in writing to CMCC Controller, with a copy to the ORA.

CHAPTER: GRANT MANAGEMENT SECTION F

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 6

PI’s will be held personally, financially accountable for any over-spending on research accounts. The PI must monitor the project's budget and immediately report to the ORA if there are any anticipated deviations from the approved budget.

If supplementary funds are required to complete the project as approved, it is incumbent upon the PI to contact the funding agency and determine if such funds are available. It is the responsibility of the PI to ensure that all possible steps have been taken to make up any anticipated shortfalls.

Unless timely arrangements to deal with any project overspending have been made with the RA, the PI will be personally responsible for such deficits.

F.1.3. Recovery of Salary, Overhead and Research Expenses Expenses incurred by CMCC in the execution of a research proposal, if recoverable by grants, must be clearly accounted for. The two principal expenses to CMCC are those for personnel and overhead costs. Each must be appropriately expensed to the grant in question and credited to CMCC Research Recovery Account to reflect the recovery of such funds.

F.1.3.1. Salaries Salaries may be disbursed directly or via CMCC payroll. The payroll method is usually used for full- and part-time personnel who will be working at CMCC for several months. See the RA to determine the most appropriate arrangement.

If the payroll method is used, then the PI must notify the RA for whom this arrangement applies, the number of payments involved, and the amount of each payment. It should be noted that employee salary is paid every two weeks. The RA will then make the appropriate arrangements with CMCC Payroll Administrator.

With this method, all statutory withholdings (UI, Canada Pension Plan, benefits, income tax, etc.) and any other employee benefits are automatically deducted from each pay-cheque. These deductions must be budgeted into the grant ( E.2.3.9.) otherwise the salary method is not possible. (Deductions currently amount to 23% of gross salary. This amount may change from time to time, so contact the RA for current rate).

F.1.3.1.1. Salaries and fees to students and non-college personnel Payment made to an assistant for time spent on research work will be made after the assistant has submitted a time sheet to the PI, who in turn initials it to signify his/her approval. The completed form is then forwarded to the RA for processing. See the RA for required forms.

F.1.3.1.2. Salaries & consulting fees to College faculty with Assigned Research Hours An external salary or consulting fee received by a CMCC faculty member who has assigned research hours, for time spent on research work which falls within a faculty member's assigned research hours, will be credited to the Division of Research.

CHAPTER: GRANT MANAGEMENT SECTION F

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 6

F.1.3.1.3. Remuneration for contract researchers Contracted researchers who are funded from monies received from research and/or special contract grants will be directed by the ORA to complete the necessary Revenue Canada TD1 and CMCC forms and submit these to the Human Resources/Payroll Department at the time the contract is completed and filed.

The contract must define the researcher’s role in the study, the amount of remuneration, allowable expenses and frequency of payment. The contracted researcher will submit to the ORA an invoice and time sheet itemizing time spent on the project according to the original agreement. The ORA will then submit the invoice attached to a Research Expense Form to the Accounting Department.

F.1.3.2. Indirect costs External awards which permit the inclusion of indirect costs ( E.2.3.1.) will be debited to reflect the recovery of funds for administrative expenses. Unless otherwise negotiated through the Dean, GERP and approved by the President, the amounts will be credited to the Research Development Account.

F.1.4. Research Development Account Funds recovered from grants and contracts for indirect costs and salaried faculty time will be credited to the Research Development Account. The funds will be used to support programs related to fostering continued growth and development of research initiatives in CMCC. Expenditures from this account are approved by the Institutional Affairs Committee with recommendation from Dean, GERP.

F.1.5. Budget Modifications Specific procedures for expensing/accessing funds from a project grant account must be adhered to as allocated in the proposal.

If the proposed budget allocation is determined by the PI to be inappropriate or inconsistent with the anticipated expenses, it is incumbent upon the PI to obtain written approval from the funding agency to make any modification to the submitted budget, and notify the ORA of such a change.

F.1.6. Procedure for Expensing/Accessing Funds from a Grant Account All expenses must be approved by the PI, the ORA, and the Dean, GERP. There are several methods for accessing project accounts but using a Purchase Order is the preferred method. Other methods may be used when time or circumstances do not allow for use of the Purchase Order method; however, procedures selected must be consistent with current policies set forth by the Accounting Division. The researcher shall notify the ORA of any equipment purchases that will be covered under CMCC’s liability insurance. The ORA will then notify the Office of the Vice President of Administration to ensure that such coverage is enforced.

F.1.6.1. Purchase orders Using this method, the vendor sends an invoice to CMCC which includes the Purchase Order Number (PO#) of the expense, and CMCC's accounting department issues a cheque directly

CHAPTER: GRANT MANAGEMENT SECTION F

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 6 to the vendor. This way, none of the project personnel has to personally assume any temporary financial burden, as is the case in the "Reimbursement" method.

Before the purchase is made, the PI must prepare a PO# requisition, which includes the exact amount, the nature of the expense, and the name and address, etc. of the vendor. The PO# requisition is submitted to the RA and must be signed by the PI and the Dean, GERP. The Accounting Department then issues a PO# to the RA, and the RA subsequently forwards this PO# to the PI, who can then proceed to order the item/service and give the PO# to the vendor (who includes it on the invoice). When the CMCC Accounting department receives the invoice, the payment is already authorized, and the vendor will receive payment at.

F.1.6.2. Reimbursements When supplies and services are purchased with "out of the pocket" funds of project personnel, the original receipt must be signed by the PI and submitted to the ORA. Provided that the expense is one approved by the granting agency, the RA will forward a Research Expense Form with the attached receipt(s) to the Accounting Department. A cheque (or petty cash if the amount is $20 or less) will be issued to the individual named on the form. Cheque requisitions received by Friday of one week are typically paid the following week.

F.1.6.3. Advance payments If an up-front cash or cheque payment has to be made for an item/service, then the PI should notify the RA of the exact amount, the nature of the item/service, the name, etc. of the vendor, and the name of the individual picking up the cheque/cash from the accounting office. The RA will prepare a cheque requisition/cash requisition and arrange for the funds to be made ready for the individual indicated on the requisition. Five working days should be allowed for this procedure. The PI must submit a receipt for the purchase within 2 weeks of receiving the cheque/cash.

F.1.7. Progress Reporting The PI is responsible for submitting progress reports to the RA (annually or as otherwise stipulated by the RA) and to the granting agency as per the agency's requirements. This report should contain, at a minimum, a summary of debits to the research account, a description of remaining funds, and an overall status report on the project. Additionally, the RA must receive a copy of all reports made to the granting agencies.

The RA will attempt to remind PI’s of upcoming progress report deadlines, in order to avoid any conflict with the granting agency.

The RA will provide the Budget Accounting portion of the Progress Report to the PI. The RA is responsible for making sure that project expenses match those in the agency-approved (proposal) budget. The RA is responsible for providing PI’s with timely detailed grant accounts summaries from the Accounting Department. These will be available anytime upon request.

PI’s will be required to submit annual internal progress reports and to reconcile their project accounts on a quarterly basis.

CHAPTER: GRANT MANAGEMENT SECTION F

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 5 of 6

F.1.8. Refunds to Granting Entities Based on the policies of the granting entity, when the data-gathering and data-analysis portions of the study are completed, all outstanding debts have been paid, and all expenses other than conference-presentation and publishing costs have been debited from the grant account, then the ORA will arrange that the monies budgeted for presentations and publishing be set aside, and the remaining/residual funds in the grant account be returned to the granting agency as unspent funds.

If the granting entity forgives return of residual unspent funds within their policies or if funds are awarded by contract not requiring return, the disposition of residuals will be made based on review of the project by the RA and the PI. The RA will make one of three recommendations on use of the funds to the Dean, GERP. The recommendation will be either a) to reimburse the Research Division for uncompensated expenses related to the PI’s research, b) distribution to CMCC’s general fund or c) establishment of a restricted account, also known as a Research Development Account, for use by the PI to further his/her line of research with expenditures approved through the ORA for purposes of accountability.

F.1.9. Closing a Grant Account At the conclusion of the project and filing of a final report to the ORA, after the account funds have been appropriately spent, the balance of funds returned to the granting entity or transfer of residuals per section F.1.8. as may be appropriate (such that the account balance is "0"), the RA will arrange that the project account be closed-out.

CHAPTER: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT SECTION G

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 4

SECTION G: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT

G.1. Preamble CMCC affirms that all members of CMCC have the responsibility to maintain the highest standards of academic conduct. It is the responsibility of the faculty to follow acceptable standards of conduct in their scholarly pursuits and to foster this responsibility in others, and to ensure compliance with the standards by students involved in research. Students must also be aware of and abide by these standards (CMCC Academic Calendar).

CMCC incorporates by reference the regulations on scholarly conduct which have been established by national or international funding agencies including, but not limited to, the Medical Research Council of Canada, the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council and the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council, as well as their Tri-council Policy Statement 35 . Furthermore, the institution adopts, and is compliant with, the policies and procedures as outlined by the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) and the Office of Research Integrity (ORI), an entity governed by the United States’ Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Specific policies related to the ORI’s misconduct process, and CMCC’s adherence to this process, are listed in section G.5. A full discussion of the processes CMCC has in place for allegations of misconduct and the subsequent proceedings can be found in the Research Procedure Manual.

The official responsible for communicating allegations of, and assisting in all investigations of misconduct in the domain of research, shall be the Research Administrator from the Office of Research Administration (ORA) at CMCC.

G.2. Research Integrity There are two overriding principles which underlie the integrity of research in CMCC setting: • a researcher must be honest in proposing, seeking support for, conducting and reporting research; and • a researcher must respect the rights of others in the pursuit of these activities and any departure from these principles will diminish the stature of CMCC and may lead to administrative or disciplinary action.

G.3. Definitions “Scholarly misconduct” means any conscious act of fabrication, falsification, plagiarism, or other behaviour that seriously deviates from commonly accepted practice in institutes of higher learning and scholarly communities in the proposing, conducting and reporting of research activities. This definition does not include differences of opinion or honest differences in the interpretation of research results.

35 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT SECTION G

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 4

G.4. Improper Research Practices Improper research practices, which include, but are not limited to the following, constitute scholarly misconduct, namely: 1. misrepresentation, fabrication or falsification of data; 2. plagiarism, including plagiarism of one’s own work; 3. misrepresentation of the methods used in research; 4. unacknowledged, selective reporting or omission of conflicting information or data to support a particular thesis or hypothesis; 5. abuse of confidentiality with regard to the information and ideas taken from manuscripts, grant applications or discussion held in confidence; 6. failure to comply with guidelines for review of or conducting of research involving human or animal subjects as described in CMCC Research Policy Manual or the policies of funding agencies; 7. abuse of confidentiality related to the data obtained during the course of a study; 8. obstruction of the academic activities of others, including interference or tampering with experimental data, substances or subjects; 9. knowingly aiding and abetting scholarly misconduct; or 10. failure to reveal any material conflict of interest which might arise in the conduct of research.

G.5. Dealing With Charges of Scholarly Misconduct When allegations of scholarly misconduct have been made, the response of CMCC in investigating these allegations will have the following three properties: 1. before any determination is made, the person against whom the allegations have been made shall have full disclosure of the allegations and evidence and an opportunity to respond fully; 2. the process of disclosure and due process will occur in a timely manner; and 3. the proceedings will remain strictly confidential to the extent possible to protect the identity of the persons making the allegations and the person against whom the allegations are made from persons not party to or witnessing the proceedings.

The policies by which CMCC will respond to allegations of scholarly misconduct are outlined below. When verified, a finding of scholarly misconduct will lead to appropriate sanction. In the instance of an allegation of misconduct processes relevant to the appropriate funding source will be followed. The processes shall be guided by applicable Ontario statutes and the provisos drawn up in the Memorandum of Understanding between CMCC and CIHR, and the guidance of the United States’ Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), in the body of the Office of Research Integrity (ORI), as may apply. These procedures are detailed in full in CMCC’s Research Procedure Manual.

Further information on the ORI and the HHS can be found in the Definitions Section .

CHAPTER: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT SECTION G

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 4

G.5.1. Confidentiality To the extent allowed by law, CMCC shall maintain the identity of respondents and complainants securely and confidentially and shall not disclose any identifying information, except to: 1. those who need to know in order to carry out a thorough, competent, objective and fair research misconduct proceeding; and 2. ORI as it conducts its review of the research misconduct proceeding and any subsequent proceedings.

To the extent allowed by law, any information obtained during the research misconduct proceeding that might identify the subjects of research shall be maintained securely and confidentially and shall not be disclosed, except to those who need to know in order to carry out the research misconduct proceeding.

G.5.2. Ensuring a Fair Research Misconduct Proceeding CMCC shall take all reasonable steps to ensure an impartial and unbiased research misconduct proceeding to the maximum extent practicable. The President of CMCC, with recommendation by the Dean, GERP, shall appoint an Ad Hoc investigating board of 3 to 7 persons. Those conducting the inquiry or investigation will be selected on the basis of scientific expertise that is pertinent to the matter and, prior to selection, the institution shall screen them for any unresolved personal, professional, or financial conflicts of interest with the respondent, complainant, potential witnesses, or others involved in the matter. Any such conflict which a reasonable person would consider to demonstrate potential bias shall disqualify the individual from selection.

G.5.3. Interim Protective Actions At any time during a research misconduct proceeding, CMCC shall take appropriate and reasonable interim actions to protect public health, federal funds and equipment, and the integrity of CIHR’s and the ORI supported research process. The necessary actions will vary according to the circumstances of each case, but examples of actions that may be necessary include, but are not limited to: • delaying the publication of research results; • providing for closer supervision of one or more researchers; • requiring approvals for actions relating to the research that did not previously require approval; • auditing pertinent records; or • taking steps to contact other institutions that may be affected by an allegation of research misconduct.

G.5.4. Institutional Actions in Response to Final Findings of Research Misconduct CMCC will cooperate with and assist the CIHR and the ORI as needed, to carry out any administrative actions that CIHR or HHS may impose as a result of a final finding of research misconduct.

CHAPTER: SCHOLARLY MISCONDUCT SECTION G

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 4

G.5.5. Restoring Reputations CMCC shall undertake all reasonable, practical, and appropriate efforts to protect and restore the reputation of any person alleged to have engaged in research misconduct, but against whom no finding of research misconduct was made, if that person or his/her legal counsel or other authorized representative requests.

CMCC shall also undertake all reasonable and practical efforts to protect and restore the position and reputation of any complainant, witness, or committee member who has acted in good faith and to counter potential or actual retaliation against those complainants, witnesses and committee members.

G.5.6. Cooperation with ORI CMCC shall cooperate fully and on a continuing basis with ORI during its oversight reviews of this institution and its research misconduct proceedings and during the process under which the respondent may contest ORI findings of research misconduct and proposed HHS administrative actions. This includes providing - as necessary to develop a complete record of relevant evidence - all witnesses, research records, and other evidence under CMCC’s control or custody, or in the possession of, or accessible to, all persons that are subject to CMCC’s authority.

G.5.7. Reporting to ORI CMCC will report to ORI any proposed settlements, admissions of research misconduct, or institutional findings of misconduct that arise at any stage of a misconduct proceeding, including the allegation and inquiry stages.

G.6. Allegations Involving Externally Funded Research Where an investigation of alleged scholarly misconduct involves an ongoing, externally funded project, CMCC is responsible for taking whatever steps are necessary to: • protect the scientific integrity of the project; • protect human or animal subjects; • provide reports to granting agencies; • ensure that awarded funds are properly expended and ensure the continuation of the project to the extent that such continuation is consistent with the overall objectives of the project and the need to ensure prompt, fair investigation and resolution of the allegations.

CHAPTER: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY SECTION H

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 4

SECTION H: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY

H.1. Research Ethics Board (REB) The REB consists of a maximum of eleven (11) members: up to 9 faculty members, one legal counsel (not representing CMCC) and one public member external to CMCC. The REB is chaired by the Dean, GERP. The basic membership is to provide the broad range of experience and knowledge required to provide competent ethics review. Additional ad hoc members may be invited from time-to-time to fulfil content expertise with respect to proposed research according to the policies of the REB.

A Departmental Institutional Review Board (DIRB) may be established to consider research proposals received for Undergraduate course completion, consistent with the Tri-Council Policy Statement. Formation of a DIRB will be based on administrative necessity to meet proportional volume demands, and on agreement between the Dean of Undergraduate Education and the Dean, GERP. Membership for a DIRB will follow the same guidelines as for the REB.

H.2. REB Meetings and Records The REB meetings are generally scheduled to be on the third Friday of every month. Meetings may be called to deal with specific issues at the discretion of the Dean, GERP.

Minutes are kept and maintained on behalf of the REB by the RA. These minutes are not generally available but may be accessed for the purposes of internal and external audits, research monitoring, and to facilitate reconsideration and appeals. The release of this information is mediated by the Dean, GERP.

H.3. REB Decision-making No project involving human subjects or data from human subjects (including cadaver materials) may proceed without a determination of REB acceptance based on policies and procedures set out by the REB from time-to-time and published through the ORA.

The REB may establish rules under which preliminary data on a limited number of subjects, using procedures previously determined by the REB as posing very minimal or no risk, may qualify for approval based solely on those grounds, subject to the discretion of the Research Administrator and the Dean, GERP.

H.3.1. Full Review Proposals submitted to the REB/DIRB are reviewed by two to three members, selected on the basis of availability. These reviewers assess the proposal using the Proposal Evaluation Form and render a recommendation to provisionally accept, revise and resubmit, or reject. The reviewers present a summary of the project at the monthly meeting, including a discussion of its strengths and weaknesses to the REB/DIRB with particular focus on the issues for protection of human subjects. The proposal is then open for discussion by the full REB/DIRB, after which a vote is taken. Voting for acceptance is by majority with a quorum (6 members) of REB/DIRB members present. If provisional acceptance is given, the PI may demonstrate

CHAPTER: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY SECTION H

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 4 compliance with provisional requirements to the Dean, GERP and receive expedited acceptance and begin the project.

REB/DIRB questions with respect to research methodology may result in: b) recommendations to the PI; c) requirement for review ( C.2.3.) by content experts external to the REB/DIRB; and d) rejection based on unnecessary risk to human subjects for methodology unlikely to yield meaningful results.

If an external review is required, the REB/DIRB may permit expedited acceptance if the report indicates that methods are acceptable within the discipline for the state of the art or may require full review.

If the proposal is not accepted, it is returned to the applicant for modification. An applicant may rebut reviewer comments rather than modify their application. If the reviewer declines to modify their decision, the applicant must modify their proposal before it may commence.

The REB/DIRB shall accommodate reasonable requests from researchers to participate in discussions about their proposals. They may not be present at the meeting during the voting on their proposal or during discussions not pertaining to their proposal.

If a proposal is rejected, the applicant has the opportunity to proceed to a standing appeals board ( H.8.).

The applicant should allow at least eight weeks for REB/DIRB review and to allow adequate time if resubmission is required.

H.3.2. Expedited Review A project may proceed through expedited review if it is one of the following; • a case report; • uses instrumentation and standard procedures, consistent with normal activities in the subject’s daily life, previously reviewed and listed by the REB as minimal risk; • an annual report of an ongoing project; • an ongoing review of a project, where allowed by the REB/DIRB; • approval of minor variations to a research protocol that has received REB/DIRB approval; or • has received provisional REB/DIRB approval and has met the provisional requirements as confirmed by the Dean, GERP.

Full details regarding the classification of projects that qualify for expedited review are listed in section C.2.2.

H.3.3. Scholarly Review Projects meeting the requirement for scholarly review only ( C.2.3.) may be reviewed by the REB. The format for such submissions is outlined in the procedure manual.

CHAPTER: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY SECTION H

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 4

H.4. REB and DIRB Authority The REB establishes the standards for and policies of review of research involving human subjects guided by and consistent with the Canadian Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving human subjects 36 . CMCC chooses to authorize a DIRB for the purpose of reviewing student research proposed to meet course work requirements. The DIRB will follow criteria as defined by the REB and regularly report its activity to the REB through the Dean, GERP. The REB may elect to review individual proposals or audit DIRB activity at its discretion and is the final authority on routine ethics review. REB decisions, notwithstanding appeals to the appeals board, are final. No research that requires REB review may be conducted in the absence of REB approval. Although CMCC may refuse to allow research to proceed within its jurisdiction, this does not influence the REB’s decision that the proposal is ethically acceptable. The REB has the authority to halt research that is not in compliance with these policies. The REB has the authority to terminate research that is unethical.

H.5. REB and Ongoing Review of Research The REB reviews ongoing research ( D.12.). The REB may halt research that is not complying with this review process or that, based on the review or independent information, may be in undeclared conflict of interest or of sufficient conflict of interest to be considered scholarly misconduct.

H.6. REB and Multi-Centred Research The REB dictates the level of its involvement in proposals that are multi-centred in nature. It may 1) review and accept the decision of another institution’s REB/DIRB, 2) elect to review all elements of the research, or 3) only elements that may be require modification due to local requirements. The REB should communicate with other REB/DIRB’s to facilitate the review of multi-centred research as necessary.

H.7. REB Conflicts of Interest REB members may find themselves in conflict of interest if their own research is under review or they have been in direct academic conflict or collaboration with the applicant whose research is under review.

All PI’s whose projects are being reviewed by the REB may attend the REB monthly meeting for initial discussion of their project, in order to answer questions and provide further clarification to the REB regarding its concerns. This provision extends to REB members who are also PI’s or Co-Investigators on projects being reviewed. The PI must leave the room at the time during which the final ethical deliberations are being made, and when the vote is being cast. REB members who are Co-Investigators on a project being reviewed must also leave the room for the final deliberation and vote period, with their votes being counted as abstentions. Members who leave the room for this reason shall still be counted towards quorum during this time, until the vote is taken and they have been asked to return.

36 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada, Tri-council policy statement: Ethical conduct for research involving humans . 1998 (with 2000, 2002 and 2005 amendments) .

CHAPTER: RESEARCH ETHICS BOARD POLICY SECTION H

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 4

H.8. Research Appeals Board Proposals that are rejected by the REB/DIRB may proceed to an appeals review by the Standing Research Appeals Board (SRAB). The SRAB consists of five members: three faculty members, one legal counsel (not representing CMCC) and one member external to CMCC. The SRAB will review the proposal in the same manner as the REB. They will have access to prior REB/DIRB reviews and any correspondence or records relevant to the case in order to reach a decision. The SRAB’s decision is final and is reported by a representative to the REB at a regular meeting.

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 1 of 6

DEFINITIONS Case Report Case reports are divided into three types 1) Retrospective, 2) Prospective or mixed report that is observational only and 3) Prospective or mixed report with altered case management. These represent a type of descriptive research in which one individual or unit (case series) is studied in depth.

A retrospective case study is one where the case report will be completed using a clinic file. The patient is no longer attending the clinic and there is no intent to contact the patient to provide additional data.

A Prospective or mixed time frame case report may take advantage of observations using combined retrospective and prospective information from a case in progress. Like the retrospective case report, a key feature to this type of case report is that no changes will be made to the clinical protocol (evaluation, management/treatment) experienced by the patient.

A Prospective or mixed time frame case report is a case report whereby either observations for case study will be made at the time of initial presentation or will begin at some point in the clinical course, during the treatment phase. A key feature to the altered case management case report is that the clinical protocol may be altered to include typical clinical options such as questionnaires and examination procedures that may ordinarily be applied to the case, but which have been included particularly for data collection. NOTE: This type of case study should not include atypical treatment or novel questionnaires or examination procedures.

CMCC The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College as represented by its duly appointed officers and officials and their designates.

CMCC Research Project A research project is considered a CMCC research project if: • the research is sponsored by CMCC; • the research is conducted by or under the direction of any employee or agent (faculty or staff) of CMCC in connection with institutional responsibilities either on campus or off- campus or in collaboration with other institutions; • the research is conducted by or under the direction of any employee or agent of CMCC using any property or facility of CMCC; or • the research involves the use of CMCC’s non-public information to identify or contact human research subjects or prospective subjects.

Co-investigators Members of the research team, exclusive of the principal investigator, who bear responsibility for the research. Co-investigators typically have made a significant contribution to the development or execution of the research.

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 2 of 6

Containment Level 2 (CL2) Facility A laboratory containing organisms which pose risk to personnel by exposure through ingestion, inoculation or mucous membrane routes, and care must be taken to prevent the creation of harmful aerosols. A fuller definition of a CL2 Facility is located in Section I .

Collaborative research Works done by CMCC faculty are considered collaborative if the criteria for a CMCC research project apply to the employee or agent of another institution.

College facilities Any physical space, area, supplies or non-consumable equipment to which CMCC has title.

College personnel All members of CMCC’s faculty (professional, technical, and administrative), staff, students registered in CMCC’s undergraduate and graduate programs, and any other persons employed in CMCC’s academic or research programs.

College support Any non-facility provision by CMCC (e.g. secretarial services, release time, library support, consumable material) that is provided to CMCC personnel pursuant to their institutional responsibilities.

Contract Research Research in a particular subject or field which is done under specific stipulations and conditions set in an agreement between CMCC and a client providing financial support for the project.

Computer program Any sequence of coded instructions and data for a computer including any hardware modifications required for a sequence of instructions to be executed by or made available to the computer in order to bring about a specific result.

Copyright Copyright shall have that definition as set out in The Copyright Act and Regulations RSC 1985 C-42 (the Act) and, except where the following is contradictory to the definition as set out in the Act, “Copyright” meant that only the individual who has produced the work has the right to copy or permit others to copy their work. It generally includes the right to publish, produce, reproduce, and to perform a work in public. Copyright does not protect mere ideas, procedures, discoveries or facts. Copyright applies to all original literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works, including but not limited to books, writings, musical works, sculptures, photographs, motion pictures and encyclopaedias. Copyright applies to works created on, and contained in, mechanical contrivances (e.g. records, cassettes, and tapes) and computer software.

Creator/Author A member of CMCC’s personnel who has made a significant contribution to the development or creation of a work (as defined in the Copyright Act) or product (as defined in the Patent Act).

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 3 of 6

Custodian: See Health Information Custodian

Development costs Those resources specifically allocated to College personnel, department or division for the purposes of, either directly or indirectly, creating and/or developing a product and/or software.

Faculty The teaching and administrative staff and those members of the administration having academic rank in an educational institution (Merriam-Webster). Embraced within this definition are the competencies associated with scholarship and expertise within a domain of knowledge and practice. Faculty, in general, may choose to participate in research activity.

Health Information Custodian The health information custodian is the Associate Dean of Clinical Education or their designate.

HHS: See Office of Research Integrity (ORI).

Net Revenues The gross income received from the sale or licensing of a product and/or software less all expenses paid or incurred directly or indirectly in connection with the development, creation, marketing and promotion, licensing and maintenance of a product and/or software.

Office of Research Integrity (ORI) The Office of Research Integrity (ORI) promotes integrity in biomedical and behavioural research supported by the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) at about 4,000 institutions worldwide. ORI monitors institutional investigations of research misconduct and facilitates the responsible conduct of research (RCR) through educational, preventive, and regulatory activities (taken from the ORI website, see link below).

ORI is organised under the following departments: 1. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) 2. Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services (OS) 3. Office of Public Health and Science (OPHS)

The ORI is furthermore the governing body responsible for the administration of grants through the National Institutes of Health (NIH). It works in conjunction with the More information is available about the ORI at its website .

Patent An exclusive right to an invention or process granted to a person. A patentable product (invention) refers to any new and useful art, process, machine, manufacture or composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement in art, process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter (s.2, Patent Act, RSC 1985 C.P.4) and includes related computer software, know-how and new life forms.

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 4 of 6

Principal Investigator (PI) The member of the investigative team who is identified as the individual ultimately responsible for the research, the conduct of the research team, and the funding associated with the research.

Product Any new and useful art, process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement in art, process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter (s.2, Patent Act, RSC 1985, C. P4).

Public Health Service (PHS): See Office of Research Integrity (ORI)

Research The processes done with conscious effort to develop or acquire generalizable new knowledge.

As defined in the federal policy [45CFR46.102(f)], research means a systematic investigation, including research development, testing, and evaluation, designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge. Research across disciplines and various domains of knowledge have common attributes. • Systematic effort: there are a definite set of procedures and steps that are followed in order to optimize the most accurate results. • Organization: there is a structure or method that is focused and limited to a specific scope. • Focus: Research is focused on relevant, useful, and important questions, seeking answers that can be generalized to the needs of commerce, industry, and to the public and voluntary sectors, as well as the advancement of scholarship and lead to new or substantially improved insights.

Three forms of research are generally recognized and encompass: • Basic research is concerned with knowledge for the sake of theory. Its design is not controlled by the practical usefulness of the findings. • Applied research is concerned with showing how the findings can be applied or summarized into some type of teaching methodology. • Practical research goes one step further and applies the findings of research to a specific "practical" teaching situation.

Research Faculty Those personnel whose assignments are made for the purpose of directing and/or conducting research and service to the college and profession as a principal activity or activities. Research faculty possess the capacity to oversee the systematic effort of research and perform as principal investigators (PI’s) or co-PI’s and supervise technical support staff, students or other professional level assistants who are collaborating on or assisting with such research. In addition to general scholarship within a topical discipline, they possesses specific competencies; including but not limited to • Identifying, following, and applying a defined body of literature and knowledge to accomplish investigations

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 5 of 6

• Identifying and assembling the necessary team and infrastructure to carry out investigations. • Designing, coordinating, supervising, and conducting the technical implementation of an investigation involving the use of technical knowledge, skills and equipment. • Analyzing, interpreting, and generalizing the results in context of the body of knowledge and in communication to interested stakeholders including to other scholars, commerce, industry, and to the public and voluntary sectors.

Research Grant Financial support of an investigator(s) conducting research in a particular subject area or field with stipulations as described in the grant application protocol approved by a granting entity.

Research Infrastructure Research infrastructure is defined as “the physical, informational and human resources essential for researchers to conduct high-quality research.” It includes: tools, equipment, instrumentation, computer platforms, and facilities; software and information resources, including enabling (i.e., used for more than one project) computer systems, databases, data analysis and interpretation systems, and communication networks; technical support (human or automated) and services needed to operate infrastructure and keep it working effectively; and special environments and installations (e.g., buildings and research space) necessary to effectively create, deploy, access and use research tools. Such infrastructure may be used for an individual research project or as a common resource available to many research undertakings ( SSHRCC , Highlights from the March 2004 Council meeting in Victoria ).

Research Team All individuals - including researchers, employees and support staff - associated with a research project.

Research Technical support Technical support consists of human or automated resources and services needed to operate infrastructure and keep it working effectively ( SSHRCC , ibid.). Technical support includes but is not limited to routine testing and routine analysis of materials, components and processes including the maintenance of equipment standards of safety, as distinct from the development of new theory, applications or analytical techniques.

Research Technicians Research technicians are members of the college technical support staff who assist in conduct of elements or phases of research during performance of projects, providing technical support and maintaining infrastructure under the supervision and direction of research faculty. Technicians are valuable assets to the research team and usually possess specialized technical skills and knowledge related to equipment, procedures or techniques of research and infrastructure management.

CHAPTER: DEFINITIONS

APPROVED: August, 2008 PAGE 6 of 6

Scholarship Scholarship may be defined as the creation, development, and maintenance of the intellectual infrastructure of subjects and disciplines, in forms such as dictionaries, text volumes, catalogues, scientific and professional journals, and contributions to major research databases.

Subject A human being who is participating in research and bears the risks or benefits of involvement.

Work: “Work” includes the title thereof when such title is original and distinctive (Copyright Act 1994/5. P.924)

Research at CMCC is governed by the Research Policy and Procedure manual. CMCC personnel involved in research must be familiar with this policy.

STANDARDS

FOR

DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC PROGRAMMES

APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS April 5, 2008 of the CANADIAN FEDERATION OF CHIROPRACTIC REGULATORY AND EDUCATIONAL ACCREDITING BOARDS (FEDERATION)

39 River Street Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5A 3P1

1-416-646-1600 1-416-646-9460 fax www.chirofed.ca

STANDARDS

FOR

DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC PROGRAMMES

APPROVED BY THE FEDERATION’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS April 5, 2008

CONTENT PAGE NO.

Foreword ...... vi

SECTION I: THE PURPOSE AND GOALS OF CHIROPRACTIC ACCREDITATION IN CANADA

A. PURPOSE OF ACCREDITATION ...... 1 B. ACCREDITATION OF DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC PROGRAMMES IN CANADA...... 1 C. GOALS ...... 1

SECTION II: THE ACCREDITATION PROCESS ...... 3

A. INITIAL ACCREDITATION ...... 3 Phase 1: Letter of Intent ...... 3

Phase 2: Establishment of Eligibility to Apply for Accreditation ...... 3 Step 1. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Submissio3 of Evidence of Eligibility ...... 3 Step 2. COA Decision Regarding Sufficient Evidence of Eligibility in the Documents ...... 3

Phase 3: Application...... 5 Step 1. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Development and Implementation of a Comprehensive Self-Study...... 5 Step 2. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Submission of a Self-Study Report ...... 5 Step 3. COA Review of Self-Study Report...... 5

Phase 4: COA Evaluation, Review, and Determination of Status ...... 6 Step 1. COA Examination of Self-Study Report and Eligibility Documentation...... 6 Step 2. Site Team Visitation and Report to COA ...... 6 Step 3. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Response ...... 7 Step 4. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation...... 7 Step 5. COA Status Review Meeting ...... 7 Step 6. COA Decision ...... 7 Step 7. COA Identification of Interim Activities...... 8 Step 8. Notification of Decision ...... 9

i B. INTERIM ACTIVITIES...... 9 Step 1. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Engagement in Interim Activities...... 9 Step 2. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Reporting on Interim Activities ...... 9 Step 3. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation...... 10 Step 4. COA Progress Review Meeting ...... 10 Step 5. COA Decision and Identification of Interim Activities ...... 10

C. REAFFIRMATION OF ACCREDITATION ...... 11 Phase 1: Application ...... 11 Step 1. Continuous Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Evaluation and Planning ...... 11 Step 2. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Submission of a Self- Study Report...... 11 Step 3. COA Review of Self-Study Report...... 12

Phase 2: COA Evaluation, Review, and Determination of Status ...... 12 Step 1. COA Examination of Self-Study Report ...... 12 Step 2. Site Team Visitation and Report to COA ...... 13 Step 3. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Response ...... 14 Step 4. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation...... 14 Step 5. COA Review Meeting ...... 14 Step 6. COA Decision ...... 14 Step 7. COA Identification of Interim Activities...... 15 Step 8. Notification of Decision ...... 15

D. RELATED PROCEDURES ...... 16 1. Withdrawal ...... 16 a. Withdrawal of Application ...... 16 b. Direct Submission of Withdrawal Request...... 16 c. Withdrawal by DCP Default ...... 16 d. Notification of Decision ...... 16 2. Sanctions ...... 17 a. Notice ...... 17 b. Probation ...... 17 c. Notification of Decision ...... 17 d. Procedures for Applying Sanctions...... 18 3. Appeal Procedures...... 18 Step 1. DCP Submission of Notice of Intent to Appeal...... 18

ii Step 2. COA Response to Notice of Appeal...... 19 Step 3. DCP Submission of Appeal Document………..19 Step 4. COA Submission of Response to Appeal Document ...... 19 Step 5. The Appeal Panel ...... 19 Step 6. Appeal Panel Decision...... 20 Step 7. COA Decision ...... 20 4. Reinstatement of Accreditation ...... 20 5. Special Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Appearances Related to Status Decision ...... 20 6. Special Reports and Site Visits ...... 21 7. Publication of the List of Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes Accredited by the COA ...... 22 8. Complaint Procedures involving COA Status Holding Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes...... 22 9. Substantive Changes ...... 23

SECTION III: CRITERIA FOR ACCREDITATION...... 25

Introduction to the Criteria for Accreditation ...... 25 Areas Addressed in the Criteria for Accreditation...... 25

A. Organizational Structure ...... 26 1. Incorporation ...... 26 2. Governing Board...... 26 3. Administrative Organization ...... 27 4. Faculty Organization ...... 27 5. Instructional Programme Management ...... 27

B. Mission and Goals ...... 28

C. Policies and Procedures ...... 28 1. Disclosure ...... 28 2. Instructional Programme Management ...... 29 3. Research...... 29 4. Service ...... 30 5. Faculty and Staff ...... 30 6. Students...... 30 7. Academic Resources ...... 31 8. Clinical Resources ...... 31 9. Learning Resources ...... 31 10. Financial Management...... 31 11. Integrity…………………………………………………………………...31

D. Programme Objectives ...... 32

iii 1. Instruction ...... 32 2. Quality Patient Education...... 33 3. Continuing Education ...... 36 4. Research...... 36 5. Service ...... 36

E. Inputs/Resources...... 36 1. Faculty and Staff ...... 36 a. Basic Science Faculty Requirements ...... 37 b. Clinical Science Faculty Requirements ...... 37 2. Students...... 38 a. Applicants...... 38 b. Transfer Students...... 38 c. Foreign Students ...... 39 3. Patient Types ...... 40 4. General Programme Facilities...... 40 5. Clinical Resources ...... 40 6. Learning Resources ...... 40 7. Finances ...... 40 8. Student Support Services ...... 40

F. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Outcomes ...... 41 1. Instruction ...... 41 a. Doctor of Chiropractic...... 41 2. Continuing Education ...... 42 3. Research...... 42 4. Service ...... 42

G. Clinical Competencies ...... 42 1. History Taking ...... 43 2. Physical Examination ...... 44 3. Neuromusculoskeletal Examination ...... 46 4. The Psychosocial Assessment...... 47 5. Diagnostic Studies ...... 49 6. Diagnosis ...... 51 7. Case Management...... 52 8. Chiropractic Adjustment or Manipulation...... 54 9. Emergency Care ...... 56 10. Case Follow-Up and Review...... 57 11. Record Keeping ...... 58 12. The Doctor-Patient Relationship ...... 60 13. Professional Issues ...... 62 14. Other Therapeutic Procedures...... 63

H. Evaluation, Planning and Effectiveness...... 65

iv Outcomes ...... 65 Evaluation ...... 65 Planning...... 65 Effectiveness ...... 66 Student Assessment...... 66

Appendix A. Glossary...... 68 B. Historical Development of Chiropractic Accreditation ...... 70

v FOREWORD

A Doctor of Chiropractic is a physician whose purpose, as a member of the healing arts, is to help meet the health needs of the public, giving particular attention to the structural and neurological aspects of the body.

The application of science in chiropractic concerns itself with the relationship between structure, primarily the spine, and function primarily coordinated by the nervous system of the human body as that relationship may affect the restoration and preservation of health. Further, this application of science in chiropractic focuses on the inherent ability of the body to heal itself.

The purpose of chiropractic professional education is to provide the doctoral candidate with a core of knowledge in the basic and clinical sciences and related health subjects sufficient for the Doctor of Chiropractic to perform the professional obligations of a primary care provider.

As a gatekeeper at the portal of entry to the health delivery system, the Doctor of Chiropractic's responsibilities as a primary care clinician include wellness promotion, health assessment, diagnosis, and the chiropractic management of the patient's health care needs. When indicated, the Doctor of Chiropractic consults with, co-manages, or refers to other health care providers.

The Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes (DCPs) approved by the Commission on Accreditation (COA) of the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards (the Federation) are dedicated to the purpose of producing a competent chiropractic practitioner who will provide quality patient care.

The qualities of a DCP are vested in the:

1. commitment to excellence by the administration and governing board, 2. soundness of the institutional programmes, 3. ability of its faculty and staff, 4. calibre of its students, 5. adequacy of its facilities and finances.

The Standards document contains the following sections:

1. Foreword. 2. Organizational Overview of Chiropractic Education Accreditation in Canada – This section defines the purpose and goals of accreditation. 3. The Accreditation Process – This section outlines the accreditation process for review and evaluation of DCPs emphasizing the use of outcomes assessment measures. 4. The Criteria for Accreditation - The accreditation criteria indicate the minimum education expected to be received in the accredited DCPs that train students as primary

vi health care clinicians. 5. Appendix

The Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards validates the Standards for Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes. In doing so, it demonstrates its awareness of the importance of these DCPs both to the profession and to the public that the profession serves.

These Standards do not seek to define any philosophy of chiropractic; this is the responsibility of the profession and each educational DCP, giving consideration to the requirements of the jurisdiction within which the professional may practice, professional associations, and in the final analysis, the practitioner's own philosophy of chiropractic.

This document sets forth the current educational Standards of the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards.

vii SECTION I. PURPOSE AND GOALS OF CHIROPRACTIC ACCREDITATION IN CANADA

A. PURPOSE OF ACCREDITATION

According to the Association of Accrediting Agencies of Canada, accreditation is the process to determine and to certify the achievement and maintenance of reasonable and appropriate national standards of education for professionals.

B. ACCREDITATION OF DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC PROGRAMMES IN CANADA

The Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards (the Federation) is the representative body of chiropractic regulatory authorities in Canada and has, as part of its mandate, the responsibility to: accredit, recognize, and certify the quality and integrity of chiropractic programmes; encourage excellence in education within chiropractic programmes; and inform the public, the chiropractic profession, and the educational community regarding the nature, quality, and integrity of chiropractic education.

C. GOALS

To fulfill its mandate, the Federation seeks to accomplish the following goals.

1. Accreditation.

a. Through accreditation, the Federation performs a number of important functions including:

i. the development of accreditation criteria for the purpose of assessing the effectiveness of Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes (DCPs) and in planning, implementing, and evaluating their mission and goals, objectives, inputs, resources, and outcomes; and

ii. the creation and maintenance of the Commission on Accreditation (COA). The COA will interpret the Federation’s Standards for Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes (Standards), implement the process of accreditation, and certify the quality and integrity of DCPs through evaluation of their compliance with the Criteria for Accreditation (as set out in Section III of these Standards). The COA will also provide recommendations to DCPs on issues of effectiveness and programme quality.

b. The purpose of the accreditation process is to determine that chiropractic programmes:

i. have clearly defined mission and goals consistent with the Foreword of the Standards, with educationally-appropriate objectives;

ii. maintain conditions under which the achievement of these objectives can reasonably be expected;

iii. are in fact achieving these objectives substantially; and

iv. can be expected to continue to achieve these objectives in the future.

2. Excellence in Education.

In order to enhance DCP effectiveness, the COA will:

a. encourage improvement through continuous self study and review; and

b. provide counsel and assistance to established and developing DCPs.

3. Public Information.

In order to ensure transparency with regard to the accreditation process, the COA will:

a. publish annually a list of accredited DCPs including the year of next scheduled accreditation review,

b. assure the educational community, the general public, and other agencies or organizations that accredited DCPs are in compliance with the Standards; and

c. develop and maintain a programme of awareness of the mission and functions of COA, for the public, the profession, and DCPs by disseminating information on chiropractic education and accreditation.

2 SECTION II. THE ACCREDITATION PROCESS

Accreditation is granted to those DCPs that, upon completion of the full accrediting procedure, are deemed by the COA to comply with the Standards.

A. INITIAL ACCREDITATION

The process of attaining initial accreditation with the COA has four phases:

Phase 1: Letter of Intent

One year prior to the admission of the first class, a DCP seeking initial eligibility for accreditation must send a letter of intent to the Executive Director stating its desire to achieve accredited status. The letter of intent does not imply there is conformity with the educational standards or any level of accreditation.

Phase 2: Establishment of Eligibility to Apply for Accreditation

The purpose of this phase is to establish that the DCP is, or has, an organizational unit which administers one or more programmes of chiropractic education, and that the DCP has progressed to a level suitable for consideration for accreditation by the COA.

Step 1. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Submission of Evidence of Eligibility

The objective of this step is for a DCP to provide a written report and supporting documents that give clear evidence that it is eligible to apply for accreditation under the Standards.

To be eligible to apply for accreditation, the DCP must have:

1. Formal authority from the appropriate governmental agency of its province of domicile to award the Doctor of Chiropractic degree or diploma.

2. A charter which indicates that it is incorporated under the laws of the province of its residence as a non-profit, non-proprietary institution exempt from taxation due to its devotion to educational purposes.

3. A governing board of not less than nine members which includes representation reflecting the public interest.

3 4. Employed an executive administrator for the chiropractic programme who is qualified for the position by education and/or experience.

5. The facilities, equipment, faculty, internal organization and financial base for funding commitments to conduct current operations for the programme.

6. In place for at least the most recent two-year period, the following items as described in detail in the Standards:

a. Formal action taken by its governing board at a legally constituted meeting which commits the DCP to follow the criteria, policies and procedures for accreditation, as set forth in these Standards. b. DCP mission and goals that embrace those stated in Criteria for Accreditation (as set out in Section III of the Standards). c. Offer programmes, the content, scope and organization of which follow the Standards. d. Published statements which are available to all interested publics showing commitment to follow accepted standards of professional ethics, especially with respect to student recruitment and public information. e. Published statements which are available to all interested publics regarding admission requirements in compliance with the Standards.

7. An appropriate DCP plan, as well as a functioning process of planning and evaluation, which identifies and integrates future educational, physical, and financial development and incorporates procedures for DCP review and improvement.

Step 2. COA Decision Regarding Sufficient Evidence of Eligibility in the Documents

The objective of this step is to determine if the submitted documents provide sufficient evidence to support a decision to verify eligibility to apply.

The Chairperson of the COA shall first review and then determine if the DCP's eligibility documents provide sufficient evidence to support a decision regarding eligibility to apply. If the documents do not contain sufficient evidence, the Chairperson of the COA shall advise the DCP of what is required. If the evidence is sufficient, the DCP is notified that they are eligible to apply.

4 Phase 3: Application

The purpose of this phase is to have the DCP evaluate itself and provide evidence to the COA that its operation is consistent with the Standards.

Step 1 DCP Development and Implementation of a Comprehensive Self-Study

The objective of this step is the development and implementation of a comprehensive self-study process that involves all constituents of the DCP and relates to effectiveness regarding its mission, goals and objectives. The resultant self-study report must provide clear evidence that the DCP is in compliance with the Standards. The self-study report must give attention to the ongoing assessment of outcomes for the continuing improvement of academic quality. The self-study report must demonstrate that the DCP has processes in place to ensure that it continues to meet the Standards on an ongoing basis.

Step 2. DCP Submission of a Self-Study Report

The object of this step is to officially apply to the COA for accreditation by submitting a self-study report to the Chairperson.

Due to the length of the time required to process an application, the self- study report must be submitted to the Chairperson of the COA no later than April 1 in contemplation of final action no sooner than the fall meeting of the COA.

Step 3. COA Review of Self-Study Report

The objective of this step is to give the Chairperson of the COA an opportunity to examine the self-study documentation to ensure that it is complete, that it addresses all of the Standards, and that it can serve as the basis for an effective evaluation by the site team.

The Chairperson of the COA will examine the DCP’s self-study report in terms of form and content. If the self-study report is unsatisfactory in terms of form, the DCP will be asked to re-submit using the specified format. If the self-study report does not contain sufficient evidence as a basis for the COA to determine if the Criteria for Accreditation (as set our in Section III of the Standards) are being met, a report will be submitted to the DCP with identification of the deficiencies, together with appropriate recommendations. If the self-study report is satisfactory as to form and content, the Chairperson of the COA will confirm the site team visit with the DCP, and request that copies of the self-study report be forwarded to COA members. The

5 Chairperson of the COA reserves the right to postpone a site team visit if a DCP’s self-study report is unsatisfactory in terms of form and/or content.

Phase 4: COA Evaluation, Review, and Determination of Status

The purpose of this phase is for the COA to evaluate and validate the evidence in order to determine if the DCP merits accreditation.

Step 1. COA Examination of Self-Study Report and Eligibility Documentation

The objective of this step is to give COA members an opportunity to examine the DCP’s documentation and make suggestions of areas to which the site team should give special attention.

After the Chairperson of the COA finds the DCP’s self-study report to be satisfactory regarding form and content, the self-study report and eligibility documents are made available to the members of the COA for examination. Each COA member may submit to the chairperson questions or suggestions to be transmitted to the site team for its consideration.

Step 2. Site Team Visitation and Report to COA

The objective of this step is to have a site team, appointed by the COA Chairperson on behalf of the COA, verify the claims contained within the eligibility document and self-study report regarding the DCP’s implementation of the Standards. The site team shall give particular attention to the DCP’s ongoing assessment of outcomes for the continuing improvement of educational quality. The site team must give more focussed attention to specific areas as requested by the COA. The site team will make recommendations and/or suggestions to assist the DCP by identifying possible means of improvement.

The DCP will provide the site team with a full opportunity to inspect its facilities, to interview all persons within the campus community, and to examine all records maintained by or for the DCP and the institution of which it is a part (including but not limited to financial and corporate records, and records relating to student credentials, grading, promotion, and graduation). An exit interview will be conducted by the team with the DCP Administrator and with other institutional personnel as deemed appropriate by the DCP Administrator.

A first draft of the site team's report is sent by the chairperson to the DCP Administrator, team members, and Chairperson of the COA. This is for the correction of factual errors only.

6 The final team report is distributed by the Chairperson of the COA to its members. It is also sent to the DCP Administrator and the DCP Executive with an invitation to review and make a written response. This is done prior to the COA’s status review meeting on the DCP’s application.

Step 3. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Response

The objective of this step is to provide the DCP with an opportunity to clarify previous documentation and to submit additional evidence, having had the benefit of the site team visitation and report.

The DCP may submit a written response to the COA.

Step 4. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation

The objective of this step is for the COA to evaluate the DCP self-study report, the site team report, the DCP response, and all other appropriate documentation relevant to the potential accreditation of the DCP.

The COA will review all documentation in preparation for the status review meeting with representatives of the DCP.

Step 5. COA Status Review Meeting

The objective of this step is to provide an opportunity for the COA and DCP representatives to interact on a direct basis.

The COA will hold a status review meeting with representatives of the DCP. The chairperson and or other members of the site team may also be present at the request of the COA Chairperson.

Step 6. COA Decision

The objective of this step is for the COA to make a decision regarding initial accreditation and to continue the accreditation process.

Following the status review meeting, the COA will meet to consider all the documentation and oral presentations, and make a decision regarding accreditation.

The COA’s decision on applications for initial accreditation will be one of the following:

1. To award initial accreditation, with or without recommendations, for a period of up to three years.

2. To defer the decision for up to one year, pending the review of specific evidence which may include one or all of the following: information in a special report indicating compliance with the recommendations; a supplementary visit by COA representatives, additional consultant's report(s) and/or COA visit(s) with the consultant; a meeting with representatives of the programme or institution; or other specified conditions.

3. To deny initial accreditation, clearly identifying the specific criteria for accreditation not being met, and making recommendations, with or without a timetable, that will assist the DCP in meeting the criteria and/or recommending one or more mutually agreed upon consultants.

Step 7. COA Identification of Interim Activities

The objective of this step is for the COA to identify interim activities that are to be undertaken. The DCP will submit annual progress reports, accompanied by its most recent financial audit report, and a current academic calendar/catalogue. Each progress report should include any current or proposed major changes and/or any COA issues of concern regarding the DCP. The COA will determine after each review of progress whether the appearance of DCP representatives will be necessary at the next time the COA reviews the DCP's progress.

If the COA has any special concerns about the DCP, it may require that one or more of the following interim activities be undertaken:

1. Special Progress Report. The DCP should submit a special progress report addressing one or more of the following: a. Special issues of concern identified by the COA, b. A major change to the DCP, e.g., instructional programme, location, facility, level of operation, instructional delivery system, c. Current or potential issues of major concern.

2. Special Site Visit. The DCP may be required to host a special visit to its campus by a representative(s) of the COA regarding one of the following:

a. A special issue of concern to the COA, b. A major change to the DCP, e.g., instructional programme, location, facility, level of operation, instructional delivery system.

8 Step 8. Notification of Decision

The COA will notify the DCP within 90 days of receipt of the final Site Team Report of the decision on the application for initial accreditation. If the decision is to deny initial accreditation, the statement to the DCP shall identify the Standards with which there is non-compliance. In the case of a decision to deny initial accreditation, the notification will not be made public until after any potential appeal of the decision is decided. The COA will notify Canadian chiropractic regulatory boards, CCEI Member accrediting agencies and the general public within 30 days of any COA decision to award initial accreditation to a DCP.

The COA will publish a list of accredited DCPs each year, including those awarded status by the COA during the past year.

B. INTERIM ACTIVITIES

The purpose of interim activities is to monitor the DCP’s implementation of its goals and programme objectives.

Step 1. DCP Engagement in Interim Activities

The objective of this step is for the DCP to evaluate, on an ongoing basis, the progress it is making on implementing its plans, and to engage in any activities assigned to it by the COA.

During the interim between status review meetings with the COA, the DCP will implement its strategic plan, address any concerns of the COA, consider any current or potential major changes in light of Standards, and maintain a comprehensive and accurate data collection system that will enable it to supply the information required in the annual progress report. The DCP must notify the COA of the addition of any new programme or a substantive change in an existing programme.

If required to submit a special progress report, the DCP will critically evaluate its efforts in the special areas of concern and initiate measures that will address those concerns. In doing so, the DCP should bear in mind the necessity of providing evidence regarding the degree to which it has been successful in rectifying the issues at hand. It will also consider any current or potential major changes in light of the Standards.

If required to host a special site visit, the DCP will prepare for and host this special visit by a representative(s) of the COA.

Step 2. DCP Reporting on Interim Activities

9 The DCP is required to submit a progress report annually. This report must be submitted to the Chairperson of the COA no later than 30 days prior to the COA meeting at which it is to be discussed.

Besides providing annual enrolment, financial, and other information, the annual progress report requires a DCP to indicate the degree to which it has been successful in implementing its strategic plan. It is to be accompanied by the financial audit report on the DCP’s recently completed fiscal year, a current academic calendar/catalogue, and supporting documentation.

The COA must be officially notified of the addition of any new programme or a substantive change in an existing programme.

Failure on the part of a DCP to furnish a progress report within the time frame specified by the COA shall constitute cause for disciplinary action, probation, or revocation of accreditation. These actions shall be at the discretion of the COA, following appropriate notification to the DCP.

Step 3. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation

The objective of this step is for the COA to evaluate the DCP’s progress report, special report, or the COA representative's report of a special campus visit.

Step 4. COA Progress Review Meeting

The objective of this step is for the COA to discuss a DCP's ongoing progress, any issues of concern, its financial status, any major changes that have taken place during the interim, any current or potential issues relating to the DCP, and the general status of the DCP as revealed in its annual progress report. The DCP will notify the COA of who will represent it at the progress review meeting at least 30 days in advance of the meeting. The COA will interact directly with DCP representatives relative to progress made and the adequacy of documentation provided. If a special visit was made by a COA representative, the report of this visit would be discussed at this meeting.

Step 5. COA Decision and Identification of Interim Activities

The objective of this step is for the COA to make a decision regarding the adequacy of a DCP’s ongoing progress, the evidence provided regarding a DCP’s progress on issues of concern, whether any other concerns regarding the DCP have emerged, and what interim reporting activities will be required of the DCP.

Following the progress review meeting, the COA will meet in executive session to consider the written and/or verbal information presented to it, and make a decision regarding subsequent interim activities that will be required of the DCP. If a special

10 progress report is to be required of the DCP, the COA will determine whether the appearance of DCP representatives will be necessary at the time when it reviews the special progress report.

Following the progress review meeting of the COA and DCP representatives, the COA will send a letter to the DCP, normally within 30 days of the meeting, confirming the accreditation status of the DCP and identifying the status of previous concerns, if any.

A DCP may be required to host a special visit to its campus by a representative(s) of the COA regarding: (1) a special issue of concern to the COA; (2) a major change, e.g., location of instructional programme, level of operation, instructional delivery system; or (3) a post-relocation observation.

A DCP’s accredited status is a privilege, not a right. A DCP may be placed on probation at any time if conditions exist which warrant a revision of its accredited status. In the event a DCP is placed on probation, public notification of the final decision shall be made in accordance with the Standards.

C. REAFFIRMATION OF ACCREDITATION

The process of gaining reaffirmation of accreditation with the COA has two phases:

Phase 1: Application

The purpose of this phase is to have the DCP evaluate itself and provide evidence to the COA that its operation is consistent with the Standards.

Step 1. Continuous DCP Evaluation and Planning

The objective of this step is for the DCP to continually evaluate its effectiveness in relation to its mission, goals, and objectives, thus providing a solid basis for future programming. Since continuous DCP planning is also to address the Standards, the DCP should be prepared near the end of its accreditation cycle to produce a self-study report, with supporting documentation that provides clear evidence of its compliance with the Standards. The self-study report shall give particular attention to the ongoing assessment of outcomes for the continuing improvement of educational quality.

The COA may agree to delay the submission of a DCP's application for reaffirmation of accreditation status, without affecting the DCP's status, if special circumstances warrant.

Step 2. DCP Submission of a Self-Study Report

The DCP must officially apply for reaffirmation of accreditation by submitting a self-study report to the Chairperson of the COA.

Due to the length of time required to process an application for reaffirmation of accreditation, the self-study report must be submitted to the Chairperson of the COA no later than May 1 in contemplation of a decision of status no sooner than the subsequent fall meeting of the COA.

Step 3. COA Review of Self-Study Report

The Chairperson of the COA examines the DCP’s self-study report in terms of form and content. If the self-study report is unsatisfactory in terms of form, the DCP will be asked to re-submit using the specified format. If the self- study report does not contain sufficient evidence as a basis to determine if the Standards are being met, a report will be submitted to the DCP with identification of the deficiencies, together with appropriate recommendations. If the self-study report is satisfactory as to form and content, the Chairperson of the COA will confirm the site team visit with the DCP and request that it forward copies of the self-study report to COA members. The Chairperson of the COA reserves the right to postpone a site team visit if a DCP's self-study report is unsatisfactory in terms of form and/or content.

Phase 2: COA Evaluation, Review, and Determination of Status

The purpose of this phase is for the COA to evaluate and validate the evidence in order to determine if the DCP merits reaffirmation of accreditation.

Step 1. COA Examination of Self-Study Report

12 The objective of this step is to give the COA an opportunity to examine the DCP's documentation and make suggestions of areas to which the site team should give special attention.

After the Chairperson of the COA finds the DCP’s self-study report to be satisfactory regarding form and content, the self-study report is made available to the members of the COA for examination. Each COA member may submit to the Chairperson questions or suggestions to be transmitted to the site team for its consideration.

Step 2. Site Team Visitation and Report to COA

The objective of this step is to have a site team, on behalf of the COA, verify the claims contained within the self-study report regarding the DCP’s implementation of the Standards. The COA shall contact potential members of a site team to inquire as to their availability and if they are available, inform them that they may be on a potential list that is submitted to the DCP. The COA shall give the DCP not less than fifteen working day’s notice of the planned visit of a site team and the proposed composition of the team. If the DCP has any objection to any member of the proposed site team, it must make the objection in writing that identifies the team member(s) objected to and sets out in detail the nature and basis of the objection as to each member. This objection must be received by the COA Chairperson within seven working days of the date upon which the DCP receives written notice of the proposed team members, or the objections will be waived. Once the COA decides on the final composition of the site team, formal invitations will be issued to the proposed team members. The site team shall give particular attention to the DCP’s ongoing assessment of outcomes for the continuing improvement of educational quality. The site team may give more focussed attention to specific areas as requested by the COA. The site team will make either recommendations or suggestions to assist the DCP by identifying possible means of improvement.

The DCP will provide the site team with full opportunity to inspect its facilities, to interview all persons within the campus community, and to examine all records maintained by or for the DCP (including but not limited to financial and corporate records, and records relating to student credentials, grading, promotion, and graduation). An exit interview will be conducted by the team with the DCP Administrator and with other institutional personnel as deemed appropriate by the DCP Administrator.

The Chairperson of the site team shall provide the first draft of the site team's report to the Executive Director who will forward it to the DCP Administrator, team members, and Chairperson of the COA. This is for the correction of factual errors only.

The Executive Director will send the final team report to the COA. It is also sent to the DCP Administrator and the DCP Executive, with an invitation to review and make a written response. This is done prior to the COA's status review meeting on the DCP’s application.

Step 3. DCP Response

The DCP may submit a written response to the COA, members and must submit a response if the site team report contains concerns accompanied by recommendations. Any response must be submitted to the COA members no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled COA status review meeting.

Step 4. COA Evaluation of Submitted Documentation

The objective of this step is for the COA to evaluate the DCP's self-study report, site team report, the DCP’s response, and all other appropriate documentation relevant to the reaffirmation of the DCP’s accreditation.

Step 5. COA Status Review Meeting

The objective of this step is to provide an opportunity for the COA and the DCP representatives to interact directly.

The chairperson of the site team and/or other members of the site team may also be present at the request of the COA Chairperson.

Step 6. COA Decision

The objective of this step is for the COA to make a decision regarding the reaffirmation of accreditation and to complete the accreditation process.

Following the status review meeting, the COA will meet to consider all the documentation and oral presentations, and make a decision regarding the reaffirmation of accreditation.

The COA’s decision on applications for reaffirmation of accreditation will be one of the following:

1. To reaffirm accredited status for up to seven years, with or without recommendations or sanctions.

2. i. To allow a DCP’s decision to withdraw from accredited status, or ii. To allow a DCP’s accredited status to lapse.

3. To deny to reaffirm accredited status. This decision constitutes revocation of accreditation. Except under extraordinary circumstances, a DCP's accreditation will not be revoked without the DCP first having an assigned probationary period as outlined above that offers it the opportunity to correct areas of non-compliance.

Step 7. COA Identification of Interim Activities

If the COA has any special concerns about the DCP, it may require that one or more of the following interim activities be undertaken:

1. Special Progress Report. The DCP must submit a special progress report addressing one or more of the following:

a. Special issues of concern identified by the COA, b. Major DCP changes related to the Standards, c. Current or potential issues of major concern, d. Proposed campus relocation.

2. Special Site Visit. The DCP may be required to host a special visit to its campus by a representative of the COA regarding one of the following: a. A special issue of concern to the COA, b. A major DCP change, e.g., instructional programme, location, level of operation, instructional delivery system, c. A post-relocation observation.

Step 8. Notification of Decision

The COA will notify the DCP within 30 days of taking a decision on the application for re-affirmation of accreditation. If the decision is one which

15 may be appealed, the statement to the DCP shall identify the Standards with which there is non-compliance. In such cases, the notification will not be made public until after any potential appeal of the decision is decided.

The COA will notify Canadian chiropractic regulatory boards, CCEI Member accrediting agencies, and the general public within 30 days of any final COA decision to:

a. Grant re-accreditation to a DCP, b. Place a DCP on probation, c. Deny reaffirmation of accreditation, d. i. To allow a DCP’s decision to withdraw from accredited status, or ii. To allow a DCP’s accredited status to lapse.

The COA will publish a list of accredited DCPs each year, to include those awarded reaffirmation of accreditation by the COA during the past year.

D. RELATED PROCEDURES

1. Withdrawal.

a. Withdrawal of Application.

The application for accreditation may be withdrawn by the DCP at any time prior to the decision of the COA.

b. Direct Submission of Withdrawal Request.

An accredited DCP can withdraw from its accredited status which shall be effective on the date on which the COA receives a certified notice of such intent from the institution's governing board.

c. Withdrawal by DCP Default.

An accredited DCP that fails to submit a timely application for reaffirmation of accredited status will be considered to be seeking withdrawal from the accreditation and will lose its status at a time agreed upon by the DCP and the COA, but not longer than six months after the due date of its application.

d. Notification of Decision.

The COA will notify Canadian chiropractic regulatory boards, CCEI Member accrediting agencies and the public within 30 days following the withdrawal according to items a., b., and c. above.

2. Sanctions.

The COA requires that a DCP must be in compliance with the Standards, comply with COA policies and procedures, and provide information as requested by the COA in order to maintain accreditation. When a DCP fails to comply with these requirements, or there are indications that a DCP’s future compliance with the Standards may be problematic, the COA may impose sanctions. The sanctions of Notice or Probation may be imposed at any time according to the seriousness of the deficiencies or the length of time these deficiencies have existed without correction by the DCP after their initial identification by the COA. The DCP may have its accreditation removed without previous imposition of Notice or Probation under exceptional circumstances.

Sanctions which the COA is authorized to impose on accredited DCPs are described below in order of increasing seriousness.

a. Notice

Notice is a confidential sanction imposed by the COA for a maximum of one year if it determines that a DCP:

i. Could be in non-compliance with the Standards in the future if steps are not taken by the DCP to correct the situation.

ii. Is in non-compliance with the Standards, but the deficiencies are minor, and, in the judgment of the COA, can be corrected by the DCP in a short period of time.

iii. Has failed to comply with COA policies or procedures, or has failed to provide requested information.

b. Probation

Probation is a public sanction imposed for a maximum of eighteen months by the COA on DCPs for more serious deficiencies, e.g., for failure to comply with the Standards, for failure of a DCP to correct deficiencies after being given Notice, or for failure to conduct an acceptable self-study, which, in the judgment of the COA are not serious enough to remove the DCP’s accreditation. If a DCP has not remedied deficiencies at the end of the maximum eighteen months on Probation, the COA will remove the accredited status of the DCP, except in rare instances when probation may be extended for a limited period of time. Since the placing of a DCP on probation is an adverse action, this action of the COA may be appealed.

17 c. Notification of Decision

The COA will notify all Canadian chiropractic regulatory boards, CCEI Member accrediting agencies, and the public within 30 days following the final decision to place a DCP on probation. d. Procedures for Applying Sanctions

Following the decision of the COA to issue a Sanction of Notice or Probation, both the DCP’s Administrator and DCP’s Executive will be informed in writing. The COA will state in that communication the reasons for any sanction. DCPs placed on Notice, or placed on or continued on Probation will be required to provide reports as requested by the COA.

Prior to a DCP being placed on Probation, or having its accreditation withdrawn, the DCP will be invited to appear before the COA to show cause why that action should not be taken. In the face of egregious non- compliance with the Standards, the COA may, however, take those actions without inviting the DCP for an interview.

3. Appeal Procedures.

Step 1. DCP Submission of Notice of Intent to Appeal.

Any DCP receiving an adverse accrediting decision from the COA may appeal the decision to the Appeal Panel. The five adverse accrediting decisions from which appeal may be taken are:

(1) Denial of a request for initial accreditation.

(2) Imposition of a sanction of Probation.

(3) Denial of a proposed substantive change.

(4) Denial of a request for reaffirmation of accreditation.

(5) Revocation of accreditation.

Time of Filing Appeal

A DCP wishing to appeal a decision of the COA shall file a notice of intent to appeal with the Executive Director, either in person or by certified mail and not later than 30 days following the date of the COA's written decision. This notice shall be the official action taken by the governing body of the institution.

Step 2. COA Response to Notice of Appeal

Immediately upon receipt of the notice of intent to appeal, the Executive Director shall forward to the Chairperson of the COA a copy of the notice, and acknowledge in writing to the DCP Administrator receipt of the notice.

Step 3. DCP Submission of Appeal Document

The DCP shall file with the Executive Director either in person or by certified mail not later than 30 days following the date of its notice to appeal a document setting out evidence and arguments in support of its appeal. Failure of a DCP to file notice of intent to appeal or its appeal document within the prescribed time limits shall result in the dismissal of the appeal.

Step 4. COA Submission of Response to Appeal Document

The COA shall file its response stating its evidence and arguments in opposition to the appeal not later than 60 days after the filing of the DCP's written appeal document.

Step 5. The Appeal Panel

The Appeal Panel shall be selected by the Vice President [VP] of the Federation. The panel shall consist of five members, including:

Federation’s VP, who will act as Chair. one from COA one additional Federation Director two externals, not Directors of Federation, mutually agreed upon by both parties to the appeal.

The appeal is based on a review of the DCP's self-study documents, academic calendar/catalogue, site team report, response to site team report, the COA's predecision status review meeting and status decision, the DCP's written appeal document, and the COA's response. The Appeal Panel will not receive documents or testimony on events or progress made at a DCP after the COA's decision that is being appealed.

Alleged improvements effective subsequent to the evaluation visit which can be verified only through another on-site visit provide the basis for another evaluation, not for an appeal. The Appeal Panel

19 shall sustain the findings of fact made by the COA unless the DCP shows that a finding is clearly erroneous in view of the reliable, probative and substantial evidence on the whole record before the COA.

Step 6. Appeal Panel Decision

The Appeal Panel shall make one of two decisions:

(1) To sustain the action of the COA; or

(2) To remand to the COA for reconsideration of their decision with recommendations for the appropriate action.

The written decision of the Appeal Panel, including a statement of specifics, shall be sent to the DCP Administrator and to the Chairperson of the COA.

Step 7. COA Decision

If the Appeal Panel remands the appeal to the COA, the COA must reconsider its action in light of the Panel's recommendations. The COA will either uphold its original decision or issue a new decision. This decision will then be sent to the DCP Administrator.

The COA will notify all Canadian chiropractic regulatory boards, CCEI Member accrediting agencies and the public within 30 days following a final decision to place a DCP on probation, or to deny or terminate accreditation.

4. Reinstatement of Accreditation.

In the event that an accredited DCP is denied re-accreditation or otherwise loses its accreditation, the DCP may reapply for accreditation and submit a request for a revisit. This request, accompanied by a description of positive changes that have been implemented, must be received by the COA within 6 months of the notification to the DCP of the accreditation action of the COA. If the COA is satisfied that the outstanding concerns have been positively addressed, a revisit will be scheduled within six months.

5. Special DCP Appearances Related to Status Decision.

Under extraordinary circumstances, which represent substantial violations of the Standards and where there appears a compelling need for prompt action in order to protect against likely substantial injury to the interests of the various publics that rely

20 on the COA's accrediting decisions, the COA may direct a DCP in writing to appear at a special or regularly scheduled COA meeting. This meeting shall take place not less than thirty working days from the date of the DCP's receipt of the COA's written direction to appear. The purpose of this meeting is to establish whether or not the DCP is in compliance with particular provisions of the Standards. The COA's direction to appear may be preceded or followed by a direction requiring that the DCP submit a Special Report or by the visit of a Special Visiting Team.

The COA's direction to appear shall identify the specific provisions of the Standards with which the DCP must demonstrate that it complies. The COA shall give the DCP a reasonable opportunity to demonstrate through oral and written information that it complies with the Standards. After considering all relevant information, the COA may (1) revoke the DCP’s accreditation, (2) impose sanctions, (3) defer its decision pending its receipt of the report of a Special Visiting Team or the DCP’s submission of further information in the form of Special Reports or otherwise, or (4) decide there is no evidence for a cause of action, and so notify the DCP.

6. Special Reports and Site Visits.

The COA may at any time in its discretion require any accredited DCP and any applicant for accreditation to submit a Special Report that addresses the DCP's (or applicant's) compliance with specific provisions of the Standards. The accredited or applicant DCP shall file its Special Report within the time specified by the COA (which shall be not less than fifteen working days after the DCP's receipt of the COA's written request for a Special Report). The Special Report shall fully and completely respond to the COA's request.

The COA may also at any time in its discretion appoint a Special Visiting Team (which may be composed of COA members or staff, or such other persons as may be appointed) to conduct a special on-site visit to any accredited or applicant DCP. The COA shall contact potential members of a Special Visiting Team to inquire as to their availability and if they are available, inform them that they may be on a potential list that is submitted to the DCP. The COA shall give the DCP not less than fifteen working day’s notice of the planned visit of a Special Visiting Team and the proposed composition of the Team. If the DCP has any objection to any member of the proposed Special Visiting Team, it must make the objection in writing that identifies the Team member(s) objected to and sets out in detail the nature and basis of the objection as to each member. This objection must be received by the COA Chairperson within seven working days of the date upon which the DCP receives written notice of the proposed Team members, or the objections will be waived. Once the COA decides on the final composition of the Special Visiting Team, formal invitations will be issued to the proposed Team members.

The DCP shall afford to the Special Visiting Team a full opportunity to inspect the DCP's facilities, to interview members of its faculty, students, administration, man-

21 agement, and staff, and to inspect all records maintained by or for the DCP (including but not limited to financial and corporate records, and records relating to student credentials, grading, promotion, and graduation).

A first draft of the site team's report is sent by the chairperson to the DCP Administrator, team members, and Chairperson of the COA. This is for the correction of factual errors only.

The final team report is distributed by the Chairperson of the COA to its members. It is also sent to the DCP Administrator and the DCP Executive with an invitation to review and make a written response.

7. Publication of the List of DCPs Accredited by the COA.

The COA shall publish annually a list of accredited DCPs and the year of their next regularly scheduled accreditation review.

A DCP accredited by the COA must use the following statement when describing its status publicly:

"The Doctor of Chiropractic degree programme of (name of institution) is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards."

8. Complaint Procedures involving COA Status Holding DCPs.

The purpose of these procedures is to provide a professional, fair, and expeditious method of processing individual complaints against the COA’s accredited DCPs.

Complaints received by the COA concerning issues unrelated to the Standards will be acknowledged and referred to appropriate agencies. The COA will only review those written complaints having an affixed signature which specifically claim that the Standards have been violated, and which in the COA's opinion, are directly and substantively related to the quality or conduct of the educational programme.

The COA does not intervene on behalf of individuals or act as a court of appeal in matters of admission, granting or transferability of credits, fees, disciplinary matters, collective bargaining, faculty appointments and dismissals, or other similar matters. The COA will not respond to concerns or allegations regarding the personal lives of individuals connected with its affiliated DCPs. The COA’s investigation of complaints is based exclusively upon the Standards.

These procedures do not constitute quasi-judicial procedures. 9. Substantive Changes.

A DCP must immediately provide notification to the COA under the following conditions: 1. Any change in the established mission.

2. Any change to the legal status, form of control, or ownership.

A DCP must provide notification to the COA, at the time of the next special or annual report or self-study of any significant change, such as, but not limited to, the following: 1. Any significant change to the curriculum in either content or method of delivery, from those offered when the COA last evaluated the DCP.

2. Addition of degree programmes other than the DCP in a solitary purpose chiropractic institution.

3. Changes to the method of awarding course or DCP credit (e.g. a change from use of clock hours to use of credit hours, etc.).

4. Any significant change to the number of clock or credit hours required or awarded for successful completion of a programme.

5. Move of a campus from one location to another.

6. Establishment of an additional location geographically apart from the campus at which the institution offers at least 50 percent of an educational programme.

The DCP must make clear to current and prospective students that any prospective degree or diploma programme or substantively-changed degree or diploma programme will not be initiated until the COA has determined that the DCP’s capacity to meet the Standards will not be adversely affected by the addition or change.

The DCP must submit to the COA a complete description of any proposed degree programmes or any proposed substantive changes to existing degree programmes. The description of the proposal must include the following:

1. A concise statement of the new or modified programme that is being proposed;

2. Evidence that the new or modified programme is appropriate to the institution's mission;

3. A statement of the reasons for initiating the new or modified

23 programme;

4. A complete description of the proposal, including evidence of having thought through the implications of the proposal with respect to human, financial, and physical resources, and its impact upon other parts of the DCP;

5. An analysis of the new or modified proposal with respect to the Standards.

The Chairperson of the COA will review materials submitted by the DCP in terms of form and content. If the materials are unsatisfactory, the COA will write to the DCP Administrator asking them to resubmit their proposal. If the materials are satisfactory, they will be forwarded to the COA for its consideration of whether initiation of the proposed new or modified programme will adversely affect the DCP’s capacity to comply with the Standards. Upon its evaluation of the proposal, the COA will do one of the following:

1. Officially extend the DCP’s accreditation to the new or modified programme;

2. Send a special site visitation team to conduct a focussed visit at the DCP regarding the proposed new or modified programme. The special site visitation team will prepare a draft report, submit it to the DCP for the correction of any errors of fact, and then submit a final report for distribution to the COA and the DCP. Any response from the DCP will then be submitted to the COA for consideration at its next meeting; or

3. Decline to extend the DCP’s accreditation to the new or modified programme. This would be an adverse action that would be subject to appeal by the DCP.

24 SECTION III. CRITERIA FOR ACCREDITATION

INTRODUCTION TO THE CRITERIA FOR ACCREDITATION

Since a major goal of accreditation is DCP improvement, care has been taken to assure that accreditation requirements are consistent with the realities of sound planning practices in DCPs. This intent explicitly reflects a recognition that the DCPs exist in different environments. These environments are distinguished by such differing factors as provincial, territorial and local governmental regulations, demands placed on the profession in the areas served by the DCPs, and varying student bodies requiring varying DCP responses. Therefore, each DCP must adapt in ways that will make it distinctive. However, the second major purpose of accreditation -- the assurance of quality -- requires that all of these distinctive DCPs adhere to a set of minimum standards of quality chiropractic education that apply to all DCPs seeking accreditation from the COA.

The Criteria for Accreditation utilized by COA are derived from the above statement. The application of the criteria in the accreditation process is intended to preserve the autonomy and uniqueness of DCPs and encourage innovative and experimental programmes in a manner that insures quality and integrity of the DCP.

AREAS ADDRESSED IN THE CRITERIA FOR ACCREDITATION

The Criteria for Accreditation utilized by the COA cover the following institutional areas:

A. Organizational Structure

B. Missions and Goals

C. Policies and Procedures

D. Programme Objectives

E. Inputs/Resources

F. Doctor of Chiropractic Programme Outcomes

G. Clinical Competencies

H. Evaluation, Planning and Effectiveness

The Criteria for Accreditation in each of these areas are presented in the balance of this section. Throughout this section consistent language has been used: "must" indicates a condition mandatory for accreditation, "should" indicates a condition desirable but not mandatory for accreditation, and "may" indicates a condition that is allowable.

25 A. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

1. Incorporation. An institution must be incorporated under the laws of its province of domicile as a non-profit, non-proprietary institution, exempt from taxation due to its devotion to educational purposes.

There must be no disbursing of income or assets that inure to the benefit of any private party.

2. Governing Board.

a. If the chiropractic programme is offered by a solitary purpose chiropractic institution, legal control of the institution must be vested in one governing board of at least nine persons, elected in accordance with the laws of the province of incorporation.

The Board must adopt the following policies:

i. A board member must not use the position for personal or private gain or other personal advantage, including advantage to members of the board member’s family or to any business in which the board member has a substantial interest.

ii. No member of the board may serve in any administrative or teaching capacity in the DCP.

iii. The composition of the board must include both chiropractic practitioners and others who are not members of the chiropractic profession.

iv. The responsibilities of the board must include adopting a statement of mission and purposes, and formulating, monitoring and evaluating institutional policies consistent with the charter, bylaws and mission of the institution.

v. The board must not engage in the administration of board policies, and must clearly distinguish administration of the institution from formulation, monitoring and evaluation of policies.

vi. The board must allocate the resources of the institution in ways consistent with its adopted policies and directed at the achievement of the mission and purpose of the institution.

vii. The governing board must designate a full time, compensated

26 chief executive officer to provide administrative leadership for the institution and to administer board policies.

b. If the chiropractic programme is a part of a larger institution:

i. There must be members of the governing board of the institution and/or members of the administration of the institution who are committed to maintaining the integrity of the chiropractic curriculum.

ii. The board must have adopted and must follow policies to minimize the possibility of a conflict of interest in the activities of the chiropractic programme.

iii. A full time appointee of the institution must be designated as primarily responsible for the administration of the programme.

3. Administrative Organization. The institutional administrative organization must reflect the purpose and philosophy of the institution and enable each functional unit to perform its particular responsibilities as defined by the stated purpose of the institution.

Administrative responsibility and authority for all educational offerings and functions of the institution must be clearly defined. Each institution must develop, publish and make available to the community an organizational chart delineating clearly the lines of responsibility and authority in the institution.

The duties of the DCP Administrator and other administrative officials directly responsible to the DCP Executive must be clearly defined and made known to faculty and staff. Administrative officers must possess credentials, experience and/or demonstrated competence appropriate to their areas of responsibility. The effectiveness of all administrators must be evaluated periodically.

4. Faculty Organization. The faculty of the DCP must be organized in a manner that supports the Mission and Goals of the DCP.

5. Instructional Programme Management.

a. All courses for which credit or hours is given toward completion of the chiropractic degree or diploma must be solely managed, directed and/or taught by members of the institution.

b. Seminars and other non-credit instructional activities for which the

27 institution is identified as a sponsor or cosponsor must be directed by institutional employees or co-directed by institutional employees and the other sponsoring agency.

B. MISSION AND GOALS

The mission and goals of each chiropractic programme or solitary purpose institution must include:

1. The preparation of the Doctor of Chiropractic graduate as a primary health care clinician;

2. The conduct of research in the field of chiropractic; and

3. The provision of service related to chiropractic practice and its improvement.

C. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Each institution must have policies and procedures governing the following areas:

1. Disclosure. Each DCP must make public in paper copy and/or electronically, at least biannually, an academic calendar/catalogue, bulletin or similar document in which complete and accurate public disclosure is made of numerous items considered by COA to be relevant to current and potential students. If the DCP chooses to make these documents available electronically, it must provide a paper copy upon request. These disclosures must be consistent with actual performance and/or application. The current requirements for disclosure are:

a. a description of the DCP’s mission, goals and programme objectives.

b. a list of the members of the institution's governing board, the chief executive officer or its equivalent, and other administrative officers.

c. a list of the members of the faculty with their respective academic credentials.

d. a list of courses offered, setting forth by organizational units, and indicating for each course its contents and value in terms of contact and/or credit hours.

e. a description of entrance requirements.

f. a description of graduation requirements with a disclosure of graduation rates, performance of graduates on CCEB examinations

28 and current employment prospects for graduates.

g. a list of policies and procedures regarding discipline, attendance, examinations, grades, satisfactory academic progress, and procedures for handling student complaints.

h. tuition, fees and other mandatory and elective student charges.

i. a description of the tuition refund policy.

j. financial resources available to students through the DCP.

k. brief descriptions of the library, laboratory, and clinic facilities.

l. a statement indicating that the DCP may not offer all courses required for licensure eligibility in all jurisdictions and that students must ensure that as graduates of the DCP they qualify to practise in the jurisdiction of their choice. The statement will refer the student to the appropriate chiropractic licensing organization.

m. a list of financial resources available to students.

n. policies and procedures on non-discrimination and harassment.

o. the mailing address and telephone number of the COA as the agency to which concerns about compliance with the Standards should be addressed.

2. Instructional Programme Management. Each DCP must have and follow written policies that describe the management and control of all credit courses as well as seminars and other non-credit activities.

These policies must contain the following provisions:

a. All courses for which credit is awarded toward completion of the Doctor of Chiropractic degree or diploma must be managed, directed, and taught by properly credentialed employees or others who are contracted by the DCP to provide instruction.

3. Research. Each DCP must have written policies regarding the conduct of its research. A DCP conducting, sponsoring, or participating in research involving human subjects must have and follow written policies that protect these human subjects and that:

a. specify the formation of an Institutional Ethics or Review Board and

29 the responsibilities and authority of such a committee.

b. assure compliance with the principles as outlined in the Tri-Council Policy Statement: Ethical Conduct of Research Involving Humans or similar nationally developed document(s).

c. insure that appropriate informed consent forms are obtained from human subjects.

All institutions using animal subjects must comply with Federal, International and Provincial standards specified in valid Animal Welfare Acts.

4. Service. Each DCP must develop standards of service that support its institutional mission and goals and have and follow written policies regarding the provision of service.

5. Faculty and Staff. Each DCP must have and follow written policies addressing conditions of service in at least the following areas:

a. Academic freedom. b. Assessment/evaluation of employee performance, and incentives and opportunities for individual growth and development. c. Computation of faculty load. d. Drug-Free work place. e. Employee benefits. f. Employee contractual agreements. g. Evaluation. h. Full- and part-time faculty employment and instructional hours. i. Hiring. j. Non-discrimination and equal opportunity in employment. k. Patents and copyrights. l. Professional development. m. Promotion, tenure or its alternative, and retirement. n. Termination of employees.

6. Students. Each DCP must have and follow written policies addressing at least the following areas affecting students, and must provide assurance that these policies comply with all applicable legal requirements:

a. Attendance. b. Degree requirements. c. Drug-Free environment. d. Equal opportunity. e. Financial aid. f. Student complaints.

30 g. Student discipline. h. Student support services.

7. Academic Resources. Each DCP must have and follow clear and identifiable written policies regarding maintenance, use, and access to academic equipment, facilities, and supplies, in compliance with all applicable legal requirements. These policies must be appropriate to the DCP’s mission and clientele.

8. Clinical Resources. Each DCP must have and follow clear and identifiable written policies regarding maintenance, use, and access to clinical equipment, facilities, and supplies, in compliance with all applicable legal requirements. These policies should be appropriate to the DCP’s mission and clientele. In addition, the clinical facilities must have clear and identifiable policies on access and use as centres for patient care.

9. Learning Resources. Each DCP must have and follow clear and identifiable written policies regarding access to and use of resources associated with the learning resource centre (i.e.: Library, Audio Visual, Computer lab, etc.). These policies must be appropriate to the institution's mission and goals.

10. Financial Management.

a. Institutions must have a stated policy regarding their fiscal year;

b. Appropriate Canadian accounting procedures must be established and the institution must consistently apply this accounting method;

c. Institutions must have their annual financial statements audited by an independent external chartered accountant; and

d. DCPs must have and follow a fair and equitable refund policy under which they refund unearned tuition, fees, room and board, and other charges to a student.

11. Integrity. Each DCP must:

a. Adhere to the highest ethical standards in its representation to its constituencies and the public; in its teaching, scholarship, research, service and clinical practices; in its treatment of its students, faculty, and staff; and in its relationships with regulatory and accrediting agencies on a regional, national and international basis.

b. Demonstrate and ensure, through establishment and enforcement of appropriate policy, that every constituent of the program, including

31 governing board members, administrators, faculty, and staff consistently demonstrate and advocate sound ethical standards and respect for individuals, including the avoidance of conflict of interest or the appearance of conflict in all of its activities and among all its constituents, in the management and operations, and in all dealings with students, the public, organizations, regulatory and other external bodies, accrediting agencies and other educational institutions.

c. Regularly evaluate and revise as necessary its policies, procedures and publications to ensure continuing integrity throughout the program.

d. Represent itself accurately and consistently to its constituencies, the public and prospective students through its print and electronic communications, promotional materials, web sites, catalogues, publications and official statements.

e. Demonstrate, through its policies and practices, the commitment to the free pursuit and dissemination of knowledge consistent with the program's mission and goals.

f. Establish and enforce policies which guarantee fair and equitable treatment of students, faculty, administration and staff.

D. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES

Standards regarding programmes governing the areas of instruction, research, and service.

1. Instruction. Each DCP must establish objectives that support its mission and goals. Instructional Standards govern all instruction, whether leading to graduation as a Doctor of Chiropractic or offered as continuing education.

a. Doctor of Chiropractic. Instruction leading to the Doctor of Chiropractic degree must meet the following requirements: The curriculum must be designed and implemented in a manner in which students are able to integrate relevant information presented in the basic, clinical and chiropractic sciences with the clinical, laboratory and patient care experiences in clinical decision making. The curriculum must also be supportive of the mission, goals and distinctiveness of the DCP and of the achievement of the programme's objectives.

i. The total curriculum must comprise a minimum of 4,200 instructional hours, which may include inter alia, self-directed

32 learning integral to problem-based educational methods, and may utilize electronic information technology.

ii. DCPs are expected to maintain academic integrity by structuring the curriculum so that the average student load requirements are reasonable.

iii. The curriculum must also be designed and implemented in a manner that will provide appropriate opportunities for the student to acquire the necessary cognitive, affective and psychomotor proficiency skills.

The offerings must address at least the following subjects: anatomy; biochemistry; neurology; physiology; microbiology; pathology; public health; physical, clinical and laboratory diagnosis; gynaecology; obstetrics; pediatrics; geriatrics; dermatology; otolaryngology; diagnostic imaging procedures; psychology; nutrition/dietetics; biomechanics; orthopaedics; first aid and emergency procedures; spinal analysis; principles and practice of chiropractic; adjustive techniques; research methods and procedures; and professional practice ethics.

Courses offered in the curriculum must be taught in sufficient depth to fulfil the concept of the Doctor of Chiropractic as set forth in the first two paragraphs of the Foreword of these Standards.

2. Quality Patient Care. The DCP must ensure that all provincial, territorial and community standards for chiropractic assessment and care, billing, and financial transactions, are followed. The DCP must have systems to assure that professional and legal requirements, inherent in the responsibilities of a licensed Doctor of Chiropractic, are constantly monitored and enforced. The DCP must:

a. Conduct a formal system of quality assurance for the patient care delivery that demonstrates evidence of:

i. standards of care with measurable outcomes criteria and ongoing review of a representative sample of patients and patient records to assess the appropriateness, necessity and quality of the care provided;

ii. patient advocate grievance policies, procedures, outcomes and corrective measures. b. Ensure that the following characteristics are included in the quality

33 assurance system: i. a clear organizational structure for quality assurance; ii. listing and description of each area and item (indicator) of quality assurance that is measured including: i. how the item is measured;

ii. how frequently the item will be measured;

iii. how data will be assessed to identify need for improvement;

iv. how improvement efforts will be determined;

v. how improvement efforts will be followed to ensure implementation and improvement;

vi. how the effectiveness of implemented changes/improvements will be assessed on an ongoing basis;

vii. methods for communicating quality assurance results to the clinic and larger DCP community.

iii. provide a written statement of patients’ rights to all students, faculty, staff and each patient.

iv. ensure that all faculty involved in the direct supervision of patient care have ongoing training of basic life support (B.L.S.), and are able to manage common medical emergencies and document that all students are trained in B.L.S. and able to manage common medical emergencies.

v. maintain written policies and procedures to ensure the safe use of ionizing radiation.

vi. establish and enforce a mechanism to ensure adequate clinical/laboratory asepsis, infection and biohazard control and disposal of hazardous waste in accordance with federal and regional standards.

vii. maintain policies that ensure the confidentiality of information pertaining to the health status of each individual patient.

viii. provide ongoing training in the areas of ethics and professional boundaries for all faculty, staff and students involved in the DCP. c. Establish a mechanism to assure quality patient care for all clinics of the DCP. d. Ensure that the practical application of learning opportunities necessary to achieve competence in the practice of chiropractic at the levels expected of the primary contact, Doctor of Chiropractic, include requirements in the cognitive (knowledge and understanding), affective (attitudes and habits) and/or psychomotor (skills) domains. Upon completing his or her course of study, each student will demonstrate the following competencies consistent with the mission and goals of the DCP and the Foreword of the Standards:

i. Develop a patient's comprehensive case history to include all elements appropriate to the patient's entering complaint and health status and to the chiropractic analyses.

ii. Develop objective data through conduct of a physical examination appropriate to the health status and the chiropractic care of the patient.

iii. Performed and interpreted, ordered and interpreted, or interpreted appropriate imaging examinations.

iv. Performed and interpreted, ordered and interpreted, or interpreted appropriate clinical laboratory examinations.

v. Performed and interpreted, ordered and interpreted, or interpreted other relevant procedures indicated by the clinical status of the patient.

vi. Integrate data in a manner that facilitates the formulation of a diagnosis.

vii. Refer the patient when clinically indicated for consultation, continued study, or other care.

viii. Identify and initiate the appropriate drugless (with the exception of nutritional supplements or supplementation) health care regimen.

35 ix. Provide patient education on health care needs.

x. Perform appropriate chiropractic adjustments and/or manipulations.

xi. Monitor patient's clinical status during and after completion of the health care regimen through follow-up and review appropriate to the patient's health status.

xii. Keep appropriate records of patient's evaluation and case management.

e. Students requesting and qualifying for a preceptorship programme must have completed at least 75% of the clinical requirements and any additional pre-preceptorship standards required by the DCP. All graduation requirements must be completed in the clinical training facilities of an accredited DCP.

3. Continuing Education. The DCP must demonstrate that the objectives of its continuing education programme are supportive of its mission and goals.

4. Research. The DCP must establish objectives for and conduct research and scholarly activities that support its mission and goals.

5. Service. The DCP must establish objectives for and provide service activities, beyond the chiropractic services to patients required by all interns, that support its mission and goals.

E. INPUTS/RESOURCES

Standards regarding the variety of resources necessary to the successful pursuit of the institution's mission, goals and programme objectives include the following resources:

1. Faculty and Staff 2. Students 3. Patients 4. General Programme Facilities 5. Clinical Facilities 6. Learning Resources 7. Finances 8. Student Support Services

1. Faculty and Staff. Institutions must demonstrate adequacy and stability of basic and clinical science faculty and staff. The faculty and staff volume, variety, and qualifications must be appropriate to the institutional mission,

36 goals and programme objectives of the DCP. a. Basic Science Faculty Requirements

Faculty teaching basic science subjects must possess a master's or doctoral degree in their field from a college or university recognized by a provincial or territorial Ministry of Education or its equivalent.

At least one member of each basic science discipline, as defined by the institution, must be employed full-time at the institution and must possess a Ph.D. degree in one of the basic science disciplines. The COA may waive this requirement under special circumstances. b. Clinical Science Faculty Requirements

All faculty in the clinical sciences must possess an earned Doctor of Chiropractic degree/diploma, or a related first professional degree, from a college or university accredited by an accrediting body. Such persons must either possess a chiropractic license/registration or be in the process of becoming licensed/registered. Each person supervising clinical experiences that include chiropractic analysis, diagnosis, adjustments or manipulations must be appropriately licensed to practice chiropractic in the jurisdiction in which the educational activity and/or clinical experience is offered. Each person supervising other clinical experiences must be appropriately credentialed as a health-care provider and licensed/registered to practice in the jurisdiction in which the educational activity and/or clinical experience is offered. In addition, such persons must have one of the following:

i. baccalaureate degree.

ii. postgraduate certification status or eligibility.

iii. postgraduate resident status at the institution in a formal residency programme.

iv. three years' full-time practice experience. Said person must be supervised by an experienced faculty member for at least two academic terms.

v. two years' teaching experience at a first professional degree granting institution as a faculty member in one or more of their degree programmes. All faculty teaching clinical psychology or nutrition must hold a

37 graduate degree in the discipline or a first professional degree in the health sciences from a college or university recognized by a provincial or territorial Ministry of Education or its equivalent.

2. Students. The DCP must demonstrate that qualifications for student acceptance and resultant enrolment are appropriate to the programme objectives, goals, and educational mission of the DCP.

a. Applicants:

The minimum academic requirement for admission will be three full years of study (minimum of fifteen full courses) in a university programme or at an institution or institutions recognized at the university level by a provincial Ministry of Education, or as delivered by the Ministry of Education of the Province of Quebec for chiropractic institutions or programmes in the Province of Quebec. Postsecondary pre-professional education that has been acquired must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale, with effect from fall 2000 enrolment. In situations where one or more courses have been repeated with equivalent courses, the failed grades must be included in the grade point average computation.

Persons with disabilities should not be summarily denied admission, nor should higher scholastic requirements be demanded of them. They, like all other students, must carry out classroom, laboratory, and clinical assignments, including microscopic work, X-ray interpretation and techniques, or the equivalent; pass written, oral and practical examinations, and meet all the requirements of the DCP.

The DCP must document and retain evidence in the student’s file regarding the student’s qualification for admission.

b. Transfer Students:

An applicant's credits may be considered for transfer only under the following conditions:

i. The applicant must meet the current prerequisites in force at the admitting institution or have met the requirements in force at the time the student originally enrolled at the health profession institution from which the transfer is being made.

ii. The institution from which the student is transferring must be acceptable to the Admissions Committee of the admitting institution.

iii. The credit hours being transferred must be for course work that is equivalent in credit hours, content and quality to that of the admitting DCP.

iv. Only credits with a grade of "C" (or its equivalent on a grade point scale) or better are considered for transfer.

v. Transfer credits must be earned within 5 years of the date of admission to the admitting institution. The institution may elect to waive this requirement for persons holding a first professional degree in the health care sciences (e.g., M.D., D.O., D.D.S., D.P.M.) or an academic degree (M.A., M.S., Ph.D.) in a related discipline (e.g., Biology, Zoology, Physiolo- gy, from an accredited institution).

vi. Credits used to satisfy the minimum prerequisites for admission must not be used for advanced placement credit.

Transfer of Credit from International Health Profession Institu- tions: To be eligible for transfer of credits, applicants from international chiropractic, medical, osteopathic or dental institutions located in countries that do not have an accreditation system equivalent to that of Canada or the United States, must submit evidence of proficiency in all work submitted for advanced standing credit.

vii. All students must spend the last academic year enrolled full- time in the DCP which confers the Doctor of Chiropractic degree or diploma. c. Foreign Students:

To be admitted to a Canadian DCP a foreign student must:

i. Submit proof of proficiency in the language in which the programme is offered.

ii. Submit evidence of having the financial resources, or funding commitment, to complete a minimum of one year of education.

iii. Meet the same educational requirements as a student matriculating in Canada or be qualified via a DCP accredited by a CCEI Member accrediting agency.

3. Patient Types. The patient volume and variety must be appropriate to the programme objectives of the mission and goals of each DCP.

The clinical training curriculum must establish a range of case types representing a cross-section of the general population normally encountered by a Doctor of Chiropractic to which each individual student will be exposed in the course of the programme. In addition to direct delivery of patient care, methods of exposure may include assisting in patient management, observing care, and participating in patient simulations (live, paper based, computer based, or distance learning model based) or other reasonable alternatives.

4. General Programme Facilities. Each DCP must own or have adequate use of buildings, equipment and supplies to support the programme objectives of its mission and goals. The DCP must be able to provide evidence that its academic facilities comply with all applicable legal requirements.

5. Clinical Resources. Each DCP must own or have adequate use of clinical facilities, equipment and supplies adequate to support the programme objectives of its mission and goals. The DCP must be able to provide evidence that these facilities comply with all applicable legal requirements.

Clinical training that utilizes multiple sites must describe and adhere to the core curriculum in which all students participate. If portions of the core curriculum are offered at distant sites, they must be equivalent in terms of their content, duration, and intensity to non-distant sites. Core clinical training can be provided at sites approved by the DCP.

6. Learning Resources. Each DCP must have a Learning Resource Centre/Library with staff, facilities, and collections and services adequate to the programme objectives of the mission and goals of the institution.

7. Finances. DCPs must demonstrate adequacy and stability of financial resources to support the programme objectives of its mission and goals. In demonstrating adequacy and stability of resources, a DCP must show that it has adequate budgetary controls and the ability to graduate its most recent entering class.

8. Student Support Services. Each DCP must maintain student support services adequate to support the objectives of its mission and goals.

F. DOCTOR OF CHIROPRACTIC PROGRAMME OUTCOMES

As a condition of accreditation, each DCP must provide evidence of its effectiveness -- that it is, in fact, achieving the mission, goals and objectives it has established for itself.

As stated above, each DCP must clearly define its mission and goals. Each DCP must in the broadest terms, embrace the following objectives:

1. Instruction.

The DCP must provide evidence of the effectiveness of its instructional programmes and the teaching provided by its faculty.

The DCP must have a mechanism for continually evaluating and improving the effectiveness of instructional programmes, with particular emphasis upon student achievement. The achievement of students must be documented in verifiable and consistent ways, such as grade point averages, degree completion rates, licensure success rates, and the results of validated alumni surveys.

a. Doctor of Chiropractic: The DCP must provide evidence that demonstrates that the diploma or degree candidates, as a condition of graduation, have:

i. Examined for the purpose of developing a diagnosis, formulated a treatment regimen and managed under faculty supervision at least thirty-five (35) different patients.

ii. Performed and interpreted, ordered and interpreted, or interpreted at least thirty-five (35) area radiographic [diagnostic imaging] examinations with written reports of findings.

iii. Performed and interpreted, ordered and interpreted, or interpreted clinical laboratory tests to include at least twenty- five (25) urinalyses, twenty (20) haematology procedures such as complete blood counts, and ten (10) clinical chemistry, microbiology or immunology procedures or profiles on human blood and/or other body fluids.

iv. Performed chiropractic adjustments and/or manipulations, primarily spinal, during at least two hundred fifty (250) separate patient care visits.

v. Integrated the didactic elements of the basic chiropractic, clinical sciences and clinical education into clinical decision

41 making.

No more than twenty (20) percent of the minimum required adjustments and/or manipulations and other appropriate services may be administered to, or performed on, students in the programme, and/or other students’ families. Interns may not provide services to the intern’s immediate family.

The candidate must evaluate and manage a minimum of 15 cases which, due to their complexity, require a high order of clinical thinking and integration of data. This would include cases which demand the application of imaging, lab procedures or other ancillary studies in determining a course of care, or cases in which multiple conditions, risk factors, or psychosocial factors have to be considered. (Commencing in September of 2004 the number of cases required will increase by five every two years until a minimum number of 35 is reached.)

The above quantitative requirements will not be the sole criteria used to assess the DCP’s success in educating a student to practice the art and science of chiropractic.

2. Continuing Education.

The DCP must compile evidence regarding the responsiveness of its continuing education programme to needs of the profession and its practitioners.

3 Research.

Each DCP must compile evidence regarding the institution's contributions to the body of research and scholarship for the profession.

4. Service.

Each DCP must compile evidence regarding the nature and extent of service programmes that it provides.

G. CLINICAL COMPETENCIES

The DCP must provide students with the necessary instruction and opportunities to observe, acquire and practice under supervision, the attitudes, knowledge and skills listed in this section.

Each programme must evaluate a student's proficiency in the competencies outlined in the Standards.

A DCP must demonstrate to the COA that it has in place a process including reliable

42 and valid assessment of outcomes that ensures that a student has attained the knowledge, skills and attitudes, set out in the Clinical Competencies identified in the Standards, prior to graduation.

A DCP must provide evidence that its instructional programme include a statement which incorporates the intent of the clinical competencies identified in the Standards.

1. History Taking

The history is that element of patient evaluation in which information regarding the individual's clinical status is obtained and an initial clinical impression is developed. It is generally the first contact the patient has with the doctor and, consequently, initiates the doctor-patient relationship.

The process employed in history-taking and the depth to which the Doctor of Chiropractic elicits a health history, is a critical factor in building the patient's confidence in the doctor's ability to professionally and effectively provide health care. Eliciting a competent history requires that the clinician have an understanding of pathophysiology and adequate knowledge of the basic and clinical sciences.

a Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. attend to patient comfort and the environment in which the history is elicited;

ii. appreciate the need for empathy, respect and an awareness of the patient's right for privacy, confidentiality, values and beliefs;

iii. recognize patient apprehension, and avoid exclamatory, misleading or inappropriate verbal or physical responses;

iv. recognize the professional and ethical boundaries expected of the doctor/patient relationship.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the importance of obtaining: patient demographic data, chief complaint, history of present illness, family history, past health history, current health status, psychosocial history, and review of systems;

ii. recognize changes in patient presentations or health status during the course of care and apply the appropriate depth and

43 breadth of questioning;

iii. formulate and employ an organized and effective methodology of inquiry when taking the history;

iv. understand and recognize non-verbal diagnostic clues observed during the history;

v. select and organize pertinent information leading to the development of a problem and differential diagnosis list. c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. develop a patient's comprehensive case history to include all elements appropriate to the patient's entering complaint and health status and to the chiropractic analyses;

ii. conduct the history in a clear, concise and organized manner, actively listening and communicating with the patient at an understandable level;

iii. modify and apply history taking skills appropriate to challenging situations and difficult patient interactions;

iv. question the patient with appropriate depth and pursue all relevant health concerns and symptoms;

v. accurately record elicited information in an organized fashion and develop an initial problem list.

2. Physical Examination

The physical examination is an element of the evaluation in which information regarding the clinical status is elicited by selecting and applying appropriate examination procedures, including essential instruments and equipment.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize patient apprehension, and avoid exclamatory statements and physical responses that may exacerbate patient concern;

ii. understand the importance of maintaining a clean and safe

44 environment, and follow accepted hygienic procedures;

iii. recognize the professional and ethical boundaries expected of the doctor/patient relationship;

iv. be sensitive in thought and action to the patient’s values and dignity. b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. understand and conduct the appropriate examination distinguishing between comprehensive, focused, or screening procedures;

ii. select appropriate procedures, instruments and equipment for use in the examination;

iii. correlate information obtained in the examination with the history;

iv. recognize normal, variant and abnormal findings;

v. interpret and assess the clinical importance of significant physical examination findings. c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. develop objective data from the physical examination appropriate to the health status and the chiropractic care of the patient;

ii. obtain and record vital signs and examination findings in an organized manner;

iii. conduct an examination using inspection, palpation, percussion and auscultation in a correct, safe and hygienic manner;

iv. use examination instruments, equipment and procedures in an accurate, safe, appropriate and hygienic manner;

v. recognize and record significant non-verbal signs and behaviours exhibited by the patient;

45 vi. conduct an examination which provides for efficient patient positioning and comfort;

vii. provide appropriate and understandable explanations and instructions to the patient relative to the use of procedures and instruments.

3. Neuromusculoskeletal Examination

The neuromusculoskeletal examination is the foundation of the chiropractic approach toward evaluating the patient. Doctors of chiropractic commonly provide care to patients with complaints or health problems associated with the spine and extremities. The spine and its relationship to nervous system function is also viewed as an important factor in the patient’s general health.

Because the traditional model of chiropractic care involves spinal adjustment or manipulation, evaluating the spine and nervous system is a crucial component of the patient examination.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. appreciate the effect that a patient's pain and discomfort may have on the doctor's ability to conduct a neuromusculoskeletal examination;

ii. appreciate and adapt to patient apprehension in the performance of neuromusculoskeletal examination procedures;

iii. consider the possibility that the origin of the patient’s symptoms may be from a source other than the neuromusculoskeletal system.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. identify and select appropriate neuromusculoskeletal examination tests and procedures consistent with the patient's complaint or presentation;

ii. understand and select methods for evaluating posture, biomechanical function, and the presence of spinal or other articular subluxation or dysfunction;

iii. correlate information obtained in the neuromusculoskeletal

46 examination with the information obtained from patient's history and physical examination;

iv. understand the mechanisms of neuromusculoskeletal tests and demonstrate an ability to recognize normal, variant and abnormal findings;

v. interpret and assess the clinical importance of significant normal and abnormal neuromusculoskeletal examination findings;

vi. assess the reliability of data elicited in the neuromusculoskeletal examination through repetition and/or selection of confirmatory procedures.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. conduct a neuromusculoskeletal examination using inspection, palpation, percussion, range of motion, and appropriate orthopedic and neurologic procedures in a correct, orderly, safe and hygienic manner;

ii. use instruments and equipment during the neuromusculoskeletal examination in an appropriate, safe and hygienic manner;

iii. observe and record verbal and non-verbal diagnostic clues elicited and observed during the neuromusculoskeletal examination;

iv. conduct a neuromusculoskeletal examination in a manner that provides for efficient patient positioning and comfort;

v. provide appropriate and understandable explanations and instructions to the patient prior to the use of procedures and instruments.

4. The Psychosocial Assessment

It is important to develop the knowledge and skills necessary to evaluate the psychosocial status of patients. As a component of the patient evaluation, Doctors of Chiropractic must be able to recognize the interrelationships among the biological, psychological and social factors in patients. Psychosocial factors may influence the health of patients or explain the nature of their complaint. This aspect of evaluation is also important in the context of establishing the doctor-patient relationship. For

47 these reasons, Doctors of Chiropractic must have a basic understanding of common health behaviours and mental health disorders, and be prepared to conduct general patient assessments.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize and be willing to explore the patient’s psychosocial environment;

ii. understand and appreciate the role and influence of psychosocial factors in the overall health of the patient.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. appreciate how lifestyle, health status, behaviour and psychological factors contribute to, or affect, patient presentations;

ii. understand how pain and disability can affect patient behaviour and well-being;

iii. recognize psychological and social factors that may affect or distort the patient's ability to report symptoms, comply with, or respond to chiropractic care;

iv. recognize verbal and non-verbal clues indicating the need for further psychological and psychosocial assessment;

v. recognize the clinical indications for referral to or collaborative care with appropriate mental health professionals, agencies or programmes;

vi. identify appropriate services, agencies and programmes available to assist the patient with psychosocial problems; vii. recognize circumstances that legally require doctors to report patient information to appropriate authorities.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. identify and administer screening tools for evaluating the

48 patient’s psychological and psychosocial status;

ii. modify history taking, examination, and management procedures when caring for patients demonstrating and affected by psychosocial factors;

iii. obtain psychosocial information effectively and legally from family members, or others, when clinically indicated and appropriate;

iv. record psychosocial information in a manner that is accurate, complete and complies with legal standards;

v. discuss sensitive psychosocial and health behaviour issues;

vi. deal effectively with aberrant behaviour from a patient in an office setting;

vii. assess attitudes that negatively impact health and intervene appropriately to educate and motivate the patient to modify behaviours.

5. Diagnostic Studies

Diagnostic studies are those elements of patient evaluation in which objective data regarding the patient’s clinical status are elicited, and which include the use of diagnostic imaging, clinical laboratory, and specialized testing procedures.

Doctors of Chiropractic must be knowledgeable and skilled in the use of those specialized testing procedures commonly employed in the evaluation of patients with neuromusculoskeletal presentations. They must also have an understanding of diagnostic studies used in the screening of patients with other complaints or health problems in the primary care setting.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the importance and necessity of diagnostic studies as they relate to the development of an accurate patient profile;

ii. recognize the importance of considering benefits, costs and risks in assessing the need for conducting or ordering diagnostic studies.

b. Knowledge

49 The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. understand the clinical indications for and the relative value of diagnostic studies;

ii. understand the principles, applications, technical and procedural elements of equipment employed in diagnostic imaging, clinical laboratory and other diagnostic studies;

iii. understand the significance of findings, values, and ranges of values adequate to differentiate normal from abnormal findings obtained from laboratory and other diagnostic studies; iv. integrate findings obtained from diagnostic studies with information obtained from other components of the examination in forming or assessing the diagnosis;

v. understand federal, provincial and territorial regulatory guidelines governing procedures and the use of equipment employed in diagnostic studies.

vi. understand the use and purpose of tests utilized beyond the scope of chiropractic practice for the purpose of appropriate referral.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. perform and interpret, order and interpret, or interpret appropriate imaging examinations;

ii. take, process and interpret plain film radiographs with appropriate attention given to quality and safety;

iii. perform and interpret, order and interpret, or interpret appropriate clinical laboratory examinations;

iv. obtain and process laboratory samples with appropriate attention given to patient comfort, hygiene, safety and specimen integrity;

v. perform and interpret, order and interpret, or interpret other relevant procedures indicated by the clinical status of the patient;

50 vi. order, or conduct, diagnostic studies with attention to following professional protocol, and providing appropriate patient instructions and follow-up;

vii. record accurately data obtained from diagnostic studies, whether personally conducted or ordered.

6. Diagnosis

Diagnosis is the process which attempts to identify the nature and cause of a patient’s complaint and/or abnormal finding, and is essential to the ongoing process of reasoning used by the Doctor of Chiropractic to direct patient management. The diagnosis may be modified during the course of care as the result of further testing, patient care and changes in the patient's signs and symptoms.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. understand the importance of collecting sufficient clinical information in order to avoid reaching a premature diagnosis;

ii. recognize the importance of generating a diagnosis consistent with history and examination findings, prior to initiating care or ordering special studies.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to: i. exhibit reasoning and understanding in using sources (such as the available literature and clinical experience) to support the diagnosis;

ii. develop the diagnosis by recognizing and correlating significant information;

iii. identify the pathophysiologic process responsible for the patient's clinical presentation, and understand the natural history of the disorder.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. integrate data in a manner that facilitates the formulation of a diagnosis;

ii. develop and prioritize a problem list;

iii. record and convey a diagnosis consistent with history and examination findings;

iv. recognize when routine diagnostic procedures are insufficient and obtain appropriate advanced studies when indicated.

7. Case Management

Case management includes developing and recording a patient care plan, case follow-up, and the referral and/or collaborative care as necessary in the management of a patient. Doctors of Chiropractic must be able to identify a care plan that is consistent with findings obtained from the history, examination and diagnostic studies, diagnosis and the needs of the patient and must also consider the cost implications of care and choose methods of care that are cost-effective.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the need to develop, record, and communicate a plan for care, and to assess and modify elements of the plan as clinical circumstances dictate;

ii. appreciate the need to obtain the patient's informed consent, cooperation and compliance with care and/or referral recommendations;

iii. consider the patient's physical and psychosocial factors when developing and communicating a plan for care;

iv. identify personal and/or professional care limitations and recognize the need for referral or collaborative care;

v. be aware of the need to ensure that all records relevant to the patient's management contain adequate, accurate and current information;

vi. be aware of the confidential nature of the doctor-patient relationship, and ensure that appropriate information is properly released only to agencies or individuals authorized for its review;

vii. comply with requests for patient records and reports in an adequate, accurate and timely manner.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. develop and record an appropriate care plan and prognosis consistent with the diagnosis, and the pathophysiology and/or natural history of the disorder;

ii. evaluate and integrate the patient's health and psychosocial needs in the development of the care plan;

iii. select and employ outcome measures that can aid the doctor in assessing the validity of the initial diagnosis and prognosis, and the effectiveness of the care plan; iv. understand professionally and legally acceptable methods of recording and organizing patient records including information about the patient history and examination findings, diagnosis and patient care plan, progress notes, correspondence, services provided and care rendered, and financial transactions; v. understand the risk/benefit ratio of the therapy and the benefit/risk of alternate therapeutic options.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. communicate effectively to the patient the diagnosis, recommended chiropractic care, and alternatives to chiropractic care that may be indicated;

ii. provide patient education on health care needs;

iii. use appropriate forms of communication to ensure that the patient has an adequate understanding of their health status and health care needs;

iv. identify and initiate the appropriate drugless (with the exception of nutritional supplements or supplementation) health care regimen;

v. perform appropriate chiropractic adjustments and/or manipulations;

53 vi. refer the patient, when clinically indicated, for consultation, continued study or other care;

vii. initiate referral or collaborative care when appropriate to the needs of the patient;

viii. keep appropriate records of the patient's evaluation and case management;

ix. appropriately respond to changes in patient status, or failure of the patient to respond to care;

x. construct reports and professional correspondence;

xi. establish clear outcomes for care that can be used to evaluate clinical progress, and recognize when the patient has achieved resolution or maximum therapeutic benefit;

xii. recognize when routine clinical procedures are insufficient and incorporate other procedures when indicated.

8. Chiropractic Adjustment or Manipulation

The chiropractic adjustment or manipulation is a precise procedure that uses controlled force, leverage, direction, amplitude, and velocity directed at specific articulations. Doctors of chiropractic employ adjustive and/or manipulative procedures to influence joint and neurophysiologic function. Other manual procedures may be used in the care of patients.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. appreciate the need to explain what will be done when administering the chiropractic adjustment or manipulation, discuss risks, and recognize the potential for patient apprehension and concern;

ii. be aware of the need to accommodate patient privacy and modesty in the course of administering chiropractic adjustments or manipulations;

iii. be aware of the need to reassess and modify chiropractic adjustment or manipulation appropriate to the needs of the patient.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. appreciate the normal and abnormal structural and functional articular relationships;

ii. be aware of the pathophysiology and methods of evaluating articular biomechanics;

iii. understand the principles and methods of various chiropractic adjustments and manipulations common to the practice of chiropractic;

iv. recognize the clinical indications and rationale for selecting a particular chiropractic adjustment or manipulation;

v. select and appropriately use equipment and instruments necessary to administer chiropractic adjustment or manipulation;

vi. recognize the indications and contraindications for, and potential complications of, chiropractic adjustment or manipulation.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. palpate specific anatomical landmarks associated with spinal segments and other articulations;

ii. select and effectively utilize palpatory and other appropriate methods to identify subluxations/joint dysfunctions of the spine and/or other articulations; iii. use effectively equipment and instruments which support chiropractic adjustment or manipulation; iv. deliver effectively the correct chiropractic adjustments or manipulations which utilize appropriate positioning, alignment, contact and execution; v. administer effectively a variety of chiropractic adjustments or manipulations in order to accommodate differences in patient body type and clinical status;

55 vi. record accurately the method of determining location, specific procedure followed and outcome of the chiropractic adjustment or manipulation;

vii. select and employ palpation and other methods for identifying the effects following chiropractic adjustment or manipulation;

viii. communicate the health benefits of chiropractic adjustment or manipulation to patients; ix. perform chiropractic adjustment or manipulation in a confident and decisive manner;

x. discuss potential immediate or delayed reactions or responses to the chiropractic adjustment or manipulation;

xi. conduct the informed consent process with the patient, leading to the patient’s understanding of signed willingness to accept treatment.

9. Emergency Care

Doctors of chiropractic may encounter clinical situations - within and outside the office setting - that require immediate attention, and must develop the ability to identify an emergency or life-threatening situation and apply the necessary care or procedures.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the responsibility to provide emergency care procedures;

ii. recognize the need for a prompt critical appraisal and response to an emergency situation.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize an emergency or life-threatening situation;

ii. understand current emergency care and first aid procedures, equipment and instruments;

iii. monitor the effect of emergency care on the patient;

56 iv. understand the legal implications associated with providing emergency care;

v. determine the availability of local emergency care resources and select the appropriate services.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to: i. utilize emergency care procedures and equipment effectively in providing first aid and basic cardiac life support; ii. remain calm, reassure and communicate with the patient, and elicit additional help, as needed;

iii. recognize the need for assistance in an emergency situation and effectively communicate and collaborate with other health care professionals;

iv. perform appropriate reporting, recording and follow-up procedures.

10. Case Follow-Up and Review

Case follow-up and review involves monitoring the clinical status of the patient and modifying the care plan as new clinical information becomes available. Doctors of chiropractic evaluate patient progress by conducting follow-up examinations, and seek help from clinical consultants when needed.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the need to monitor the patient’s response to care and modify the care plan, consult with, or refer to another health care provider when indicated;

ii. recognize and respond to patient concerns and apprehension that may result from proposed changes in a care plan or the need for referral or collaborative care;

iii. appreciate the benefits of appropriate consultation and/or referral in the management of the patient, and be considerate of patient questions regarding second opinions and alternative forms of care.

57 b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. understand how and when to re-evaluate the patient’s clinical status to obtain current information;

ii. recognize the need to modify the care plan consistent with current clinical information; iii. identify referral needs, and how to communicate them to patients;

iv. evaluate the patient’s response to care by identifying appropriate outcomes.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. monitor patient's clinical status during and after completion of the health care regimen through follow-up and review appropriate to the patient's health status;

ii. record data relevant to case management decisions in an organized manner;

iii. communicate appropriately when referring to other health care providers;

iv. conduct a relevant and competent re-evaluation of the patient.

11. Record-Keeping

Record-keeping is that element of case management in which proper documentation of the patient's evaluation, diagnosis, clinical care and other transactions are recorded, accurately maintained and appropriately reported.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the need to ensure that all records relevant to the patient’s care and management contain legible, accurate, complete and current information;

58 ii. recognize the patient’s right to privacy and ensure that information from the record is released only upon legal and/or written authorization;

iii. be willing to respond to requests for patient records, or information from patient records, in an adequate and timely manner;

iv. recognize the need to ensure patient record security and confidentiality;

v. be sensitive to the interests that patients may have in accessing their records, and follow accepted legal guidelines when it is deemed necessary to provide or withhold specific information regarding the patient;

vi. recognize the need to keep abreast of current trends and technologies for record-keeping, communications and data transfer.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. be aware of and follow accepted procedures and protocols when requesting patient records or information from other health care providers or agencies; ii. know what elements of the record must be released to the patient, or other health care providers or agencies, and those elements that can be legally withheld;

iii. know and understand those elements essential to the patient record including demographic data, clinical findings and patient care information, financial transactions, reports, correspondence and communications;

iv. be aware of accepted methods and legal requirements for record maintenance, storage and security;

v. be aware of the need to provide a key with records if abbreviations or symbols are used;

vi. use accepted coding systems for diagnosis and clinical procedures.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. construct the patient record in a manner that is accurate, legible, complete and current, and is neither inflammatory, prejudicial nor degrading to the patient;

ii. enter clinical findings, diagnosis or initial clinical impressions, identity of the doctor and other care providers, care plans, progress notes, and follow-up evaluations in a manner that is legible, accurate, organized and reflects the clinical decision- making process;

iii. generate clear, concise, and professional narrative reports and correspondence in a timely manner.

12. The Doctor-Patient Relationship

The nature of the relationship between the doctor and the patient has an important influence on the process and outcome of chiropractic care. Doctors of chiropractic are expected to respond to their patients’ needs and provide care in an atmosphere of trust and confidence. Accordingly, doctors of chiropractic must be compassionate, sensitive to biopsychosocial needs, recognize the importance of good communications skills, and consider the patient to be their partner in the care process.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. recognize the importance of developing and maintaining professional attitudes and behaviour within and outside the office setting;

ii. appreciate the importance of developing a professional relationship with the patient based on trust, confidence, respect, and confidentiality; iii. recognize and accept the importance and seriousness of the role that doctors of chiropractic have in the care of patients; iv. be aware of and be willing to respond to the needs, concerns and fears that patients may have relative to their health complaints and problems;

v. appreciate the importance of compassion, empathy and touch as vital components of healing and factors that influence the outcome of care;

60 vi. recognize the importance of both the doctor and patient working together as partners in promoting optimum health;

vii. appreciate the importance of being a good role model for healthy behaviour.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to: i. understand the appropriateness and legal necessity of obtaining Informed consent from the patient prior to initiating clinical care;

ii. recognize the importance of open communication in all aspects of the doctor/ patient relationship;

iii. recognize the need to establish and maintain appropriate boundaries in doctor-patient interactions which ensure physical and emotional safety for both the doctor and his or her patients;

iv. recognize the need to appropriately manage patients who may develop unrealistic expectations of and a dependency on chiropractic care;

v. appreciate and be willing to adapt to the cultural, social, religious, gender and age differences that may exist between the doctor and his or her patients;

vi. know what patient care and office procedures can be employed that will reduce potential risk and professional liability.

vii. recognize and accept the inherent vulnerability of patients because of the perception of authority that patients attach to care-givers; and

viii. recognize the important role physical contact has within many chiropractic clinical services.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. develop and exhibit behaviour and a communication style that project a professional image and enhance the doctor-patient

61 relationship;

ii. use effective and appropriate methods of touch and other non- verbal communication techniques;

iii. use appropriate techniques that may be employed when managing a patient who exhibits inappropriate behaviour.

13. Professional Issues

Health care providers have an obligation to the patients they serve, and to society, to provide competent and effective care, and to do so in a professional manner. Doctors of chiropractic must exhibit ethical values and behaviours, recognize their responsibility to first serve the patient, and to follow sound business practices. It is important that doctors of chiropractic maintain knowledge and clinical skills through continuing education, and be able to access, understand and critically evaluate the research literature.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to: i. appreciate the importance of supporting and participating in professional activities and organizations;

ii. recognize the need to support and participate in the activities and affairs of the community;

iii. acknowledge the societal obligation of the profession to produce research, and appreciate the importance of research in education, clinical practice and to the growth of the profession;

iv. have a desire and an ability to critically evaluate new and current knowledge;

v. exhibit ethical attitudes regarding the provision of patient care services, fees, financial arrangements, billing practices and collection procedures; vi. identify and acknowledge an obligation to refrain from illegal and unethical patient care and practice management procedures.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

62 i. be aware of and comply with, the professional reporting requirements and procedures of commercial, federal, provincial, territorial and local agencies;

ii. understand the need to maintain a breadth and depth of knowledge and skills necessary for the practice of chiropractic through continuing education;

iii. identify community health care and social service agencies that can assist in meeting patient needs;

iv. know patient care and office procedures which can be employed to reduce potential risk and professional liability;

v. be aware of the types, policy limits and coverage levels available for professional liability insurance;

vi. develop a knowledge of ethical practice development strategies including marketing, community demographics, and patient management techniques;

vii. understand the need to follow sound business practices Including those involving leases, loans, purchasing, selection of consultants and advisors, financial management, and personnel.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. critically review clinical research literature;

ii. develop effective patient rapport by employing oral and written communication skills, and appropriate care procedures;

iii. use personal computers and other business and communication technologies.

14. Other Therapeutic Procedures

Chiropractic care may include the use of procedures and modalities other than the adjustment and manipulation, which may be employed for the purpose of case management, rehabilitation, or wellness care.

a. Attitudes

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. appreciate the need to explain what will be done when administering therapies, discuss risks, and recognize the potential for patient apprehension and concern;

ii. be aware of the need to accommodate patient privacy and modesty in the course of administering therapies;

iii. be aware of the need to reassess and modify therapy procedures appropriate to the needs of the patient.

b. Knowledge

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. understand the principles, physiological effects, and application of various therapeutic procedures common to the practice of chiropractic; ii. recognize the clinical indications and rationale for selecting a particular therapeutic procedure;

iii. understand the selection and use of equipment and instruments necessary to administer therapeutic procedures;

iv. recognize the contraindications, and potential complications, of therapeutic procedures.

c. Skills

The student must demonstrate ability to:

i. select and apply appropriate therapeutic instruments or procedures;

ii. effectively explain the clinical benefits/risks and communicate necessary information to the patient concerning the application of therapeutic procedures;

iii. modify the application of therapeutic procedures consistent with the patient’s physical and clinical status;

iv. record accurately appropriate information relative to the use of therapeutic procedures; v. discuss potential immediate or delayed reactions or responses to therapeutic procedures;

vi. effectively conduct the informed consent process with the patient in a manner which leads to the patient’s understanding of the signed willingness to accept treatment.

H. EVALUATION, PLANNING, AND EFFECTIVENESS

Each DCP must maintain a comprehensive and ongoing system of evaluation and planning, and must demonstrate its effectiveness in achieving its mission, goals, and objectives.

Outcomes. In particular, accredited DCPs annually must assemble and report to the COA data demonstrating: student rates of completion of term courses and completion of the Doctor of Chiropractic programme; student and graduate performance on national board examinations; and success of programme graduates in obtaining jurisdictional licensure. DCPs must demonstrate their use of this data and may utilize other outcome measurements and assessments in planning for ongoing development and improvement of the effectiveness of the Doctor of Chiropractic programme.

Evaluation. Evaluation must encompass every aspect of the DCP, i.e., mission, goals, governance, administration, personnel, academic programmes, instruction, clinics, learning resources, enrolment, student services, research, public service, finances, fund-raising, and facilities development, maintenance, and renovation. Evaluation must be based upon an assessment of outcomes and must include input from the entire DCP constituency, i.e., students, faculty, administrators, staff, patients, donors, chiropractic practitioners, other members of the profession, and the public.

Planning. DCP planning must be comprehensive in nature, addressing each of the areas listed above. Planning must flow directly from DCP evaluation, must be based upon past trends of the DCP, must incorporate the future needs of the profession and its practitioners, and must project realistically into the future. The DCP must produce a planning document that is designed as a practical guide for implementation, is updated each year, and annually approved by the board. This document must set forth for the following fiscal year the specific steps that must be undertaken to accomplish the planning goals for that year. The document should also contain less specific projections for subsequent years. An annual analysis of the degree to which the DCP has been successful in achieving each element of its plan should be used as the basis for subsequent planning. Effectiveness. The DCP should provide evidence that the outcome measures it uses are linked directly to the DCP’s mission, goals, and objectives. It must be demonstrated that outcomes produced by the DCP confirm its effectiveness in achieving its mission, goals, and objectives.

Student Assessment. The DCP must ensure that systems exist to provide assessment of the developing professional competence of its students. Assessment

65 systems must identify competencies; develop and employ methods to assess competencies by applying both formative (instructional) and summative (grade and progression) feedback; ensure adequate opportunity to learn and demonstrate competence and direct remediation, where necessary; and provide feedback on the effectiveness of the clinical education programme to faculty and administration for use in planning and management.

1. The evaluation system must be based on the goals, objectives, and competencies of the DCP, as well as those defined by the Standards. The system must clearly identify the methods of summative and formative student evaluation, and the level of performance expected of students in the achievement of these objectives and competencies.

2. Feedback to the student must be useful and accurate. Informal or formal feedback sessions should occur regularly, as soon as possible after an assessment has been made.

3. Evaluation must include each of the following domains and be compatible with the characteristic being assessed:

a. knowledge should be assessed using appropriate written and oral examinations as well as direct observation;

b. psychomotor skills must be assessed by direct observation;

c. communication skills should be assessed by direct observation of student interactions with faculty, colleagues, and patients and their families. Skills should also be assessed by review of any written communications to patients and colleagues including clinical reports, and referral or consultation letters;

d. interpersonal skills should be assessed by reviewing performance in collaboration with staff, members of the patient care team, and consultations with doctors of chiropractic and other health care providers as appropriate;

e. attitudes should be assessed by interviews, observations, or evaluations with peers, supervisors, clinic faculty, and patients and their families;

f. competence in utilizing the acquired clinical data to arrive at a diagnosis, and develop a case management plan, should be assessed using appropriate written and oral examinations as well as direct observation.

4. The DCP must identify deficiencies in student knowledge, attitude, or skills, conduct a formal system of remediation, and provide guidance and clear

66 expectations of expected outcomes. In addition, the DCP must provide an appropriate process for appeal and review of student performance, and the integration of clinical performance with the overall education. The DCP must provide students with opportunities to remediate deficiencies.

5. Characteristics of student assessment systems must include the following:

a. a clear organizational structure for assessment;

b. a clear description of the role of faculty in assessment and how assessment information will be used in student evaluation;

c. methods to track and document student assessment and progress through the educational programme including the integration of classroom performance, clinical performance, and the overall attainment of clinical competencies;

d. methods to evaluate the effectiveness of assessment tools.

67 APPENDIX A

GLOSSARY

Case types = In this context, “case types” represents a list of diagnostic entities (e.g., lumbar disc herniation, hypertension), patient presentations (e.g., woman with fatigue, patient over 50 with insidious low back pain, patient with radiating arm pain and nerve root deficits), and/or subluxation or joint dysfunction patterns (e.g., T4 syndrome, Maigne’s syndrome, upper cervical joint dysfunction causing cervicogc headache) which will represent the intended training domain of the clinical training phase of the DCP.

Competency evaluation = Any of a variety of methods used to assess students’ knowledge, skills and attitudes, with the goals of providing feedback to enhance the educational process, rating performance, and determining the appropriateness of progression in the clinical phase of the DCP.

CCEI = Councils on Chiropractic Education International.

DCP Administrator = The individual responsible for overseeing the day to day administration of the DCP.

DCP Executive = The individual to whom the DCP Administrator reports or who is responsible for the overall integrity of the DCP. In the case of sole purpose institutions, this would be the Chairperson of the Board of Governors of the institution.

Diagnosis = An expert opinion based upon the reasoned judgment of the Doctor of Chiropractic to identify the nature and cause of the patient’s subjective complaints and objective findings, which directs clinical care and case management decisions. The diagnostic process is an essential component of chiropractic care and includes the integration and synthesis of all available information obtained from appropriate history, examination findings, laboratory, imaging, and other evaluations, resulting in a recorded opinion of the patient’s health problem(s) and status.

At times, there may be insufficient or inconclusive information to render a final diagnosis; however, the initial diagnostic impression should guide the doctor of chiropractic in decisions about further diagnostic evaluation, referral, or initiation of patient care. The diagnosis may be modified during the course of case management as a result of further evaluation, acquisition of additional information, changes in subjective complaints and objective findings, or clinical responses to chiropractic care.

Final diagnostic conclusions may be contingent upon information that is not immediately accessible to the Doctor of Chiropractic, including results obtained from specialized diagnostic procedures, reports from other health care providers or facilities, data derived from clinical observation, or other knowledge from third party sources.

Educational outcomes = Indicators of the quality of instructional effectiveness.

68 Executive Director = The Executive Director of the Federation.

Final Decision = As used in these Standards, the term “Final Decision” refers to a decision made by the COA with respect to a DCP. COA decisions which the DCP can appeal, do not become “final decision” until the time for launching an appeal has expired, or, if an appeal is launched, the appeal process has been completed.

Health promotion = Maintenance of neurobiomechanical integrity inclusive of subluxation prevention, and general strategies to enhance quality of life and prevent disease, trauma, and illness. This includes aspects of ergonomics, psychosocial support, exercise, diet, nutrition and life style counselling, and health screening.

Immediate Family = Spouse/partner, children, siblings or parents.

Information technology = The means for the search for and retrieval of information from electronic sources such as CD ROM, WEB-based information services, and computerized information and patient information storage sites.

May = Indicates a condition allowable within the Standards.

Must = Indicates a condition mandatory for accreditation by the COA.

Patient review policies = A mechanism to systematically review and effectively deal with patient complaints and reported incidents.

Portal of entry = The opportunity for the Doctor of Chiropractic to be the first contact a patient may make with a provider to seek health care information and/or services.

Primary Care Chiropractic Clinician = An individual who serves as a point for direct access to health care delivery, the Doctor of Chiropractic’s responsibilities include: (1) patient’s history; (2) completion and/or interpretation of physical examination and specialized diagnostic procedures; (3) assessment of the patient’s general health status and resulting diagnosis; (4) provision of chiropractic care and/or consultation with continuity in the co- management, or referral to other health care providers; and (5) development of sustained health care partnership with patients.

Should = Indicates a condition that is desirable but not mandatory for accreditation by the COA.

Standards = The Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards Standards for Doctor of Chiropractic Programmes.

69 APPENDIX B

HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF CHIROPRACTIC ACCREDITATION

Voluntary efforts to improve chiropractic education in the United States were undertaken as early as 1935 when the National Chiropractic Association (later known as the American Chiropractic Association) created a Committee on Educational Standards (CES).

In 1939 the CES sent the first self-study questionnaire to all 37 chiropractic programmes in the United States. It also undertook the development of educational criteria that were subsequently approved by the chiropractic programmes. An inspector visited the applicant programmes and evaluated them against their self-studies and the educational criteria. In 1941 the CES issued its first list of 12 provisionally approved programmes. By improving educational standards, which resulted in the mergers of some schools and the closure of others, the number of chiropractic schools in the U.S. was reduced to 10 by 1961.

In 1947, the National Chiropractic Association approved the newly formed Council on Education, made up of programme representatives and members of the CES. This body evolved into the Council on Chiropractic Education of the USA (CCE-US) which in 1974 gained recognition from the United States Office of Education as the official accrediting agency for chiropractic colleges. For much of its history, CCE-US received financial support and director nominations from the American Chiropractic Association. In the 1990s, the CCE US moved away from this structure and now relies totally upon its member programmes for all funding. The CCE US Board and Commission is composed largely of appointees from various programmes.

In 1945 the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College (CMCC) became the first Canadian programme to be added to the list of schools approved by the CES.

Until the 1970s, CMCC was accredited by CCE-US, but in 1977, CMCC recommended to CCE-US that a system of international recognition be established in the field of accreditation. CCE-US agreed with this proposal provided that an accrediting agency having similar educational standards was established in Canada. A steering committee, consisting of representatives from the CCE-US, the Canadian Chiropractic Association, the Ontario Chiropractic Association, the Board of Directors of Chiropractic of Ontario (now known at the College of Chiropractors of Ontario) and CMCC, approved an international agreement and recommended that the CCA consider establishing a Council on Chiropractic Education (Canada) Inc. (CCEC). In 1978, the CCA voted to form and be a sponsor of the CCEC, and later that year the Department of Consumer and Corporate Affairs of the Government of Canada granted a charter to the CCEC.

When the CCEC was established, it was based on the premise that there would be a wide variety of organizations that would share the financial burden and control over the accreditation process. The CCA, Canadian Federation of Chiropractic Regulatory Boards, Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board and the schools were all given representatives on

70 the Board and shared the costs of accreditation.

In 1982 the CCEC and CCE-US established a recognition agreement. Subsequent agreements were reached with the Australasian Council on Chiropractic Education (ACCE) in 1986 and with the European Council on Chiropractic Education (ECCE) in 1993.

In 2000 the CCEC became a founding member of the Councils on Chiropractic Education International (CCEI), whose members also include the CCE-US, ECCE and ACCE. The CCEI is an international agency whose primary purpose is to promote and oversee high quality standards for chiropractic education on a worldwide basis. Membership in CCEI and adherence to the CCEI Model Standards now form the basis for recognition of accredited programmes internationally.

In addition, CCEI makes available its services and expertise to leaders of chiropractic education programmes worldwide. CCEI develops opportunities for accreditation of chiropractic education programmes where, at present, no CCE exists. CCEI aids and recognises new accreditation agencies that implement the CCEI Model Standards and meet other qualification requirements.

71 Become a Doctor of Chiropractic

Chiropractic at CMCC Your future is in your hands

Admission Brochure 2009–2010

Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College Further questions? Visit us at www.cmcc.ca Inside Front Cover First Page of Text Stock

Facts ome

c Welcome! CMCC has:

Wel Chiropractic is a hands-on profession. It is a profession that stands alone in 700 students. the manner in which it provides healing and relief to patients. It is a leader in neuromusculoskeletal research and integrative health care. It is an art, sci- 200 staff including 53 ence and philosophy. part time and 51 full time faculty. Graduates of the rigorous and innovative Doctor of Chiropractic program at the Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College (CMCC) are among the best More than 5,000 trained chiropractors in the world. practicing alumni.

Established as a memorial to chiropractic founder Daniel David Palmer, CMCC Graduates practising in opened its doors on September 18, 1945. The vision for Canada’s first national 34 countries. chiropractic college was to establish a high standard of education and become a catalyst for the cohesive development of chiropractic in Canada.

Even as we celebrate a tradition of excellence in chiropractic education, research and patient care, we are committed to building a strong and bold future for the chiropractic profession. We are building the future with a highly qualified and committed faculty, rigorous and innovative academic programs, modern facilities, and an unique clinical experience.

If you see your future in chiropractic, CMCC is the place to be. Each Septem- ber approximately 200 new students, from across Canada and around the world, come to study at our campus.

We see a bright future for chiropractic and for CMCC. We hope you see studying with us in your future.

6100 Leslie Street, Toronto, Ontario M2H 3J1 Canada Telephone 416-482-2344 • Toll free 1-800-463-2923 • Fax 416-646-1114 [email protected] • www.cmcc.ca

The Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College reserves the right to change without notice, any information relating to the matters set out in this brochure and posted in any media, including but not limited to written or electronic format, and including but not limited to matters relating to admissions. For confirmation of the most up to date statement relating to any matter set out in this brochure, individuals are directed to the Admissions Office.

All funds are in Canadian Dollars. 1 Chiropractors are community based, Facts Chiropractic primary contact health care providers. Chiropractors assess disorders related Chiropractic is: Non-invasive. Integrative. Your Future. to the spine, nervous system and joints o practic • A valued form of health care received by over four ir of the extremities, and provide diagnosis Canadians each year. Ch and treatment for these disorders. Chiro- and a half million practic care is directed toward restoring, enhancing, improving, or maintaining the • A regulated health profession quality of life and health of the patient. This recognized by statute in all Canadian provinces and Do you enjoy solving is achieved through the use of the chiro- American states. challenging problems, practic adjustment and related therapies, • One of the largest and fastest growing professions primarily to the musculoskeletal system, in Canada with more than 6,000 chiropractors interacting with others, in order to affect the neural regulation of practicing across the country. Are you looking for a and serving the public? the body. • Drug free and non-invasive. profession that is patient- At CMCC our goal is a world without pain. centred, hands-on, and Our passion is helping the body achieve Are you interested in science, its natural state of health. Our mission rewarding? health, and wellness? is to prepare tomorrow’s chiropractors to be clinically competent, confident, and successful members of the health care Stephen Mogatas, BSc, RN Do you have great people team, providing hands-on care, health and Student, Class of 2009, Vancouver, BC President, Students’ Council 2008-09 skills and the drive it takes wellness education, and promoting illness prevention. be an entrepreneur? “As a critical care paediatric nurse much of my work required a holistic approach. When you’re treating children, you’re really treating the whole If so, becoming a Doctor of Chiropractic may be in your future. family. As I became exposed to chiropractic, I could see it focused on the whole-body; it’s all about getting to know the patient as a whole. For me, it just made sense.”

2 3 CC?

M Why Choose CMCC? e C s

Our Educational Program is patient centred and interns, CMCC students assume patient care during evidence informed. With over 4,300 hours of study and two six-month rotations under the supervision of clini- hands-on training, our students have excellent pass cal faculty—most of whom also operate chiropractic Why Choo rates in both the Canadian and American licensing ex- practices outside of CMCC. ams and are successfully employed upon graduation. Our Research Program is recognized worldwide for Our Faculty are highly qualified and come from all its remarkable contribution to the understanding of disciplines and backgrounds to bring students a rich human anatomy, biomechanics, and the neuro-mus- learning experience. Their teaching methods ensure culoskeletal response to spinal manipulative therapy, a blend of strong theoretical knowledge with ample therapeutic exercises, and other chiropractic inter- application of hands-on experience, providing stu- ventions. Students benefit from direct contact with dents with in-depth understanding in a nurturing and researchers, and from the quick integration of new dynamic environment. findings into course content.

Our Clinics offer students an opportunity to gain Our Students are dedicated, enthusiastic, and dynam- rewarding hands-on experience within our diverse ic. Being part of this high energy group is motivating community based settings. In Year IV, as chiropractic and inspiring.

Students at a glance

• Average age of Year I students is 24. Jasmin Manga, • 50% female, 50% male. BSc(Hon)Student Class of 2009 • 77% have undergraduate degrees, 7% have graduate degrees. Toronto, ON

• CMCC attracts students from across Canada and around the world. “Seeing the passion of the profession in my • Our students have a wide variety of educational backgrounds including Health Sciences, peers and professors Physical Education, Nursing, Teaching, Engineering, Physiotherapy, and Performing Arts. has motivated me on a • Graduation rate: 95%. personal level to strive towards becoming • Average entry GPA: 3.1. a better health care professional.” 4 5 m Studying to be a chiropractor is a great challenge. It’s academically rigorous—leading to a lifetime of rewards. gra Our Program o r Challenging. Rigorous. Rewarding. CMCC remains committed to innovation, to excellence, and to continuously improving its curriculum. Students participate in over 4,300 hours of academic and clinical education, r P including studies in biological sciences, anatomy, biochemistry, physiology, psychology, O u neurology, as well as clinical and chiropractic sciences.

Integrative Curriculum To comprehend the diagnosis and treatment of clinical conditions, it is necessary for the student to have a solid understanding of the basic sciences that apply. As such, the modular system sequences academic content in a manner that is conducive to this type of layer building. Therefore, although the modules consist of individual courses, faculty work closely together to coordinate content ensuring a comprehensive and complete knowledge transfer for each area. Our program combines lectures and labs with team based learning and practice based case studies. This approach fosters a smooth transition from basic academic knowledge into problem solving for the purpose of diagnosis, and treatment application for the management of patients’ conditions.

Program at a glance

• Years I and II of the curriculum are organized into ten intensive modules of study which focus on specific anatomical regions. For example, Module I focuses on the human back and spine from a variety of perspectives, including the subject areas of anatomy, body mechanics, and radiology.

• Year III follows a pain based modular approach with teaching and learning Brynne Stainsby, BA (Kin) occurring in an integrated and practice based format. Problem solving and Student, Class of 2009 performance based assessment methods are used. Grimsby, ON

• On a monthly basis, Year I to III students are also involved in integrated, case “Overall, I am so happy based, multidisciplinary Grand Rounds presentations, which have proven very with my experiences at successful in furthering students’ knowledge. CMCC! I have learned an incredible amount so far, • Year IV consists of two six-month internships in our teaching clinics in the and can’t wait to put that Greater Toronto Area under the supervision of clinical faculty. into practice when I enter clinic.” 6 7 m Doctor of Chiropractic Degree Program Course Requirements gra o Subjects Year I Year II Year III Year IV r Anatomy ▲ ▲ r P Auxiliary Chiropractic Therapy ▲ ▲ O u Biochemistry ▲ Body/Biomechnics Mechanics ▲ ▲ Child Care ▲ Chiropractic Principles, Practice & Ethics / Jurisprudence ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Chiropractic Skills ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Clinical Laboratory Diagnosis ▲ ▲ Clinical / Practice Management ▲ ▲ Clinical Psychology ▲ Diagnosis ▲ ▲ Orthopaedics ▲ ▲ Diagnosis & Symptomatology ▲ Differential Diagnosis ▲ ▲ Emergency Care ▲ Female Care ▲ Functional Recovery & Active Therapeutics ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Geriatrics ▲ Grand Rounds ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ Health Promotion ▲ Peter Cauwenbergs Immunology ▲ BSc, MSc, PhD, DC Microbiology ▲ ▲ Assistant Professor Chair, Department of Anatomy Neuro Diagnosis ▲ Facts Class of 2001 Neuroscience ▲ Nutrition ▲ ▲ “The Anatomy Program at 4 years of full time study Pathology ▲ ▲ CMCC is second to none amongst the Ontario Schools of 15 modules Physiology ▲ Anatomy. Our students gain a Radiographic Interpretation & Fundamentals of Radiography ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ 160 weeks strong and detailed knowledge Research & Investigative Project ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ presented in an applied and 4,300 contact hours Toxicopharmacology ▲ integrated format.” 8 9 inics Our Clinics Hands-on. Interactive. Engaging. r Cl O u With close to 3,000 hours of education and hands-on training complet- Our network of diverse, community based, chiropractic clinics within the ed—in addition to the satisfactory completion of the observer program Greater Toronto Area employs 21 clinicians, and provides care to a roster requirements in Years I, II and III—students are eager to apply their of 5,500 patients annually. CMCC clinics facilitate over 54,000 patient knowledge in a real clinic setting. In Year IV, as chiropractic interns, visits each year. In addition to their CMCC clinic experience, interns can CMCC students assume patient care in two six-month rotations under choose an external placement and work alongside field practitioners as the supervision of clinical faculty. part of the Community Based Clinical Education Program.

Throughout the academic year, interns also: complete rotations in the clinical laboratory, X-ray technology, rehabilitation and radiology inter- Facts pretation; attend complementary business programs associated with starting and maintaining a successful practice; and participate in our outreach program. Under the direction of a clinician, each intern par- 187 interns ticipates in clinical rounds and is involved in discussing special interest 21 clinicians topics. These sessions provide an opportunity to engage in enhanced critical thinking and to apply the concepts of best practices, and develop 34 treatment rooms skills for ethical practice management. 5,500 patients on annual roster To see our clinical settings, speak with a senior student, or make an appointment with one of our interns, call 416-482-2546. 54,000 patient visits

Pamela Spence, BSc, Kin (Hon) Class of 2008, Smith Falls, ON President, Students’ Council 2006-08

“My clinical judgement increased exponentially during my internship. My experience has left me with the confidence to be a lifelong critical thinker in order to offer my patients the best care possible.”

10 11 h Our Researchers Career Research Person Years Per Area Our researchers are a strong, dedicated and 500 32 active investigators. arc 450 e self-directed group of individuals who have Overlap of faculty across areas. s Our Research 400 a passion for asking questions, probing, and 350 Each publication assigned to primary Innovation. Discovery. Wonder. area only, although cross discipline creating structures which allow investigative 300 assignment may be possible. r Re projects to move from idea to implementa- 250

O u 200 tion. Among today’s faculty we are privileged With all that we know about how the body works, have you ever won- 150 to have 32 active and prolific investigators, dered why 100 who have collectively accumulated hundreds 50 0 • Some people get arthritis and others don’t? of person years, and published more than es ogy ation Jay Triano, DC, PhD, FCCS(C) 600 articles in peer-reviewed, scholarly al StudiesEduc Anatomy • Some expectant moms are free from debilitating back pain Dean of Graduate Education and Research journals. Clinic Biomechanics al Basic Scienc while others are afflicted? Endocrine/Immune Formerly with the Texas Back Institute Health System & Policy Non-clinic Logan Class of 1973 • Some people who exercise regularly are protected from Public Health & Epidemiol heart problems while others are not? “I knew CMCC would be good, but I wasn’t prepared for how good. CMCC’s quality is Cell and tissue responses are not only influenced by genetics but evident even in the level of discussion in by nutritional, hormonal and neural balance as well as mechanical the hallways.” stresses. Physical stress contributes to the cause and to the appear- The Division is organized into two main centres: ance of many diseases from mechanical back pain to hardening of the arteries and stroke. From the wide and varied knowledge base Centre for the Study of Mechanobiology, Injury and Health on the stresses our bodies undergo daily, to that of the intricate and Using a number of methods, the effects of loading tissues under realistic activities and complex biochemical pathways that govern cell function, metabo- therapeutic conditions are measured. CMCC faculty and students investigate the mecha- lism, growth, and reproduction, there is a significant gap in knowl- nisms of injury, how to optimize treatment and the development of skill in manual therapy edge. That is, how – and how much – does the stress on the outside procedures. A primary area of interest is the role of the neuromusculoskeletal tissues transmit inside, to influence cell and tissue function? (bone, joint, ligament, muscle, and nerve) in health and disease. The approaches range from the macroscopic to the cellular as researchers and clinicians work together to learn What if we could alter cell health through safe, controlled physical how to optimize the effects of care. interventions? How can treatment influence the health of individuals and the health care system? Centre for Interprofessional Health Dynamics CMCC has the most innovative chiropractic research in North Ameri- Health policy and systems dynamics researchers study the role of chiropractic practice ca. The quality and strength of our research is recognized worldwide. and the benefit to patients and society from integrated health care delivery. The tools Neck and shoulder function during lift The Research Division conducts basic and applied research related used range from conducting clinical studies to exploiting population data bases on health and reach tasks is being evaluated on The measurement of muscle activity to neuromusculoskeletal interactions and the study of the profes- care with computer modeling of systems and their responses to change. The geography a subject during a study on effects of and relative strains across the tissue sion’s role in integrated care and health promotion. of health care, benefits to the underserved or special populations of patients, influence of treatment for chronic neck pain patients. layers of the low back under the influence research activity on professional evolution, and lowering wait times for care are priorities of different postures and therapeutic For over two decades our research has improved the education of in health policy. maneuvers with ultrasound elastography tomorrow’s chiropractors and resulted in more effective delivery of 12 and EMG. patient care. This is a tradition that is growing stronger every day. 13 e Student Life nt Lif e Lasting Friendships. Community Spirit. Sports & Culture. d u t S

Many of the friendships you form while at CMCC will last a lifetime. Students’ Toronto Council starts you off on the right foot with an exciting orientation program Toronto is a cosmopolitan city of 2.7 million people for new students. Events occur throughout the year including a showcase of and is home to six professional sports teams - student talent at the Innate Show, barbeques, athletic intramurals, pub nights, hockey, baseball, basketball, football, soccer and and other social gatherings. lacrosse. Toronto also has the third largest English Clubs/Teams language theatre centre in the world and hosts a Students get involved in many extra-curricular activities. Chiropractic related variety of events throughout the year, attracting clubs include Advancing Science in Chiropractic, the World Congress of visitors from around the globe. As one of the world’s Chiropractic Students, and the Gonstead Technique Club. More recreationally most multicultural cities, it is no surprise that there minded groups include the Outdoor Adventure Klub, Muay Thai Club, and the are over 100 languages spoken in the city. Students Ultimate Frisbee Team. And, many participate in the wide range of CMCC find they quickly fit in to the friendly neighbourhoods sports teams including volleyball, basketball, hockey and floor hockey. and green spaces of the city.

Facilities Major Festivals Students take full advantage of CMCC’s location to enjoy the walking, jogging • Caribana (Caribbean Festival) and biking trails. The recreational facilities available to students on campus • Toronto International Film Festival include fully equipped cardiovascular exercise and weight training rooms, a • Pride Toronto (Lesbian, Gay and Bisexual large multipurpose gymnasium, a swimming pool, and the student lounge. Parade) At CMCC, you have the best of both worlds: easy access to the many activities, • Taste of the Danforth (Greek Festival) and cultural and entertainment events that Toronto has to offer, blended with a • Toronto International Jazz Festival touch of nature as the campus itself is nestled in an attractive ravine. • Caravan (Multicultural Festival) • Canadian National Exhibition Jason Chapieski, BSc Class of 2011, Major Arts Venues Windsor, ON • Art Gallery of Ontario “Student life at CMCC • Canadian Opera Company is great. Right from • Canadian Stage Company Orientation Week I • National Ballet of Canada knew this was where I • Royal Ontario Museum wanted to be.” 14 15 s e at Our Graduates Competent. Confident. Successful. Results of Graduates on Board Exams Siân Willams rad u Prior to registration with the appropriate regulatory board and to BA(Hon), MA, DC entering practice, chiropractors are required to complete rigorous Class of 2007, r G board exams. Over the past 15 years, CMCC students have had an Edmonton, AB, O u average pass rate of 96% on Canadian Chiropractic Examining Board Valedictorian (CCEB) clinical skills examinations on the first attempt. Our students also perform exceptionally well on the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners US (NBCE, US) exams.

“Every day in practice, I appreciate my Employment Rates CMCC education a little bit more! The more Over the past several years, surveys completed on behalf of the diverse my patient base becomes, the more Ontario government indicate that over 95% of CMCC graduates had I realize how thoroughly we were prepared commenced practice within six months of graduation. Many of those for everything that practice can throw at you. who did not begin practicing after graduation went on to pursue re- And, practicing in Australia, it makes me very search opportunities or one of the three graduate programs offered proud that a CMCC training is held in such at CMCC. high regard; patients actively seek us out because they know we trained in Canada.”

Future Prospects Chiropractic is one of the fastest growing professions in Canada. According to Human Resources and Social Development Canada, the current employment prospects for chiropractors are good across the Graduate Programs Excelle nce country and particularly strong in western Canada.

In 2007, 94% of CMCC graduates passed the There is an abundance of opportunity for chiropractors to utilize • Clinical Sciences written and clinical skills CCEB exams on the their professional health care credentials in today’s society. CMCC is • Radiology first attempt. proud that it has alumni practicing in 34 countries. The most common • Sports Sciences environment is private practice, frequently as sole proprietor or as an CMCC students who took the NBCE examinations associate. The increase in the number of multidisciplinary health care CMCC’s Graduate Programs offer also performed exceptionally well in the fall and facilities in Canada has led to new opportunities for chiropractors to graduate work leading to the eligibility to spring examinations. collaborate in providing interprofessional care with other health care sit examination for Fellowship status with professionals. There are also small numbers of chiropractors work- the respective speciality colleges. Over 95% of graduates commence practice ing in hospitals and other institutions. within six months.

16 17 Admission Requirements

CC Important Dates M Applying to CMCC • Minimum undergraduate cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 on a 4.00 grade point scale. Application deadline October 31, 2008 o C • Minimum of three full years (15 full year courses or 90 credit hours) of undergraduate university study in Canada. Interview Dates Manitoba January 12, 2009 t ing

ly • Academic requirements must be completed no later than May 31 of Saskatchewan January 13 the year of registration for first year courses. pp Alberta January 15 A British Columbia January 17 Applicants, who study in a university transfer program at a college, Ontario January 24 and 25 must subsequently complete one full year of undergraduate study (30 Quebec February 2 credit hours) at a university in Canada prior to entering CMCC. Although New Brunswick February 3 not required, it is recommended that applicants have completed one Nova Scotia February 5 full course with labs in organic chemistry and biology, one half-course Newfoundland February 7 in introductory psychology and at least one and one half courses in humanities and/or social sciences. Letter of Offer Mid March, 2009

Applicants from the province of Québec must complete two years of Welcome Receptions Early April, 2009 appropriate study in a CEGEP program, with successful completion of the Diplome d’études collegiales DEC, and at least two full years (10 full year Confirmation of Acceptance Late April, 2009 courses or 60 credit hours) of undergraduate university study in Canada, earning the cumulative GPA requirements above. Classes Begin August 25, 2009 Application Process The Admissions Committee considers the candidate’s academic and interview results. The academic component is based on all completed qualifying post-secondary study, converted to a 4.00 grade point scale, as reported by the application deadline. • CMCC has one entry point each year in late August. Kim Ross, DC, PhD The personal interview lasts 20 minutes. The purpose of the interview is: Associate Professor • To consider the candidate’s motivation, problem solving • Applications for admission and required documentation are due Chair, Department of Applied Chiropractic ability, self directed learning experience, past chiropractic . Class of 1987 October 31, 2008 experience, personal qualities, leadership qualities, and interest in wellness and health promotion; and “I enjoy the students at CMCC. They are fun • Complete on-line application at • To provide an opportunity for the candidate to clarify his/her to lecture, ask challenging questions, and www.cmcc.ca/admissions. understanding of the profession, the program and student life. appreciate the work that goes into preparing them to be competent chiropractors. CMCC • Questions? Call 416 482 2340 ext 147 or Telephone interviews may be granted in cases where applicants are uses a rigorous interview process and the 1 800 463 2923. residing outside Canada. result is a lively, engaged student body.” 18 19 2008-2009 Tuition & Fees Financing Tuition Student SCCA Student Group Total Activity Insurance inancing

F Year I to III Financing any professional program requires considerable planning and postsecondary institutions participating in the OSAP program. CMCC’s Canadian $21,231 $200 $20 $350 $21,801 budgeting. Tuition for the four year program at CMCC, including student default rate is 2.2%, which continues to be considerably lower than International $25,477 $200 $20 - $25,697 activity fees, is projected to be approximately $85,000 for Canadian stu- other private and pubic postsecondary institutions. Published default dents. Books and supplies are approximately $3,000 and annual living rates for all Ontario postsecondary institutions are posted on the OSAP Year IV expenses are estimated at $12,000. These are typical costs for a profes- website. Canadian $ 2 1, 0 2 6 $200 $20 $350 $21,596 sional program. International $25,231 $200 $20 - $23,145

Awards and Sponsorships Tuition fees are set each spring by the CMCC Board of Governors. Our Financial Aid Office assists students with their application for funds. Each year CMCC offers a minimum of 55 awards to Years I to III students totalling over $75,000. Graduating students are presented with more Students who are eligible for Canadian Federal and Provincial student than 30 awards amounting to over $20,000. loans can receive a maximum amount of approximately $13,000 per academic year. In addition, students can qualify for professional student line A professional program, such as chiropractic, leads to a career with a of credit programs through the major Canadian banking institutions. comparatively high income potential which will help to support loan responsibilities. In the past few years, the post graduate employment rate The Ontario Ministry of Training, colleges and Universities has reported from CMCC has been over 95% with the remaining graduates pursuing the 2006 default rates for Ontario Student Loan recipients for Ontario graduate education and research opportunities. Undergraduate Fees Admissions

on-line Applications (non-refundable) $85 Natalia Lishchyna Interview (non-refundable) $185 BSc(Hon), DC, FCCS(C)

Application for transfer (non-refundable) $250 Assistant Professor

Confirmation of acceptance (non-refundable) $500 “It is my privilege and pleasure to ($250 of this will be credited to tuition) work as a clinician with the fourth Parking year interns at our community Parking Pass (non-refundable) $575 clinics. They bring with them the

Parking Card (refundable upon return) $25 knowledge they have learned in Supplies the first three years of study and begin to apply it to real life clinical Diagnostic equipment (approx.) $750 situations. At graduation, I am Spinal Column model (approx.) $190 proud to call them my chiropractic Textbooks Year I (approx.) $1,500 colleagues.”

20 21 Why Study in Canada? anada ? The strength of our academic, clinical and professional standards is

C y in recognized worldwide. d u t

Why S We welcome international applicants. Those to CMCC by the following agency: World from outside Canada follow the same admission Education Services, Inc., Telephone: process as all other applicants to CMCC. To 416 972 0070; Email: [email protected], register online visit our Web site at www.wes.org/ca. www.cmcc.ca/admissions. • Compliance with the Citizenship and Immigration Canada regulations To ensure that all students are assessed on an governing the entrance of foreign equal basis, international students are required students. Applicants are advised to provide the following additional information: to contact their nearest Canadian government representative to ensure • The endorsement of the chiropractic compliance with such regulations. organization of his/her home country, if • Notarized English translations such an organization exists. of documents and certified true • Proof of proficiency in English, if photocopies of the originals for all English is not his/her first language documents which are in a language Mohammadali Amoukarami, MD (refer to Proficiency in English for other than English. Student, Class of 2010 details). Tehran, Iran • Evidence of having the financial Proficiency in English resources, or funding commitment, All courses at CMCC are conducted in the “I refined my search to three to complete a minimum of one year of English language. All students for whom English schools and decided on CMCC education. is not their first language are required to based on the advice of an MD • The equivalent educational submit evidence of their proficiency in English and the information I received requirements of students matriculating by obtaining a minimum score of 88 on the from the schools. Once I ar- in Canada. internet-based Test of English as a Foreign rived, everything came together. • Course-by-course evaluation of Language (TOEFL). This test may be taken at I’m pleased with the teachers, transcripts for all post-secondary www.ets.org/toefl. Successful completion of an the quality of education and the institutions which are not Canadian English proficiency admission test at a Canadian social climate at the school and institutions, must be forwarded directly university is also acceptable. in the city.”

22 23 Vision Institutional Status Visit CMCC’s Campus Getting Here CC

M Our Vision is to excel in chiropractic education and research in order CMCC is accredited by the Canadian Federation of Chiropractic The campus is conveniently located in north Toronto close to Driving? CMCC is located on Leslie Street just south of Steeles C to contribute to the health of society. Regulatory and Educational Accrediting Boards (CFCREAB) which public transit and major highways. There is parking on site. Avenue. Just five kilometres north of Hwy 401, we are minutes is incorporated under the laws of Canada. CFCREAB is a member of from Hwy 404 and the Don Valley Parkway. Travel time from Mission the Council on Chiropractic Education International (CCEI), whose Take a tour of CMCC Buffalo is approximately one hour, from Detroit four hours. CMCC’s Mission is to: members are the CFCREAB, the Council on Chiropractic Education– Sit in on a lecture and meet current students and faculty. Visits Flying? CMCC is approximately a 30-minute drive from Pearson • offer dynamic and innovative programs that measure up to US, the Australian Council on Chiropractic Education Ltd., and the to CMCC can be arranged to accommodate most schedules, International Airport our undergraduate and graduate students’ expectations; European Council on Chiropractic Education. Monday through Friday. • prepare tomorrow’s chiropractors to be compassionate, Meet a CMCC representative at your campus competent and successful members of the health care CCEI’s Model Standards, which comprise the essential accredita- Please call 416 482 2344 or Check the admissions section on our Web site regularly for a list team; tion elements necessary for accrediting agencies around the world, email [email protected] to book a date. of upcoming information sessions and fairs in your area: • be recognized for excellence in chiropractic education, ensure that each program they accredit provides quality education www.cmcc.ca/admissions. clinical practice and research; so that their graduates can serve as competent and qualified chiro- • be a valued and active participant in government, practic practitioners. academic, health care and industry initiatives; and • have a culture that instills feelings of pride and belonging. CMCC’s undergraduate program exceeds the education requirements established for the practice of chiropractic and is recognized by all provincial regulatory bodies in Canada. Toronto and the world In 2005, CMCC was honoured to become the first private institution Flight times to Toronto from: granted the privilege of offering a professional health care degree Beijing 13 hours Manila 17 hours under the Ontario government’s Post-secondary Education Choice 1500 km Cairo 13 hours New Delhi 18 hours and Excellence Act 2000. Our program leads to a Doctor of Chiro- 1000 km Capetown 22 hours NewYork 1.5 hours Hong Kong 15 hours Rome 10 hours practic (DC) degree, under the written consent of the Minister of 500km Ottawa Montreal Istanbul 12 hours São Paulo 11 hours Training, Colleges and Universities for the period from March 23, To ronto Boston London 8 hours Singapore 22 hours 2005 to March 23, 2010. Prior to the expiry of this consent, CMCC Detroit Los Angeles 4.5 hours Sydney 18 hours New York Canadian Memorial Chiropractic College Chicago Cleveland will apply to the Postsecondary Education Quality Assessment Washington DC Board for renewal of degree granting status. 6100 Leslie Street Toronto, Ontario M2H 3J1 Canada

Telephone 416 482 2344 Toll free 1 800 463 2923 Fax 416 646 1114

[email protected] www.cmcc.ca 24 25